View on GitHub

BIGJRA's Walkthroughs

In-depth 100% guides for Pokemon Reborn & Rejuvenation

Pokemon Reborn Walkthrough

Episode 1: Reborn, the City of Ruin

Welcome to my 100% walkthrough of Pokemon Reborn.

My aim with this document is to provide a complete route through the game including every single item including hidden ones, available Pokemon, some tips for battle strategies, shop and tutor details, and more. To summarize my approach: if you’re the type of person that doesn’t really like having tons of tabs open at once while you’re trying to 100% complete this game, hopefully my guide may be useful for you.

Since this guide is complete, there are some parts that may spoil events that happen later in the game. I try to be vague about story details, but you may want to consider playing the game once first without referencing this walkthrough if this is a concern.

All Aboard!

The game will first ask you to choose a player character and gender. It will then ask you if you want to view controls. You can actually rebind controls with F1 and even add controller support if you’d like! Once you’ve gotten acquainted with your chosen controls, you’ll find yourself on the train.

Ame will ask you if you have any special instructions or passwords. From the game’s readme:

At the start of the game, you will be prompted for special instructions, or passwords. Below is a list of applicable passwords. Please note that these are features are considered a bonus, and may have some unexpected interactions at times...



Implement a hard EXP cap when maxed on badges, similar to Pokemon Rejuvenation:


  • Password: hardcap

Cause randomized early game Pokemon events to bias towards a specific type:

  • Password: mononormal
  • Password: monofire
  • Password: monowater
  • Password: monograss
  • Password: monoelectric
  • Password: monoice
  • Password: monofighting
  • Password: monopoison
  • Password: monoground
  • Password: monoflying
  • Password: monobug
  • Password: monopsychic
  • Password: monorock
  • Password: monoghost
  • Password: monodragon
  • Password: monodark
  • Password: monosteel
  • Password: monofairy

Prevent Pokemon from being healed after their HP drops to 0:

  • Password: nuzlocke

Randomly reshuffles species and moves as rolled at game start:

  • Password: randomizer

Pokemon do not need to know HM (TMX) moves in order to use them in the field:

  • Password: easyhms

Prohibits the player's use of items in trainer battles:

  • Password: noitems

Sets all opposing trainer Pokemon to have 252 EVs and 31 IVs in all stats:

  • Password: fullevs

Sets all opposing trainer Pokemon to have 0 EVs and IVs in all stats:

  • Password: litemode

Makes all Field Notes visible immediately

  • Password: allfieldapp

Remove some randomness by making all attacks do consistent damage rather than a roll:

  • Password: nodamageroll

Multiple passwords, including differing monotypes, may be used in tandem with each other, but progress at your own risk~



Other hidden passwords may be able to be found in the game.

If this is your first time playing, don’t worry too much about passwords - in fact, you can activate passwords later on into the game if you change your mind or discover a new password.

Regardless, this guide will be from the perspective of a player who is using no passwords.

After you’re done inputting passwords, enjoy the rest of your train ride!

Grand Hall

As soon as you’re off the train, you’ll have a conversation with Ame and Julia. Note that I won’t be summarizing story events much in this walkthrough aside from gameplay implications.

This conversation does quietly show off a mechanic in Pokemon Reborn: relationship points! Certain dialogue triggers and events will make certain characters like you more or less, interally stored as integer values per character. See Ame’s Devblog post for an explanation of them; they won’t lock you out of any Pokemon, Items, or the like.

Relationship Point Choices:

(Whenever a dialogue choice is not listed, it has no effect on the points.)

Immediately down from your starting position, in a rock you’ll find a hidden Normal Gem (A). There are tons of hidden items in this game, and we won’t get the Itemfinder for another two badges or so.

More hidden items:

It’s worth noting that shards are useful in Reborn for obtaining Ability Capsules and Pokemon as well as learning moves via tutors.

Proceed to the right into Opal Ward. A girl at the bottom of the area will give you a Potion. In general, talk to as many people in Reborn as you can - they offer helpful tips for battles, give you useful items, etc.

If the weather is sunny you will see an Ice Cream Cart here.

Opal Ward Ice Cream Shop

Item Price
Vanilla Ice Cream $400
Choc Ice Cream $600
Berry Ice Cream $800
Blue Moon Ice Cream* $20000

Every day the Ice Cream Shop appears, there is a 1 in 21 chance that they will be selling the rare Blue Moon Ice Cream. Note that talking to the vendor when they are not selling the ice cream activates a cooldown timer of one day, during which time they will not sell Blue Moon Ice Cream not matter how many times you reset. However, if you save before speaking to them, you can reset the game until they are carrying Blue Moon Ice Cream. It is too expensive for us right now by far, but should you ever want to buy it, keep this trick in mind.

Talk to the girl in front of the big building here, and you’ll head in. Welcome to the Grand Hall.

Upstairs, you’ll be asked which starter Pokemon you’d like to get. You actually get to choose between 21 starters, or you can let fate decide by using the computer at the top of the room. One amazing thing about Reborn is that you can obtain every single Pokemon in the first seven generations within a single save file of Reborn without trading, and that includes the starters. So, regardless of which you pick, you’ll be able to get the other 20 eventually. Your choices are:

Another feature that Pokemon Reborn has is that it doesn’t lock each Pokemon’s ‘hidden’ ability behind special methods of obtaining: every Pokemon has an equal chance of having its hidden ability as its normal abilities. That means you can get Intimidate Litten, Sheer Force Totodile, Contrary Snivy, etc. as your starter!

It is ultimately up to you what you choose. Many players recommend Torchic due to its Speed Boost ability, but each starter can be useful in its own way.

If you save in front of the starters (quicksave is, by default, ‘D’), you can reset (resetting is, by default, F12. You will become very familiar with this button.) until you get one with satisfactory nature, ability, IV’s, and even shininess. The shiny rate in this game is roughly 1 in 91 in this game, so you might just end up with a shiny starter on your first try!

Talk to Ame as soon as you’re done, and you’ll be taken downstairs and fight your first battle! Don’t worry quite yet about the “No Field” note.

Pretty Boy Cain. Field: No Field

Thanks to Hustle, Nidoran has a chance to miss. Use your starter’s stat lowering move once if you’d like then spam your attacking move and hopefully you can win. Note that winning this one is not required.

Relationship Point Choices:

Once you are done with that battle, you’ll be healed, then thrust into another battle. This is the first of what are generally referred to in this game as “gauntlets”. Although not necessarily intended by the game, it is worth noting that if you spam the quicksave key while a character is moving in the mid-gauntlet cutscenes, you can save between gauntlet battles.

Apprentice Victoria. Field: No Field

You’ll be Lv. 6 now if you won the last one. Use a similar strategy and hopefully you’ll come out on top. Note that again winning this one is not required.

Relationship Point Choices:

After the battle, Ame will give you the Pokedex, the Pokegear, and the Running Shoes! Plus, Victoria will give you 5 Poke Balls.

Now, we can explore the Grand Hall. This is the region’s hub building - we will be checking back here often.

Talk to the guy in the top left - he will tell us about the password litemode. We can’t enter new passwords right now, but we will be able to later.

A guy behind the desk will allow us to bring in grinding trainers to the grand hall. Let them in if you’d like, but note that right now they’re a bit too tough for us. We can come back a bit before the gym leader to grind against them later.

Talk to a guy next to some display cases if you’d like to buy some candy.

Grand Hall Common Candy Shop

Item Price
Common Candy $75

As you might guess, Common Candies are the opposite of rare candies - they’ll decrease your Pokemon’s level. Reborn’s disobedience system means that Pokemon above the level cap will not always obey your commands, so these are essential to fix that issue. The current level cap is 20 - until we beat the gym leader, Pokemon won’t obey at Lv. 21 and beyond. We shouldn’t need any common candies right now though. To his right is another shop:

Default Shop

Item Price
Potion $300
Antidote $100
Poke Ball $200

In this guide I will be catching every single Pokemon as soon as it becomes available, so if you’re going to do the same you’re gonna need a lot of balls. Note that you get a Premier Ball with every 10 balls you purchase. Reborn is tight on money, so especially if you’re not interested in using healing items during battles, you might be better off not spending your cash on Potions and Antidotes and running back to Pokemon Centers when needed instead.

You can also get a single Potion in the PC storage.

On your way out the door, you’ll see two people right by the exit. One of them will offer you a Pokemon for $500. But when you do, someone will steal it! If you want to skip this event for now until you have more money you can - we won’t actually get to have this Pokemon for… 14 more badges.

That’s all we can really do in the Grand Hall for now, so head outside.

Opal Ward

To the right is a trainer. For enemy trainers, assume default level up moves, random abilities and nature, and no EVs when not listed.

Techie Jonathan. Field: No Field

Anyways, there is grass here, which means we can obtain new team members! I will be bolding any Pokemon that are new.

Opal Ward

Land (Morning/Day) % Land (Night) %
Rattata 30 Rattata 30
Bidoof 30 Meowth 20
Patrat 15 Ekans 20
Pidgey 15 Hoothoot 17
Meowth 5 Spinarak 13
Ekans 5    

Specifically I recommend training up Bidoof as soon as possible - it gets Headbutt at Level 13, which allows you to catch Pokemon in trees. We will also be able to trade away Bibarel for a different Pokemon pretty soon, so that’s something to keep in mind. There is also an in-game trade for Watchog a little bit down the road, so you may want to consider at least catching a Patrat for now.

On the left side of the area, in the left broken statue you’ll find a hidden Green Shard.

Talk to the trainer here with the Snubbull or Stufful, and they will leave. Back at the bottom of the area, you’ll now be able to fight trainers to get onto Opal Bridge. The trainers, going clockwise starting to the left:

Youngster Paul. Field: No Field

Street Rat Andreas. Field: No Field

Gentleman Norman. Field: No Field

Posh Claudette. Field: No Field

Hotshot Eric. Field: No Field

For beating both of the trainers at the bottom of the stairs, you’ll get an Exp. Candy XS. There are also some hidden items on the bridge:

In the top right, you’ll find three bullies.

Youngster Randy. Field: No Field

You’ll need two Pokemon to be able to fight the last two, so catch a second if you haven’t yet.

Hotshot Jackson & Street Rat Mack. Field: No Field

When you win, you’ll get Pachirisu or Zigzagoon, randomly determined. Note that whenever there is a random event like this, you will be able to get the other Pokemon later in the game (here is where the monotype passwords would come into play: the monoelectric password would guarantee Pachirisu, for example, while mononormal would guarantee Zigzagoon).

If you got Zigzagoon, you can train that up instead of Bidoof if you’d like for Headbutt, which it learns at level 11. Also, it might be worthwhile to save before you get the Pokemon: both of these can have the Pickup ability, which can be incredible in Pokemon Reborn. Click here for details about Pickup in Reborn.

That’s it for Opal Ward for now, so head back towards the train station.

Lower Peridot Ward

In the Lower Peridot Ward, things have opened up! To the left is a trainer.

Doxy Lindsey. Field: No Field

Next, head right then up as soon as you can.

A rock on the left side will contain a hidden Escape Rope (A). Talk to the guy here, and give him $150 total. We can’t do anything in the house behind him quite yet, so head up from here.

You’ll find a gym here. We can’t go in yet, but if you go up and around to the right, you’ll find a Gift Box.

Also, specifically when the weather is thunderstorming, you’ll find Blitzle here. Since it’s Lv. 15 it might be a bit too tough to deal with right now, so you can come back later. Note that this is the first encounter that is only possible with the right weather - if you’d like to avoid having to wait you can use the weathermod password at your next opportunity.

To the left, there is a Pokemon Center, and some hidden items outside.

Hang on to the latter for now - it will be useful later on. There is another trainer to the left:

Casanova Andy. Field: No Field

A riveting moveset.

In the nearby house, you can take a quiz to find out what types of Pokemon you’d be. It’s quite long, but a fun time. You’ll also be given a Type Gem corresponding to the type you get, as well as learn about the mono[type] password.

Anyways, go down and right from here.

Doxy Hera. Field: No Field

Casanova Saad. Field: No Field

During a clear daytime, you’ll find a Teddiursa! It will run off and we’ll have to chase it.

Go left from this area and enter the first house that you can. Inside, you’ll find a PokeSnax! This item is crucial for getting certain Pokemon.

More hidden items around here include:

With the PokeSnax in our bag, we can talk to the northernmost dumpster here to catch Gulpin. Inside the house, also thanks to the snax, you’ll be able to catch Whismur.

Return to the guy we gave money to - behind him in a house you will find Minccino or Espurr, randomly determined. With the snax in your bag, it will join you!

On the left side of the Pokemon Center, you can find a hidden Poison Gem in some trash paper (G). In a house below, a guy will give you the Old Rod!

Back outside, we can actually fish in the dirty water.

Lower Peridot Ward / Peridot Ward

Old Rod %
Grimer 100

You can talk to the group below if you’d like, but you can’t do anything here quite yet. To the right, you’ll find a building to the left and up of the snax house. Inside, you’ll be able to battle a guy.

Fisherman Morey. Field: No Field

If you win, he’ll let you into his pool, where you can find a Sea Incense.

Peridot Ward Pool

Old Rod %
Goldeen 70
Finneon 30

Head out, and back up past the rod guy’s house. You’ll find the Name Rater’s house here… made obsolete by being able to change a Pokemon’s nickname from your party!

If it is still a clear daytime, here you’ll be able to talk to Teddiursa again, who will run off to a random location. I will cover all the locations later on, but keep in mind finding it three times from here will allow you to battle and catch it.

Enter the building here and talk to the old man for a battle.

Elder Seacrest. Field: No Field

If you win, you’ll be able to enter his garden.

Lower Peridot Ward / Peridot Ward

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Ledyba 30 Caterpie 30 Hoothoot 30
Cherubi 24 Wurmple 30 Spinarak 24
Wurmple 20 Sunkern 30 Wurmple 20
Caterpie 20 Cherubi 10 Caterpie 20
Sunkern 6     Sunkern 6

There is a trade for Sunkern we can do later on, so I recommend catching one.

Next, head to the right. Enter the first building here. You’ll find out about an injured Skitty - when we get an Oran Berry we will be back. Head outside and go right.

Doxy Marigold. Field: No Field

Once you beat her, talk to her again for a Rose Incense! More hidden items:

Up from here, enter the building on the right. Talk to the guy here and give him the Gift Box we found earlier, and you’ll obtain a Delibird! The building to the right of this one contains an ailing Kricketot which you can obtain by talking to the person here.

Relationship Point Choices:

Kricketune with its Fury Cutter attack and Technician ability can be incredible in the early game, so consider using it.

Back outside, talk to the yellow haired guy for a battle.

Hotshot Seth. Field: No Field

When you beat him you can access the Lower Peridot Alley.

Lower Peridot Alley

Cave %
Trubbish 60
Stunky 22
Poochyena 18

Poochyena evolves early and can have the Moxie ability, so it can be fantastic in the early game.

Punk Macy. Field: No Field

There is a Super Potion here as well as some hidden items:

During thunderstorms specifically, you’ll be able to get Tynamo by talking to the beam.

Head outside and go to the right under the bridge.

Street Rat Bob. Field: No Field

When the weather is rainy, you’ll find Pansear or Panpour, randomly determined. The second from the right box on the bottom row contains a Purple Shard. Head to the right.

Underground Railnet (Opal Area)

Cave %
Noibat 74
Woobat 20
Stunky 6

Woobat can be pretty solid thanks to its Simple ability, and you can evolve it early with enough friendship.

A rock at the top left contains a hidden Guard Spec. Once you’re done here, head back to the left and go up past Seacrest’s Garden to enter the northern part of Peridot Ward.

Peridot Ward

The Ability Capsule will become unobtainable after some more story events, so grab it while you can. In Reborn, you get to choose the Pokemon’s target ability when you use one, including hidden abilities.

With the Oran Berry, we can now enter the house immediately on the right back in Lower Peridot Ward to get Skitty. Back up from here there are some trainers.

Youngster Sid. Field: No Field

Street Rat Murphy. Field: No Field

Youngster Tony. Field: No Field

Also, another few hidden items:

The in-game trade I mentioned earlier is in the nearby house, but we probably aren’t quite ready for it yet, so head up.

Street Rat Craig. Field: No Field

Youngster Jackie. Field: No Field

Youngster Jimmy. Field: No Field

Doxy Shawna. Field: No Field

Talk to the fountain while it is raining to battle Surskit!

The rock behind the dumpster in the bottom left corner of this plaza contains a Calcium (A). I really recommend selling it for a clean $4900 - if you haven’t noticed the trainers in this area don’t give you much money. Also hidden:

Enter the house near the youngsters. Talk to the lady here to begin a quest, then head outside.

Up from here, when the weather is clear or sunny and you have a Rose Incense in your bag, you can talk to Budew on the wall to obtain it.

Enter the top left house when you’re ready for a battle with the guy who stole our $500 Pokemon! Not just him though, you gotta fight both him and the initial salesman. What a snake!

Street Rat Arnie & Fisherman Milhouse. Field: No Field

However, they don’t actually have our purchased Pokemon, so we’ll just have to continue this quest later.

Head down and enter the tall building to your right. Inside, two suspicious people will see you and run off. Back in the Igglybuff lady’s house you’ll have to defeat them.

Meteor Grunt Geoff & Meteor Grunt Audrey. Field: No Field

Once you do, you can get Igglybuff! It’s worth noting that she will eventually ask for this specific Igglybuff back later in the game; for a reward, you’ll need to give it back. So, consider breeding it once we get daycare access if you want to use Wigglytuff.

Anyways, to the right of the tall building you can defeat another blonde haired guy to get access to another alleyway.

Hotshot Roger. Field: No Field

North Peridot Alley

Cave %
Trubbish 45
Poochyena 34
Purrloin 21

Street Rat Reginald. Field: No Field

Street Rat Erick. Field: No Field

Our first Data Chip is above. You can use it to add a password at any PC!

Outside, enter the small building to the left and pickup the Potion. Outside, head straight to the left. We will traverse this loop clockwise. Enter the first building you come upon. At night, you can catch Grubbin or Joltik, randomly determined. Note that this will use up one of your snax, so you’ll need to buy more to do other snax-related events. Inside the next building to the left is another Common Candy.

Street Rat Charlie. Field: No Field

To the left is a Pokemart. The “Default Shops” in this game operate similarly to main Pokemon game shops in that they update their inventory based on how many badges you have - the Peridot Ward shop will have the same inventory as the Grand Hall shop until we get a badge, then they will both upgrade, for example.

Anyways, a small house up from here contains a Protein, which again I recommend selling for more ball money.

Youngster Marshall. Field: No Field

In the building up and left from here, you can talk to a guy to get a Common Candy. Outside, during clear or sunny days, there is a shop.

Peridot Ward Snax Shop

Item Price
PokeSnax $650

If you use up your PokeSnax and need more, this is the place. Head to the right and enter the “Jasper” gate. You can find a Genius Wing in a rock but otherwise can’t proceed. Back in Peridot, go right.

Punk Trill. Field: No Field

When you’re ready, talk to the green haired guy for a battle.

Swag Jockey Fern (Potion). Field: No Field

This one is a bit harder than the first two rival fights! Watch out for his Budew, who likes to heal, and his Sandile who can rip through your team of six thanks to Moxie if you’re not careful. His Rowlet also may juggernaut with a couple of Ominous Wind boosts, so be cautious of those as well. The Delibird we got earlier can shine in this battle (and arguably only this battle…)!

Around this time, your Zigzagoon/Bidoof will be able to learn Headbutt, so there are a few Pokemon you can now obtain. First, head to the garden:

Lower Peridot Ward / Peridot Ward

Headbutt %
Swablu 55
Burmy 45

Note that we will eventually want a Mothim for an in-game trade, so ensure you catch a Male Burmy at some point. Next, head back to Opal Ward.

Opal Ward

Headbutt %
Pineco 40
Spearow 30
Combee 30

Now is a good time to finish the Teddiursa quest if you haven’t already. Keep in mind this has to be done on a clear day. After talking to it in the bottom part of the Lower Peridot Ward and then again on the left side near the Name Rater’s house, you’ll need to find it three more times. It can be found in one of the following locations, then will be found in the two after it in the list (cyclically).

  1. Nearby the train station, where we started the game.
  2. Under the Opal Bridge, nearby Panpour/Pansear.
  3. Above Mosswater Industrial in between two buildings.
  4. Next to the Upper Peridot Ward Pokemart.
  5. Next to the rock containing the Calcium near the fountain.
  6. Nearby the dumpster where we got Gulpin.
  7. In the bottom left corner of Seacrest’s garden.

Teddiursa will then battle you.

With that out of the way, time to progress the story. Make sure you have your best team for some battles coming up.

You have to two choices: you can head straight to the Mosswater Industrial above Seacrest’s Garden, or take a detour first to the Lower Peridot Ward gym. In either case, talk to the character standing in front of the factory when you’re ready.

Relationship Point Choices:

Mosswater Industrial

Time for our first dungeon proper! Fern will join us as a partner. Leaving your partner and exiting dungeons tend to have negative effects:

Relationship Point Choices:

However, talking to your partner while they’re walking with you tends to have positive effects:

Relationship Point Choices:

Partners also fully heal your team after every battle, which can be useful for grinding.

Enter the next room and talk with Ace. We’ll be wandering around the factory, defeating Team Meteor Grunts and looking for codes. Start by going left.

Meteor Grunt Mary & Meteor Grunt Coleman. Field: Factory Field

Across the bridge, you’ll see one flashing terminal: XX7X. Continue up from here.

Meteor Grunt Hilda & Meteor Grunt Ricardo. Field: Factory Field

In the top left you’ll find another terminal: X1XX. The three terminals nearby give us some lore that will be relevant later. Head right.

Meteor Grunt Sanchez & Meteor Grunt Devin. Field: Factory Field

A terminal to the right shows 3XXX. Down from here are more grunts.

Meteor Grunt Bruno & Meteor Grunt Ray. Field: Factory Field

Head to the top right corner of the room to fight more grunts.

Meteor Grunt Simon & Meteor Grunt Tara. Field: Factory Field

Read the nearby terminal, which shows XXX9. Read the other two terminals nearby for more lore, then head down to the elevator and type in our now completed password.

Relationship Point Choices:

On the second floor, Rini will start us off with part of the second password: XX6X. Before we proceed, head out the door on the bottom right and follow the path to get an Exp. Candy S. Back in the main room, head out to the right and cross the bridge.

Meteor Grunt Winter & Meteor Grunt Michaela. Field: Factory Field

Interact with the terminal here to get the hint XXX2, and the other for lore. Head out to the left, and down at the first opportunity.

Meteor Grunt Demian & Meteor Grunt Antoine. Field: Factory Field

In this room, use the terminal to discover the hint X8XX. Back outside, go left.

Meteor Grunt Janis & Meteor Grunt Grant. Field: Factory Field

In here is another terminal: 4XXX, plus one more with some lore. You can also get a hidden Super Potion in a box at the bottom. Back outside again, go up at the bridge, pickup Paralyze Heal, type in the code and head in.

Meteor Grunt Rod & Meteor Grunt Ringo. Field: Factory Field

Pickup the explosives! Back in the central room, choose which of the two characters to talk to.

Relationship Point Choices:

Either way, head in to the room at the top when you’re ready for a fight.

Meteor Private Aster & Meteor Private Eclipse. Field: Factory Field

Depending on what Pokemon you have this can be a bit difficult since they like to one-shot Fern’s Budew, but your sheer numbers can probably overwhelm them regardless.

Outside the factory, Florinia will ask you a question.

Relationship Point Choices:

You will then be given the Field Notes App in your Pokegear, and offered to turn on a graphical feature that shows off field effect boosts in battle. I recommend doing this! You will also be given the Electric Terrain Readout. You may have noticed we were battling on the Factory Field inside Mosswater. Most of the important trainers in this game we will be fighting on these custom field effects, so the Field Notes will be very helpful.

Before we continue with the story, there are a couple quests we can take care of now.

Go to the factory area where we first met Fern, and talk to the scientist guy on the right side of the factory. He will give us the Factory Field Readout, so now we have more details whenever we have battles on the Factory Field that was in Mosswater.

Head down and talk to the purple haired guy above the destroyed train station. A hotshot will steal his painkillers! Follow him inside the North Peridot Alley, where you can fight him.

Hotshot Stiles. Field: No Field

Return to the guy who will give you 5 Exp. Candy S. Nice.

Grand Hall Trainers 1

Now is a good time to mention the Grand Hall repeatable grinding trainers in the top right corner. Each day of the week, different trainers will be available for grinding. At set points in the game, the trainers will get stronger and their rewards better. For now, each trainer will give you 2 Exp. Candy S when you defeat them, useful for bringing your levels up. The game will also heal your party after defeating one to save time! The trainers are as follows:

Arcade Star Carol (SUN). Field: No Field

Hotshot Fawkes (SUN). Field: No Field

Casanova Gibson (SUN). Field: No Field

Youngster Jonah (MON). Field: No Field

Hotshot Jace (TUE). Field: No Field

Psychic Silva (WED). Field: No Field

Elder JB (THU). Field: No Field

Techie Will (FRI). Field: No Field

Elder Anthony (SAT). Field: No Field

Hotshot Emile (SAT). Field: No Field

Casanova Zach & Lady Beau (SAT). Field: No Field

Use the trainers as you’d like to prepare for the gym.

By now hopefully you’ve been able to evolve your Bidoof into Bibarel at Lv. 15. If so, head into the house across from Mosswater to do an in-game trade for Munna!

Volt Badge

Enter the Neo-Circuit Power-Plant gym when you’re ready. The puzzle is simple: beat a trainer, talk to Voltorb, talk to the metal grate standing in your way.

Techie Ivan. Field: Factory Field

Techie Bill. Field: Factory Field

Hotshot Lennon. Field: Factory Field

Techie Yan. Field: Factory Field

Study the Electric Terrain Field Notes and talk to the gym leader when you’re ready.

Cheer Captain Julia (2x Potion). Field: Electric Terrain.

Pokemon Reborn’s first gym leader comes in pretty hot. You’ll notice that she mostly uses two strategies across her team: stacking Special Attack with Electric Terrain boosted Charge Beam, and wearing out your Lv. 20 and under Pokemon quickly with Sonic Boom. Her Electrode is very fast, and can employ both of these strategies effectively and then take out a chunk of your HP on the way out with Aftermath. Geodude and Voltorb also like to explode, and since the former’s is boosted by STAB, Galvanize, and the field… it’s gonna hurt. Oricorio can hit hard and boost the speed of the entire team for a few turns, and also punishes your Grass-type starter.

Her team luckily isn’t super bulky, so trying to get something going with your own sweepers might be the key. Kricketune and Mightyena can really shine here, as well as your second stage starter especially with Torrent / Blaze / Overgrow. Elemental Seeds boost speed on this field, which can be key to getting momentum with your sweeper. Reborn doesn’t always force you to keep the default field around, however: if you have Zigzagoon, you can use Mud Sport to destroy the field, making things a bit more even for you.

Once you emerge victorious, you’ll be given the Volt Badge as well as TM57 Charge Beam. TM’s are infinite-use, so feel free to slap it on anything that can learn it. You also get to go up to Lv. 25 now! Great job completing section 1 of Pokemon Reborn!

Episode 2: Reap What’s Been Sewn

Head outside, and talk to Victoria outside the gym. She’ll tell us our next destination is to the east of the Grand Hall.

Before we continue though, there are a couple quests we can complete before we proceed to the next area.

1 Badge Quests

Head nearby the train station in Lower Peridot. While it is raining, if you have a snax in your bag you can give it away to get Numel!

Nearby you’ll find a hiker. Talk to him, then talk to the person in the house containing Whismur earlier on. Return to the hiker and follow him to the house to receive Onix!

Next, enter the Grand Hall. The Common Candy salesman near the shop is now gone, but in his place is a person with glasses who will give us the Rainbow Field Readout. Keep this field in mind for later.

Now that we have a badge, Pokemarts will be updated:

Default Shop (1 Badge)

Item Price
Potion $300
Antidote $100
Paralyze Heal $200
Burn Heal $250
Escape Rope $550
Repel $400
Poke Ball $200

Having a couple repels never hurts, but money is still scarce and catching them all is an expensive task, so I still recommend focusing mostly on balls.

You’ll also notice that there are more trainers on Opal Bridge. Again clockwise:

Hotshot Zane. Field: No Field

Doxy Elena. Field: No Field

Casanova Elio. Field: No Field

Obsidia Ward

When you’re ready, talk to Victoria on the right side of Opal Bridge.

Head into the Central Salon. Inside, you’ll find a friendship checker as well as a groomer who will raise your Pokemon’s friendship for $1500. Do this once if you have the money.

Relationship Point Choices:

A lady on the right will ask to see a Pokemon with maximum friendship. Your starter is likely here by now if it’s stayed in your party the whole game so far, you’ve done all the sidequests, and you haven’t let it faint too much. If you do show her one, you’ll get the Soothe Bell! Helpful if you want to accelerate the evolution of your Igglybuff, Woobat, etc.

The building to the right is Critical Capture, where you can buy custom balls.

Critical Capture Shop Right Clerk

Item Price
Heavy Ball $300
Moon Ball $300
Fast Ball $300
Love Ball $400
Nest Ball $500
Net Ball $500
Dive Ball $500
Timer Ball $1000
Friend Ball $3000

Most of these are really not too worth it right now compared to the regular variety (especially Friend Ball… yikes) but I recommend picking up a few Love Balls - their 4x catch rate can be activated 100% of the time given you’re trying to catch a non-genderless Pokemon and you have at least 1 male and at least 1 female Pokemon in your party, helpful for Pokemon with lower catch rates we may encounter.

Outside, head right and up.

Street Rat Franklin. Field: No Field

Enter the Pokemon Center, and talk to both the girl on the left and the mother on the right to activate some quests.

Enter the building to the right, and talk to the daycare couple one-by-one over and over until they drop their facade and battle you.

Meteor Grunt Grant & Meteor Grunt Janis. Field: No Field

Eventually, we will be freeing the real daycare couple! In a house to the left, we’ll learn about an in-game trade we can’t complete just yet. Head outside, and to the left, grab a hidden Steel Gem in the rock. Go down the stairs to access a new part of the railnet.

Underground Railnet (Obsidia Area)

Cave %
Noibat 60
Woobat 20
Klink 20

Klink is pretty good on the Factory Field which we’ll be seeing a lot in this game. There is also an Escape Rope hidden in the leftmost rock.

Head back out and enter the Devon Corp building on the main street.

Devon Corp Shop

Item Price
Potion $300
Repel $400
Poke Ball $200

Nothing special here for sale, but if you talk to the mysterious salesman, he’ll give you a free Premier Ball the first time.

The next building in line is the Sweet Kiss Candy Shop building. In the top left corner, you can complete a puzzle to get Swirlix! The completed puzzle looks like this:

At the top, a kid really wants some Vanilla Ice Cream. Since he’s blocking the machine though we can’t get any here - you’ll have to wait until it’s sunny and buy some from Opal Ward. Give it to this kid and then buy a Vanilla Ice Cream for $1000 from the vending machine - it will be a Vanillite in disguise! After this the vending machine will be normal again.

Sweet Kiss Ice Cream Vending Machine Shop

Item Price
Vanilla Ice Cream $400
Choc Ice Cream $700
Berry Ice Cream $1000

There is a 1% chance you will actually get a Blue Moon Ice Cream whenever you buy any one of these. Choc and Berry are more expensive here than in Opal Ward, so there’s really no reason to buy these here ever.

Sweet Kiss Top Clerk Shop

Item Price
Whipped Dream $1000
Peppermint $600
Chewing Gum $800
Pop Rocks $750
Salt-Water Taffy $850
Red-Hots $850
Cotton Candy $5000

If you’re planning on evolving Swirlix, grab a Whipped Dream. We will eventually need another Whipped Dream for a quest. Cotton Candy functions as a Revive, but is very expensive. The rest are just expensive versions of the status healing items, but all raise friendship.

Sweet Kiss Bottom Clerk Shop

Item Price
Common Candy $150
Exp. Candy XS $500
Rare Candy $12000

Since grinding trainers give them every time you beat them, you don’t need to spend your precious money on Exp. Candy or the expensive Rare Candies.

Back outside, follow Victoria to the right. If you’d like to get to battle Victoria and potentially get a point with her in a bit, talk to Florinia.

Head left and down.

Hotshot Davinson. Field: No Field

Grab the hidden Potion (C), then proceed into South Obsidia Ward.

Enter the building here and talk to the guy here. His Lillipup will run off - we will have to chase it. I will come back to this quest once we can access all the locations. For now, exit the building and follow the path down.

Street Rat Wayne. Field: No Field

While it’s windy, you can catch wild Hoppip here! Anyways, enter the slums.

Obsidia Slums

Grab a Potion (A, below) in the trash can to the left and head up.

Street Rat Rafe. Field: No Field

Street Rat Omar. Field: No Field

Street Rat Ulf. Field: No Field

Street Rat Gregory. Field: No Field

To the left you’ll find a Light Shard, which heals your party but disappears after.

If you talked to Victoria near the park earlier, head up and talk to Victoria for a battle. If you didn’t or you want to skip her battle, talk to the fridge in the upper right corner to delete the barrier. Talk to the nearby trashcan to get a PokeSnax.

Apprentice Victoria (2x Potion). Field: No Field

Her Torracat likes to try to set up on you, so be careful of that. Otherwise her team isn’t anything too crazy - Ralts and Pichu are pretty weak and you can set up on them.

Relationship Point Choices:

After that’s done, head down the escalator to the right. There are encounters in this area.

Obsidia Slums B1F

Cave %
Pidove 30
Trubbish 20
Mankey 20
Pancham 10
Yungoos 10
Crabrawler 10

A long time from now you can trade Pidove away for something much better, so catch one if you like.

Sneak between the escalators to reach the latter and a Carbos in the next room. Head back up the escalator and go up to proceed.

Obsidia Slums 1F

Cave %
Pidove 30
Trubbish 20
Mankey 20
Pancham 10
Yungoos 10
Slakoth 10

Techie Neville. Field: No Field

Street Rat Brody. Field: No Field

Head upstairs.

Obsidia Slums 2F

Cave %
Pidove 30
Trubbish 20
Mankey 20
Pancham 10
Yungoos 10
Meowth 10

Head to the left, then go up the stairs once more. Talk to Corey here, then pick up a hidden Exp. Candy S in a jar below. Grab the Zinc at the top and head back downstairs and follow the path clockwise around the room, picking up items:

Street Rat Mason. Field: No Field

One of Ame’s stated goals with Reborn was to ensure every Pokemon appeared in at least one enemy team. Here’s to Cascoon!

Head left and emerge onto the roof. There’s another Light Shard here - usually they mean either “you’re halfway through a dungeon” or “there’s a super hard fight coming up”. Anyways, follow the path and talk to Mankey in the elevator. Take it to 1F to open a shortcut, then take it to B1F.

Slums B1F Vending Machine Shop

Item Price
Fresh Water $200

Sometimes you even get two! Talk to the guy at the bottom of the area… turns out this is the guy who stole our $1000 Pokemon from the thieves in Peridot!

Youngster Kai. Field: No Field

But, alas, he sold it to someone else. This quest to be continued once more!

Enter the gap on the left and pick up the Friend Ball. Head back out.

Talk to the box in front of the elevator to watch it scurry away. Enter the elevator and go to 1F. Grab the Net Ball and talk to the kid here to make him move, opening a shortcut. In the elevator again, go to 2F to grab TM60 Quash. Quash!!!!!

Back on B1F, enter the big door and head up.

Street Rat Dax. Field: No Field

In the next room, it’s time for a battle!

Pokemon Gang. Field: No Field

As long as you are able to bully Scrafty when it comes out you should be able to make this work with a team of six.

Proceed to the next room.

We’re back in the large basement area for the third time. Lots of items to get here; follow the path down and to the right.

This is a dead end without Rock Smash. Backtrack your way to the escalators and go up. Talk to the backpacker below to get the grate opened for a shortcut.

A box on the right contains an Awakening. Head to the right and jump your way through this path, pick up a hidden Exp. Candy XS and an Antidote in rocks on the right side, and go down. Here you’ll find an abandoned egg. When it hatches it will be Bronzor, Ducklett, or Drowzee, determined randomly.

Backtrack to the previous room and follow the path up. Talk to the Spoink hiding under some beams here to begin a quest, then emerge into daylight!

Grab the hidden Repel (A) and enter Coral Ward at the bottom.

Coral Ward

Welcome to Coral Ward.

Coral Ward

Old Rod %
Grimer 100

Inside the apartment complex at the top, you’ll meet Danielle who will give you a quiz. Feel free to go find the answers yourself if you’d like. Otherwise, here they are.

As a reward for completing the quiz you’ll get the Misty Terrain Readout. Useful, since Coral Ward is covered in mist.

In a house below, there is an in-game trade. Raise your Patrat to Lv. 20 to get Watchog, then trade it for a Nosepass.

On the dock, if it is raining and you have Snax, you can obtain Lotad.

Fisherman Wade. Field: Misty Terrain

Talk to the blue haired girl towards the top.

Pretty Boy Cain (2x Potion). Field: Misty Terrain

This one isn’t too crazy. Notice that Popplio’s Icy Wind is boosted by the field, so watch out if you were planning on using anything weak to Ice. Nidorino hits somewhat hard but a Steel type can wall it.

After the battle, you’ll be given TMX1 Cut!

Obsidia Park

Return to South Obsidia Ward and use your new field move to chop down the tree. Thankfully in this game HMs can be deleted from your Pokemon at will.

Street Rat Carter. Field: No Field

Talk to the kid here - we will reunite him with his mother as soon as we can. Enter the Glazamonia Salon here. If we ever get a Furfrou, we can groom it here. They also offer massages for $2000. A lady here will ask us to investigate the Central Salon for them - we will do so later.

Back in Obsidia Ward, we can actually access one more area before we proceed: at the left end of the ward, chop down the tree and go south.

Hotshot Vinny. Field: No Field

Defeating this trainer gives us access to the Obsidia Alleyway.

Obsidia Alleyway

Cave %
Trubbish 45
Koffing 22
Yungoos 20
Poochyena 13

Youngster Terrance. Field: No Field

Punk Sally. Field: No Field

Punk Brittnay. Field: No Field

There is a hidden Potion in the top rock immediately upon entering the area, and a Green Shard in the box in the top rdight.

At the top of the area during the morning and day, you’ll find a Litleo, who will run off.

At night, you’ll see two Mightyena’s bullying Electrike, who will join you if you can defeat them.

Pokemon Strays. Field: No Field

To the left of the area, a Minun or a Plusle will pop out and join you if you give it snax. You can get both by exiting and re-entering.

If this is a bit too hard for now feel free to skip this one, but if you enter the Underground Railnet from the Obsidia entrance you’ll find Litleo and have to fight a strong Pokemon.

Pokemon Mechanightmare. Field: Cave Field

If you’re able to defeat this thing, you’ll get Litleo!

With all that out of the way, return to the park area and talk to Victoria, Amaria, and Florinia. Head into Obsidia Park. Note that once we are done here we can’t re-enter, so if you want the hidden items and such grab them while we’re here. All of the Pokemon will be available later, though.

Obsidia Park

Land %
Venonat 20
Bellsprout 20
Oddish 20
Sunkern 15
Buneary 10
Sunflora 5
Slakoth 5
Bonsly 5

You can start by grabbing a hidden Oran Berry (A) in the third bush to the left.

Meteor Grunt Chad. Field: Forest Field

Pick up some more items:

Cut wiggly tree #1, then make your way back to the entrance.

Cut wiggly tree #2 near the entrance, and follow the new path down and to the right. Pick up the Leppa Berry (D) then cut wiggly tree #3. From here, return to the entrance by going right, down, then back to the left.

Up from here, cut down wiggly tree #4. This opens up a path to the left, so follow the path left from the entrance of the area. Grab a Pecha Berry (E) in a bush, then head right to cut wiggly tree #5 to open up a shortcut. Go right to cut wiggly tree #6.

Follow the path to the right from here.

Meteor Grunt Minta. Field: Forest Field

Straight down from here is a hidden Super Potion (F). Follow the path to watch a scene, cut wiggly tree #7, then take the paved road upwards. Grab the hidden Green Shard (G).

Meteor Grunt Christopher & Meteor Grunt Ama. Field: Forest Field

Cut wiggly trees #8 and #9. Follow the blue line from here to reach a building: inside, you’ll find TM54 False Swipe and the Warehouse Key. Back outside, follow a path straight to the left to obtain an X Sp. Def.

Back down from here, follow the yellow path to the left. In the second rock you’ll find an Antidote (H). Use the Light Shard if you’d like, then prepare for a battle!

Meteor Admin ZEL. Field: Forest Field

This is our first battle with a PULSE! For this, and all custom Pokemon forms in this game, I provide a reference for base stats, typing, and other data in the appendices. The Field Notes app in game also has you covered, minus specific numbers.

As you can see from its stats, Tangrowth is pretty slow, which luckily means you can take the chance to cripple it with paralysis or stat debuffs. It doesn’t hit ridiculously hard either, so your Pokemon will likely be able to live a few turns before being knocked out, but you do have to be cautious of field-boosted Grass moves. The difficulty lies in its combination of Acid Spray and Mega Drain, as it likes to weaken you then heal back to full. Making sure that you’re dealing more damage than it is able to heal will be the key here.

Once you succeed, the vines will recede and we’ll be back in the park.

Obsidia Ward

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Buneary 30 Oddish 20 Hoothoot 40
Bellsprout 20 Bellsprout 20 Bellsprout 20
Sunkern 20 Venonat 10 Oddish 20
Oddish 15 Sentret 10 Venonat 18
Sentret 5 Buneary 10 Bonsly 2
Slakoth 5 Bonsly 10    
Sunflora 5 Sunkern 10    
    Slakoth 5    
    Sunflora 5    

Catch a Sentret and add it to your team for an in-game trade in a bit if you’d like.

There are some hidden items in this area as well:

To the left of the Super Potion is a trainer.

Arcade Star Eilee. Field: No Field

Pick up the last few hidden items here:

The building on the left is Silph Co., but we can’t do much here for now. The right building here is the Department Store. Shopping!!!!!

Department Store 1F Left Shop

Item Price
Poke Ball $200
Escape Rope $550
Common Candy $150
Repel $400
PokeSnax $400

Department Store 1F Right Shop

Item Price
Potion $300
Antidote $100
Awakening $250
Burn Heal $250
Paralyze Heal $200
Ice Heal $250

We can also talk to an employee to get the Membership Card and the Department Store Sticker: Porygon. Each time we get a stamp, we can access another floor of the building. We’ll be slowly getting these across our adventure.

Department Store 2F Left Shop

Item Price
Oran Berry $200
Cheri Berry $400
Pecha Berry $400
Rawst Berry $400
Chesto Berry $400
Aspear Berry $400
Persim Berry $400

Department Store 2F Right Shop

Item Price
Pomeg Berry $500
Kelpsy Berry $500
Qualot Berry $500
Tamato Berry $500
Hondew Berry $500
Grepa Berry $500

Our Pokemon have been getting random EV’s so far - if you in the future want to EV train your Pokemon, you can buy these to make the process easier. In Reborn, 20 EVs per berry are lowered instead of the canon 10. Don’t worry about them for now - EV training will become a lot easier later on.

Make your way down and left to the Obsidia Pokemon Center and talk to the mom inside. Tell her where her son is to get an Ability Capsule!

If you’re interested in a trade, evolve Sentret we got earlier by raising it to Lv. 15 to get Furret. In the house left from the Pokemon Center, you can trade it to get Castform!

Take another visit to the Central Salon and talk to the people inside. Then return to the Glamazonia Salon and talk to the lady, who’ll let you take home Glameow. They’ll also lower their massage price to $1400. That’s not all for this quest though, no. Take your Glameow to the Central Salon and show it to the lady on the right; she’ll allow us to battle her.

Posh Suzy. Field: No Field

Obviously this is a pretty tough fight for this point in the game, feel free to return to it later. Maybe a fire type might be able to lower its stats or something since it resists both of its attack moves?

If you’re able to win, you’ll get Bounsweet!

That’s pretty much all we can do in Obsidia for now, but before we continue the story we can take a brief detour back to Coral Ward for some goodies.

The warehouse key we got earlier works on three of the warehouses here. In the left one, you’ll find the real daycare couple! By freeing them, the daycare will now be in service for all your breeding needs.

The second warehouse contains a Macho Brace as well as Spoink randomly hiding in one of the boxes. The third warehouse contains a Meteor Grunt. Talking to him allows us to get a Pokemon later on. Also in here is a Happiny!

Onyx Ward

Head up into Onyx Ward from the northeastern corner of Obsidia. Onyx Ward is pretty small, but there are some things we can do here before challenging the gym.

First, we’ll do a counter-clockwise loop of the area. Trainers include:

Youngster Baxter. Field: No Field

Hotshot Joel. Field: No Field

Arcade Star Tammy. Field: No Field

Punk Ginelle. Field: No Field

Arcade Star Jacee. Field: No Field

There are hidden items too:

The bottom left building is the Move Relearner house, but we can’t enter it yet. Head in to the apartment to the right and talk to the girl on the left twice; for saving the Daycare couple, she’ll give us an egg! It will be one of the following, determined randomly: Clauncher, Seel, Remoraid, Spheal, Clamperl, or Frillish. That’s all here for now, so head next door to the game corner.

Onyx Arcade Loto Attendant

Prize Digits Matched
Reborn Ball 5 Matches
PP Max 4 Matches
PP Up 3 Matches
Max Revive 2 Matches
Full Restore 1 Matches

We don’t have a Coin Case yet, so there’s not much to do yet. We can play the lottery once a day though.

Enter the trainer school at the top left entrance. Fern will lock us out, so head outside and defeat the trainer to enter the school at the top right entrance.

Hotshot Blane. Field: No Field

This area is mostly linear with a few detours. Talk to every green bookshelf and stray green book that you find lying around - they’ll give us lore as well as the answers to some questions we’ll need to answer later on.

Arcade Star Tristy & Youngster Jojo. Field: No Field

Hotshot Noah. Field: No Field

In the first door upstairs, a guy will give you the Coin Case!

Elder Landon. Field: No Field

The next room contains Protective Pads.

Hotshot Terry. Field: No Field

Arcade Star Susan. Field: No Field

The third room contains a Quick Claw. Talk to a guy staring at the wall in the hallway from the right to open up a door to the left.

In this door, go to the left. Here you’ll find the first tutors.

Onyx Trainer School Move Tutor 1

Move Price
Iron Defense $1000
Snore $500
Bind $500
Spite $250

It’s worth noting that every tutor in the game will only charge you once per move - so don’t feel bad about deleting a tutor move once you’ve learned it once since you can go get it back for free.

Onyx Trainer School Move Tutor 2

Move Price
Magic Coat $500
Magic Room $500
Wonder Room $500
Telekinesis $100

In the room above there are more tutors!

Onyx Trainer School Move Tutor 3

Move Price
Gravity $500
Magnet Rise $500
Block $500
Worry Seed $1000

Onyx Trainer School Move Tutor 4

Move Price
Snatch $500
Helping Hand $500
Ally Switch $250
After You $250

Head upstairs to grab the Desert Field Readout!

Head downstairs from here, head out to the main hall and go downstairs again.

Relationship Point Choices:

Enter the door above and to the right and talk to the girl for a Telluric Seed. Unlock this gate for a backtrack shortcut. Head to the left.

Youngster Trey. Field: No Field

Arcade Star Lithi. Field: No Field

Youngster Destry. Field: No Field

Hotshot Skye. Field: No Field

Proceed to the left a few rooms for another rival battle.

Swag Jockey Fern (2x Super Potion). Field: No Field

Fern can be tough to defeat now that his Budew and Rowlet have evolved. Roselia likes to try to tank your attacks and heal back thanks to Leech Seed and Mega Drain, while Dartrix tries to hit hard with its STABs or go for an omniboost. Sandile can sweep with Moxie if you’re not careful, so lead with something that can handle it and you should be fine.

Before we continue to the gym, now is a good time to wrap up a couple of quests and areas.

First, head on over to the Arcade. With our Coin Case, we can now go to town here. Note that by interacting with NPC’s and random tiles throughout, you can pick up 1205 Coins for free.

Onyx Arcade Coin Shop

Item Price
50 Coins $1000
500 Coins $10000

Unless you’re coming back here really late in the game, don’t buy coins. They’re way too expensive, and with the free coins you can get up to the magic number needed to get all the rewards: 23900 coins.

You can play the slots, roulette, or Voltorb Flip. Previous versions of the guide recommended Voltorb Flip to grind all your coins, but I’ve since realized that the fastest strategy by far is the 100 coin Roulette board.

All you need to do is save before playing the board, pick any spot (12x payout), and play all seven balls. Note that you need to switch to a new spot if you get a jackpot on your current pick. Reset if you don’t get a single jackpot on any of the seven balls, otherwise, save after all seven balls have been played. Even if you only hit one spot, you’ll net 500 coins per round, a payout which only gets better the more jackpots you manage to get. You’ll reach your target in no time.

Onyx Arcade TM Shop

Item Price
TM45 Attract 1000 Coins
TM42 Facade 4000 Coins
TM90 Substitute 7000 Coins

These TMs have very wide movepools, so grabbing them will generally be helpful in the early game when your movesets aren’t complete yet.

Onyx Arcade Pokemon Shop

Pokemon Price
Snover 600 Coins
Slugma 1000 Coins
Mantyke 1800 Coins
Nidoran M 3500 Coins
Shinx 5000 Coins

All of these Pokemon have something going for them:

Back outside, head into the building to the left. Fern’s friend will feel bad and let us access the rooftop garden. Up here you’ll find TM63 Embargo.

Onyx Ward Rooftop

Land %
Bellsprout 35
Tranquill 25
Pidove 20
Spearow 10
Venonat 10

When the weather is clear up here, you can also find a Pichu behind a tree if you have snax in your bag.

There is another event we can do, but it only works on certain weekday nights. For now, we have access to three alleyways. You’ll need to go to any one of the following:

Whichever you go to at the right time, you’ll find a Zangoose digging through the trash that you can catch.

Finally, now is a good time to go finish the search for Lillipup.

After talking to it in the apartment in South Obsidia Ward it will randomly go to one of these five places:

Once you find it, head back to the Onyx Ward. To the left of the Move Relearner house, you’ll see the owner with it. You can then obtain Lillipup.

Grand Hall Trainers 2

After defeating Julia, the trainers in the Grand Hall have gotten stronger. Defeating them will now yield 4 Exp. Candy S! The updated teams are as follows:

Arcade Star Carol (SUN). Field: No Field

Hotshot Fawkes (SUN). Field: No Field

Casanova Gibson (SUN). Field: No Field

Youngster Jonah (MON). Field: No Field

Hotshot Jace (TUE). Field: No Field

Psychic Silva (WED). Field: No Field

Elder JB (THU). Field: No Field

Techie Will (FRI). Field: No Field

Elder Anthony (SAT). Field: No Field

Hotshot Emile (SAT). Field: No Field

Casanova Zach & Lady Beau (SAT). Field: No Field

Canopy Badge

With all that out of the way we can head back to the gym. In order to battle Florinia, we’re gonna need to answer all the quiz questions. The answers are here, from right to left:

Click for Onyx Gym Quiz Answers

Head to the left and enter the gym room for a battle.

Head Instructor Florinia (2x Super Potion). Field: Desert Field

This is a pretty neat and out of the ordinary team that helps teach the player about the versatility of field effects. In general, the Desert Field actually doesn’t really benefit Grass types or most grass type moves. Regardless, Florinia’s team is mostly built around using the field successfully. Specifically, most of her team have at least one of Needle Arm, Pin Missile, and Sand Tomb, which are all boosted by the field. Cacnea’s Sand Veil is always activated here, and Ferroseed’s Telluric Seed allows it to gain a bit more bulk and speed in exchange for being trapped by Sand Tomb. Sandstorm lasts for eight turns on the field, and Ferroseed, Cacnea, and Cradily will all be immune to its damage while you may not. Cradily also gets a Special Defense boost from the sand, adding to its already strong bulk with Stockpile and Recover. On top of all that, Nature Power turns into boosted Sand Tomb, and Cottonee has priority with this move due to Prankster!

All that goes to show how even fields that aren’t as obviously beneficial like Electric Terrain for Julia can lead to difficult challenges. Aside from Pin Missile Linoone you don’t really have many options to get boosts from the field yourself yet, so the key will be to overwhelming her otherwise. Fury Cutter is a pretty great move for this fight - you can get around Ferroseed’s Iron Barbs with the Protective Pads we found earlier, and after a few uses the move will tear through Cradily before it can bulk up. Snover is also a good option if you want to cancel out the Sandstorm with a different weather condition, or you could use Sunny Day with Castform or Cherrim to sweep with Fire moves under the 8-turn Desert Field sun. You could also try to run a Flying type offensive core, which ignores Sand Tomb and can pretty easily deal with everything except Cradily. A great example of having to think outside the box in Reborn; you can do it!

After winning you’ll get the Canopy Badge as well as TM96 Nature Power. You’ll also receive the PULSE Dex as well as the PULSE Readout 5C. The level cap also shoots up to 35!

Episode 3: Domino

Exit Florinia’s Arena. There are a few things we can do now that we have 2 badges before we continue the story.

2 Badge Quests

First, head to the room containing the nurse in the Trainer School. A girl towards the left side will trade you battle advice for TM100 Confide!

Now that we have 2 badges, the Pokemarts and candy store have updated inventory now:

Default Shop (2 Badges)

Item Price
Super Potion $700
Antidote $100
Paralyze Heal $200
Burn Heal $250
Escape Rope $550
Super Repel $700
Poke Ball $200

Sweet Kiss Bottom Clerk Shop (2 Badges)

Item Price
Common Candy $150
Exp. Candy XS $500
Exp. Candy S $2000
Rare Candy $12000

Head to Obsidia Park. While it’s sunny outside and you have snax in your bag, you can catch a stationary Petilil!

Head into the Obsidia Slums. Nearby where we first entered on the first floor, you’ll see a doctor talking to a child. Talk to him to get the Itemfinder! Note that this is a limited time event, so if you don’t want to have to wait until we get four more badges to get the Itemfinder, act now! Since I assume you can use the itemfinder now, going forward in this guide, I will not describe exact locations of hidden items. You’ll also find an Exp. Candy M here.

Head left and take the elevator down to B1F. Immediately head left and go up, following the path. If you have snax in your bag, you can catch Makuhita!

Back in Opal Ward, specifically if you randomly got Clamperl earlier in Onyx Ward, a person near the water at the bottom will give you a Deep Sea Tooth or a Deep Sea Scale, randomly determined.

There is also a new trainer on the Opal Bridge:

Youngster Bart. Field: No Field

Finally, head to the apartment in the top left corner of Peridot Ward. Now that we have two badges we can finally take home Snubbull or Stufful, randomly determined.

Jasper Ward & Malchous Forest Park

Leave this house, and head into the Jasper gate to your right. Talk to the guard here and head into Jasper Ward.

Jasper Ward

Cave %
Beedrill 25
Sewaddle 24
Scatterbug 20
Pidgey 20
Carnivine 7
Pidgeotto 4

It’s worth noting that when we have like 11 more badges we will eventually want a Carnivine for an in-game trade.

Talk to Corey and Heather here, then head into the police station. Talk to the chief here, who will tell you about his missing officers. You don’t have to find them, but doing so is the first step to doing the more exclusive postgame story route. If you’d like to play the route of the game that involves not finding the officers in time, you can skip finding one of the officers until you complete up to the end of this section, then find them afterwards to get the quest rewards.

In general, I will mention story splits and how choices affect post-game route availability just so you can keep your options open.

Outside, you’ll find a Meteor Grunt to the right.

Meteor Grunt Simon. Field: No Field

To the left, grab a hidden Super Potion. At night you can fight a cop.

Police Officer Joe. Field: No Field

Enter the building here.

Hotshot Ross. Field: No Field

Street Rat Morrison. Field: No Field

Exit through the top, where you’ll find a Pokemon Center as well as a hidden Antidote and Ether. During a clear morning or day, you can talk to an Emolga to battle and catch it.

Head back down into the building below and exit to the left. Pick up a hidden Pecha Berry and continue into the next building.

Meteor Grunt Tara. Field: No Field

Head outside at the bottom.

Relationship Point Choices:

Head to the left into the Forest Park.

Malchous Forest Park

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Beedrill 20 Beedrill 30 Scatterbug 20
Sewaddle 20 Pidgey 20 Spinarak 20
Scatterbug 20 Fomantis 10 Hoothoot 20
Ledyba 19 Scatterbug 10 Paras 19
Fomantis 10 Oddish 10 Fomantis 10
Pidgey 10 Bellsprout 10 Pansage 6
Pansage 1 Pansage 9 Carnivine 5
    Carnivine 1    

Head towards the center of the area, and chop the wiggly tree nearby. Following the path that this opens up below, you can grab hidden X Speed, Full Heal, and Telluric Seed. Chop the wiggly tree to the right nearby and receive a Super Potion from Heather, then chop the wiggly tree immediately to the left.

From here, backtrack to the entrance of the forest. Go up and left, choosing to go left instead of climbing the two-tile wide set of stairs. Follow this path up and climb three sets of stairs: you’ll see a Meteor Grunt here.

Meteor Grunt Ringo. Field: Forest Field

Chop down the wiggly tree here. Down just one set of stairs, you can now head left to find another grunt.

Meteor Grunt Rod. Field: Forest Field

Down from here you’ll find some stairs leading to some grunts - but there is a secret passageway hidden to the left behind a tree. Follow this path to get a hidden Revive as well as an egg. When it hatches it will be Deerling, Skiddo, Girafarig, or Nincada, randomly determined. Head back from here and fight the grunts.

Meteor Grunt Regina & Meteor Grunt Gretchen. Field: Forest Field

Go right and down from here. You’ll find a hidden Purple Shard and the PULSE Readout 5B.

Head back up, talk to Heather for a heal, then climb the vines on the nearby pillar, hop over to the main building, and head in. Jump on down. Grab a hidden Red Shard and Exp. Candy M (minor, but missable if you don’t grab them right now). Head up for a battle.

Meteor Admin Taka (Super Potion). Field: Rocky Field

Taka will fight you on the Rocky Field. We don’t have the notes for this field yet, but you will observe that Rock Tomb will be stronger here. The Telluric Seed can be helpful here: by testing it you’ll notice that it raises Defense but does Stealth Rock damage. Since Exeggcute doesn’t hit that hard you can take the chance to set up offenses on it, then you can hit the slow PULSE Tangrowth hard. Also, this entire team is weak to Ice.

After the battle, you’ll be sent outside. Answer Corey how you like here, then grab hidden X Defend and Green Shard as well as a Big Root.

Exit Malchous Forest Park in the top right corner. In the first house, you’ll find a grunt.

Meteor Grunt Ray. Field: No Field

Defeat him to free Police Officer #1. In the building next door, head up to 5F via the elevator, and talk to the girl inside so she’ll leave.

Head back to the main part of Jasper via the bottom right exit of Malchous. On your way back to the Pokemon Center area, you can now grab a hidden PokeSnax.

Past the Pokemon Center, enter the first building you see. Talk to the guy here to activate a quest. You can also enter the elevator room here to get the Forest Field Readout.

Outside, you can now grab a Paralyze Heal and save Police Officer #2. Grab a hidden Super Potion and Green Shard outside and head into the small building here. If you have snax and talked to the panicking guy earlier, you can get Mareep!

Before we continue into the next ward, there’s a quick thing we can do. Exit Jasper Ward to the south (there’s a shortcut below the Mareep building) and head to the right. Enter the first house you see in Peridot Ward, and talk to the girls inside for Department Store Sticker: Tangela as well as TM88 Sleep Talk.

Department Store 3F Left Shop

Item Price
Sticky Barb $600
Lagging Tail $200
Iron Ball $1000
Binding Band $1700
Float Stone $400
Eject Button $1800
Red Card $1800
Ring Target $200
Metronome $1500

Department Store 3F Right Shop

Item Price
Heat Rock $200
Icy Rock $200
Smooth Rock $200
Damp Rock $200
Grip Claw $200
Light Clay $200
Everstone $200

Since money is still tight, I wouldn’t recommend binging too many of these items for now, especially since most of them suck. We’ll be able to get tons of the weather extending rocks, Iron Ball, and Light Clay after the next badge for free, but if your strategy involves weather or screens they are pretty cheap right now so it might be worth it for those.

Head outside and up to access the next ward.

Rhodochrine Jungle & The Underroot

Enter the Beryl Ward. We can’t really explore much of this ward itself right now. Head to the right to access the Beryl Bridge. Hidden on the bridge you’ll find a Heart Scale, X Speed, and PokeSnax.

While it is windy, at the end of the bridge you can catch Drifloon! Talk to the kid here and he will go home.

Back in Beryl, head left.

West Beryl Ward

Cave %
Pansage 20
Pidgeotto 20
Spearow 15
Bellsprout 14
Scatterbug 11
Sewaddle 11
Oddish 9

Grab a hidden Red Shard and an X Attack in the house. Make your way left, grab the hidden Poke Ball, and enter the jungle.

Rhodochrine Jungle

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Sewaddle 30 Spearow 20 Paras 24
Ledian 20 Pansage 20 Hoothoot 20
Spearow 11 Gloom 10 Ariados 20
Scatterbug 10 Sewaddle 10 Gloom 10
Dedenne 10 Scatterbug 10 Spinarak 10
Ledyba 9 Dedenne 10 Tangela 9
Pansage 5 Doduo 5 Pachirisu 5
Pachirisu 4 Pachirisu 5 Farfetch’d 2
Farfetch’d 1 Farfetch’d 5    
    Tangela 5    

Throughout this guide, whenever we are guaranteed the ability to catch Pokemon that was previously randomly determined such as Pachirisu, I will bold it both times. Catch a Ledian for an in-game trade later, and a Farfetch’d to trade for a fossil later on as well.

Grab a hidden Exp. Candy XS here, then head up and get a hidden Rawst Berry and Rare Candy, being careful to avoid stepping on the suspicious patch of grass. Head down and to the left, you’ll see Meteor Grunts. You’ll actually have a choice now on how to proceed - you can either step on the suspicious patch of grass or step on tall grass near the grunts to end up in a trap, or carefully sneak around the grunts and head up.

The jungle is huge, so I explain the results of this choice first, guide both routes to the same location, then explore the jungle after this convergence.

Cage Trap Route

If you were trapped in a cage, read on, otherwise, jump to the next section.

Roughly, you’ll want to follow the blue path in the following image:

You’ll wake up in a cage and Fern will taunt you here.

Relationship Point Choices:

If you do reject him, eventually you will be let out anyways.

Head up and to the right to free Cain from his cage.

Relationship Point Choices:

Head down from here and talk to the lever. Heather will show up and pull the switch to activate these bridges.

Relationship Point Choices:

Head east from here, and go slightly south once you reach a Meteor Grunt. Continue south until you hit a Gentleman, then go straight east and follow the path up the hill via stairs. The house here is a healing house, should you need it.

Snuck Around Route

If you managed to carefully sneak around the grunts, read on, otherwise jump to the next section.

Head up the stairs on the right, and you’ll find Fern.

Relationship Point Choices:

The building to your right is a healing house, should you need it.

Exploring the Jungle

Now, regardless of your choice you should be in the same place, nearby the healing house, so we can continue.

Itemfind here for an Exp. Candy S then head down the hill, pick up hidden Full Heal and go down from here. The grunts around the fire will be gone now, so you can pick up a hidden Guard Spec to the west.

Head back up and go left. Here you’ll see a gentleman.

Gentleman Ben. Field: Forest Field

Meteor Grunt Coleman. Field: Forest Field

In this area you can find a hidden Liechi Berry and Great Ball. To the right of the grunt, climb the hill and chop a wiggly tree.

Head back down the hill after the scene and go to the left.

Meteor Grunt Kenneth. Field: Forest Field

On this next hill you can obtain a hidden X Speed. Climbing stairs to the northeast will lead to a hidden Antidote. We’ll get to the cave entrance at the top of this area later, for now, sneak around the building in the bottom left and pick up a hidden Dark Gem. You can actually enter the felled building to the right, inside you’ll find TM77 Psych Up.

Back outside, head up the ramp to the left and pick up the hidden Green Shard. Cross the wooden bridge to the left and head up. Here you can find a hidden Salac Berry, Paralyze Heal, and an Antidote (that you can only get from the left, for some reason). Head back down the stairs but this time follow the narrow path up and to the right. You’ll cross a bridge over land here, grab a hidden Blue Shard and carefully pick up the PULSE Readout 5A without stepping on the shifty 2-by-2 patch of land. After you grab the readout, step on the trap.

This brings us to the Underroot - but we will explore this area fully in a little bit. For now, grab the hidden Exp. Candy S in a rock to the right, jump down the ledge and take the stairs here to return to a familiar part of the jungle.

Our next move is going to be to head all the way back to the healing house from earlier by going down, right at the gentleman, then up the hill to the right. Heal if you’d like.

Go straight down from here and follow the path across the bridge.

Meteor Grunt Mary. Field: Forest Field

Grab a hidden Blue Shard as you make your way left. Head up as soon as you can, here is a Light Shard and a building. Inside, you’ll find a PC as well as a in-game trade: your Sunkern for either Carbink, Mime Jr., Cryogonal, or Furfrou, determined randomly. Perhaps more notably, it will be holding the Exp. Share!

Head outside and follow the path left. You’ll find a hidden Red Shard. At the next fork, go up, where you’ll find a hidden Super Potion and a Telluric Seed. Take the other path of the fork now.

Ranger Endow. Field: Forest Field

You’ll find a hidden Calcium here. Head to the left across the bridge and pick up an Exp. Candy M. Specifically on sunny days, you can battle and catch Tropius here as well. It’s very strong for this point in the game, so be careful.

Head back across the bridge, and from here go down to find a hidden Purple Shard and a Great Ball. That pretty much covers the part of the jungle we have been able to access for now, so it’s time to explore the Underroot. Nearby you’ll see a trap spot on the ground, step on it to fall in.

Exploring the Underroot

Hidden here is an Exp. Candy S. We can’t do anything with these glowy rocks for a while, so head out of this area.

The Underroot

Land % Old Rod %
Zigzagoon 20 Barboach 70
Morelull 20 Chinchou 30
Noibat 10    
Psyduck 10    
Kecleon 10    
Spinda 10    
Woobat 5    
Shuppet 5    
Phantump 5    
Bunnelby 5    

Head to the right first. You’ll find a hidden Chesto Berry here. Take the nearby stairs to reach a new area of the jungle. You can find a hidden Red Shard and Exp. Candy S here. You can also battle and catch Taillow at the top.

Back in the Underroot, take the path up from here and cut the wiggly tree. Take the nearby stairs to access another section of jungle. Go up here to find a hidden Ether and Stantler.

Follow the path all the way down and to the right. Inside a house here is a lady. She will tutor us a pretty good move… but only if you have a Grass type starter. Since Grass type starters kinda suck compared to Fire type and Water type starters, here’s a bit of compensation.

Rhodochrine Jungle Move Tutor (If you chose a Grass type Starter)

Move Price
Giga Drain Free

Before we leave this section of jungle, there is a broken building with some lights on to the left.

Meteor Grunt Bruno. Field: No Field

Defeat him to free Police Officer #3.

Back in the Underroot go up and grab a hidden Purple Shard. To the left you’ll find a hidden Exp. Candy S and a stationary Seviper.

Up and to the right you can get a hidden Energy Root and Red Shard, and free Police Officer #4. Head down and pass under the waterfall to the right. Head right for a hidden Dire Hit and Poke Ball. Back left from here, head up. This was an area we visited earlier - you can access the main part of the jungle via these stairs.

Head down from here and take the stairs downward. Hug the left wall as you go down. You’ll find a Potion, Blue Shard, Energy Powder, Heavy Ball, and an Elemental Seed on the ground. Use the Light Shard if you need it and head back up.

At the first fork, now go to the right. Grab a hidden Oran Berry and a Hyper Potion on the ground. Back up from here, take a right at the next fork.

Go to the right when you can, get a hidden Ice Heal, and emerge into the jungle once more.

Finishing Up in the Jungle

Head out and to the right, and you’ll actually pop out in Beryl Ward. There is a hidden Super Potion and a PP Up here. Head into this library.

You can walk on the tops of bookshelves in here, do so to get TM20 Safeguard as well as the Corrosive Field Readout. Enter the door on the right. Inside you’ll find an Ill-Fated Doll and by talking to Growlithe and then the crevasse you find will find out what happened to Police Officer #5. Reading on the job: never again.

Enter the left room of the library if you’d like. Inside you’ll meet a man.

Relationship Point Choices:

Back outside, chop the tree to your left and enter the felled building.

Meteor Grunt Brenna. Field: No Field

Re-enter the jungle to the left. Grab a hidden Exp. Candy S and Burn Heal. You can talk to Amaria here, the second time she’ll heal your party even.

Relationship Point Choices:

Cut down the wiggly tree nearby, then head back through the path through Beryl by the library, the jungle, and the underroot to return to the healing house in the eastern side of the jungle. It’s time to finish up in this area.

In order to access the exclusive postgame route, you need to save all five officers by this point.

Prepare your team as necessary, and head up.

Meteor Manager Ace of Clubs (Super Potion). Field: Forest Field

Finally we get to battle Meteor’s Ace themselves. I wish there was a way to not spoil the surprise of their first Pokemon in this guide, but that Pokemon and many more on their team have Grass moves that feed off of the terrain’s 1.5x boost. Braixen can steal your items and hit pretty hard with Psybeam and Fire Spin, and Roselia, as we’ve seen with Fern, is a hard hitting and healing monster in the early game. Be extra careful with Tangrowth: it likes to get boosts from double-strength Growth and Stamina, then hit hard with Stored Power.

One thing to consider is that past Braixen a Bug type can do pretty well here against their team, especially a special attacker or one with Swarm. Cut will also hit for double damage on Roselia and Tangrowth if you so choose. If you’re holding a Telluric Seed still, it gives you a free Spiky Shield on its holder’s first turn, so in a pinch you can abuse that to set up one of your own Pokemon so that Tangrowth goes down before it can boost too much. Or, you can simply use Slugma or Numel to transform the field to Burning and watch their team, minus Braixen and Baltoy, burn passively each turn.

Once you win, you can find a Super Repel in the next area. Head down. Here, you’ll see a scene involving Corey.

Relationship Point Choices:

Beryl Ward & Beryl Cemetery

With that out of the way, we now can actually explore the main part of Beryl Ward.

Before we do anything else, talk to the backpacker nearby a dumpster down from the Pokemart. If you give him $5000 he will give you the Magnetic Lure, an amazing item that, when equipped by your party leader, guarantees you will encounter a Pokemon you haven’t caught yet in an area. No more do you have to aimlessly wander around an area looking for that 4% encounter!

Nearby, on clear days, you’ll find another snax vendor.

Beryl Ward Snax Shop

Item Price
PokeSnax $650

Enter the building up and to the left from this guy. On a sunny day, go onto the rooftop to be able to obtain Helioptile in exchange for some snax. Inside the Pokemon center, an NPC will tell you a password: easyhms.

Around the town, you can find 2 hidden Blue Shards, Escape Rope, Fighting Gem, Potion, Red Shard, and HP Up. Continuing to the left into the cemetery area, you can find hidden Elemental Seed and Poke Ball.

North Beryl Ward / Beryl Cemetery

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Fearow 20 Fearow 20 Meowth 44
Spearow 20 Doduo 20 Noctowl 25
Phanpy 14 Ekans 20 Ekans 20
Arbok 11 Phanpy 14 Hoothoot 10
Doduo 10 Arbok 11 Arbok 1
Fletchling 10 Fletchling 10    
Ekans 10 Bunnelby 5    
Bunnelby 5        
Headbutt %
Pineco 55
Burmy 35
Aipom 10

Next, we’re gonna head back through the jungle to get to the library. In the left room you can find a TwistedSpoon. Could be useful soon.

Back in the jungle, explore around the area where we fought Ace. You’ll find a hidden Petaya Berry, Red Shard as well as a Great Ball.

That about wraps up everything we can do for now, so head into the abandoned gym at the top of the hill in Beryl.

VS. Agent Borealis

Head into the gym.

Didn’t Save Police Route

If you saved the officers before fighting Ace, skip ahead to the next subsection.

If you want to access Corey’s bedroom, you can turn all the pillars red.

Head up and into the battle room.

Agent Corey (2x Super Potion). Field: Corrosive Field

As you can probably tell from the Corrosive Field notes, you’ll be worn down by Poison type entry damage. Grass types have a really rough time here, and many special Ground moves otherwise super-effective against his team are cancelled out by a Poison type modifier. Thankfully half of his team isn’t too dreadful: Skrelp and Nidorina don’t hit too hard, and Croagunk isn’t too threatening aside from his priority Sucker Punch. Mareanie hits hard with Merciless and Venoshock both always activated, but it’s slow and not too bulky. His Skuntank however can hit decently hard by stacking Acid Sprays, and with its bulk, it can be a threat. You also need to be careful of Aftermath, which can knock out your sweeper. Most difficult of all is his Crobat, since it outspeeds almost every Pokemon you can have by this point and hits like a truck on this field with activated Venoshock.

The key here is putting yourself in a position to be able to deal with Crobat. Thankfully, it’s frail enough to die to one or two strong super-effective hits, so by either raising your speed or sending in something with some bulk, you may find success. Your own Poison types and Steel types are immune to a lot of the field’s shenanigans, hence are good options. Psychic types are good as long as you can play around Sucker Punch. As long as you aren’t going with Mud Shot and Mud Bomb, Ground types can be good at sweeping the weaker members of the team. You can also try to use the field to your advantage to some extent: Sleep Powder becomes 100% accurate here, and the Telluric Seed gives any Pokemon a free turn of protect. Unfortunately unless you’re using your own Poison type strategies there isn’t really much else you can do to exploit this field yourself, so bring a strong team and you can prevail.

Saved Police Officers Route

If you didn’t make this choice, skip ahead to the next section.

Talk to the chief to get the Corrosive Mist Field Readout.

Police Officer Jameson. Field: No Field

Police Officer Lambert. Field: No Field

Police Officer Blackwell. Field: No Field

Turn all of the pillars blue. Each one will also change its neighbors, so keep that in mind while you solve this puzzle.

Talk to the agent in his room, then head up into the arena once you’re ready.

Agent Borealis (Super Potion). Field: Corrosive Mist Field atop Corrosive Field

As you can probably tell from the Corrosive Mist Field notes, your non Poison and Steel types will be Poisoned by the field. Your special flying moves and bubble-based attacks will be nerfed against him as well. Thankfully half of his team isn’t too dreadful: Skrelp and Nidorina don’t hit too hard, and Croagunk isn’t too strong, though it’s Sucker Punch does have priority. Mareanie hits hard with Merciless and Venoshock exploiting your team being poisoned, but it is slow and not too bulky. However, Skuntank can hit decently hard by stacking Acid Sprays and hitting with boosted Flamethrower, and with its bulk it can stick around for a bit. It’s Aftermath ability can also knock out your sweeper, so be careful. The biggest threat on his team is Crobat: it outspeeds almost every Pokemon you can have by this point and hits like a truck on this field with activated Venoshock. If you let it boost with Nasty Plot, it’s very hard to win from there.

On this field, you really have to go fast so you’re not worn down by Poison. On top of this, your goal has to be finding a way to deal with Crobat, since it likes to revenge kill your Pokemon that have already taken tons of Poison damage and sweep. However, it’s frail enough to die to one or two well strong super-effective hits, so keeping a sturdy Rock, Electric, Ice, or Psychic type in the back holding the Atk/SpA boosting Elemental Seed may lead you to success. Your own Poison types and Steel types are immune to a lot of the field’s shenanigans, hence are good options. Psychic types are good as long as you can play around Sucker Punch. I recommend using Fire moves since they’re boosted by the field - only Skrelp and Mareanie resist them and they can hit hard in the right circumstances. A unique thing you can do is exploit the fact that Incinerate, Flame Burst, and Self-Destruct will knock out both active Pokemon and switch you to Corrosive Field (suggestions for that, if needed, are in the previous subsection), so if you are having trouble with Crobat or Skuntank you can send in a full health Slugma or Numel and try to do a kill from the grave.

Episode 4: Aftershocks

No gym badge or TM is awarded to you after this fight.

To continue the story, you can either head to Beryl Bridge and watch the intense scene, or make your way south through Jasper to Peridot to skip it. Regardless our next story destination will be the North Obsidia Ward, but there are some very worthwhile quests we can do in the meantime.

The Mystery Egg and Other Quests

First, after the events at the bridge, enter Corey’s gym and enter his bedroom area. Here you’ll find the Silver Ring, which will help us get some familiar Pokemon! Speaking of which, make your way to the Underroot and head to the bottom right section, then go left and up to reach the large pool in the center. You’ll find a Skrelp here who will see the Silver Ring and join your team.

Next, head to the Beryl Library. Talk to the Gothitelle here, then pick up trash and stray books all around the library by spamming the action button. Once you finish, talk to Gothitelle for a Soul Candle. You can also talk to one of the Gothita to obtain it.

Relationship Point Choices:

Head on over to the Beryl Cemetery at night. Talk to one of the pumpkins with a Soul Candle in your bag and you can catch Pumpkaboo.

Head down into Jasper Ward and go left. You’ll see a kid being bullied by some Venipede and Scolipede.

Pokemon Swarm. Field: No Field

Defeat them, and the kid will head back to his home.

Next, it’s time for the big one. Head back to the Jasper Police Station and talk to the chief, then talk to the female Growlithe. That alone is a decent reward, but we can take this Growlithe and any male Pokemon in its egg group to the daycare to produce an egg. Bring an egg back to the police station and we can trade it with the guy at the bottom to get what the community calls the Mystery Egg.

The Mystery Egg can actually hatch to be one of 18 different Pokemon - all of which are pretty solid team members in an early-game scenario where a lot of the available Pokemon suck. You’ll get one of the following, randomly determined:

We can get the other 17 at a later time.

North Obsidia Ward

With that taken care of, we’re going back to Opal Ward to head up at the bridge. You’ll enter North Obsidia Ward.

Psychic Inuki. Field: No Field

Arcade Star Miku. Field: No Field

Arcade Star Akemi. Field: No Field

One more trainer is to the right at the stairs.

Street Rat Waldon. Field: No Field

You’ll find hidden Zinc, X Sp. Def, Super Potion, Ether, Common Candy, Synthetic Seed, Ability Capsule, Chewing Gum, and Great Ball around the ward.

Finding this last item will put us in front of the nightclub: from 8PM to 4AM you can enter. You can get one of the best TM’s in the game here: TM17 Protect!

Outside, the building to your right contains a Telluric Seed. There’s an alleyway outside containing some gang members nearby.

North Obsidia Alleyway

Cave %
Stunky 25
Trubbish 20
Poochyena 20
Yungoos 20
Espurr 13
Mightyena 2

Don’t talk to the guys here quite yet though - we’ll be making a choice in a bit involving these guys.

Next, enter the Spyce restaurant below and to the right. A guy inside will give you a Full Incense. In a nearby trash can you can find TM56 Fling.

The Spyce Drink Shop

Item Price
Fresh Water $200
Soda Pop $300
Lemonade $350

Back in the main part of the ward, talk to the people here and in the nearby buildings if you’d like.

Relationship Point Choices:

Lapis Ward

Head up the stairs to your left to enter the final ward of the city we’ve yet to explore!

Lady Lenore (Full Restore). Field: No Field

Talk to the girl with the colorful hair in front of the very tall building, then head left.

Hotshot Cole (Full Restore). Field: No Field

Casanova Wiley (Full Restore). Field: No Field

Lady Anastasia (Full Restore). Field: No Field

Make your way to the very top of the area to talk to the purple haired girl and the guy with red hair. After this conversation we’ll be free to explore the area. On the right:

Gentleman Murray (Full Restore). Field: No Field

Hidden around the ward you can find Great Ball, Blue Shard, Pecha Berry, Salt-Water Taffy, Poke Ball, X Defend, and Exp. Candy M.

You can enter the Alleyway towards the middle of the ward, but we won’t talk to the guys in here quite yet.

Lapis Alleyway

Cave %
Stunky 25
Trubbish 20
Rattata-Alola 20
Meowth-Alola 20
Espurr 13
Raticate-Alola 1
Persian-Alola 1

Enter the building in the middle of the top row of buildings, just to the left of the gym. The guy inside will teach your starter the pledge moves for some shards.

Lapis Ward Pledge Move Tutor

Move Price
Grass Pledge 3 Green Shards
Fire Pledge 3 Red Shards
Water Pledge 3 Blue Shards

Enter the flower shop on the left side of the ward. Someone inside will give you the Wailmer Pail. In the top left corner, you can complete a puzzle to get Spritzee! The completed puzzle looks like this:

Sweet Scent Flower Shop Top

Item Price
Honey $1000
Oran Berry $200
Rose Incense $9600
Floral Charm $1500
Sachet $1000
PokeSnax $400

We will eventually need 2 Floral Charms and around 25-30 Honeys for sidequests later. There is a cheaper option to get the honey later on, however.

Sweet Scent Flower Shop Middle

Item Price
Red Nectar $3000
Yellow Nectar $3000
Pink Nectar $3000
Purple Nectar $3000

If you’re planning on switching around your Oricorio a lot, this is the shop for you.

Enter a small house on the left side of the ward and talk to a guy to get TM21 Frustration. In the Pokemart to your right, talk to a guy with a hood to get TM07 Hail. Next, enter the building to the right. For saving the kid from Scolipede, the mom here will give you the Department Store Sticker: Drifloon.

Department Store 4F Left Shop

Item Price
Air Balloon $400
White Herb $1000
Mental Herb $1000
Power Herb $1000
Absorb Bulb $1200
Snowball $1000

Some consumables that may be useful in a pinch. We will much later on need a White Herb for a quest.

Department Store 4F Right Shop

Item Price
Smoke Ball $2150
Destiny Knot $8000
Power Weight $15000
Power Bracer $15000
Power Belt $15000
Power Anklet $15000
Power Lens $15000
Power Band $15000
TM48 Round $9000

Finally some good things for sale in this building. The Power Items raise 32 EV’s per defeated Pokemon and cancel out other EV’s. Meaning if you catch a new Pokemon you simply have to defeat any 8 Pokemon with a Power Item to max out - or 17 total for a usual 252/252/4 spread. This is so incredibly fast that there is virtually no reason not to EV train in this game given how tough the fights can be. These are probably a bit too pricey for us right now, but keep in mind that they’re here so when we have the cash we can immediately max out our EV’s. If you’re planning on breeding you can get a Destiny Knot.

Anyways, that’s all we can do in Lapis for now, so head back down to the North Obsidia Ward.

The Grand Stairway

Talk to Cain here, and he will distract an officer so you can slip by.

Relationship Point Choices:

You can find a hidden Rock Gem on the stairs. Head on down the ladder. You can find a Green Shard hidden in this first area. Head down the stairs again.

Grand Stairway B1F

Cave %
Sandshrew 30
Graveler 21
Noibat 20
Diglett 10
Geodude 10
Chingling 8
Dunsparce 1

We will eventually need both a Chimecho and a Dunsparce for some sidequests, so get them here.

On this floor you’ll find a hidden Ghost Gem. Head down the ladder.

Grand Stairway B2F / B3F East

Cave %
Sandshrew 30
Graveler 25
Geodude 15
Diglett 10
Chingling 10
Unown 5
Dunsparce 5

Pick up a hidden Red Shard and a Dire Hit to the right. Below here, you’ll notice that there are some ledges we can hop down. If you hop down exactly four times, you can find a hidden Focus Sash here. Consider saving this for a situation that you really need it.

Down from here there are essentially four paths we can take down the ledges. I start by heading down the rightmost path first. Pick up a hidden Guard Spec then take the ladder. In the next room you can grab a hidden Star Piece then head into the small cave here. “The Crystals glimmer with fissures” is a clue related to field effects - see if you can figure it out.

Click for the answer

Once you do so, you can grab the Crystal Cavern Field Readout. Head back out then go up the ladder at the top. You can find a hidden Heart Scale as well as a Magical Seed and a Exp. Candy M. Can’t do anything else here so head up the next ladder. In here you can pick up an Ability Capsule and hidden Exp. Candy M and Red-Hots.

You’ll notice that we’re back on B1F, so head back down the ladder below to reach the ledges on B2F. This time we are going to take the ledges down to go all the way to the left. You’ll reach a ladder. Upstairs, you can find a hidden Ground Gem and Super Repel. Head down the ledge - again we’ll find ourselves at the familiar area of B1F.

Head down to the sequence of ledges again. This time we will take the second-path from the left. Use your itemfinder as you’re going down and you can obtain a Green Shard. Head to the left and go straight up. A guy will give you 3 Exp. Candy M. Nearby is a hidden Blue Shard. Go down the first set of stairs from here. You’ll see a little pool of water coming out of the wall - head to the left from here, past some rocks to the left, to obtain TM69 Rock Polish! Head back down until you can go to the right. Climb these stairs - you’ll find a hidden Psychic Gem, X Speed, and PokeSnax along the way.

Finally, we can take the huge series of ledges to take the third path from the left. Grab the hidden X Sp. Atk then head down the ladder here.

Grand Stairway B3F Main

Cave %
Unown 100

Talk to the guy in the center here, then head to the left and talk to the two here for a battle.

Meteor Private Aster and Meteor Private Eclipse (2x Super Potion). Field: Crystal Cavern Field

Their four rock types have their attacks boosted on the field. They’re all pretty fast, especially Midday Lycanroc, so you have to have a bit of bulk to live. With the help of Victoria’s fighting type moves though you will probably be able to find a way through this with a team of six.

You can accept Victoria’s fast travel request afterwards.Back in North Obsidia Ward, Victoria will request that you battle her.

Relationship Point Choices:

Apprentice Victoria (2x Super Potion). Field: No Field

Since last time, Victoria has evolved some of her team, but she shouldn’t be too much of a threat if you’ve been able to defeat all the gym leaders to this point. She has a bit of diversity on her team: Kirlia and Pikachu can hit moderately hard with their STAB Special moves. Torracat will dampen your physical sweeper and fight get some lucky flinches with Bite or Fire Fang. Ultimately, you can probably find a way to set up on Pancham or just overwhelm her in a 6v4.

This is part of another gauntlet: time for another battle right after, though you do get healed.

Swag Jockey Fern (2x Super Potion). Field: No Field

Since last time, Fern has evolved his Roselia into Roserade, picked up a Rhyhorn, and evolved his Sandile. Thankfully, Rhyhorn and Dartrix aren’t too incredible and each have exploitable 4x weaknesses. You don’t want to let Krokorok sweep you, but it isn’t too strong until it gets it’s first boost, so a good switch can help against it. The big threat here is 31 IV Roserade - it’s really fast and likes to pickup one-shots with Giga Drain and heal off whatever damage you’ve managed to get on it. Thankfully Rhyhorn isn’t really a threat to most Pokemon, so the key to this fight is figuring out how to put yourself in a position to knock out Roserade before it comes out.

After winning, you’ll be given TMX7 Rock Smash. We can’t use it in the field yet, however.

Head to the nightclub up and to the right. You’ll see a guy outside who you can talk to.

Relationship Point Choices:

Head back to Lapis Ward and attempt to enter the gym. Time for a battle!

Volcanic Cal. Field: Rainbow Field atop No Field

The game makes it rain on the overworld before this fight, so Drought Torkoal will cause it to be a Rainbow Field battle for eight turns. This makes Nature Power turn into boosted Aurora Beam, interestingly giving Ice type coverage to a Fire monotype team. Anyways, his team is fairly strong for this point under sun, so you’re gonna have to be careful not to let his Houndoom and Magmortar destroy you with powered up Fire moves. The Rainbow field will also increase chances to burn, so your physical attackers may become crippled. One strategy you can use is changing the weather to something else; Rain will dampen his attacks, while the other two will cancel the Rainbow Field and deal chip damage. If you can knock out Torkoal he has no way to set up Sun after the first time, so you can use the Protect and Substitute TMs we now have to stall out the sun if you need to.

Head into the gym and go upstairs. Talk to the group here, then head outside and attempt to enter the orphanage in the center of Lapis Ward. A girl will leave. Head in. Inside, you’ll have to defeat an Orderly.

Orderly John. Field: No Field

After you leave, head back to the gym and go upstairs. We have our next mission: challenging Shelly for a badge. We can talk to Victoria here as well.

Relationship Point Choices:

Joining a Gang

Before fighting Shelly, time for a quest. We are required to join a gang to finish the game. Technically we can do this later, but we might as well start now since there are some nice rewards. You get to choose which gang to join: the Magma Gang in the North Obsidia Alleyway, or the Aqua Gang in the Lapis Alleyway. Head over to your choice of alleyway.

The Magma Gang Route (Part 1)

Skip to the next section if you chose the Aqua Gang.

Talk to the guys guarding the North Obsidia alleyway for a battle.

Magma Gang Nihil & Magma Gang Kriz. Field: No Field

Once you make it in, you’ll find TM46 Thief as well as a hidden Red-Hots. Talk to Maxwell in the back.

Make your way to the shack to the right of the flower shop in Lapis Ward. Talk to Maxwell here. Then make your way to Ms. Craudberry’s house down from the Pokemon Center. Head into the backroom.

Aqua Gang Pierce. Field: No Field

Aqua Gang DeFacto. Field: No Field

You’ll find a Fire Stone as well as Buizel. Talk to Maxwell inside, then head back to the Lapis Alleyway to talk to him again.

We can now continue our ongoing stolen Pokemon quest as well. Just south of the North Obsidia alleyway you can find a Magma Gang member. He will tell you he already lost the Pokemon to an Aqua Gang member, but will give you a Metronome.

Head over to the Lapis Ward. To the west of the gym you’ll find the Aqua Gang member.

Aqua Gang Jakob. Field: No Field

Defeat him… only to learn he already sold the Pokemon to someone in 7th Street. That’s all we can do for now.

The Aqua Gang Route (Part 2)

Skip to the next section if you chose the Magma Gang.

Talk to the guys guarding the Lapis alleyway for a battle.

Aqua Gang Mannie & Aqua Gang Razzy. Field: No Field

Once you make it in, you’ll find TM41 Torment. Talk to Archer in the back.

Make your way to the shack to the right of the flower shop in Lapis Ward. Talk to Archer here.

Just for completeness, Archer won’t be blocking the pond in the alleyway anymore so we can fish here now.

Lapis Alleyway

Old Rod %
Barboach 100

Anyways, make your way to Ms. Craudberry’s house, which is south of the Lapis Pokemon Center. Head into the backroom.

Magma Gang Darm. Field: No Field

Magma Gang Break. Field: No Field

You’ll find a Water Stone as well as Ponyta. Talk to Archer inside, then head back to the North Obsidia Alleyway to talk to him again.

We can now continue our ongoing stolen Pokemon quest as well. Just south of the North Obsidia alleyway you can find a Magma Gang member.

Magma Gang Bunson. Field: No Field

Defeat him, and he will tell you an Aqua Gang member has the Pokemon already.

Head over to the Lapis Ward. To the west of the gym you’ll find the Aqua Gang member. You’ll learn that he already sold the Pokemon to someone in 7th Street, but he’ll give you a Metronome. That’s all we can do for now.

Getting the Bicycle and Zorua

Regardless of your gang choice, head over to Madame Craudberry’s house once more. Inside, she’ll try to get you arrested, but if you have saved all the Jasper Ward police officers, they’ll trust that you are not a gang member. Hehehe.

Head outside and try to leave, and the cop will even give you a Bike Voucher! Enter the building below and trade it away to get the Bicycle! Heck yes.

Now that we have our fancy bicycle, we can very quickly get all the way to Beryl Ward from Lapis Ward… so let’s do that. Go onto the rooftop of the building where we once captured Helioptile on a clear night, and you’ll see… Corey? Make your way to Peridot Ward next, where you’ll encounter him near the Pokemart. Finally, head to North Obsidia Ward and enter the building to the left of the alleyway. Inside you’ll find him once more… and be able to catch Zorua!

Grand Hall Trainers 3

After defeating Corey, the trainers in the Grand Hall have gotten stronger once again. Defeating them will now yield 5 Exp. Candy M! The updated teams are as follows:

Arcade Star Carol (SUN). Field: No Field

Hotshot Fawkes (SUN). Field: No Field

Casanova Gibson (SUN). Field: No Field

Youngster Jonah (MON). Field: No Field

Hotshot Jace (TUE). Field: No Field

Psychic Silva (WED). Field: No Field

Elder JB (THU). Field: No Field

Techie Will (FRI). Field: No Field

Elder Anthony (SAT). Field: No Field

Hotshot Emile (SAT). Field: No Field

Casanova Zach & Lady Beau (SAT). Field: No Field

Cocoon Badge

Now it’s time to go for our badge. Head into Shelly’s gym and go to the right.

Techie Eugene. Field: Forest Field

Lady Eve. Field: Forest Field

In the back, accessible by using either of the two monitors behind the trainers:

Techie Charlie. Field: Forest Field

Lady Lily. Field: Forest Field

There is a front area, a back area, and upstairs - your goal is to turn every single monitor that is in the area on and still successfully get to the upstairs area and cross the bookshelves. You can only cross from the front to the back area if one of the red, blue, and yellow stacks is exactly 1 unit tall.

Using this information, it can be fun to try to solve this puzzle yourself. The game actually has a cheeky secret way to solve it though:

Click for the secret to the Lapis Gym puzzle

Whichever way you solve the puzzle, click the final monitor that you can find upstairs, then cross the bookshelves. You can find a Leaf Stone nearby.

Head up, and save before you fight Shelly.

Bookworm Shelly (2x Hyper Potion). Field: Forest Field

I think this fight is wonderful because it sweeps the feet out from under new players that think Bug is a terrible type. The Forest Field, as we’ve seen, powers up Struggle Bug. It also gives Anorith a free Spiky Shield due to its seed. More notable however is Prankster Illumise’s eight turn Rain Dance - it prevents you from burning the forest down, activates Anorith’s Swift Swim, weakens your Fire types, and powers the various Water moves she uses. Plus it’s the first gym that fights in doubles and the combination of Intimidate and Struggle Bug can make your attacks weak - all this combines to making a difficult fight that your team might not immediately be prepared for.

To win, you’ll have to come up with a solid doubles strategy. Luckily at this point in the game you do have some options. The simplest yet cheesiest option is to use Castform/Cherrim’s Sunny Day or mystery egg Vulpix’s Drought to make it sunny, which turns the field to Rainbow Field. You can then exploit the Rainbow Field by using Nature Power into boosted Aurora Beam and/or 140 flat damage Sonicboom to win. You can also switch up the weather to Hail or Sandstorm - this allows you to use specific Fire type moves to turn the field to the Burning Field, which is basically game over for Shelly if Illumise is knocked out.

Another generally solid strategy is just abusing the field with your own Bug types - Joltik, Vespiquen, and all of the early-evolving stage 3 bugs can to some extent really shine here. You can use Telluric Seeds if you have them as well. Alternatively, bring your own Swift Swim team to abuse the rain and outspeed her team. Also consider the funny Rock Slide button. Tons of options here if you think ahead about what your strategy will be.

Relationship Point Choices:

After you succeed, you will get the Cocoon Badge as well as TM76 Struggle Bug, you get to use Lv. 40 Pokemon, and you can now use Rock Smash in the field.

Episode 5: Escape! from Reborn City

Head outside the gym after watching the scene in Shelly’s room. After you head outside, you have another rival battle.

Pretty Boy Cain (2x Super Potion). Field: No Field

This battle probably won’t be too tough if you could defeat Shelly. Nidoking hits hard, but it still has fairly weak STAB attacks. Defeat him with your best strategies.

Relationship Point Choices:

With that, Cain and Shelly will head over to the Orphanage.

Lapis Ward Orphanage

Head into the Orphanage as soon as the door opens. You’ll be paired up with either Cain or Shelly depending on who you have more relationship points with at this moment.

Relationship Point Choices:

Orderly Timothy & Orderly Chris. Field: No Field

After this fight, you’ll be free to explore with Shelly as a partner. Keep in mind though:

Relationship Point Choices:

But you can also gain points:

Relationship Point Choices:

We can now choose where to go.

Relationship Point Choices:

So, we’re gonna head upstairs first. Defeat orderlies as you go up.

Orderly Allyssa & Orderly Stephanie. Field: No Field

Orderly Bishop & Orderly Roth. Field: No Field

You’ll be prevented from continuing upstairs, so head downstairs and talk to Anna again.

Enter the open door on the first floor. Be careful about trying to enter the doors on the left.

Relationship Point Choices:

Beat the orderlies in the room above.

Orderly Howaya & Orderly Callie. Field: No Field

You can read the green books for some background on the new characters. Back outside, head down and to the left.

Orderly Danielle & Orderly Ramsey. Field: No Field

Pick up a Data Chip down here. Talk to the green computer screen nearby to open a lock.

Head back upstairs and go through the now-opened path.

Relationship Point Choices:

Defeat the orderlies upstairs.

Orderly Charity & Orderly John. Field: No Field

Open the patient cages. You can find a hidden Great Ball here. Head downstairs and grab the Paralyze Heal on your way down.

On the first floor, enter the room on the right.

Relationship Point Choices:

Unlock Charlotte’s cage. If you unlock the cage on the right the kid inside will give you 4 Exp. Candy M.

Orderly Christina & Orderly Matt. Field: No Field

Defeat some orderlies, then at the bottom grab the Odd Incense and the Archive Key, which is hidden behind the foliage of the right plant.

Back in the left hallway, use the Archive Key to grab an Exp. Candy L and read some more books about the orphanage’s characters. With that, head all the way up to the top of the orphanage to bust out.

Dr. Sigmund Connal. Field: No Field

You’ll notice that the doctor has a strong team full of Electric and Psychic types. Electivire will often pivot to Musharna, who will use Psychic Terrain, guaranteeing it, Hypno, and Raichu huge bonuses. You can try to use your own Psychic attacks on the terrain against the electric types if you’d like, you can also stall out the Terrain if it is too much to handle. This can be a tough fight but you can find a way through!

Outside, accept Anna’s request for fast travel. We’ll find ourselves back in the Underground Railnet. Head to the east and smash the rock to progress.

Underground Railnet (Middle Area)

Cave %
Noibat 30
Klink 20
Geodude 10
Graveler 10
Woobat 10
Mawile 10
Skorupi 9
Klang 1

You can also find a hidden Pecha Berry, Carbos, Purple Shard, Red Shard, and Fire Gem here. In the bottom right corner you can get the Dull Key. Open the gate on the right for a shortcut, then talk to the group at the top. Sounds like we’re going to be taking on another gym leader soon, but before that there are tons of areas we can now access thanks to Rock Smash. Oh, and we get to strike at the heart of our enemy gang.

Make your way over to the Opal Bridge. As you make your way into North Obsidia Ward, you’ll find more enemy trainers.

Psychic Michael. Field: No Field

Casanova Daniel. Field: No Field

Elder Yagami. Field: No Field

North of here, you’ll see a guy selling a single Link Stone for $10000. What this does is essentially work as an evolution stone for Pokemon that need to be traded otherwise. To evolve Pokemon that normally trade while holding items, you can give them their item and use the Link Stone on them. This one is pricey, but if you have a Pokemon like Graveler you’re trying to evolve, it’s worth picking up.

Defeating the Rival Gang

It’s time to help out our friendly gang once more.

The Magma Gang Route (Part 2)

If you joined Aqua last chapter, skip ahead to the next section.

Return to Maxwell in North Obsidia, then head over to the Aqua Gang’s hideout in Lapis. Defeat the guards at the entrance.

Aqua Gang Mannie & Aqua Gang Razzy. Field: No Field

Grab TM41 Torment while you’re here and prepare for a battle.

Aqua Mastermind Archer (2x Berry Ice Cream). Field: No Field

This can be a tough fight since his levels are above your cap and he has Drizzle on his side. That said with no Damp Rock Pelipper is the only rain setter, and only for 5 turns, so you can pretty easily use Protect to make it go away and then go to town. His Sharpedo will outspeed you but doesn’t hit incredibly hard, while his Blastoise can be tanky but shouldn’t be too threatening outside of the rain.

Once you win, the Aqua Gang will retreat. We can actually now access the pond in the back, nothing new though.

Lapis Alleyway

Old Rod %
Barboach 100

Anyways, return to Maxwell at your alleyway to get Houndour. That’s it with the Magma Gang for another few badges, however.

The Aqua Gang Route (Part 2)

If you joined Magma last chapter, skip ahead to the next section.

Return to Archer in Lapis, then head over to the Magma Gang’s hideout in North Obsidia. Defeat the guards at the entrance.

Magma Gang Nihil & Magma Gang Kriz. Field: No Field

Grab TM46 Thief as well as a hidden Red-Hots while you’re here and prepare for a battle.

Magma Kingpin Maxwell (2x Berry Ice Cream). Field: No Field

This can be a tough fight since his levels are above your cap and he has Drought on his side. As long as Ninetales doesn’t switch, there will only be 5 turns of sun, so you can pretty easily use Protect to make it go away and then go to town. His Houndoom is physical and doesn’t hit very hard, while his Charizard is only threatening under the sun.

Once you win, the Magma Gang will retreat. Behind where Maxwell was you can get a hidden X Attack.

Anyways, return to Archer at your alleyway to get Carvanha. That’s it with the Aqua Gang for another few badges, however.

Rock Smash Exploration

Head over to the Onyx Ward next. Inside one of the rooms upstairs the guy playing “Mr. Mimecraft” will now move. Using the Data Chip we found earlier, we can talk to the PC here for a chance to catch Porygon. Next, head to the hallway where the tutors are. Go into the left door - inside you can talk to someone who will tell us a new password: stopitems.

In Lapis Ward a lady in the Pokemon Center will tell us about a few more passwords: leveloffset and percentlevel.

Smashin’ at the Stairway

Head over to the Grand Stairway and make your way to B1F. At the top right, smash a rock, pick up a hidden Green Shard, then go up. In this new room you can find a hidden PP Up, Exp. Candy L, and a stationary Exp. Candy M. Talk to the hiker in here for a Mining Kit.

The Mining Kit allows us to finally deal with all those glowing rocks everywhere. Essentially we get to play the Gen 4 mining minigame, except the prizes are actually good! Each stone will generate 2-4 items.

Item probabilities are listed in the appendices.

We can’t revive the fossils or use the Odd Keystone just yet, but hold onto them if you get them. The evolution stones can help you evolve your team if you manage to find them, and Heart Scales and Shards will be useful throughout the game. The remaining items are generally good hold items, though you can get at least one of each somewhere else in the game as well. There is an incredible number of these glowing rocks throughout the game. I won’t be pointing out when there are rocks in a given room, but feel free to break them as you see them.

Back in the main part of B1F, head to the left and smash the rock to go down a ladder. You may find Solrock here - this is a randomly determined event. You’ll also find a hidden Red Shard as well as a Rare Candy and an Amplified Rock.

Make your way back to the part with the sequence of ledges on B2F, and take the second path from the left. You’ll be able to smash a rock to get an Exp. Candy M. Next, head back up and take the rightmost path. Smash some rocks along the path to access a hidden Exp. Candy M. Following this path up, you’ll find Lunatone if you didn’t find Solrock earlier.

Smashin’ at the Slums

Next, we’re going to head on over to the Obsidia Slums. On the first floor of the main area of the slums take the top left escalator down to reach B1F. Then go between the escalators through the door here, and use the Dull Key inside. Grab a hidden Calcium then enter the next room.

Slums Playground Entrance Room

Cave %
Pancham 50
Pidove 24
Mankey 15
Watchog 9
Primeape 2

Grab the Super Repel and hidden Exp. Candy L and enter the next room.

Slums Playground Main Room

Cave %
Pancham 40
Watchog 19
Mankey 15
Pidove 14
Trubbish 10
Primeape 2

You can find a Sun Stone on the floor. The hidden items in this room are Purple Shard, Red Shard, Full Heal, and Protein.

You’ll need to defeat the two Pangoro on each side of the room and activate the switches beyond them.

Pokemon Don. Field: No Field

By going to the left side of the room and walking on the floor between the platforms, you can reach the middle of the room.

Pokemon Don. Field: No Field

Once you’ve defeated the third in the middle, you will get Scraggy! Afterwards you can pick up a Brave Mint, Exp. Candy L, and hidden Exp. Candy XL and Full Restore.

Exit this area and make your way to the top right corner of the main room in the slums. Go down the escalator then enter the room on the right side. Down the stairs you can smash some rocks and head in to a new area of the Railnet.

Underground Railnet (Train Tracks Area)

Cave %
Noibat 30
Klink 25
Geodude 10
Graveler 10
Woobat 10
Mawile 9
Skorupi 4
Drapion 1
Klang 1

Pick up the Light Ball and hidden 2 Common Candies and Red Shard. You can smash the dark spot on the wallx to access another area. Grab the hidden Hyper Potion, Purple Shard, and Dusk Ball as you sneak through this path. Smash the wall on the other side and push the switch here, then go left.

We don’t have Flash yet, so this area can be a bit annoying to search for items and such. In the top right corner you can smash a rock to free a guy. You’ll find hidden X Sp. Atk and Rock Gem nearby. There’s also a smash wall above you containing an Ability Capsule. Make your way down the stairs to the right. You’ll find a hidden Green Shard. Go down more stairs and go straight up. Inside a smash wall you can find TMX8 Flash… but we don’t have the badge to use it yet. Darn.

Anyways, back outside you can find 2 hidden Purple Shards, an Elixir, and a Dusk Stone. Inside another smash wall you can find the Cave Field Readout. Before you leave this area though, headbutt the tall iron poles here!

Underground Railnet Poles

Headbutt %
Aron 100

Head all the way back through the railnet and the slums to escape, then go to the Obsidia Ward Pokemon Center. The guy we saved earlier will give us Department Store Sticker: Aron. Very nice.

Department Store 5F Left Shop

Item Price
Great Ball $600
Super Potion $700
Super Repel $700
Full Heal $600
Poke Doll $1000

The first buyable Great Balls and Super Repels? Sign me up.

Department Store 5F Right Shop

Item Price
HP Up $9800
Protein $9800
Carbos $9800
Zinc $9800
Calcium $9800
Iron $9800

The Power Items downstairs may be 50% more expensive than these but you can buy them just once and use them infinitely many times while these are consumable. No reason to ever buy here.

Smashin’ at Beryl Cave

Next, make your way all the way back to Beryl Ward. In the graveyard area we can smash some rocks to reach a new cave.

Beryl Cave

Cave %
Scatterbug 30
Morelull 30
Bunnelby 15
Noibat 15
Spewpa 4
Shiinotic 4
Diggersby 1
Vivillon 1

On the first floor you’ll find a hidden Flying Gem, Burn Heal, Blue Shard, and 2 Ethers. On the second you’ll find a hidden Green Shard, Awakening, Great Ball, and a Link Stone in the cage which you’ll need to open using a lever in the other. You can also find Nidorina in here who will go with you after seeing the Silver Ring. Pick up the Rock Incense and continue to the next floor. Here, you’ll find hidden Blue Shard, Green Shard, and Purple Shard. Exit at the bottom.

Well, we’re back in the Rhodochrine Jungle, in a new area this time. You can find hidden Ultra Ball, Bug Gem, and Big Mushroom here, as well as TM05 Roar.

On windy days, you can have a battle!

Pokemon Tribe. Field: Forest Field

Just gotta find a way to hit Shiftry with a Bug move and you’ll probably win here. As a reward, you’ll get Nuzleaf by talking to it.

The totem at the top here also has Pokemon in it. For each Ill-Fated Doll you have (we only have 1) you can fight and catch a Pokemon in the sequence Baltoy, Elgyem, Golett. Which Pokemon this sequence starts at is randomly determined, however. If you make your way all the way back through Beryl Cave to Beryl Ward, then return without an Ill-Fated Doll in your bag on a clear day, you can catch Natu on the totem pole.

Smashin’ at Citrine Mountain

Next, we’re going to cross Beryl Bridge and smash the rock here, then enter.

Citrine Mountain 2F

Cave %
Woobat 30
Bergmite 30
Phanpy 15
Cubchoo 14
Sandshrew-Alola 5
Donphan 4
Sandslash-Alola 1
Beartic 1

  1. Start by going to the right. You’ll find a hidden Ability Capsule and in the wall you can get Amaura as long as you have an Ice Heal. Head back to the entrance.
  2. Go down from the top of the area, grab the hidden Super Potion to the right. Head back up.
  3. Talk to Croagunk down from here, who will join us thanks to the Silver Ring. Get a hidden Burn Heal and Backtrack six platforms.
  4. Go left. Along this path you’ll find Blue Shard, Shoal Salt, Protein, and Hyper Potion. It will fork again eventually: go down the left fork. You can find a hidden Hyper Potion, Purple Shard, and Shoal Salt. Also, pick up the Short-Circuit Field Readout here. Will be useful soon!
  5. Back up at the fork, go right. You’ll find another 2 hidden Shoal Salts, Blue Shard, and Max Repel. Enter the cave entrance up from here, and pick up the hidden Red Shard as well as the Exp. Candy M and NeverMeltIce inside. Talk to Smoochum when you’re ready.

Pokemon Savage. Field: Icy Field

This looks like quite the intimidating battle due to the level difference, but it has its default moves. Blizzard will tear you up but it only has 5 PP, so if you can stall those out with the Protect TM and get a Ghost type onto the field to whittle it down with status moves, you’re basically set. After winning, you’ll get Smoochum.

Relationship Point Choices:

Exit the cave via Escape Rope or backtracking to the top of the previous room.

Omen Badge

That wraps up all the sidequests for now, so enter the power plant on the east side of the Beryl Bridge near Citrine Mt.

Yureyu Power Plant (Main Areas)

Cave %
Voltorb 30
Klink 30
Yamask 15
Duskull 14
Togedemaru 10
Klang 1

Enter the two rooms on either side and talk to two monitors within to see four total scenes. Return to the entrance room and go up when you’re ready for the gym battle. If you’re having a hard time seeing, here’s what the side rooms look like:

Anyways, talk to the figure straight up from the entrance to the plant when you’re ready.

Entity Shade (2x Hyper Potion). Field: Short-Circuit Field

Finally time to take on the Ghost type leader. If you check your field notes for Short-Circuit, you’ll notice some of the things that make Shade difficult to fight. Most of his Ghost type moves get a boost on this field as do the Electric type moves on half of his team. He also has near full IV’s on his entire team, a rarity for us so far. Gengar is a solid lead that likes to hit really hard or put you to sleep, so you might need to plan ahead with some priority or anti-sleep measures. Doublade and Banette give themselves a bit of bulk with their seeds while Mimikyu’s Disguise ability infamously gives it a free turn to get to +2 Attack or revenge kill for free.

That said, there are a lot of fairly reliable ways to beat the Entity. One lies in the typing: if you can’t beat him, join him. Your own Ghost type moves will also be boosted by the field, so something like Unburden Drifblim or a fast Banette can work out well here. Past Mimikyu there also isn’t really anything that effectively can stop a fast Dark type such as Chlorophyll Shiftry, so you can try to overwhelm him with super-effective damage that way as well. The field will also switch to Factory Field when certain moves like Discharge are used, so if you have a strategy involving Gear Grind or an Electric type core you could probably make that work, though note Rotom likes to change the field back with its own Discharge.

After you win, you’ll get the Omen Badge as well as TM65 Shadow Claw. Our new cap is Lv. 45 and we can use Flash now.

Episode 6: Poison In Vein

Head out from the Abandoned Power Plant and return to Jasper Ward and attempt to enter Peridot. You’ll meet up with Cain here, so follow him into the Police Station and watch the scene.

Before we continue with the story, head over to the Opal Ward. Once more, there are new trainers on the bridge.

Psychic Rin. Field: No Field

Psychic Damon. Field: No Field

Techie Caleb. Field: No Field

Head over to the Lapis Alleyway during a windy night. There, you’ll find Murkrow!

Blacksteam Factory

Head to the factory on the west side of Peridot. We can talk to the characters here for some points.

Relationship Point Choices:

Talk to Ace and tell them your favorite nature, and they’ll give you the respective Mint.

Relationship Point Choices:

Talk to Amaria to get on top of the building, and head in.

Meteor Grunt Ricardo & Meteor Grunt Hilda. Field: Factory Field

Defeat the grunts with Amaria, then go down the stairs.

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

With that, we’ll be plunked into a cage with a bunch of Pokemon. Essentially we need to combine Loudred’s powers of deafening, Jigglypuff’s powers of putting the guard to sleep, and Abra’s powers of teleportation to move Pokemon around and attack the cages. In the top left if we saved the day-care couple and talked to the Meteor in Coral Ward, you’ll see a Ditto, and we can get some goodies with it. To get all the goodies and escape from the cage, talk to the Pokemon in this order:

Now you can escape and talk to the guard for a fight.

Meteor Grunt Sanchez. Field: Factory Field

As a bonus: use Abra to teleport the guard into a cage. Nice.

Pick up a hidden Dire Hit on this floor, then go down the stairs to the left. In this room you can find a Magnet Powder, Exp. Candy L, TM49 Echoed Voice and the PULSE Readout 4.

Head back upstairs and take the stairs on the right to 1F.

Techie Naoman. Field: Factory Field

Grab the Super Potion.

Meteor Grunt Devin. Field: Factory Field

Meteor Knight Kenan. Field: Factory Field

Beat the grunts and activate the wall panel in the top right corner. This allows you to enter and exit the factory freely, on the right side of the room. Pick up hidden Purple Shard and Super Repel on this floor.

Meteor Dame Diana. Field: Factory Field

Towards the bottom of the area you’ll find more stairs, so take these to go up to 2F.

Meteor Knight Steven. Field: Factory Field

Grab the hidden Revive to the left, then go to the right here. Talk to the machine with some green lights on it to get Exp. Candy L.

Techie Deryl. Field: Factory Field

You can find a Thunderstone here.

Meteor Dame Avril. Field: Factory Field

Activate the panel at the top right and go back downstairs. To the left, you’ll see an open door. Get ready for battle.

Meteor Admin ZEL (2x Hyper Potion). Field: Factory Field

This time ZEL comes at us with both a PULSE and three Eeveelutions. The first three members of the team aren’t particularly tough - something with a bit of physical bulk and a healing option can take Umbreon, while a fast physical attacker or two can deal with Glaceon and Espeon.

The PULSE Muk can be difficult to deal with. It has a bit more speed than Tangrowth, but still not enough that you won’t be able to outspeed it with most Pokemon. It’s Protean ability gives it STAB on field boosted Discharge and Muddy Water and makes it a bit hard to plan your offense since it changes types. While its 97 Sp. Atk isn’t monumental, with 105 HP, 250 Special Defense, and Leftovers, you won’t really be able to do anything to it with special moves. Knock Off is a good idea here to prevent it’s recovery, or you can opt to hit really hard with two or three physical attackers that are able to capitalize on Protean with moves super effective against Poison / Ground / Water / Electric depending on what it’s used last.

Once you win, you’ll get the Harbor Key.

Apophyll Beach

Make your way towards the Coral Ward and enter the locked warehouse in the top left. Inside, you can take the boat to Apophyll Beach!

As soon as you enter, go straight left and weave between the hills to get a Wave Incense.

Apophyll Beach

Cave % Rock Smash % Old Rod %
Sandygast 98 Krabby 90 Grimer 100
Palossand 2 Corphish 5    
    Binacle 5    

You can also catch Pyukumuku chilling all around the beach.

Hidden along this part of the beach you can find a Green Shard, 4 Shoal Shells, 2 Red Shards, Hyper Potion, 2 Stardusts, 2 PokeSnax, Common Candy, Full Heal, Blue Shard.

Trainers on this part of the beach:

Fisherman Jerry. Field: Ashen Beach

Nature Girl Minnie. Field: Ashen Beach

Fisherman Moritz. Field: Ashen Beach

Battle Girl Mauve. Field: Ashen Beach

You’ll enter the Apophyll Academy map by going to the left at the top. Go all the way around the academy sticking to this map: hidden here are Super Potion, Shoal Shell, Blue Shard, Full Heal, and Soft Sand.

Fisherman Daniel. Field: Ashen Beach

Back down at the academy’s front entrance, go down from here.

Black Belt Paul. Field: Ashen Beach

Hiker Greyson. Field: Ashen Beach

Battle Girl Tina. Field: Ashen Beach

You’ll find hidden Red Shard, Hyper Potion, Great Ball, Red-Hots.

Apophyll Academy / Apophyll Beach West

Rock Smash % Old Rod %
Geodude 60 Grimer 100
Shuckle 39    
Binacle 1    

Before we continue the story, head to the left side of the academy to reach a new section of beach. Go down and left from here.

Hiker Jack. Field: Rocky Field

You’ll see the entrance to Pyrous Mountain here - we won’t be entering quite yet. Make your way up the western part of the beach from here.

Nature Girl Ici. Field: Ashen Beach

Psychic Juan. Field: Ashen Beach

On the western beach, you can find hidden items: Swift Wing, Green Shard, Star Piece, Telluric Seed, 3 Shoal Shells, 2 Stardusts, 2 Purple Shards, Exp. Candy L, X Sp. Def, and Red Shard.

If it is storming, you can find a Corsola on the left side of the area who will join you in exchange for snax.

The Apophyll Cave is up from here, but we will return in a bit. Head back to the Apophyll Academy. Now, we’re going to head inside.

Apophyll Academy Shop

Item Price
Super Potion $700
Common Candy $150
Antidote $100
Awakening $250
Paralyze Heal $200
Burn Heal $250
Escape Rope $550
Super Repel $700
Poke Ball $200

Head up to reach the middle part of the area.

Black Belt Ryan. Field: Ashen Beach

Nature Girl Cocoa. Field: Ashen Beach

Black Belt Mason. Field: Ashen Beach

Battle Girl Lisa. Field: Ashen Beach

Pick up a hidden Guard Spec. Now we are going to enter the six doors in this area: the top left has a Black Belt, the girl in the bottom left wants us to steal a TV for her (in a bit), the Dudebro in the top right wants Protein in exchange for his Ashen Beach Field Readout, the guy in the middle right will give us Pure Incense, the bottom right room contains a person who will tell us about the unrealtime password and a person who judges Hidden Power types.

Enter the area at the top, then go up the stairs. Talk to every NPC here and agree to study with those who ask. One is a tutor.

Apophyll Academy Move Tutor

Move Price
Gastro Acid 1 Blue Shard
Recycle 2 Purple Shards
Endeavor 3 Green Shards
Pain Split 3 Red Shards

Head out the door on the bottom right, then walk across the roof. In the next room, talk to the NPCs again and study with them. Head out the door to the left, and talk to the girl on the roof to get Meditite.

Relationship Point Chocies:

Back down from here, attempt to steal the TV.

Nature Girl Kacey. Field: No Field

Once you win, return to the girl who requested it to get Department Store Sticker: Meditite.

Department Store 6F Left Shop

Item Price
Kebia Berry $1200
Shuca Berry $1200
Coba Berry $1200
Haban Berry $1200
Hasib Berry $1200
Colbur Berry $1200
Babiri Berry $1200
Chilan Berry $1200
Roseli Berry $1200

Department Store 6F Right Shop

Item Price
Occa Berry $1200
Passho Berry $1200
Wacan Berry $1200
Rindo Berry $1200
Yache Berry $1200
Payapa Berry $1200
Tanga Berry $1200
Charti Berry $1200
Chople Berry $1200

The type berries are all pretty useful when you need them, but I would recommend only stocking up when you know you need some because of the price.

Anyways, back in Apophyll, we are next going to explore the optional area Apophyll Cave at the very top-left corner of the beach.

Apophyll Cave

Apophyll Cave 1F

Cave % Rock Smash %
Graveler 30 Geodude 60
Crabrawler 25 Nosepass 40
Noibat 20    
Numel 18    
Stunfisk 7    

We will eventually be able to trade Stunfisk later on, so get one if you can.

Battle Girl Dillon. Field: Cave Field

In item balls you can find the Oval Charm, and Dragon Memory. Hidden on the first floor is a Heat Rock, Blue Shard, Super Potion, and Exp. Candy M.

The NPC in the top right will do an in-game trade: your Ledian for his Shieldon.

Apophyll Cave 2F

Cave % Rock Smash %
Crabrawler 25 Geodude 60
Dwebble 24 Nosepass 40
Graveler 20    
Numel 14    
Noibat 10    
Stunfisk 6    
Crustle 1    

On the second floor you can find in item balls Exp. Candy L, Water Stone, and Zoom Lens, while hidden items include Red Shard, Ether, Potion, Paralyze Heal, and Burn Heal.

Pyrous Mountain

Now we can continue with the story. Head into the meditation area to the south of the academy and talk to the pink haired lady.

Relationship Point Choices:

Head into the back room of the academy and talk to Kiki again. She will tell us that we have to battle Victoria or we have to battle Cal. We actually can do both of them, so I will cover both fights. If you feel like skipping one of them, you can.

To fight Victoria, head into the courtyard of the academy.

Apprentice Victoria (2x Choc Ice Cream). Field: Ashen Beach

Victoria has a tougher team than last time. She picked up a Mienfoo and finally evolved her other four team members, so they can actually deal significant damage now. You’ll notice from the field notes that Strength and Meditate are boosted on this field, so watch out for those. With good coverage and/or exploiting the field you can win this battle!

Relationship Point Choices:

Cal is on the top of Pyrous Mountain. We aren’t required to go up here yet as you only need to fight one of them, but we will need to climb it eventually, so I do it now. Make your way to the mountain via the bottom left corner of Apophyll Beach.

Pyrous Mountain B1F / 1F / 2F / 3F

Cave %
Numel 25
Diglett-Alola 20
Noibat 14
Slugma 10
Sawk 10
Throh 10
Graveler 6
Dugtrio-Alola 4
Magcargo 1

You can also find Magcargo by smashing the nearby pillars. Anyways, nothing to do on 1F so go to B1F via the ladder. You’ll see a pillar glowing, which means we can drain lava by rock smashing it. Do so, then go down the ladder to the left to B2F.

Pyrous Mountain B2F

Cave %
Slugma 50
Numel 50

Grab a hidden Red Shard and drain the lava. Head up the ladder and immediately come back down. If it is still glowing, you can smash the pillar to get Turtonator. This is one of two possibilities of a randomly determined event.

Back on B1F, you’ll see that the lava has drained, so go into the empty pool and go down. Head down the ladder here, and you’ll find a hidden Charcoal and a Fire Stone. If you didn’t get Turtonator earlier, there will be a Heatmor here to catch. Back upstairs, jump down the hole in the floor to get a Flame Orb as well as the Super-Heated Field Readout.

Head back to 1F, where the lava will now be drained as well. Follow the path up to 3F. A lava pool will force you to the left back to 2F, where you can drain the lava. Take the ladder to 1F then head to the left to drain it again. Finally, return to B1F then B2F to finish draining the lava as we did before.

Make your way back to 3F, then go across the empty pool. On 4F you can find a hidden X Defend before exiting to the peak. The peak hides a Exp. Candy L.

Igneous Cal (2x Hyper Potion). Field: Super-Heated Field

Cal now has a full team of six and gets the full benefit of the field. It boosts Scald as well as the Fire moves, and can turn into the Burning Field if Magmortar gets to use Lava Plume. Aside from Scald your own Water types will have a tougher time on this field. Luckily, he still makes some suboptimal moves - his Typhlosion hits hardest with Solar Beam and his Charizard is physical, for example. Past Hakamo-o a Rock type or two can pretty much destroy his whole team.

Relationship Point Choices:

Return to Kiki’s room once you’re done with your chosen battle(s) and talk to them inside.

Relationship Point Choices:

VS. The Sensei

To finish off this section, we have to battle Kiki in the main courtyard. Prepare your team because this is a toughie. Make sure to save before, just in case.

Sensei Kiki (2x Hyper Potion). Field: Ashen Beach

Man this fight kicks my butt on at least half of my replays. Ashen Beach field has so many little things that help her team of six fully evolved Fighting types that you really have to be on your toes to survive this battle. Her lead either will go straight for a field boosted Strength or will set up +3 Attack on the first turn, so it is hard to immediately get momentum. In the back is Toxicroak who loves setting up and punishing you with Sucker Punch, Hitmonlee, who will outspeed everything thanks to the combo of Normal Gem, Fake Out, and Unburden, Gallade who… is just OK but still strong, Lucario who is the sole special attacker and loves to get a double boost with field-boosted Calm Mind, and Medicham, who hits like a truck and always crits thanks to its seed. Medicham and Lucario also ignore accuracy and evasion with their abilities!

This field can’t be changed naturally, but you there are powerful tricks you can use to exploit it. Psychic, Zen Headbutt, and Calm Mind get boosts here, so if you can get around Hitmonlee and Toxicroak’s priority/speedy dark moves, a Psychic type can do heavy damage. The Sand and Mud moves also get boosted here as do Muddy Water and Surf, so if you need extra damage, they’re great options especially under Rain. Otherwise, it’s really all just about countering the priority moves and building momentum. If you’re able to bait out Toxicroak’s 5 Sucker Punches, you can use those turns to set up a sweeper of your own. Exploit Nature Power too: since it turns into Meditate, it can turn many physical attackers into potential sweepers. This one is hard for me everytime but I always eventually figure it out, so can you!

Relationship Point Choices:

Episode 7: Poison In Vain

Take the yacht to Azurine Island.

Azurine Island

Azurine Island

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Palpitoad 25 Palpitoad 25 Foongus 20
Foongus 20 Foongus 20 Gloom 20
Yanma 16 Gloom 20 Palpitoad 15
Wooper 10 Wooper 10 Skorupi 10
Shellos 10 Shellos 10 Zubat 10
Gloom 10 Shelmet 6 Amoonguss 10
Quagsire 5 Quagsire 5 Quagsire 5
Amoonguss 4 Amoonguss 4 Paras 4
        Golbat 4
        Parasect 1
        Ariados 1
Old Rod % Headbutt %
Grimer 100 Pineco 55
    Burmy 30
    Exeggcute 15

With that, we can start to explore this island. Note that many item balls are Foongus in disguise.

The first island has a Potion and hidden Pretty Wing. The next area contains a Great Ball and hidden Hyper Potion. Before cutting the tree go to the left across the moss to get a hidden Red Shard and TM83 Infestation.

Cut the tree and go right. Before going down the ledge you can get an Antidote as well as hidden Ice Gem, Resist Wing and 2 TinyMushrooms. You’ll find a hidden Purple Shard below.

On the next island to the right, you can find a hidden Green Shard, Tiny Mushroom, Red Shard, and Synthetic Seed. Following the path behind the Foongus in the bottom left you can get a Shiny Stone.

Back up from here, cross to the right. You can find a hidden Green Shard on this island. At the top left there is a path across the water that will lead to a hidden Thunderstone.

Head down the ledge on the east island. You can find a hidden Swift Wing here and follow the ivy up from here to get the Swamp Field Readout. Briefly stopping on the middle island, head down using the ivy to pick up a hidden Tiny Mushroom then head left.

You can head down as soon as you touch land to get a Miracle Seed. Back on land, you’ll find a hidden Great Ball and Guard Spec. Use the Light Shard and head left. Before continuing left to the next island, you can go down via the ivy to find one hidden Dusk Ball and one non-hidden Dusk Ball. Head up and left when you’re ready.

Meteor Private Aster and Meteor Private Eclipse (2x Hyper Potion). Field: Swamp Field

Another battle with Aster and Eclipse, this time featuring a full team. Solrock and Lunatone are somewhat slow and have many weaknesses. The Lycanrocs and Passimian are speedy and hit hard, but after a few turns they’ll all become slowed down by the field, allowing you to capitalize on their low bulk. Oranguru likes to use Instruct and/or hit both of your Pokemon with Nature Power into field-boosted Muddy Water, so be careful of that.

Left from here you’ll grab a hidden Potion, Tiny Mushroom, Ether, and Escape Rope. Cut the tree up from here to get another hidden Tiny Mushroom. Go down from here. You’ll find a Magical Seed and hidden Purple Shard. Head down and right to grab a hidden Tiny Mushroom and a hidden Green Shard a bit further… and we can finally enter the building here.

Pick up the PULSE Readout 6 and talk to the machine in the top to reveal a secret passageway. Heal or switch up your team and go up.

Meteor Admin Taka (2x Hyper Potion). Field: Factory Field

Time to fight Taka again. Although he has added Klefki and Gligar to his team, neither should be too threatening. Just be careful of Exeggutor hitting hard with its STABs and Nature Power -> Gear Grind, and also Chatot setting up on you.

Accept Cain’s fast travel request.

The Battle for Apophyll

Once you’re back on Apophyll, prepare your team. It’s worth pointing out that winning the upcoming boss battle is optional, but there are strategies to win if you’re interested. Head down to Pyrous Mountain.

Head in and you’ll be partnered up with Victoria.

Relationship Point Choices:

Meteor Grunt Ama & Meteor Grunt Christopher. Field: Super-Heated Field

Anyways, if you haven’t explored Pyrous yet now you’ll have to, so follow the directions in the above Pyrous section if you’d like. If you have, you just have to make it back up to the peak using the straightforward path, beating grunts as you go. To the left:

Meteor Grunt Antoine & Meteor Grunt Demian. Field: Super-Heated Field

On B1F:

Meteor Grunt Minta & Meteor Grunt Chad. Field: Super-Heated Field

Back on 1F, following the path up the mountain:

Meteor Grunt Michaela & Meteor Grunt Winter. Field: Super-Heated Field

Meteor Dame Regina & Meteor Dame Gretchen. Field: Super-Heated Field

Once you reach the peak, it’s time for that boss battle I was talking about.

In order to access the exclusive postgame route, you need to win this battle.

Meteor Leader Solaris (2x Full Heal). Field: Super-Heated Field

This is an “impossible battle” in the normal sense that the story will progress if you lose, but it actually does acknowledge your success with being a precondition for one of the postgame routes as well as some points. For that reason I will hide the text on my recommendations.

Click for Garchomp strategies

Relationship Point Choices:

Return to Reborn City after the scenes here conclude.

Grand Hall Trainers 4

Once more, trainers in the Grand Hall have gotten stronger. Defeating them will now yield 5 Exp. Candy L, so grinding weaker team members is much easier. The updated teams are as follows:

Arcade Star Carol (SUN). Field: No Field

Hotshot Fawkes (SUN). Field: No Field

Casanova Gibson (SUN). Field: No Field

Youngster Jonah (MON). Field: No Field

Hotshot Jace (TUE). Field: No Field

Psychic Silva (WED). Field: No Field

Elder JB (THU). Field: No Field

Techie Will (FRI). Field: No Field

Elder Anthony (SAT). Field: No Field

Hotshot Emile (SAT). Field: No Field

Casanova Zach & Lady Beau (SAT). Field: No Field

Byxbysion Wasteland

Head to the eastern side of the South Obsidia Ward. Talk to Cain to enter the Byxbysion Wasteland.

Byxbysion Wasteland

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Skorupi 30 Muk 30 Skorupi 20
Arbok 25 Trubbish 20 Weezing 20
Trubbish 20 Arbok 11 Cubone 13
Munna 11 Koffing 10 Venipede 10
Ekans 10 Venipede 10 Koffing 10
Venipede 4 Ekans 10 Whirlipede 10
    Weezing 9 Drapion 10
        Muk 7
Rock Smash % Headbutt %
Geodude 60 Pineco 75
Nincada 35 Unown 15
Graveler 5 Inkay 10

In this first area you can find 2 hidden Blue Shards, Green Shard, Potion, Telluric Seed, and Poison Gem. Follow the ledge at the bottom and pick up a hidden Full Heal and Red Shard. A nearby slide will take you to a hidden Green Shard and Escape Rope. Read the grave while you’re here to initiate a quest.

Enter the building and emerge at the top. On this upper platform you can find a hidden Green Shard. The slide to the left leads us back to the first area, so don’t take that. Instead, go up from the statue and hop down the ledge, in the top left corner. You’ll find hidden Genius Wing, Ability Capsule, Green Shard, Ultra Ball, and Carbos. In the top right side there is a canister you can talk to that will turn red - we will need to do this to multiple canisters across the wasteland to access a secret area. In the top left corner of this area you can enter a cave. Following it to the left and out you can get a hidden Cotton Candy. Back through the cave, go down and left, then down the ledge. Make your way back down the ledge and slide to reach the building with the stairs and emerge at the top.

Take the slide to the right now. You can find hidden X Defend, X Speed, Hyper Potion, Exp. Candy L, Poke Ball, Purple Shard, Green Shard, Poison Barb, Purple Shard, and Protein. Up from here you can find another canister to turn red. Up and to the left you can go through a building to find a hidden Black Sludge. Head to the bottom left of this segment. Hop down one ledge. Here you’ll find another canister to turn red, the Wasteland Field Readout hiding behind a rock as well as hidden Blue Shard and Peppermint. From here you’ll have to go back through the building and down the right slide to return to this area.

In the bottom right section, use the Light Shard and talk to Ace for a battle.

Meteor Agent Ace of Diamonds (Hyper Potion). Field: Wasteland Field

Ace has a full team but it isn’t particularly bolstered by the field. Be careful not to let Honchkrow or Clefable sweep you and I’m sure you can find a way through this fight.

Talk to the screen beyond them to unlock a door down and to the right. Exit the building at the top and go down the first slide. You’ll find a Lax Incense up here. Go down the slide to the left. You’ll find a hidden Green Shard, Heart Scale, and Calcium, as well as another canister to turn red. Down the ledge, you’ll need to go through the building again. Take the slide on the right now, and grab the hidden Potion.

In the top right corner of the area, you can find hidden Ground Gem, Purple Shard, Ether, and Ice Heal. Talk to the final canister to turn red.

Talk to Cain if you’d like then enter the building. Heal and prepare your team, save, then enter the room on the left.

Swag Jockey Fern (2x Choc Ice Cream). Field: Wasteland Field

Fern is back with a full team. His general strategies remain the same: Krookodile will try to sweep, Roserade will hit hard and fast with Giga Drain to heal itself, and Decidueye will try to Sucker Punch you and/or sweep with Swords Dance. Scyther hits fairly hard with its STABs, especially Technician Wing Attack. Fraxure and Rhydon aren’t as bad but you still have to be careful.

Past the Ground types, a Poison type can abuse the field to sweep the fight. Nature Power turns into Gunk Shot and, as an added bonus, is immune to Sucker Punch. Once you can get past Roserade he doesn’t have an incredible amount of speed so a boosted sweeper can probably succeed here.

Relationship Point Choices:

Before doing the gym battle, there is some side content. Turn all the canisters in the wasteland red if you want to explore the Byxbysion Tunnels.

Byxbysion Tunnels

Head down from the wasteland hideout, smash the rock and go down the ledge. You’ll see that the left building door is now open.

Hidden Tunnel / Byxbysion Grotto / Byxbysion Tunnels 1

Cave %
Zubat 30
Trubbish 20
Solosis 20
Koffing 10
Onix 10
Mawile 6
Golbat 4

The tunnel is straightforward - enter the cave entrance at the end to reach another tunnel.

Byxbysion Tunnels 2

Cave %
Trubbish 20
Zubat 20
Nidoran M. 15
Nidoran F. 15
Solosis 10
Koffing 10
Nidorina 5
Nidorino 5

Emerge on the other side and go down the slide. Grab a hidden Synthetic Seed and go down the next slide. Here a guy will tell you about the password nodamageroll. Grab a hidden Red Shard and enter the next cave. Follow the path through to the outside. The next area will have a hidden Sticky Barb and Full Heal, and a Poison Barb to the right. Enter the next cave entrance.

Interact with both canisters to move the bookshelf at the top, revealing a secret room. Inside it, you can find a hidden Sun Stone.

Inside the room to the left, you can use an Odd Keystone if you’ve found one via mining to get Spiritomb. The second room contains TM66 Payback. Prepare yourself and enter the third room.

Pokemon Horde. Field: Wasteland Field

Mr. Bigglesworth is tough and also our first opponent that is EV trained. You can set up while the Trubbish are out with your own Steel or Poison type then destroy him. Sad :(

Behind you’ll find TM09 Venoshock as well as the PULSE Readout 0.

That’s it for this part, so return to the room with the two canisters. Hidden behind the left one is another tunnel. As you follow the path you can get a hidden Focus Sash. Nice.

Once you appear outside, go down the slide here and grab a hidden Moon Stone. Go in the cave and head up the ladder, then go right back down this ladder to reach a new area…? This doesn’t really make sense, but neither does much of the wasteland, really. The mining rock here is all we can get right now, so head up the ladder, go down the slide, and then make your way all the way back to the Wasteland hideout.

Blight Badge

Enter the gym room, save, and talk to Aya.

Wasteland Punk Aya (2x Hyper Potion). Field: Wasteland Field

Aya is another difficult doubles gym leader. For one, the field boosts her all-target Sludge Waves as well as Venusaur’s Power Whip. Entry Hazards are all turned into end-of-turn effects: Toxic Spikes and Stealth Rocks will do damage and the former will Poison your Pokemon. With the speedy Nidoqueen and Salazzle, the bulky Toxapex and Dragalge, and Venusaur and Drapion for coverage, her team is well suited to deal with many of the strategies you might think to use. Plus, while you’d immediately think Earthquake is a good answer, the move’s damage is quartered on this field, so that’s not really an option.

The key to this battle in my experience is letting Toxapex hang out on the left side, especially if you can lower its Special Attack or put it to sleep. Toxapex does have Merciless which is always on, but still doesn’t hit incredibly hard and will probably be going last unless it has gotten off a lot of Icy Wind. With two moves per turn focusing on the Pokemon to its right, you may be able to preserve momentum long enough to come out on top. For that reason, putting Psychic type attackers, and/or Steel/Poison type defenders on the field and letting them tank attacks and knock out the threats will probably pay out. Ice is also a pretty good offensive type here, note that Freeze Dry can take four of her Pokemon super-effectively and the other two neutrally. You can also use your own entry hazard spam, standard doubles strategies like Wide Guard and Protect, or the Telluric seed to boost a sweeper.

Relationship Point Choices:

Once you win you’ll get the Blight Badge, TM34 Sludge Wave, and get a Level 50 cap finally. We also get to use Strength in the field, finally!

Episode 8: Of Fathers Forgotten

Make your way all the way back out of the Wasteland. You’ll find Cain near the exit. Prepare for a fight.

Relationship Point Choices:

Pretty Boy Cain (Berry Ice Cream). Field: Wasteland Field

Another fight with Cain, this time on a field that benefits his team to some extent. Most of his Pokemon aren’t very fast, so a fast sweeper or two can probably clean house. Just watch out for Muk who hits like a truck and also has Minimize for extra shenanigans.

Return to South Obsidia Ward.

Relationship Point Choices:

Cal will give you TMX4 Strength!

Strength Exploration

Having Strength means there is a lot of exploration that we can now do. First of all, put Chingling into your party with the Soothe Bell attached. We’ll need it evolved for a quest soon, so might as well take advantage of all the walking we are about to do.

First, note that the Pokemarts and the candy store have new inventory now.

Default Shop (5 Badges)

Item Price
Super Potion $700
Antidote $100
Paralyze Heal $200
Burn Heal $250
Escape Rope $550
Super Repel $700
Poke Ball $200
Great Ball $600

Sweet Kiss Bottom Clerk Shop (5 Badges)

Item Price
Common Candy $150
Exp. Candy XS $500
Exp. Candy S $2000
Exp. Candy M $5000
Exp. Candy L $10000
Rare Candy $12000

Back in Opal Ward, there are new trainers on the bridge.

Street Rat Owen. Field: No Field

Hotshot Mikey. Field: No Field

Posh Lulu. Field: No Field

Next, make your way all the way up to Citrine Mountain 2F via Beryl Bridge.

Go down and right (1). You’ll see a strength boulder. Push it from the top so it goes down. Then, make your way around to the left (2) and step across the ice path that is now open. You will find a hidden Shoal Salt and Red Shard as well as TM94 Secret Power. Exit the mountain.

Make your way west to the Beryl Cemetery. Victoria is down from here.

Relationship Point Choices:

Next, we’re gonna return to Byxbysion Wasteland. Make your way to the right, going down the slide as before. After exiting the tall building, head up over the ledge and enter the cave at the top. Push the boulder into the hole and follow it, then go into the now accessible cave. Prepare for a fight and talk to the grave.

Spectral Kiki. Field: Wasteland Field

Another tough fight with a single Pokemon, but you have some cheese strategies in your back pocket if need be.

Win and you’ll obtain Misdreavus.

Back outside in the wasteland, make your way to the tunnels area and enter the room with two canisters. Head through the secret path to the left. When you get outside, go down the slide and enter the next room. Take the ladder up then immediately back down. Now we can move this boulder aside! Jump down the hidden ledge and move the next boulder to the left, then go up.

Here, you can find an Exp. Candy L, TM12 Taunt, and hidden Ability Capsule and Nugget. On rainy days you can also find a Squirtle chilling in the fountain, which we can catch. This is the first of the starters we can obtain aside from the starter table at the beginning of the game.

Return to the wasteland proper, and enter the tall building with stairs on the left side of the map. Show the Squirtle we caught to the guy inside for a Data Chip.

Next, take the boat to Apophyll. Head inside Pyrous Mountain and make your way up to 3F. Carefully maneuver the boulder into the hole here and follow it down. You’ll find Tepig here, but talk to it and it will flee. Next, make your way to B1F and go to the right. Move the boulder and talk to Tepig again. Grab TM37 Sandstorm while you’re here. Finally, make your way to the peak. Talk to Tepig and you’ll be able to catch it!

Exit and take the boat to Azurine Island. At night, if your Chingling has enough friendship, it will evolve into Chimecho. Take Chimecho into the building where we battled Taka and show it to a guy here to obtain Chikorita.

Yureyu Building

With that out of the way, head into the Underground Railnet and use Strength to reach the top. Grab the now-accessible hidden Red Shard and enter the door with the Y. This room has a hidden Great Ball and Dragon Gem. Upstairs is a hidden Exp. Candy M and outside you can find a hidden Link Stone and Exp. Candy L. Head into the Yureyu building.

You’ll be partnered with Cain.

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

It’s a very straightforward area: defeat all the Meteor grunts as you make your way up.

Meteor Grunt Hilda & Meteor Grunt Ricardo. Field: Short-Circuit Field

Meteor Grunt Kenneth & Meteor Grunt Brenna. Field: Short-Circuit Field

Meteor Grunt Simon & Meteor Grunt Tara. Field: Short-Circuit Field

Meteor Grunt Mary & Meteor Grunt Coleman. Field: Short-Circuit Field

Meteor Knight Ringo & Meteor Knight Rod. Field: Short-Circuit Field

Once we reach the floor that Sigmund is on, we’ll have a story choice to make.

In order to access the exclusive postgame route, you need to refuse fighting Sigmund at Yureyu.

Relationship Point Choices:

Fought Sigmund at Yureyu Route

If you said no to Sigmund, skip ahead to the next section.

Dr. Sigmund Connal (2x Hyper Potion). Field: Factory Field

Thanks to the assistance of Cain, this one shouldn’t be too bad. Musharna will use Psychic Terrain like last time, and his Electric and Psychic core will try to wear you down. The Factory field will boost the former and the Psychic Terrain the latter, so make sure you neutralize the most threatening of your two opponents is each turn and you’ll probably win.

Didn’t Fight Sigmund at Yureyu Route

If you said yes to Sigmund, skip ahead to the next section.

Meteor Admin Sirius (2x Hyper Potion). Field: No Field

Thanks to the assistance of Cain, this one shouldn’t be too tough. You’ll have to be careful of Minior setting up. Otherwise his Pokemon are generally fast and strong but frail, so if you have good type advantages and basic doubles strategies you can certainly do it.

Underground Railnet East

Back on the ground floor, head east to enter another part of the railnet.

This room is pretty huge - scattered around you can find a hidden Awakening, Revive, Super Potion, Resist Wing, Red-Hots, Swift Wing, Purple Shard, Protein, Cheri Berry, 3 Blue Shards, 2 PokeSnaxs, and Super Repel. These items are roughly nearby the yellow marks on the map.

You can also find a bunch more of those shallow walls that you can use Rock Smash on - indicated by green arrows above. Behind these are House Key, Iron Ball, Corrupted Poke Ball, and TM44 Rest. You can also open the gate to the left (circled in blue) to create a shortcut to the Aron room.

Talk to Shelly on the right side of the area, then enter the train at the bottom of the map. Back outside, you’ll need to use levers to connect this train to the exit area on the right. Essentially you can just follow the tracks until you hit a roadblock, then backtrack and click the lever and follow the new path until you are all done.

If you get stuck, set up the tracks such that the train would follow the orange arrow in the above image.

Talk to Noel when you have the correct layout. Re-enter the train. Talk to Shelly if you’d like.

Relationship Point Choices:

Talk to Charlotte. CHOO CHOO!

Tanzan Cove

We will emerge in a new area. Here, you’ll find a Purple Shard, Full Heal, Normal Gem, and Elemental Seed. If it’s raining, a guy on this map will tell us about the password stablweather. You can actually choose whether to go to the Belrose Manse via Tanzan Mountain first, or to go to Spinel Town via the forest first. Here, we will go to Belrose first, but you can skip this section and come back to it after Spinel if you’d like.

Tanzan Mountain

Cave %
Geodude-Alola 20
Noibat 20
Sandshrew 20
Onix 20
Kecleon 14
Sandile 6

On the left as you walk in, you’ll see whichever of Solrock and Lunatone that you didn’t get to catch earlier.

On this map, you’ll find hidden X Speed, PokeSnax, Hyper Potion, 2 Blue Shards, Revive, Ground Gem, Steel Gem, Escape Rope, Ultra Ball, Purple Shard, and a visible Exp. Candy XL.

Talk to Charlotte then emerge at the top into Tanzan Cove.

Tanzan Cove

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Cutiefly 20 Cutiefly 20 Dedenne 25
Ducklett 20 Oricorio 20 Cutiefly 20
Audino 15 Togedemaru 10 Togedemaru 10
Poliwag 15 Ducklett 10 Paras 10
Ledian 14 Comfey 10 Comfey 10
Oricorio 10 Ribombee 10 Ribombee 10
Ribombee 5 Audino 9 Oricorio 5
Poliwhirl 1 Swanna 6 Audino 5
    Dedenne 5 Ariados 4
        Parasect 1
Old Rod %
Goldeen 70
Seaking 30

In this area you can find a hidden Escape Rope, Green Shard, Guard Spec., Blue Shard, Peppermint, PokeSnax, Heart Scale, Rose Incense, and Elemental Seed.

Enter the house at the top.

Relationship Point Choices:

To the left you can see something glowing in a bookshelf. Interact with it to get the Family Picture for a sidequest way down the road. Anyways, talk to everyone in the house then head out.

Relationship Point Choices:

Chrysolia Forest

Make your way back through Tanzan Mountain and exit at the bottom. Enter the forest on the bottom right side of this map.

Chrysolia Forest (Main)

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Spinda 21 Spinda 25 Pikipek 20
Pikipek 20 Pikipek 20 Furfrou 20
Ledian 14 Deerling 10 Spinda 10
Furfrou 10 Furfrou 10 Paras 10
Deerling 10 Trumbeak 10 Togedemaru 10
Comfey 10 Comfey 10 Trumbeak 10
Togedemaru 5 Togedemaru 5 Comfey 5
Audino 5 Audino 5 Audino 5
Minccino 4 Minccino 4 Volbeat 5
Toucannon 1 Toucannon 1 Illumise 5
Headbutt %
Taillow 60
Chatot 30
Pineco 10

Make your way forward and follow the path up and around to the left.

Ranger Elizabeth. Field: Forest Field

You’ll see a cave entrance hidden behind a tree - walk up to this tree and it will teleport away.

Chrysolia Spring 1F

Cave % Old Rod %
Noibat 20 Shellos 70
Numel 20 Barboach 30
Panpour 10    
Pansear 10    
Oricorio 10    
Onix 10    
Kecleon 10    
Simisear 4    
Simipour 4    
Gastrodon 1    
Camerupt 1    

More importantly, you’ll find a Mystic Water and hidden Link Stone inside.

Back outside, head to the left and down, and attempt to exit the forest. A nearby tree will disappear, so follow the newly created path downwards. By now you’ve noticed that stuff is teleporting in and out. While this is confusing, the good news is that the path is mostly linear from here.

Casanova Christian. Field: Forest Field

Go up, right, and down. You’ll notice a single tree blocking off an open path below; approaching the tree will make it disappear. Follow this new path to find a hidden Synthetic Seed, Exp. Candy L, and Heart Scale. To the right, you can talk to someone for the Grassy Terrain Field Readout and pick up a Mild Mint and a Hasty Mint. Enter the train to the left, and pick up the egg. It’ll be Cacnea or Maractus, randomly determined.

Head back up and go left, continuing our linear travel through the teleporting tree forest. You’ll go up towards the entrance, then go right.

Posh Ceratisa. Field: Forest Field

In the bottom right part of the forest you’ll see a lone tree guarding an open path - you know what to do. Follow this path to reach a cave.

Lost Railcave

Cave %
Kecleon 24
Graveler-Alola 20
Noibat 20
Sandshrew 10
Onix 10
Swinub 10
Smeargle 6

Inside the railcave, start by entering the entrance that is not being pointed to by the three ends of the train tracks. Repeat this process over and over until you reach a room containing an Ill-Fated Doll and Eevee! You can read the Captain’s Log here as well.

Back in the main area of the railcave, enter the room closest to two of the three rocks. Repeat this process over and over until you reach a room containing a hidden Ability Capsule, the Psychic Terrain Field Readout, and TM32 Double Team.

Back in the forest, continue your circles by going left instead of up. Once you reach the upper right side of the area you’ll see a path leading to the right.

Lady Aurelia. Field: Forest Field / Burning Field

Here you’ll find a hidden Ability Capsule. Head into the clearing here.

Chrysolia Forest (Clearing)

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Ledian 33 Kecleon 46 Kecleon 50
Kecleon 22 Hoppip 30 Hoppip 20
Ledyba 20 Swablu 15 Dustox 15
Hoppip 10 Altaria 9 Swablu 10
Swablu 10     Altaria 5
Altaria 5        

You’ll find a hidden Elemental Seed as well as the Burning Field Readout, a Quiet Mint and an Exp. Candy L. This is also the Mossy Rock where you can get Leafeon.

Continue your circles by going up and left. You’ll finally be able to enter Spinel Town at the clearing in the top right side!

Spinel Town

You’ll notice that everything is chaos here, teleporting like crazy. Enter an apartment building on the left side and a girl’s furniture will all disappear. She’ll ask us to get it back, so head out of her house.

Down from here, there’s a tree in front of a house. The tree will move when you approach it. Inside, you can return the Kadabra girl’s bed, and pick up the Good Rod! Outside, the fountain will disappear as you approach. Heading towards the center of town, you’ll see the Kadabra girl’s TV on top of a building. Trying to enter the Pokemart will cause it to teleport as well. To the right, you’ll see Kadabra girl’s bookshelf.

Enter the left tall apartment building. Inside, you’ll find Kadabra girl’s table. In the building to the right, a person inside will offer to trade your Shelmet and Karrablast for their respective evolutions. You will also be asked to pet every Eeveelution: new long sidequest!

Talk to a lady sitting on the bench, and she will completely disappear. Ok then. Go down and to the right: a house here will also disappear. Beyond it you will find Kadabra girl’s first chair. Her second chair is up and to the right of the Pokemon Center. Speaking of, a guy inside the center will tell us a password: hardcap.

Enter the museum. Unfortunately every time we enter here it will cost $500. You can explore the museum to learn a bunch of lore. Upstairs is a person who will revive our fossils! So, that means depending on what you’ve found mining it is now possible to get Omanyte, Kabuto, Lileep, Anorith, Cranidos, and Shieldon. Unfortunately to finish the revival you have to leave the museum and pay the fee again! I will note that if you only have a single Helix Fossil, there is a quest later on that requires us to have one, so consider saving it for now if you aren’t dying to have an Omanyte right now.

Anyways, head down and out of the door upstairs here and into the door on the other side to pick up the Eevium-Z. We can’t use Mega Stones or Z-Crystals yet. Kadabra girl’s nightstand is also in here, as well as a standard Ice Cream vending machine that contains a Vanillite like in the Sweet Co.

In the downstairs area of the museum at night, you’ll see two Meteor grunts. Talk to them and they will flee to Tanzan Mountain. We will get to them in a bit. Oh, and there’s a Luxury Ball in the trash to the right.

Outside, attempt to enter the Voclain Estate in the top right corner. Before you talk to Serra, talk to Bennett if you want points.

Relationship Point Choices:

I hope they remember me killing 15 of them with Fire type moves in Pokemon Legends Arceus.

Relationship Point Choices:

In the upstairs rooms, you can find Silk Scarf, the Mirror Arena Field Readout, TM85 Dream Eater, Bug Memory, and Weakness Policy. You’ll also find Kadabra girl’s last bookshelf in Bennett’s room.

With that, we should now have all of the furniture back, so return to the girl to get the Exp. All. An excellent item that levels your whole team and prevents leveling over the cap.

Grab your Male Burmy from the PC and level it to 20 so it evolves into Mothim.

Return to Chrysolia Forest - you’ll have to basically do the circles in reverse to exit the forest. On your way you’ll find the house that teleported earlier. A guy inside will do an in-game trade: your Mothim for his Bruxish.

Down from here, you’ll find the teleported fountain. Remoraid will jump out for you to battle.

Return to Tanzan Mountain. Inside, you’ll find the grunts from earlier.

Meteor Grunt Devin & Meteor Grunt Sanchez. Field: Cave Field

Defeat them and return to the museum. Talk to the museum guy to get your choice of Plume Fossil or Armor Fossil, which you can revive for Archen or Tirtouga respectively.

Good Rod Encounters and Other Things

Now that we have a new rod there are a lot of encounters we can now get.

Chrysolia Spring 1F

Good Rod %
Shellos 60
Barboach 20
Clauncher 20

Tanzan Cove

Good Rod %
Basculin 60
Mantyke 20
Luvdisc 20

Make sure you catch a Luvdisc for an in-game trade we’ll get to in a bit.

Once you return to Reborn City via the railnet, we can now snag the other gang mascot than ours. If you joined Magma Gang, head over to Lapis Alleyway.

Lapis Alleyway

Good Rod %
Barboach 80
Carvanha 20

If you joined Aqua Gang, head over to North Obsidia Alleyway, where you will be able to find Houndour inside.

Anyways, some more encounters:

Lower Peridot Ward / Azurine Island / Apophyll Beach / Coral Ward

Good Rod %
Muk 60
Tentacool 20
Skrelp 20

Lower Peridot Ward Pool

Good Rod %
Goldeen 60
Finneon 20
Seaking 20

The Underroot

Good Rod %
Psyduck 60
Skrelp 20
Whiscash 20

The other important thing we can do in Reborn City is to head on over to Onyx Ward and return the House Key to the girl here to get a Heart Scale. She is the Move Relearner and will trade us relearned moves for Heart Scales… which we have in spades thanks to mining. Juice up your movesets if you’d like.

Take the Coral Ward boat to Apophyll. Grab Luvdisc from the PC, then head along the outer right wall of the academy to find someone who’ll do an in-game trade: your Luvdisc for their Darumaka.

That wraps up the sidequests, so head all the way back through the railnet and the forest to Spinel Town and enter the Voclain Estate.

Rime Badge

Enter the room towards the back to reach the gym. In each room, you’ll have to look for something that’s wrong on one of the two sides. It could be a misplaced or miscolored item or something thematically tied to the gym. Anyways, once you find this discrepancy, smash the wall immediately above. If you’re wrong, your party will take some damage, but you can always heal.

For each of the three puzzle rooms (so, a max of +3), you can get the following:

Relationship Point Choices:

Posh Lydia. Field: Mirror Arena

Posh Lallia. Field: Mirror Arena

Posh Lania. Field: Mirror Arena

Posh Layla. Field: Mirror Arena

Save before you enter the third room.

Lepidopterist Bennett (2x Berry Ice Cream). Field: Mirror Arena

It’s time for our first battle with Bennett. Despite mainly using the crappy early game bugs, he has a highly optimized team for the Mirror Arena. All of the accuracy and evasion items and abilities raise his team’s chance to get critical hits. With field boosted moves like Signal Beam, his Pokemon hit hard and fast. Five of six have Quiver Dance, so they’ll probably try to set up on you. That said, his Bugs are all pretty frail and have lots of weaknesses - simply loading up on Rock moves will probably solve most of the problem. It’s a good opportunity to try out your own Mirror Arena boosts - read the field notes.

Relationship Point Choices:

Break the last mirror and head into the gym arena when you’re ready.

Beauty Queen Serra (3x Hyper Potion). Field: Mirror Arena

Serra is a tough gym leader that operates on the back of her very unique field effect. Instead of thinking about how to beat a Hail-team like you normally would, you have to play around the fields various Accuracy and Evasion shenanigans. Her Bright Powder, Wide Lens, and Synthetic Seeds as well as Snow Cloak abilities all raise accuracy or evasion and boost critical-hit rate. For that reason you won’t really be able to pull off a Special Defense boosting strategy nor use screens. In general, physical attackers will have a much harder time here since when they miss, they take damage. Special attackers, of which Serra has five, have a chance to hit anyways even when they miss - some of their attacks are even boosted in this case. Her Jynx, Froslass, and Sandslash under Hail are all incredibly fast as well. On the flip side, Glaceon, Alola-tales, and Lapras are a bit tankier. The latter two like to set up 8-turn Aurora Veil to further support their defensive strategy. All in all this is a tough fight that doubles down on the weaknesses of the Ice type and uses the Mirror Arena to great effect.

As you would assume just looking at the team, non-hail weather, and Brick Break / Psychic Fangs are generally good things to bring. Luckily, as stacked the Mirror Arena is for Serra, you can pretty easily use it to your benefit as well. There is a list of abilities that you can use to get Accuracy or Evasion, and we also have access to the Lax Incense and Zoom Lens at this point. All of these will allow you to get a boosted critical hit ratio - with priority, that means you can pick up some easy one shots on the glass cannons. The accuracy ones in particular will allow your physical attackers to overcome the misses + recoil damage and capitalize on the low Defense on Serra’s Pokemon. Mirror Coat is a good option that you can use situationally to boost your defensive stats and knock out a threat like Lapras.

All of these things are nice, but it turns out there’s something even better that you can use. Nature Power turns into Mirror Shot, which is boosted by two times and will always lower accuracy. That means any Special Attacker with access to Nature Power can use a 130 BP Steel type move that will never miss… against a team full of Ice types - only Lapras and Sandslash take neutral damage from it. On top of Chlorophyll, this allows even a team of all Grass types to effortlessly sweep the team of Ice types!

It’s worth noting that there are a list of moves in the Field Notes that can destroy the Mirror Arena entirely. This can be another viable strategy to force Serra onto a more even playing field. However:

Relationship Point Choices:

Once you win, you’ll get the Rime Badge which boosts our cap to Lv. 55. You’ll also get TM70 Aurora Veil.

Episode 9: Sister’s Keeper

Relationship Point Choices:

Exit the gym.

Two Herbal Extracts

Make your way out of Spinel Town, through the woods, and head back towards Tanzan Mountain. You’ll finally be able to enter the Pokemart here! One person sells the default items, but there is another vendor.

Chrysolia Pokemart Herb Shop

Item Price
Herbal Extract $600
Energy Powder $500
Heal Powder $450

The Powders aren’t really worth it unless you’re going for a Frustration build, but we will need two Herbal Extracts: one for a sidequest and one to continue the story.

If you chose to go to Spinel Town before Belrose Manse, you can read the above section on Tanzan Cove for encounters, items, etc.

Relationship Point Choices:

Anyways, head to Belrose Manse and go upstairs.

Relationship Point Choices:

Give the medicine to Anna and she will feel better. Head outside.

Relationship Point Choices:

We can talk to Noel to advance the plot, but we can actually use the second Herbal Extract we got right now to get a nice reward, so I’ll take care of that now.

Head over to the Chrysolia Forest and go up. You’ll find the lady that was teleported off the bench here. Give her the Herbal Extract to get Department Store Sticker: Chansey.

Department Store 7F Left Shop

Item Price
Psychic Gem $1200
Bug Gem $1200
Rock Gem $1200
Ghost Gem $1200
Dark Gem $1200
Dragon Gem $1200
Steel Gem $1200
Ice Gem $1200
Fairy Gem $1200

Department Store 7F Right Shop

Item Price
Fire Gem $1200
Water Gem $1200
Normal Gem $1200
Grass Gem $1200
Electric Gem $1200
Poison Gem $1200
Ground Gem $1200
Fighting Gem $1200
Flying Gem $1200

You can grab some gems if you have a strategy that relies on them such as Flying-gem Acrobatics or Unburden Normal-gem Fake Out.

With that out of the way, head back to the Tanzan Cove. Prepare your team for a battle and talk to Noel…

Defending Belrose Manse

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

The story will diverge a little bit depending on what our choice was at Yureyu. This section gets a bit hairy since there are FOUR different story splits.

Fought Sigmund at Yureyu Route Part 2

If you didn’t fight Sigmund at Yureyu and instead fought Sirius, skip ahead to the next section.

Anyways, you’ll have to first fight two orderlies.

Orderly John & Orderly David. Field: No Field

Afterwards, you’ll be healed but thrust into another battle.

Meteor Admin Sirius (3x Hyper Potion). Field: No Field

On this route this is our first battle with Sirius, and we don’t get a partner. His team is all about hitting hard with well-rounded coverage. In particular you have to watch out for his Chandelure, who is fast and can hit most types super effectively. Minior can set up if you have a bad lead against it, and Manectric uses fast offense and pivot moves. The rest are fairly slow. No field effect to worry about here, so pick your best counters to his team and you can overcome.

Afterwards, the game will give us another choice that affects the story! Either we will go upstairs or stay downstairs.

Relationship Point Choices:

If you chose to stay downstairs the Twins will be captured. Talk to the group in the kitchen to the right.

If you go upstairs, this results in Laura being captured. Talk to Saphira downstairs.

Didn’t Fight Sigmund at Yureyu Part 2

If you fought Sigmund at Yureyu, skip ahead to the next section.

Anyways, it’s time for another battle with the doc.

Dr. Sigmund Connal (2x Hyper Potion). Field: No Field

This fight can be tough thanks to his usage of the very broken Psychic Terrain - it will double Musharna’s speed, boost his Psychic attacks plus Hex, and make Hypnosis actually reliable. Consider knocking out Musharna, then trying to stall out the terrain to neutralize this strategy; alternatively, you can use Hex yourself to deal heavy damage. In the back is his Electivire, who is fast and hits hard with Ice Punch, so be careful with your Ground types. A well rounded team will be able to succeed with the right approach.

Afterwards, you will make another choice that will affect the game!

In order to access the exclusive postgame route, you need to stop Sigmund after fighting him.

Relationship Point Choices:

If Saphira was abducted, you’ll also see a hole in the wall that opens up. You can actually use the hole instead of the door to enter and exit.

Relationship Point Choices:

Tanzan Meteor Base

With that, we can now enter the Tanzan Mountain and take back whoever you ended up getting kidnapped by Team Meteor.

Head into Tanzan Mountain and go to the right as soon as you can. Depending on your earlier choices either Laura or Saphira will be here. Talk to them and you will be able to use the rock to nicely remove the barrier or freely pass through it after Dragonite destroys it.

The next room contains a hidden Green Shard, Pecha Berry, and Blue Shard. Enter the base.

There will be a lot of these rotary thingies all over the base. Essentially they will send you 90 degrees in the indicated direction, but once you use it, it’ll send you in the opposite direction next time. So, you’ll only be able to go left for now.

Meteor Grunt Kenneth. Field: Factory Field

Head up and into the room. This next room has tiles that will teleport you to the same color equivalent in a different room - and those in that room will teleport you back. You’ll need to reach the top of each room to deactivate a panel. To succeed, one strategy is this:

Use the left panel, then go left, down, up, up and use the computer. Spam down and eventually you can return to the bottom of the room. Ensuring we are starting in the right room this time, use the right panel, then go right, down, up, up, and use this computer. Spam down, again use the white panels at the bottom to pop out in the right side.

Meteor Grunt Brenna. Field: Factory Field

Head up via the rotary and go in the door at the top. Use the next rotary to go left.

Meteor Grunt Hilda. Field: Factory Field

Head into the room at the bottom.

Meteor Dame Regina. Field: Factory Field

Grab PULSE Readout 7 and return to the previous room. Enter the room to the left.

If anyone except Saphira was abducted earlier, you can fight a few trainers as well as get relationship points here.

Meteor Knight Kenan & Meteor Dame Diana. Field: Factory Field

Relationship Point Choices:

Return to the previous room, then go up.

Meteor Grunt Coleman. Field: Factory Field

Follow the path down from the rotary.

Meteor Dame Gretchen. Field: Factory Field

Continue down. You’ll see a purple tile, step on it and you’ll end up in the left side of the base again. Once more, go up, this time, you’ll be sent up via the rotary. Go left onto the blue tile for now, then the rotary will send you down again. In the next room you’ll go to the right this time. You’ll get an Exp. Candy L! Use the nearby purple tile and you’ll emerge on the right side of the area.

Meteor Grunt Ricardo. Field: Factory Field

Enter the room above.

Meteor Grunt Mary. Field: Factory Field

Nothing to do above, so head back down. Enter the room on the right, pick up the Revive at the bottom, then talk to Saphira. You’ll have to fight two grunts.

Meteor Dame Avril & Meteor Knight Steven. Field: Factory Field

Head back to the left and take the rotary to go up.

Meteor Knight Ringo. Field: Factory Field

Techie Deryl. Field: Factory Field

Meteor Knight Rod. Field: Factory Field

Techie Naoman. Field: Factory Field

Talk to the grunts and scientists up here and talk to the computers to open up the door at the top as well as a shortcut in the bottom-left corner. Talk to Simon here (he won’t fight you) to start up a sidequest later.

Enter the door at the top!

Tanzan Depths

If Saphira was abducted, you’ll be here with Laura.

Relationship Point Choices:

Go out and head up. You’ll see some dialogue. Head down from here, you’ll see a new path open up. Follow the new paths that keep opening up until you have to participate in a battle!

Pokemon Gargantuan. Field: Rocky Field

Another single Pokemon boss, this time with a Mega Steelix. Since it’s slow you can wear it down with Special moves. Counter also works well if you can take a hit.

Relationship Point Choices:

Tanzan Depths (Main Areas)

Cave %
Onix 20
Geodude-Alola 20
Sandslash 14
Graveler-Alola 10
Diglett 10
Arbok 10
Hippopotas 6
Dugtrio 5
Durant 5

Once you emerge, make your way back into the base and head to the back room. Once you do it will be time for another fight!

Meteor Admin ZEL. Field: Factory Field

Seriously. Thankfully, when you’re only fighting one Pokemon with very low HP that has to deal with recharge, you can find a way to open an opportunity to knock it out. Disabling Dark Pulse will let your Ghost type easily win. Alternatively Mirror Coat and Metal Burst can work great here. There’s lots of options for this one.

Head all the way back to Tanzan Cove and talk to Anna inside. It’s time for another gym battle!

Standard Badge

Prodigy Noel (3x Hyper Potion). Field: Grassy Terrain

Shocker, another tough gym leader in Pokemon Reborn. You’ll notice that Noel uses Normal types on a field that doesn’t really benefit most of his moves, instead, he’ll mainly profit off of the free healing each turn. His seeded Clefable, Girafarig, and Bewear in particular are all fairly bulky and have good coverage to mess up your team. With the addition of a Porygon-Z who gets extra bulk thanks to its seed and hits like a truck and the demon spawn known as King’s Rock Cinccino, you’re in for a tough fight against a well-rounded Normal type team (ok, 5/6 of a Normal type team plus Clefable).

Clefable’s Magic Guard is an annoying ability that means you need to overwhelm it physically despite its seed boost or get it before it can Calm Mind too much, but thankfully it means it doesn’t have Unaware. This means you can get your own sweeper set up potentially against Bewear or Girafarig and maybe steamroll his team. Fighting types can potentially destroy the Cinccino but won’t see a ton of success against the rest of the team. Since Normal types have no other weaknesses, you might have to turn to using the field to your benefit. Although Girafarig has Sap Sipper to absorb Grass type moves, you can go with a hyper-offensive Grass type strategy, keeping Swellow in mind. Coil and Growth are boosted on this field, so it shouldn’t be impossible to set up. You can also take advantage of the boost to Fire-moves - in particular Bewear will get crushed by them. Keep in mind too that the Elemental Seed can potentially allow you to more easily survive Cinccino and/or get your own tank set up.

In a pinch, this fight becomes much easier if you change the field to the Burning Field or the Corrosive Field. However, Laura doesn’t like you destroying her flower garden!

Relationship Point Choices:

For winning, you’ll get the Standard Badge which boosts our cap to 60. We’ll also get TM10 Hidden Power!

Episode 10: Into Darkness

Back inside, talk to the crew here.

Relationship Point Choices:

Next, talk to Noel in the stairs room. You’ll hear a (non-Julia induced) boom, indicating it’s time to return to Tanzan Mountain once more.

Tanzan Mountain Boom and Goodies

Enter Tanzan Mountain and this time go to the left. You’ll see a barrier is now destroyed, so follow the path. Snag a hidden Potion, Green Shard, and Hyper Potion then go up into the next room. Grab the X Sp. Atk and go up to find Saphira.

You’ll get the Ruby Ring and Amethyst Pendant! Sweet.

There are also hidden Ice Heal, Red Shard, and Revive in this room. Meeting Saphira allows us to access a few more goodies in Tanzan Mountain before we proceed through the door at the top.

Make your way back to the meteor base on the right side and follow the path. In this first room you can find 2 hidden Green Shards, Burn Heal, Potion, and Clever Wing. Exit at the bottom left. This is the room where Steelix was tunneling previously. Going straight to the right, you’ll find a Metal Coat - meaning you can now get your own Steelix!

Head left, up, and left again. You’ll see a new cave entrance here. Inside you’ll find the Thick Club as well as some mining rocks. Back outside this room, go up and walk across the iron girder, and enter the door to the next room.

Tanzan Depths (Across the Beam)

Cave %
Onix 20
Geodude-Alola 20
Sandslash 14
Graveler-Alola 10
Diglett 10
Arbok 10
Dugtrio 5
Hippopotas 5
Durant 5
Hippowdon 1

Here you can grab an Upgrade.

That’s all for Tanzan Depths for now, so you can Dig or Escape Rope to get back to Tanzan Mountain proper and go up from the area where you got the jewelry from Saphira.

Route 1

We actually start in the South Aventurine Woods, however.

South Aventurine Woods

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Buneary 20 Pachirisu 24 Paras 20
Ledyba 20 Buneary 20 Spinarak 20
Passimian 10 Passimian 10 Passimian 10
Panpour 10 Panpour 10 Panpour 10
Pansear 10 Pansear 10 Pansear 10
Pansage 10 Pansage 10 Pansage 10
Pachirisu 9 Bewear 6 Ariados 6
Ledian 6 Sudowoodo 5 Kricketune 5
Primeape 4 Primeape 4 Bewear 5
Bewear 1 Loudred 1 Primeape 4
Headbutt Rare % Headbutt Common %
Combee 40 Combee 40
Swablu 25 Swablu 25
Taillow 20 Taillow 20
Komala 6 Komala 6
Pineco 5 Pineco 5
Mothim 4 Wormadam 4

To this day I don’t really understand “Rare” vs. “Common” headbutt trees… but you can always evolve a Burmy to get the other evolution if you really want to.

You’ll find hidden Purple Shard and Green Shard here, but we can’t go left or right in this area quite yet. Instead, head up and enter Route 1 proper… but prepare yourself.

Swag Jockey Fern (2x Berry Ice Cream). Field: Grassy Terrain

Oh boy, if Fern was ever a tough fight, wait until he has the power of a beneficial field behind him. His Roserade and Decidueye are as always a tough combo: Roserade will put you to sleep, Decidueye will try to sweep, and both will sit back, passively heal, and enjoy the field boosts. His Rhydon is annoyingly tanky thanks to its Eviolite and has wide coverage but doesn’t hit too hard. His Haxorus and Krookodile (and Scyther, I guess) will try to sweep you with attack / speed boosts.

A good sweeper can find some success if they resist Haxorus or Rhydon’s attacks, but you’ll have to watch out for Shadow Sneak. You can also mutate the field to Burning if you want, obviously neutering his Grass types instead of helping them. I’d make the case that Noel is overall a harder fight than Fern in general so by making it here you should be able to succeed.

So, now we get to explore Route 1. Only in Pokemon Reborn do we finally reach Route 1 after getting 7 badges.

Route 1

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Deerling 20 Deerling 20 Arbok 24
Cherubi 20 Ponyta 20 Ponyta 20
Tauros 10 Tauros 10 Tauros 10
Bouffalant 10 Bouffalant 10 Bouffalant 10
Miltank 10 Miltank 10 Karrablast 10
Kangaskhan 10 Kangaskhan 10 Kangaskhan 10
Mudbray 5 Skiddo 5 Audino 5
Skiddo 5 Linoone 5 Linoone 5
Audino 4 Mudbray 4 Mudbray 4
Cherrim 4 Audino 4 Rapidash 1
Gogoat 1 Gogoat 1 Mudsdale 1
Mudsdale 1 Mudsdale 1    

You’ll also find pairs of Tauros and Bouffalant all over the route. If you fight Tauros, the Bouffalant will go running off in the direction it’s facing, which means that any logs in the way will be pushed. If you fight Bouffalant, Tauros will let you ride it, meaning you can now go up ledges. Game changer.

As a note: there are a bunch of entrances to the North and South Aventurine Woods scattered about Route 1. I’ll take us into the woods to explore a bit later and focus on Route 1 for now.

Start by going left. Before hopping up or down any edges, you can find a hidden Nugget here. Head down one ledge to the left, in this “level” of the route, you can find hidden Blue Shard, Red Shard, and Purple Shard. Defeat the two circled Tauros here to cause Bouffalant to clear some paths for us, which will come in handy later on.

Youngster Elliot. Field: Grassy Terrain

Head down the ledge to the left. On this level, you’ll find hidden X Sp. Atk, Elemental Seed, and Blue Shard. Defeat the next circled Tauros to clear another path in the Aventurine Woods, then go down the next ledge. Up from here, defeat the Tauros (top left of the above image) to open a shortcut. You’ll also find a hidden Carbos here.

Hidden to the left are a Green Shard and Great Ball. Hop down the ledge to the left to get hidden Escape Rope, Blue Shard, and Grass Gem. The Miltank around here will do a trade with us: one Oran Berry for its Moomoo Milk. Make sure you have at least one Moomoo Milk in your bag for a quest way later.

Techie Armin. Field: Grassy Terrain

Anyways, head inside the building here.

Someone on the first floor will give us 8 Honeys. Useful for a quest we’ll embark on in a bit. Upstairs someone will give us the password allfieldapp, and another person will tell us they lost their glasses. This will also be our main healing hub for now. Upstairs, you can do an in-game trade: our Dunsparce for Tyrogue. This is repeatable actually, so if you want to get more Tyrogue at higher levels for evolution purposes, you can do so. Grab the Wide Lens here as well.

Back outside, head down the ledge here. You’ll find a hidden Dragon Gem. Down another ledge, you can grab a Lax Mint as well as a hidden Magical Seed.

Techie Cameron. Field: Grassy Terrain

Defeat the Tauros to the right to open another shortcut. Jump down once more.

Hiker Oltan. Field: Grassy Terrain

You can find hidden Ice Heal and PokeSnax here. Finally, on the bottom level, you can find hidden Red Shard, Purple Shard, and Poke Ball.

Ranger Nelly. Field: Grassy Terrain

You’ll notice inside the gate at the bottom we can’t do anything, so head back out. Knock out a Bouffalant to get a Tauros mount, which we can use to climb the ledges back up Route 1! Make your way back to where we fought Fern. You’ll notice as you go that you will be unable to go through tall grass on your Tauros. The path through this section of woods on Tauros looks like the following:

Note that this means we do have to briefly enter the North Aventurine Woods to keep our mount - alternatively you could also climb the ledge near the youngster, dismount, then get a new Tauros mount to the right. This takes more time however, so I recommend the woods when traversing Route 1 here.

North Aventurine Woods

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Buneary 20 Pachirisu 24 Paras 20
Ledyba 20 Buneary 20 Spinarak 20
Oranguru 10 Oranguru 10 Oranguru 10
Panpour 10 Panpour 10 Panpour 10
Pansear 10 Pansear 10 Pansear 10
Pansage 10 Pansage 10 Pansage 10
Pachirisu 9 Bewear 6 Ariados 6
Ledian 6 Sudowoodo 5 Sudowoodo 5
Primeape 4 Primeape 4 Bewear 5
Bewear 1 Loudred 1 Primeape 4
Headbutt Rare % Headbutt Common %
Combee 40 Combee 40
Swablu 25 Swablu 25
Taillow 20 Taillow 20
Komala 6 Komala 6
Pineco 5 Pineco 5
Mothim 4 Wormadam 4

You can also find a hidden Poke Ball in here. Make your way out to the right and back onto Route 1, then proceed east.

To progress to the right while still on your Tauros, you’ll need to have the top left Bouffalant move a log, so defeat Tauros. Hop up the ledge to the right.

Ranger Steve. Field: Grassy Terrain

Hotshot Hark. Field: Grassy Terrain

You can find an Exp. Candy L as well as 2 hidden Green Shards, and Electric Gem. Note while you’re here that you can pet Flareon, the first of many Eeveelutions we’ll need to pet for that sidequest.

On the next ledge to the right you’ll find a Great Ball, Ether, and Tiny Mushroom.

Hiker Rufus. Field: Grassy Terrain

Hotshot Brian. Field: Grassy Terrain

Defeat the two Tauros here to get Bouffalant to push more logs out of the way.

To the right you’ll need to use the bottom of three ledges to make it to the right on your Tauros. Up here you’ll find hidden Great Ball and Super Potion. The ledge to the right is the only one on the route that goes downwards. Jump down it.

Hiker Montgomery. Field: Grassy Terrain

Ranger Sully. Field: Grassy Terrain

You can find hidden Chewing Gum, Telluric Seed, PP Up, Red Shard, and Heart Scale in this area. You’ll notice we can’t access the walled off area at the bottom-right while on a Tauros, so we’ll come back here later on. Knock out the Tauros in the top area and progress up the next hill.

On the next hill you can get a hidden PokeSnax, and Purple Shard.

Grab the hidden Poke Ball to the right. Use the bottom of two ledges to head up and grab a hidden Dire Hit, then head up once more. Pick up the hidden Poke Ball, Red Shard, and Zinc.

Ranger Medius. Field: Grassy Terrain

Hiker Rosch. Field: Grassy Terrain

Grab the hidden Ghost Gem, 2 Purple Shards, and Synthetic Seed. In the bottom corner you can use Strength to get a Protector.

With that out of the way, dismount off your Tauros with ‘A’ and jump down the ledges down and to the left until we reach the secluded part we skipped earlier. Beat this final Tauros to move one more log, then grab the hidden Super Repel. Up above you should find another pair of fighting bulls - beat Bouffalant to get another Tauros mount, then return all the way to the right. We can’t do anything in the top area for now, so head down and into the Vanhanen Labyrinth.

Vanhanen Castle

Vanhanen Labyrinth

Land %
Girafarig 24
Ponyta 20
Deerling 15
Stantler 15
Kecleon 14
Skiddo 10
Furfrou 2

You can get the Chess Board Field Readout as well as hidden Ice Gem, Red Shard, Nugget, Blue Shard, Exp. Candy XL, Timer Ball, Dusk Ball, Tiny Mushroom, Purple Shard, Health Wing, Magical Seed, and Quick Ball all throughout the labyrinth. Grab the Purple Shard in a nearby rock then enter the castle.

Heal and prep your team, then enter the next room. Here we can pet Umbreon for the quest, but make sure you do this now since this is a limited time petting opportunity!

Relationship Point Choices:

Anyways, talk to Luna.

Pretty Boy Cain (2x Moomoo Milk). Field: Chess Board

This battle features the new Chess Board Field. While stuff like Grassy Terrain and Super-Heated Field are farily intuitive, you really should read up about Chess Board field as much as possible and use this battle to learn the ins-and-outs. Essentially, each team member will get a chess board piece rank that will affect various things like stat boosts and even priority. They are fixed for each ordered team, although some will change depending on ordering, so keep that in mind as you make a chess board team. Luckily, this means that the opponents’ teams will always predictably use the same ranks, so I will list them for each major chess fight.

Anyways, with all that said, Cain doesn’t really have a ton of optimization here with his team, although it is getting better. He now uses Mimikyu, which is always a bit annoying to fight thanks to its ability and optimal moveset. His Muk and Nidoking are strong as ever, and his Primarina and Marowak may be slow but will hit you really hard. The key to winning this one is probably just consistent fast offense with a couple of things in the back to deal with Mimikyu and Nidoking if need be.

Anyways, once you win, we can talk to Luna.

Relationship Point Choices:

Head back out and talk to Radomus and Cain again. Then exit via the labyrinth, hop on a Tauros and make your way all the way down the route to the Grand Stairway that was empty earlier. Note that we will need to win another one of those “impossible story battles” coming up soon to keep open our options for a postgame route, so plan your team accordingly.

Citae Astrae

Once you enter, you’ll see El run to the left. Follow him, then talk to Radomus to jump down. You can find a hidden Star Piece. Talk to Radomus and go down. Grab the hidden Stardust and go down the ladder.

Hey look! We made it to another chunk of the grand stairway that we couldn’t access earlier. Grab hidden Burn Heal, Repel, Big Pearl, Full Heal, and Super Repel as you make your way right. In the next room, pick up 3 hidden Purple Shards, then exit to the left. Grab a hidden Exp. Candy L and go down the ladder. In this room you can find a hidden Stardust and 3 Star Pieces. Go up and into the new area.

After a scene, you’ll be free to explore.

Citae Astrae Bottom

Land %
Unown 44
Drowzee 20
Baltoy 20
Elgyem 14
Claydol 1
Hypno 1

In this area, you can find 5 hidden Star Pieces, Shoal Shell, and Shiny Stone. Say that ten times fast.

Enter the building here. We can use our Ruby Ring to access a door. Inside, you’ll find the first of many of Reborn’s logic-by-contradiction puzzles. The ones in here shouldn’t be too crazy, so I recommend solving these yourself. Anyways, the answer:

Click for the Chimchar puzzle answer

After the puzzle, go through the teleporter. You can actually make your way back through the purple teleporter to grab a Exp. Candy XL. With that, head up and into the door.

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Note that we will eventually get points for free for being the other genders too. Enter the red door for another logic puzzle.

Click for the Tyrogue puzzle answer

Use the Light Shard (or wait till we catch a few Pokemon) and head out.

Citae Astrae Top

Cave %
Unown 64
Natu 20
Xatu 10
Sigilyph 6

Once you’re ready, talk to El at the top. You will have to choice between siding with El, or Radomus. If you choose the former, you’re allowed to lose the upcoming battle, but if you choose the latter, you must win to progress.

In order to access the exclusive postgame route, you need to side with Radomus and win.

Parson El (2x Full Heal). Field: Crystal Cavern Field

One thing to note is that Judgement will cycle between gaining Fire, Water, Grass, and Psychic type bonus damage. Using that fact, lowering its special attack, or using one of the strategies we’ve seen so far to deal with these 6v1 “impossible” fights should suffice if you want to win.

Relationship Point Choices:

With that, agree to leave together. Exit out of the Grand Gate, then make your way to Coral Ward. Talk to Adrienn here, then accept fast travel if you wish back to Vanhanen Castle. I will recommend not doing that so we can prep for an upcoming sidequest.

We’re gonna need about 30 Honeys for the next section - I recommend buying only about 5 honeys and then making sure you have 8-9 candies in your bag, as we will be able to trade them for honey later. A single Blue Moon Ice Cream can also be exchanged for tons of Honey if you happen to have one.

It’s worth noting that we can buy Exp. Candy XL’s now:

Sweet Kiss Bottom Clerk Shop (7 Badges)

Item Price
Common Candy $150
Exp. Candy XS $500
Exp. Candy S $2000
Exp. Candy M $5000
Exp. Candy L $10000
Exp. Candy XL $20000
Rare Candy $12000

North Aventurine Woods Exploration

Once you’re ready, head to the Route 1 Nature Center, grab a Tauros mount, and go right.

Enter 1N, the first entrance to the forest that you see. This will simply spit us out at 2N. To the right, enter 3N.

Go up and you’ll find a hidden Paralyze Heal and a Potion. A web will block us from proceeding, so we’ll have to dismount up here and walk through the tall grass to the left. You can talk to the tree (A) here to slather it with honey - when you do, Heracross and Pinsir will show up and fight for it (immediately, unlike past versions of the game ). If you need a nearby web broken, defeat Pinsir and Heracross will do it for you. If you need a nearby log broken, defeat Heracross, and Pinsir will do it for you. Note that throughout the woods we cannot catch these two bugs. Anyways, defeat the Pinsir here.

Head to the right from here and go through another set of tall grass, but don’t go down this ledge just yet. Throughout our adventures in the woods, if you appear to be stuck, step on the flower but don’t pull out the Floral Charm just set - I’m saving that for a specific flower later on - and you’ll be sent back to Route 1.

Down from here, you’ll find a hidden Mental Herb and another honey tree (B). Interact with it twice and defeat both bugs to get a Leaf Stone and TM86 Grass Knot. Exit back to Route 1, hop on a Tauros, and head back into 3N. Pass tree A and climb the ledge, then dismount. Grab the hidden Oran Berry and Elemental Seed then enter the cave here.

Celestinine Mountain B2F / B1F

Cave % Old Rod % Good Rod %
Buizel 24 Finneon 70 Remoraid 60
Swinub 20 Wishiwashi 30 Clauncher 20
Cubchoo 14     Qwilfish 20
Floatzel 11        
Piloswine 10        
Beartic 10        
Sandshrew-Alola 5        
Sandslash-Alola 5        
Delibird 1        

Note that we will eventually want a Qwilfish for an in-game trade.

Grab the hidden Ether and Repel, then make your way to the ice puzzle. Slide your way to the center, then slide left and up from the top left part of the center to get the Icy Field Readout. Oh, and the Icy Rock to evolve Eevee into Glaceon is here as well. Slide to the left and down to head down some stairs from here.

Pick up an Ice Stone up here as well as a hidden Potion. You can also find TM23 Smack Down in here. Do some fishing if you’d like, then exit out to the woods the way we came in and return to Route 1.

Grab a Tauros mount and head east from 3N in search for 4N. Once you find it, head in.

Grab the hidden Dire Hit and Big Mushroom. If you go up and left, “To C” on the map, you can reach a tree (C) from the previous map under which we can fight a Pinsir to open a shortcut, though this one isn’t required to get any rewards. Head back to the right and go up, then dismount. Past the tall grass, you’ll find some soil to plant berries in if you’d like as well as the Pikanium-Z and a Green Shard. Enter the building here.

A Pikachu on the ground floor is actually a tutor.

Nyu’s Pikachu Move Tutor

Move Price
Volt Tackle Free

Talk to the guy upstairs - he will tell us he is the PC administrator, and also heal our Pokemon! You can also talk to him with candy or ice cream in your bag - he will give us 3 Honeys for each. If we give him Blue Moon Ice Cream, we’ll get 40 Honeys.

Back outside, go down then right. You’ll see another Honey tree (D) - defeat Pinsir to clear some webs. Unless you really like the animation of Pinsir smashing logs, we can ignore the nearby short log. Grab the hidden Burn Heal and go up - we’ll be blocked by long log for now! Exit to Route 1.

Hop on a Tauros, and enter 5N to the right. Pick up the hidden Red Shard, and witness the conversation to the right.

Relationship Point Choices:

To the right, 6N will spit us back out onto Route 1, so enter 7N to the east. Pick up the hidden Paralyze Heal and dismount, then go left and up. You’ll find Honey tree E here - beat Heracross to clear a log to the left. Head back down and to the right here, then go up through the tall grass. There’s another Honey tree (F) - beat Heracross again to clear a log.

Head back out to Route 1, and pick up a Tauros mount. Head right back in to 7N and go up the ledge at the top. Grab the Sharp Beak as well as hidden Synthetic Seed and Tiny Mushroom.

North Aventurine Woods

Old Rod % Good Rod %
Dewpider 100 Dewpider 95
    Araquanid 5

Finally, head back to Route 1, pick up a Tauros mount (if there are none, go west through 6N to 5N) and enter 4N once more. Follow the path to the right and go up the ledge here. Grab the Exp. Candy XL, Calm Mint, Careful Mint, and 2 Lum Berries. Also you can find hidden Great Ball and Red Shard. Return to Route 1.

South Aventurine Woods Exploration

Getting everything in the South Aventurine Woods is a bit more complicated, so to make things easier, we will start at the rightmost entrance to the South Aventurine Woods first.

Head east on Route 1 and enter 8S in the above map, noting that you’ll have to dismount in order to reach this woods entrance.

Inside, grab the hidden Revive then use the Honey tree (Q) two times to destroy both of the nearby obstacles. Exit out of 8S, then go left to 7S. You can get a Water Gem here and exit on the other side at 6S. Our next destination is all the way to the west, so stop by the Route 1 Nature Center to heal if you’d like

Enter 1S on the far west side of Route 1.

Grab a hidden Clever Wing then go up the ledge and follow the path. Dismount, then talk to Honey tree (G) and beat the Pinsir. Down this ledge is 2S, which we can take to emerge onto Route 1. Find a Tauros mount and return to 2S. Up the ledge to the right you’ll find a hidden Max Repel. Dismount up here, then go down through the patch of tall grass. Use the Honey tree (I) and fight Pinsir. Make your way back to Route 1, grab a Tauros, then reenter 2S yet again. Go right at this fork, staying on Tauros to climb the ledge below tree (I). Dismount up here and go down through the tall grass. Use the Honey tree (H) and fight Heracross this time, then return to Route 1. One more time, get a Tauros and re-enter 2S, this time going down at the fork. Follow the path and jump up the ledge at the bottom. Pick up the Link Stone, 2 Sitrus Berries, and hidden Magical Seed. Drop down and go up the ledge immediately to the right, then dismount.

Pick up the hidden Revive in the next area, then use the Honey tree (J) and fight Heracross. Exit out of 3S above, get a Tauros mount, and return to 3S. Go up the ledge at the bottom, use the Honey tree (K) and fight Pinsir. Grab the hidden Purple Shard. You’ll notice we can’t progress this way any further. Return to Route 1.

Next, we’ll be entering 4S - you’ll know you’re in the right place if you recognized where we fought Fern.

Anyways, lather the Honey tree closest to you (N) and fight Pinsir, then make your way right and dismount - don’t go down the ledge to 5S though. Grab hidden Escape Rope, Purple Shard, and Potion then make your way down through the tall grass. At the bottom is another Honey tree (P); defeat Heracross here. Make your way back up partway through the tall grass and you’ll notice an opening (orange in the above image). Pull out the Floral Charm when prompted to to battle Flabebe! Head straight to the right and grab the hidden Oddishweed in the bush. Head back and get lulled into a daze to return to Route 1.

Again, enter 4S, this time not needing a Tauros mount, and head down. Use the nearby Honey tree (M) two times to clear both obstacles. Go down and immediately to the right, use another Honey tree (O) and fight Heracross. Finally, head left and down the ledge and use the Honey tree nearest Tanzan (L) and fight Heracross. Follow the path to the left, and you’ll emerge at 3S. Get a Tauros mount and reenter 3S, this time, going down and following the newly opened path. At a fork, you’ll get TM51, 2 Custap Berries, and a hidden Telluric Seed. Make sure you save one of these Custap Berries for a quest later on.

Follow the path to the right and up. You’ll find a hidden Purple Shard and Star Piece along the way. Go left at the fork and pick up the Tech Glasses as well as a hidden Repel and Link Stone, then head right.

Grab the hidden Fire Gem. Down the ledge you’ll finally see why I had us do 8S first… anyways follow the path right then go up. Get the hidden PP Up and finally dismount, then head up into the grass.

Here, you can grab a Razor Claw and TM40 Aerial Ace as well as hidden Silver Powder and Magical Seed. You’ll also find a Heracross and a Pinsir here, but you need to choose. To get Heracross defeat the Pinsir, and to get Pinsir defeat the Heracross. We’ll be able to obtain the other later.

That wraps up our exploration of the woods!

Return to the Route 1 Nature Center and talk to the guy on the second floor who lost his specs. In exchange for the Tech Glasses we will get Department Store Sticker: Heracross!

Department Store 8F Left Shop

Item Price
X Attack $500
X Defend $550
X Sp. Atk $350
X Speed $350
X Sp. Def $350
Guard Spec. $700
X Accuracy $950
Dire Hit $650

I’ve never used any of these in my entire life, but if you want to, go for it.

Department Store 8F Right Shop

Item Price
Big Root $1200
Focus Band $2500
Zoom Lens $1200
Scope Lens $2200
Bright Powder $2000
Quick Claw $1800

We’ve gotten some of these already but sheesh finally some mildly decent non-consumable held items for sale.

Grand Hall Trainers 5

By defeating Noel, trainers in the Grand Hall have gotten stronger once more. Defeating them will now yield 6 Exp. Candy L. The updated teams are as follows:

Arcade Star Carol (SUN). Field: No Field

Hotshot Fawkes (SUN). Field: No Field

Casanova Gibson (SUN). Field: No Field

Youngster Jonah (MON). Field: No Field

Hotshot Jace (TUE). Field: No Field

Psychic Silva (WED). Field: No Field

Elder JB (THU). Field: No Field

Techie Will (FRI). Field: No Field

Elder Anthony (SAT). Field: No Field

Hotshot Emile (SAT). Field: No Field

Casanova Zach & Lady Beau (SAT). Field: No Field

With that out of the way, you can use the Tauros shortcut just north of the Grand Gate to make your way to Vanhanen Castle once more.

Millenium Badge

After talking to the group at the entrance, go up two rooms. Radomus will explain the puzzle. Enter the room on the left and grab a Psychic Memory.

Talk to Elias here for more details on the puzzle, etc.

Relationship Point Choices:

The screen in here will also tell us what our current team chess piece ranks would be in its current ordering, useful for planning for the upcoming fight.

Anyways, it’s time to clear all the chess puzzles. I will spoiler the solutions.

Click for the solution to Chess Puzzle #1

Relationship Point Choices:

Psychic Parsley. Field: Chess Board

Move on to the next room. Note that the Bishops must be talked to first from one direction, then you choose its diagonal direction afterwards. So, to go up-left you talk to it from the right then press up, or talk to it from below and press left.

Psychic Sage. Field: Chess Board

Click for the solution to Chess Puzzle #2

Enter room 3. Luna’s trick can help us out here.

Click for the solution to Chess Puzzle #3

Psychic Rosemary. Field: Chess Board

Enter room 4. This is a harder one but you can use the trick from the last room to figure it out.

Click for the solution to Chess Puzzle #4

Psychic Thyme. Field: Chess Board

Head up and into the next room when you are ready for your gym battle.

Grandmaster Radomus (2x Ultra Potion). Field: Chess Board

Especially if you’ve played previous versions, you’ll notice that Radomus’ team on top of his field is able to get up 8-Turn Trick Room almost always, since his two leads both have it and get a Focus Sash effect as pawns. Then, with their low speed advantage, Malamar will then usually go for its Contrary Superpower set up, while Reuniclus will try to hit insanely hard with Psychic/Rock type boosted Psychic. His Gallade gets attack on switch in, has lots of coverage, and can use a boosted Rock type Strength, while his Metagross gets free +1 Priority on all of its hard-hitting attacks including Strength and Meteor Mash. Slowking gets defensive boosts upon switch in and can even set up Nasty Plot, and essentially outspeeds everything under Trick Room, which it has as a backup. Finally, his Gardevoir is EV trained, a bit tanky thanks to Queen bonuses, has a berry, hits really hard with boosted Psychic, and can also set up on you. A stacked team that has a tendency to completely steamroll the unprepared under Trick Room.

One strategy you can try to use to win is to shut down Trick Room altogether. Using moves like Fake Out, Taunt, Spore, etc. will allow you to stall the Trick Room users long enough that you can hopefully knock them out on the second or third turn with super-effective Bug/Dark/Ghost moves. Successfully defeating both leads before Trick Room allows you to exploit the low speeds! Metagross will still have priority and Slowking can use Trick Room when it comes in, so be careful of that. If that isn’t working, you can also bring an Oranguru from the forest and use Trick Room yourself to cancel it at any time. Alternatively, aside from Slowking and Reuniclus, the rest of his team has respectable base speed, so you can potentially win (lose?) the speed race and bring your own super slow team. Knocking out Reuniclus turn one or two will then mean your slower Pokemon may go first over everything except Metagross and Slowking. A Pokemon like Escavalier is great in this context.

Your team composition with respect to chess pieces is going to important regardless of your speed strategies. For your leads, take two Pokemon that can get you momentum for your strategy, keeping in mind that they’re guaranteed to live one hit each as Pawns. Then, you’re going to want your hardest hitting Pokemon or one that desperately needs priority to be a King if possible, though without a King’s Rock at this point, this can be tough to arrange. The rest of your team will naturally fall into Rook/Bishop/Queen - save a bulky but strong attacker for the latter, and consider a Synthetic Seed if you have a special-attacking Bishop. If you happen to have a Pokemon with speed as its best stat, it will become a Knight and can be a great choice to OHKO Queen Gardevoir. Using the field notes, rearrange your team with respect to chess pieces accordingly.

You can exploit the Chess Board in other ways as well: you can use Strength/Secret Power yourself for a field boost. These moves will shoot through the roof in power if you can confuse your opponents with something like Teeter Dance first. You also get a boost when using Shadow Sneak and Sucker Punch, which you can use to ignore Trick Room speed tiers entirely and net some easy KO’s against his frail Psychic types. Defensively, you can use Pokemon with Adaptability, Telepathy, Anticipation, or Synchronize to eat Radomus’ Psychic and Strength attacks. And of course, there is always the angry child approach of using Stomping Tantrum to flip the board and go to a neutral field.

Once you win, you’ll get the Millenium Badge which pushes our cap up to Lv. 65 as well as TM92 Trick Room. Trick Room is a top 5 TM in the game due to its ability to reverse the sweeping power of speedy enemy field-boosted threats, so it’s fantastic that we get it for the rest of the game!

Episode 11: Out of Light

After everything goes dark, head out of the gym. Once you get outside, use the Light Shard and head out into the labyrinth.

Meteor Grunt Ricardo. Field: Grassy Terrain

The grunt to the left is Radomus in disguise and will allow you to escape via walking on top of the hedges. Make your way to the other side of the labyrinth and battle the grunts if you wish.

Meteor Grunt Christopher. Field: Grassy Terrain

Meteor Grunt Hilda. Field: Grassy Terrain

Meteor Grunt Ama. Field: Grassy Terrain

Escape the labyrinth, hop on the circling Tauros to skip to the other side of Route 1, then enter Reborn City.

Seventh Street

If you haven’t completed the gang sidequest up until now, you’ll need to do that now.

Talk to your gang leader, and they will tell you about Seventh Street. To reach it with Aqua Gang, use the top left house in Lapis, with Magma Gang, use a house on the left in the center of Lapis.

Wander around the area and defeat all the trainers. Top to bottom:

Street Rat Austin. Field: No Field

Street Rat Chaz. Field: No Field

Aqua Gang Pierce. Field: No Field (Magma Gang only)

Magma Gang Darm. Field: No Field (Aqua Gang only)

Magma Gang Nihil. Field: No Field (Aqua Gang only)

Aqua Gang Razzy. Field: No Field (Magma Gang only)

Street Rat Andy. Field: No Field

Street Rat Kevin. Field: No Field

Hidden around the map you’ll find 2 Purple Shards, Common Candy, 2 Blue Shards, 2 Green Shards, Pecha Berry, X Sp. Atk, 2 Red Shards, and Calcium. The house in the middle of the top contains a healing point and PC. Talk to all of the NPC’s in the area and you’ll learn about what you can get down here in 7th.

Towards the top of the map you’ll find an Ability Capsule salesperson. They’ll trade you one for first 1, then 2, and from then on 3 shards of a random color. Useful! Up and to the right we’ll find a couple of tutors.

Seventh Street Upper-right Move Tutor Top

Move Price
Role Play 1 Purple Shard
Covet 3 Blue Shards
Electroweb 3 Green Shards
Sky Attack 2 Red Shards

Seventh Street Upper-right Move Tutor Bottom

Move Price
Trick 2 Purple Shards
Defog 2 Red Shards
Laser Focus 1 Blue Shard
Skill Swap 1 Green Shard

Seventh Street Middle Move Tutor Top

Move Price
Water Pulse 3 Blue Shards
Last Resort 2 Purple Shards
Super Fang 3 Green Shards
Shock Wave 3 Red Shards

Seventh Street Middle Move Tutor Bottom

Move Price
Headbutt 3 Blue Shards
Bounce 3 Purple Shards
Heal Bell 4 Green Shards
Bug Bite 3 Red Shards

None of these are mindblowing, but some of them can be useful for certain strategies. As usual, these are pay once, relearn forever.

The guy to the right is selling random stuff:

Seventh Street Right Wares Shop

Item Price
Adrenaline Orb $300
Metal Powder $300
Ill-Fated Doll $300
Iron Ball $1000
Lucky Punch $200
Eject Button $1800
Data Chip $5000
Magnet Powder $600
TM64 Explosion $7500

Pricey, but we finally have the ability to get as many data chips as we want for password inputs. We will also want a Magnet Powder for a quest later. There is another seller in the bottom left corner.

Seventh Street Right Wares Shop

Item Price
Oval Stone $2100
Quick Powder $300
Sticky Barb $600
Charcoal $800
Soul Candle $2000
Light Ball $500
Stick $200
Float Stone $400
Binding Band $1700

Grab a Soul Candle and a Stick for later quests.

To the right, you’ll see one of your gang members making a sale:

Seventh Street Blast Powder Shop

Item Price
Blast Powder $2000

Blast Powder will essentially let us mine all the mining rocks a second time. Buy at least 5 for now since there are a few things actually gated behind the mining rocks we’ll want to grab, but getting more won’t hurt. For what it’s worth, saving in front of a rock until you find a Star Piece or Rare Bone in the rubble you can guarantee a return on investment for these things.

Enter the cage area in the bottom right corner. Here, a guy will be selling all of the Pokemon we previously worked with in the Blacksteam Meteor Factory.

Seventh Street Pokemon Seller

Pokemon Price
Vanillite 3 Purple Shards
Loudred 5 Blue Shards
Roggenrola 3 Red Shards
Abra 8 Purple Shards
Lickitung 7 Blue Shards
Makuhita 3 Green Shards
Jigglypuff 5 Green Shards
Cyndaquil 9 Red Shards

There is a sidequest later with a fantastic reward that will involve returning specifically Vanillite, Loudred, Roggenrola, Lickitung, and Makuhita to their original owners. I recommend breeding these Pokemon if you want to use them long term, keeping the originals in your PC.

If you’ve been picking up hidden items and mining most of the rocks, you should have enough shards to get every Pokemon here, but you can always come back later to complete this quest. From now on, shards will mainly be useful only for unlocking tutors and buying Ability Capsules.

If you’ve kept up so far with the game-spanning quest, beginning with our purchase of a mystery Pokemon from the Grand Hall, you can now continue it. For just 2 Blue Shards, you can buy back your Pokemon… just kidding, it gets stolen again!!!

Anyways, exit this area. Once you buy all of the Pokemon, DJ Arclight will give you a Lucky Egg.

Relationship Point Choices:

The house above is the Pokemon Psychologist. For just two Heart Scales (which we can find in rocks everywhere) we can change the nature of a Pokemon to whatever we want, meaning we don’t need to rely on finding mints anymore. Keep the mints you find though as they can help you switch abilities on the go if you need a speed boosting nature for a specific fight or something similar.

Enter the nearby grotto on the right. Note that there is a sneaky hidden item behind a trainer on the left, so make sure you draw him out at least 1 tile when he notices you in order to get it.

Street Rat Hyde. Field: No Field

Hotshot Kellam. Field: No Field

Anyways, hidden in this room is Black Glasses, Red Shard, and Exp. Candy XL.

North of the top tutors, you’ll see a shadow indicating an entrance. Inside, talk to the green machine to get a Synthetic Seed. Talk to the researcher on the left for a battle.

Orderly Nadira. Field: Factory Field

Defeat the researcher in here and agree to participate in her sidequest.

First, you’ll need to bring her a Carvanha. Note that these will be gone forever. We can fish one in the nearby Lapis Alleyway. Next, you’ll need an Unfezant. You can get Tranquill on the Onyx Rooftop: evolve it at Lv. 31 to get Unfezant, then donate it. Finally, we’ll need Luxray. You can get Shinx in the Game Corner, evolve it at Lv. 15 then again at Lv. 30 to get Luxio then Luxray. Donate the latter. Exit Seventh to Lapis Ward, then come back down. Save the game and talk to Nadira. You’ll be able to catch Type: Null, our first legendary!

On the north side of the main part of seventh, talk to your gang member and he’ll mention seeing Bennett in the watering hole. Enter the watering hole, heal if you want, then head out and into the grotto on the right.

Punk Celina. Field: No Field

Street Rat Yan. Field: No Field

Grab the hidden Blue Shard then talk to Bennett here.

Back outside, a door will be open above you. Head up and to the right. You’ll find a mining rock - break it and then use Blast Powder, then pick up the hidden ‘Rare Candy’. Head back to Seventh and it will be stolen! Head all the way to the bottom left of the area and you’ll find the thief. Battle him to get it back.

Street Rat Drake. Field: No Field

Enter the top grotto and give it to a guy to obtain Piplup!

Reenter the narrow hole in the wall. You can find hidden Purple Shard and Chewing Gum as you go left. Enter the room in the bottom left!

Subseven Sanctum

You’ll be moved to a cage. Read the green book here - in fact, read every green book you see around this dungeon. Keep note of what the scripture says as well as the numbers at the end.

Head out once Klefki opens the door. Welcome to Reborn’s stealth section!

In the artistic masterpiece above, the red entities are the guards, as well as their view ranges. The yellow paths indicate the movement patterns and view changes of certain guards, and the blue line represents the path the player must take. I recommend saving often, specifically at the blue blobs. If you get caught, just reload to save yourself the time. You might also want to turn off speed-up.

Enter the door on the right side while traversing the maze. While inside, read these books and grab the Spell Tag and Holy Field Readout.

Back outside, sneak past the nearby guard by going up at the right time, then go left when you can. You’ll notice you can’t go too far left, so you’ll need to time going down past a patrolling guard, then once he passes you, go up, left, and down so he can’t see you anymore. From here, head left once he moves back to the right, but don’t go too far left.

Past the locked door on the left, you’ll need to go up straight towards a guard who rotates, but you can’t see his full sprite. This might take a couple of resets, but you’ll need to perfectly time going up and then left based on whether you are seeing the front or back of the legs of the sprite.

Once you take the stairs at the top, the guards will all leave, so you can now navigate this room as you like without getting caught.

In the next room, there are grunts to fight. Going clockwise around the outside of the room first:

Acolyte Lyla. Field: Holy Field

Acolyte Kaiden. Field: Holy Field

Acolyte Ezra. Field: Holy Field

Acolyte Brenda. Field: Holy Field

To progress, we’ll need to interact with 4 statues and input numbers that correspond to the respective scriptures. In each corner, a statue is protected by a guard. The statue guards, again in a clockwise order from the bottom of the room:

Acolyte Tanner. Field: Holy Field

Acolyte Arcturus. Field: Holy Field

Acolyte Angela. Field: Holy Field

Acolyte Wes. Field: Holy Field

Click for the solutions to the statue puzzle

Enter the codes in each statue, prepare for a battle, then go up towards the middle from the bottom of the room.

Meteor Agent Ace of Hearts (Ultra Potion). Field: Holy Field

Another battle with Meteor’s Ace themselves, and the first boss fight on the Holy Field. Read up on the Field Notes and you can do it!

Relationship Point Choices:

Back outside in the Beryl Wall, another conversation will occur.

Relationship Point Choices:

You’ll then get the Red Crystal Key! Don’t accept Cain’s fast travel request - we can finish a few things up down in Seventh, plus getting to Vanhanen Labyrinth is now easy thanks to the circling Tauros.

A Cult and a Gang: Sidequests

There are a few sidequests we can take care of in and around Seventh. First, head right back into the Subseven Sanctum and talk to the pentagram thing. With a Soul Candle in our bag, we’ll be able to catch Litwick.

Back in seventh, the house in the bottom left corner will now be unlocked. If you have a Helix Fossil and do not have a Dome Fossil in your bag, the Twitch Plays Pokemon cultist will ask us to bring a Farfetch’d to him. Do so, and you’ll get a choice between the Sail Fossil and the Jaw Fossil. Since we already have Amaura, no point in getting the former, so pick up the Jaw.

Although we now have both Amaura and a Jaw Fossil, it’s worth noting that the cultist will ask for a Pidgeot in exchange for another fossil. Afterwards, you can trade Helix Fossils for more Jaw and Sail fossils if you want more.

Back outside, if you haven’t already seen the scene, walk south from the psychologist towards the Pokemon sellers to see Madame Craudberry storm off.Your gang leader will tell you to meet at her house, so exit to Lapis and do so.

Harridan Craudburry. Field: No Field

If this was a normal Pokemon game, this fight would be pretty hard relative to the others. However this is Pokemon Reborn: her team doesn’t even have much synergy. No field, no weather, nothing. Just 5 annoying but beatable EV trained Pokemon - should be nothing for you at this point. You can exploit Slaking’s Truant with Protect to set up or something if you need to.

The Magma Gang Route Part 3

As usual, if you are in the Aqua Gang, skip ahead to the next section.

Head outside, and talk to Maxwell. He will give us TM11 Sunny Day. Return to Seventh Street and enter the bottom grotto. Inside, you’ll find Archer who you can battle!

Aqua Mastermind Archer. Field: No Field

Archer uses his rain team once more, but you’ll notice it’s not really optimized. His Pelipper is the only mechanism to summon rain, and the rest of his Pokemon have no rain-boosted abilities. So it’s really just a weak Water-monotype team that you should be able to deal with. Sharpedo can be deadly with Speed Boost and priority but everything else is slow enough that you can figure this one out, I’m sure.

For winning, you’ll get TM18 Rain Dance.

You’ll also notice that since Maxwell is gone from the North Obsidia Ward, you can now grab the hidden X Attack behind him and get another Houndour.

The Aqua Gang Route Part 3

As usual, if you are in the Magma Gang, skip ahead to the next section.

Head outside, and talk to Archer. He will give us TM18 Rain Dance. Return to Seventh Street and enter the bottom grotto. Inside, you’ll find Maxwell who you can battle!

Magma Kingpin Maxwell. Field: No Field

Maxwell uses his sun team once more, but you’ll notice it’s not really optimized. His Ninetales is the only mechanism to summon sun, and the rest of his Pokemon have no sun-boosted abilities past Charizard. So it’s really just a weak Fire-monotype team that you should be able to deal with once the sun is gone. Houndoom and Charizard can hit pretty hard but exploiting the team’s many weaknesses shouldn’t be too tough.

For winning, you’ll get TM11 Sunny Day.

Iolia Valley

Head over to Vanhanen Labyrinth. Hidden behind the big tree in the top right is the entrance to Iolia Valley. Talk to the red gem to create a rock smash wall. Head through the path.

Iolia Valley

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Wynaut 20 Wynaut 20 Wynaut 20
Beautifly 20 Ducklett 20 Dustox 20
Ducklett 10 Hoppip 10 Ducklett 10
Ledian 10 Pidove 10 Ariados 10
Tranquill 10 Tranquill 10 Tranquill 10
Silcoon 10 Wurmple 10 Cascoon 10
Seel 8 Seel 8 Seel 8
Skiploom 5 Skiploom 5 Hoothoot 5
Petilil 5 Petilil 5 Noctowl 5
Swanna 2 Swanna 2 Swanna 2
Old Rod % Good Rod %
Finneon 70 Seaking 60
Goldeen 30 Lumineon 20
    Alomomola 20

In this first area you can find a hidden Ultra Ball, Awakening, and Blue Shard. In the bottom left, use the red key once more to open a rock smash wall, then go inside the new cave.

Iolia Valley Caves

Cave %
Graveler-Alola 30
Woobat 20
Bronzor 20
Carbink 19
Swoobat 10
Bronzong 1

Exit at the bottom. In the next area, grab the hidden Purple Shard then make a new cave entrance. Finally, grab the hidden Green Shard and pick up the Green Crystal Key.

Make your way all the way back to the entrance of the valley. On the second tier you’ll see a glowing green crystal which we can now activate to turn hedges into Rock Smash gems. Sometimes when you smash these, you’ll get Green Shards.

Go down from here and use the red key to open a new door. Past the cave you can find a hidden Red Shard and the Blue Crystal Key.

Once again return to the entrance of the valley. Talk to the glowing blue crystal by the water to activate it and make an ice bridge.

On the other side of the water, go up first, then follow the path, using your keys. You’ll find a hidden Purple Shard and Blue Shard along the way. Activate the green crystal at the end, then return to the ice bridge and go down. Along this path, grab the hidden Green Shard and Magical Seed. Once you enter your newly created cave entrance, Bennett will confront you.

Relationship Point Choices:

Grab the Purple Crystal Key! Talk to the nearby purple crystal to mutate the cave. Outside the new exit, you can get a hidden Red-Hots and X. Sp Atk. In the next red cave, use the crystal to mutate another cave. Return all the way to the northmost ice bridge.

Head up and right from here, and enter the cave. Mutate this cave with the purple crystal, then head out the new exit. Pick up the hidden red shard and enter the red cave at the top. Inside, grab the Dark Memory and the Dark Crystal Cavern Field Readout. If you have Dark Pulse or Night Daze on one of your Pokemon, there is one more thing we can do here. Use it in a wild encounter to transform the Crystal Cavern to a Dark Crystal Cavern to get Sableye. Note that we’ll get the former as a TM pretty soon, so you can do this part later if you wish.

Iolia Valley Northeast Dark Cave

Cave %
Sableye 100

Back outside, make your way to the entrance to the valley once more. Enter the cave on the second tier, and activate the purple crystal to mutate it. Head back out and enter the cave on the first tier from the left, and head out the newly formed exit. You’ll find a Dusk Stone and a hidden Rawst Berry.

To progress, return to the entrance, un-mutate the cave we just mutated via the second tier, then go through the cave on the first tier once more. Follow this path to a Light Shard, then create another red cave entrance and go in.

Lepidopterist Bennett (2x Moomoo Milk). Field: Dark Crystal Cavern

Poor guy couldn’t even level his Larvesta up once more to have Volcarona. Regardless, he benefits from the field he’s on, this time, in the form of boosted Signal Beams. Again his bugs are fairly frail and have lots of exploitable weaknesses, so you can use Rock and Fire moves to defeat him.

Relationship Point Choices:

Blast Powder and Crystal Key Goodies

With that, we are able to challenge Luna. There are actually a few things we can do now that we have a few blast powders and the crystal keys. Skip ahead if you just wanna do the fight now.

There should now be a purple warp in Luna’s room that will take us to the entrance of Iolia Valley. Convenient!

Head out of Iolia Valley and make your way through South Aventurine Woods to the Tanzan Mountain. Go right when you can into the room that Saphira burst out of earlier. You can use the green key to open a new pathway.

Hop across some sneaky ledges onto the rocky texture of the cave, then make your way down and to the right. Exit onto the Chrysolia Pass.

Pick up a hidden Hyper Potion and Normal Gem as you make your way south. In the next rooms, move boulders out of the way and grab the Escape Rope. The next room is a bit harder: you’ll need to carefully move boulders and touch all three of the canisters to turn them red without getting stuck. If you need to, you can exit the room to reset. The room looked like this when I solved it, if it is helpful:

Once you succeed, exit through the newly opened door. Head down the nearby ladder: this next puzzle will involve pushing boulders down holes to break rocks, and going up ladders. To go up, use the ladders on the left side of the area.

The sequence of steps to finish the puzzle should look something like this:

Once you finish this puzzle and emerge on top of the wall, head left to get the Inverse Field Readout. Right from here, there is a hidden cave entrance behind the canister. Inside, you can get the Toxic Orb and Yureyu Key. You can also talk to the canister here to fight Dhelmise. Exit all the way out how you came in.

While we’re nearby, head over to Spinel Town. We can revive the Jaw Fossil we got earlier to obtain Tyrunt!

The next two have a very high time-taken to value-of-reward ratio… but for completeness I’ll get ‘em anyways. Our first destination is Byxbysion Wasteland. Using the tunnels, make your way all the way back to the room where we fought Mr. Bigglesworth once upon a time. You can use your Blast Powder to access a Dawn Stone.

Secondly, take the boat to Apophyll Beach and enter Apophyll Cave. On the left side you can now use the powder to access a hidden Max Revive.

Ok, with those out of the way, head to the Underroot in Beryl. You’ll see a green crystal on the right side of the area, so activate it. Cutting some wiggly trees here will allow us to get the Ampharosite as well as the Meadow Plate and an Axew egg. Sweet.

Head over to the Yureyu Abandoned Power Plant where we once fought Shade. Head to the right and around to the top, then use the Yureyu Key to get the Magnet and the Ghostium-Z. Sweet. Next, head around to the other side of the factory and again use the Yureyu Key to get inside.

Yureyu Power Plant (Backroom)

Cave %
Togedemaru 20
Klink 20
Electrode 15
Voltorb 10
Yamask 10
Duskull 10
Klang 5
Cofagrigus 5
Dusclops 4
Klinklang 1

Each of the Poke Balls in this room is an Electrode. Defeat all of them then talk to the monitor at the top for a battle with Rotom.

While we’re in the Beryl area, head over to the Beryl Cemetery. If you talked to Simon in the Tanzan Meteor Base, you’ll see him here. Talk to him to continue his sidequest - then head down to the building to the right of the Peridot Ward Pokemart to talk to him once more. That’s all we can do with this quest for now.

Eclipse Badge

Return to the Iolia Valley and take the warp to Luna’s room.

Dark Dreamer Luna (3x Ultra Potion). Field: Dark Crystal Cavern

Time to fight Reborn’s Dark type gym leader. Offensively, the field will boost the power of Dark Pulse and Night Slash by 1.5x. More notable is that the field boosts the defenses of Dark types by 1.5x, so what’d normally be straightforward super-effective kills on Bisharp, Tyranitar, Absol, Weavile, and Honchkrow now aren’t so certain. Not to mention the effect this has on already very bulky Umbreon, who can heal 75% of its health with Moonlight and also boost its Evasion. Plus, they all have perfect IV’s and are all EV trained, a feature we’ll see sticking around with the boss fights. Anyways, this is a pretty straightforward albeit tough fight that uses offensive and defensive boosts provided by the field pretty well.

The good news is that by this point you should have lots of options to deal with the team. If you want to stay with the Dark Crystal Cavern field, you can use Aurora Veil without needing Hail, or use your own Dark types to get the defense boosts. Dazzling Gleam and Signal Beam get boosted on this field, effectively cancelling out the defenses boost of her team if you use these moves. If you can get around Honchkrow, Fighting types and Bug types with high attack can generally succeed here too in spite of the added defense. You can also take advantage of the fact that she has a singular special move on her entire team and bring a team with lots of Defense to go blow-for-blow.

There are also merits to changing the field. For one, simply by setting sun you’ll switch the field to Crystal Cavern, a field which is more neutral and lets you use Dragon type moves more effectively if you’d like. A special shoutout goes to Nature Power which turns into Power Gem on this field, a perfect counter to Sucker Punch Honchkrow. Alternatively, you can use one of the Earthquake-esque moves to switch over to a Cave Field, allowing you to sidestep the enemy bulk and power up Rock moves - only Bisharp resists them. With the Earthquake-esque moves, boosted Rock type moves, boosted Hyper Voice and Boomburst, there are powerful options on Cave. In either case Tyranitar will still be a menace, but can be taken down with a strong Fighting move.

Once you succeed, you’ll get the Eclipse Badge which boosts our cap to Lv. 70, coincidentally about the point where normal Pokemon games just… end. Plus, she’ll give us TM97 Dark Pulse! Nice.

Episode 12: Demarcation

Exit Luna’s gym. If you head up to the Agate City entrance and go through, we’ll actually be locked out from coming back to every area we’ve been to so far for about 4 badges worth of content. Before we do so, there are a few sidequests and stuff to grab before continuing.

9 Badge Quests

Thanks to the Dark Pulse TM, you can now transform the field in the cave on the eastern side of Iolia Valley to get Sableye a bit easier, so take care of that if you’d like.

Next, make your way to Seventh Street. In the middle of the area you’ll see a woman pleading for some medicine for her sleeping husband. Give her the Oddishweed we found earlier in exchange for an egg which will hatch to be Chespin.

With that out of the way, if you’d like, take some time to prepare for the next section of the game. Notably we won’t have access to the Department Store or the Daycare. We also won’t be able to catch new members for our team aside from what’s available beyond, so stock up on items and do all the breeding and catching you need to.

Once you’re all set, make your way to the Agate City checkpoint north of the Vanhanen Labyrinth, talk to Cain, then head out at the top.

Agate Circus

After our first introduction to Terra in Agate City… we get to explore the Agate Circus! This area will serve as our “home base” of sorts while we obtain the next few badges. There are trainers scattered about as well as a healing component in the bottom of the area. The trainers on the map, roughly clockwise:

Clown Drolly. Field: No Field

Clown Bert. Field: No Field

Clown Leonardo. Field: No Field

Clown Posty. Field: No Field

Clown Bingo. Field: No Field

Clown Arthur. Field: No Field

Hidden around the circus, you’ll find 3 Blue Shards, Oran Berry, Red Shard, Full Heal, Ultra Potion, Escape Rope, Purple Shard, and 2 Green Shards.

Starting at the entrance we came in through and working vaguely clockwise, there are tons of things to buy, minigames, etc.

Agate Circus Cotton Candy Shop

Item Price
Cotton Candy $5000

Agate Circus General Goods Shop

Item Price
Ultra Ball $1200
Super Repel $700
Escape Rope $550
Full Heal $600
Hyper Potion $1000
Eviolite $20000

We can finally buy Ultra Balls! Also, although it’s expensive, the Eviolite can turn certain Pokemon like Porygon2 and Dusclops into monsters for this part of the game.

Agate Circus Pledge Move Tutor

Move Price
Grass Pledge 3 Green Shards
Fire Pledge 3 Red Shards
Water Pledge 3 Blue Shards

We had access to this in Lapis, but here’s one for this section of the game if you need it. There’s a Move Relearner in the bottom right corner, again doing it for one Heart Scale per move.

Agate Circus Friendship Berries

Item Price
Pomeg Berry $500
Kelpsy Berry $500
Qualot Berry $500
Tamato Berry $500
Hondew Berry $500
Grepa Berry $500

Just in case you need some.

To the left is a tile puzzle, which you can play in exchange for 1 Green Shard. This is the solution:

Winning will reward you a Cover Fossil. Nearby the healing machine is a candy vendor:

Agate Circus Candy

Item Price
Common Candy $150
Red-Hots $850
Chewing Gum $800
Salt-Water Taffy $850
Peppermint $600
Pop Rocks $750
Exp. Candy XS $500
Exp. Candy S $2000
Exp. Candy M $5000
Exp. Candy L $10000

To the left is another person selling Ability Capsules in exchange for 1, then 2, then 3 forevermore of random color shards.

Agate Circus Balloon Shop

Item Price
Air Balloon $400

Next, you’ll find an NPC who will change your Pokemon’s Hidden Power type in exchange for a Heart Scale. Score another point for Reborn for “actually letting you customize any Pokemon” to let you win with your favorites. Past her is a nickname changer, also obsolete thanks to the party menu.

To the left is another tile puzzle, which you can play in exchange for 1 Red Shard. This is the solution:

Winning will reward you a Plume Fossil. Up from here are some tutors.

Agate Circus Move Tutor Bottom

Move Price
Uproar 3 Blue Shards
Hyper Voice 5 Green Shards
Stomping Tantrum 4 Purple Shards
Low Kick 6 Red Shards

Agate Circus Move Tutor Top

Move Price
Iron Tail 4 Blue Shards
Focus Punch 3 Green Shards
Drill Run 4 Purple Shards
Synthesis 3 Red Shards

Down from here there are more stores and such.

Agate Circus Snax Shop

Item Price
PokeSnax $650

Agate Circus Ice Cream Shop

Item Price
Vanilla Ice Cream $400
Choc Ice Cream $600
Berry Ice Cream $800
Blue Moon Ice Cream* $20000

The Blue Moon Ice Cream shows up rarely with the same mechanics as before.

There is another tile puzzle here, but this one has different mechanics. I recommend saving beforehand so if you get stuck you don’t have to waste a shard when you reset. It costs 1 Purple Shard. Anyways, the finished puzzle looks like this:

Once you win, you’ll get a Timburr!

Next to this you’ll find the High Striker. It costs $350 to play each time.

High Striker Rewards

Reward Chance
TM87 Swagger 2%
Clefairy 14%
Money back 22%
Nothing 62%

After you’ve gotten the grand prize, from then on it will be replaced with getting your money back and winning a Poke Doll. After getting Clefairy, you will win an actual Poke Doll from then on. There’s a secret here too: if you do this with a pokemon with Huge Power, Guts, Pure Power, or Sheer Force at the front of your party, you will always get the jackpot!

Once you get a Poke Doll, give it to a child below the healing component to get the Big Top Arena Field Readout.

Agate Circus Power Items Shop

Item Price
Power Weight $15000
Power Bracer $15000
Power Belt $15000
Power Anklet $15000
Power Lens $15000
Power Band $15000

Enter the gate on the right side that we came in from. Upstairs, a girl will take four Shoal Salts and four Shoal Shells and make us a Shell Bell! To her right, there is a clown who gives us a riddle. Solve the riddle for an in-game trade: our Stunfisk for his Vulpix!

Back outside, talk to the ringmaster in the upper left corner. Make your way to the cotton candy vendor to get a Cotton Candy for free.

Finally, talk to Samson next to the high striker.

Relationship Point Choices:

Head in to the Big Top, and talk to Aya on the couch. After a conversation you’ll get the Powder Vial.

Head out, then come back in to have some conversations for relationship points if you’d like.

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

While we’re in the big top, if you talk to a clown in the audience, they’ll fight you.

Clown Darko. Field: Big Top Arena

Exit the Big Top. You’ll notice another tutor on the left side of the circus.

Agate Circus Fake Samson Move Tutor

Move Price
Dual Chop 4 Blue Shards
Thunder Punch 5 Green Shards
Fire Punch 5 Purple Shards
Ice Punch 6 Red Shards

Make your way to the bottom left of the circus, grab the hidden Fighting Gem, and go in. Inside, a child will ask for a Cotton Candy, then an Air Balloon, then a Poke Doll. Once you give all the items to the kid their scheme will be revealed, and we will get Department Store Sticker: Clefairy.

Clown Indra Fights

Before we proceed, one more thing to note in the circus is the colorful clown in the upper-right part of the area: Clown Indra. Without access to the Grand Hall trainers, he is our best option for grinding. Upon winning, we will get 8 Exp. Candy L and a randomly colored Shard. Note that he will battle you with a randomly chosen team from a pool which is as follows:

Clown Indra (RED). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (BLUE). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (YELLOW). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (GREEN). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (BLACK). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (BROWN). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (PURPLE). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (GRAY). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (WHITE). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (PINK). Field: No Field

Route 2

Head up the elevator and walk outside.

Route 2

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Hawlucha 27 Donphan 21 Noctowl 30
Rufflet 20 Rufflet 20 Meditite 20
Meditite 10 Meditite 10 Donphan 11
Boldore 10 Boldore 10 Boldore 10
Rhyhorn 10 Rhyhorn 10 Rhyhorn 10
Ursaring 10 Ursaring 10 Mienfoo 5
Machoke 5 Mienfoo 5 Rhydon 5
Trapinch 4 Rhydon 5 Vullaby 4
Rockruff 4 Machoke 4 Rockruff 4
    Rockruff 4 Absol 1
    Absol 1    

If you go up from here you’ll find a hidden Telluric Seed, but can’t progress farther. So, we’ll have to jump over some rocks to the left. Using the cliff and the rocks, you can hop any two-tile-length gaps. Head up once you’re in the northern area. You’ll notice a green tree and a red tree. The green trees drop Sleep Powder and the red trees drop Rage Powder, both of which can be contained in the Powder Vial. The former can be used to put Crustle to sleep while the latter will wake them up and allow us to battle them! Note that if you hop onto a rock with a narrow base of support, the powder will spill out.

Grab some sleep powder and talk to the rock towards the top to summon a Crustle. Talk to it to put it to sleep, then push it to the right side so that it falls into the hole. A precise guide to moving this first Crustle:

Click for Crustle 1 movements

Grab some more sleep powder then head to the bottom right corner of this level. You’ll find a rock with some stairs that let us climb up onto the rocks, so do so. Hop left then immediately down onto a cliffside. To the left from here you’ll find a hidden Link Stone. Back near the stairs, make your way to the top left side of this area, carefully avoiding the wobbly rocks. On the higher platform, talk to the rock to summon a Crustle, then push it into the hole at the top of this area. Precisely:

Click for Crustle 2 movements

Make your way back down to the larger area, get another dose of sleep powder, then return to the upper left area with the previous Crustle.

Climb onto the white rock via the stairs then go right for a hidden Ability Capsule. Go to the left and use the cliff to hop over to the rock face up and to the right. Use the sleep powder on the Crustle in the nearby rock, then push this Crustle off the ledge to the right. This is a bit of a tricky maneuver - keep in mind that you can hop your way around to get a better angle. Precisely:

Click for Crustle 3 movements

From here, climb the stairs, hop down, make your way down the first ledge on the gray rock face and hop to the right onto the rock with stairs. You’ll need to finish moving the Crustle we previously knocked down the cliff into the hole at the top. Precisely:

Click for Crustle 3 movements (pt. 2)

Climb up the stairs to the right. You’ll find a hidden Ultra Potion and Green Shard.

Hiker Ike. Field: Rocky Field

Hop across Crustle to go left at the top. Pick up TM58 Sky Drop and a hidden Super Potion. To the left across the final Crustle you can get a hidden Ether and Purple Shard. Head into the mountain here.

Ametrine Mountain

Cave % Old Rod % Good Rod %
Cubchoo 20 Finneon 70 Remoraid 60
Spheal 20 Wishiwashi 30 Horsea 20
Beartic 11     Qwilfish 20
Delibird 11        
Bergmite 10        
Sealeo 10        
Sandshrew-Alola 5        
Sandslash-Alola 5        
Cryogonal 4        
Snorunt 4        

Without Surf we can’t really do much here other than catch some Water and Ice type Pokemon, so head back out onto Route 2.

Make your way back to the platform with the powder trees by hopping down across two Crustles and going to the left, then hopping your way down and to the right. From the rock with stairs in the bottom right corner, go up and right to hop across to the platform on the right.

Hiker Marshall. Field: Rocky Field

Pick up the hidden Guard Spec. and Full Heal. Climb the stairs from here towards the clown.

Clown Freedo. Field: Rocky Field

Pick up another hidden Guard Spec. Down the nearby stairs, you can walk through the valley between the rocks to climb the stairs in the bottom right corner. Up from here, talk to the green part of the locked gate on the right side to open up this shortcut!

To the right from here, go down and grab hidden X Sp. Atk and Revive. Can’t go further, so head back up to the gate, then go down the stairs below.

Grab a hidden Ultra Ball then hop across some rocks to the right to grab a Exp. Candy XL. Next, hop to the left from the cliff at the top, grab a hidden PokeSnax, and hop your way to the bottom right side of the area. Climb down the stairs on the rock.

Snag the Blue Shard to the left, then get some sleep powder and talk to Crustle up and to the right. We’ll need to move it down and right. Precisely:

Click for Crustle 4 movements

Down from here, you can hop from the ground onto some reddish rocks. Hop down and to the right to pick up the Rocky Field Readout. From here, head back to the previous platform, climb onto the rocks, and make your way all the way back to the shortcut gate. From here, go all the way left.

Clown Goomy. Field: Rocky Field

How terrifying!

Grab a hidden Telluric Seed and Red Shard, and go down the stairs at the bottom.

Ranger Nick. Field: Rocky Field

Go down the stairs here, then pick up a hidden Red Shard in this lower area near the green tree. Grab some sleep powder and put the Crustle in the bottom right corner to sleep. We’ll need to push it off a cliff down and to the left. Precisely:

Click for Crustle 5 movements

Take the nearby stairs onto the rock and take the path up and left. Get sleep powder up here, then use it on a Crustle in a cave down and to the right. We’ll need to get it off of two cliffs. Precisely:

Click for Crustle 6 movements

Grab the hidden Swift Wing, Big Mushroom, Fire Stone, and Paralyze Heal then return to the rock stairs down and right.

Hop to the right this time, taking a stop on the narrow cliffside to the right where you can see two trees. Use the sleep powder on this Crustle and push it off the cliff at the bottom. Precisely:

Click for Crustle 7 movements

Pick up the hidden Red Shard and return onto the top of the rocks. Continue the rock hop up and around to the right. Grab a hidden Ground Gem. The path to the right, including a Crustle we placed earlier, is a shortcut that will take us to the start of Route 2. Go down the stairs from here.

Hiker Ford. Field: Rocky Field

Jump over the placed Crustle and move the remaining one off the cliff and into its final destination. Precisely:

Click for Crustle 5 movements (pt. 2)

Grab the hidden Super Repel then hop over the Crustles to get to the left. Grab the hidden Flying Gem.

Celestinine Cascade

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Hawlucha 30 Donphan 21 Noctowl 30
Rufflet 20 Rufflet 20 Meditite 20
Meditite 10 Meditite 10 Donphan 11
Boldore 10 Boldore 10 Boldore 10
Rhyhorn 10 Rhyhorn 10 Rhyhorn 10
Ursaring 10 Ursaring 10 Mienfoo 6
Rockruff 5 Mienfoo 6 Rockruff 5
Machoke 5 Rockruff 5 Machoke 4
    Machoke 4 Rhydon 4
    Rhydon 4    
Old Rod % Good Rod %
Finneon 70 Wishiwashi 60
Wishiwashi 30 Lumineon 20
    Remoraid 20
       
       

In this area, you’ll find hidden Carbos, Great Ball, Burn Heal, Potion, X Defend, Iron, PokeSnax, X Sp. Def, Revive, Escape Rope, and Stardust.

Head into the Fiore Mansion at the top and talk to Amaria. Head upstairs and talk to Hardy on the couch.

Relationship Point Choices:

Head outside, and you can grab the Water Surface Field Readout.

Back downstairs, you’ll be given the Battle Pass - Strike. With that out of the way, head on back to the circus.

Strike Badge

Enter the Big Top for a fight.

Ringmaster Alistasia. Field: Big Top Arena

The ringmaster has a team of circus-themed Pokemon that like to use the field effect well! You’ll have to watch out for her boosted sound moves like Snarl and Sparkling Aria, as well as Blaziken getting +3 with Swords Dance on top of Speed Boost. If you can manage to not get swept by Blaziken, with some coverage you can probably find a way through this one.

Enter the circus back room. Once more we can have multiple conversations for relationship points.

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Save and talk to Samson when you’re ready for a fight.

Strongman Samson (2x Ultra Potion). Field: Big Top Arena

Ooh boy, time for Samson. When I first played Reborn I was stuck on this fight for weeks! For one, 10 of his 24 moves are “high-striker” moves, meaning they get multiplied by a random multiplier between 0.5x and 3x. However, his Hariyama and Conkeldurr are guaranteed high rolls due to their abilities, and any Pokemon with increased attack also has a better chance at high rolls, meaning Synthetic Seed Hawlucha and Blaziken as well as Swords Dance Lucario all get really high rolls! Essentially this means that most of the time you get hit by a high striker move, you are going to be absolutely bodied! On top of this, Lucario’s Swords Dance boosts attack by 3 stages per use, and its Acrobatics will hit with 165 base power regardless of item held! With Conkeldurr sitting at 90 total speed to counter Trick Room and Hawlucha with Unburden to outspeed basically anything you have, his team is well suited to deal with all kinds of speed set ups and easily crush your pathetic Pokemon with high striker moves. Thanks to Brick Break, your puny screens will be crushed as well. All in all a tough fight!

Ok, so Samson crushed me when I was younger, but that was before I read the field notes for Big Top Arena and realized how much you can do back to him! If nothing else, notice that what I mentioned about his Lucario’s Acrobatics earlier holds true for you as well - the move pretty much wipes his whole team if you are able to use it (or Nature Power, which becomes it). You can also use the High Striker moves yourself to hit hard if you want - notable users include Guts Medicham, Guts / Sheer Force Conkeldurr, and Sky Drop Sheer Force Braviary, all of which are available nearby! There are also a ton of moves that are boosted on this field otherwise: sound moves like Hyper Voice and Boomburst, and other moves like Petal Dance, Power Whip, Fly, and Revelation Dance, to name a few. Speaking of the latter, a Pokemon with Dancer gets +1 Spe and +1 SpA whenever they use a dancing move… a good combo there for a certain Pokemon. If you are able to get away with boosting yourself, Swords Dance, Dragon Dance, and Quiver Dance are all boosted, meaning you can get your own sweeper going fairly easily. Rain lasts 8 turns, Sing has perfect accuracy now, Belly Drum grants defense boosts… there are just so many crazy things that you can use on this field! Even if you don’t want to abuse the field, fast Psychic and Flying types are still solid choices to deal with his slower team members and you can always use something like priority moves or Sturdy + Counter for the tricky ones if need be.

Relationship Point Choices:

Once you win, you’ll get the Strike Badge and TM31 Brick Break.

Episode 13: Cascade

With 10 badges in hand, return to the Celestinine Cascade and talk to Titania inside. You’ll get TMX3 Surf! Finally.

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Mountain Range Surfin’

We can’t follow them down the waterfall yet, but we can now explore with Surf! One quick note:

Relationship Point Choices:

I’ll start by exploring the rest of the area we are currently in, the Celestinine Cascade.

Celestinine Cascade

Water %
Wailmer 64
Lumineon 30
Wishiwashi 6

Surf to the left. Hidden are Water Gem, 2 PokeSnax, Potion, Calcium, Genius Wing, Dire Hit, Poke Ball, Blue Shard, Rock Gem, Green Shard, Awakening, Ultra Potion, Elixir, 2 Red Shards, Aspear Berry, and Ice Heal all throughout the left side of this area. Hop your way to the cliff on the upper right side to get a Reaper Cloth. Towards the left side you can hop to an Ultra Potion.

Talk to the clown with the Politoed and Torkoal for a battle.

Clown Bindra. Field: Rainbow Field atop Rocky Field

🅱️indra. Once you win against his super sketchy Rainbow team you will get a Full Heal! Talk to him again and say yes! Then again and say no! Finally he will give you TM39 Rock Tomb.

Up from here is another clown.

Clown Aaron. Field: Rocky Field

Head up to enter Citrine Mountain! We’ve actually been in this mountain once before, but from a different side.

Citrine Mountain 1F / 3F

Cave % Water %
Woobat 20 Golduck 60
Swinub 20 Wishiwashi 30
Piloswine 15 Lumineon 5
Cubchoo 10 Octillery 5
Swoobat 10    
Phanpy 10    
Sandshrew-Alola 5    
Beartic 5    
Donphan 4    
Sandslash-Alola 1    
Old Rod % Good Rod %
Remoraid 70 Remoraid 60
Basculin 30 Clauncher 20
    Octillery 20

Hidden on this floor you’ll find 7 Shoal Salts, Green Shard, Ultra Potion, Revive, Normal Gem, and Heart Scale, though the latter requires use of a Blast Powder.

On the top there is a ladder that will take us to a different side of the familiar 2F. Up here you’ll find a hidden Zinc, and Ultra Ball but that’s about it. Back on 1F, surf to the upper right corner to enter Celestinine Mountain 1F.

Celestinine Mountain 1F / 2F / 3F

Cave % Water %
Buizel 24 Wailmer 60
Swinub 20 Lumineon 30
Cubchoo 14 Golduck 5
Floatzel 11 Wishiwashi 4
Piloswine 10 Dewgong 1
Beartic 10    
Sandshrew-Alola 5    
Sandslash-Alola 5    
Delibird 1    
Old Rod % Good Rod %
Finneon 70 Remoraid 60
Wishiwashi 30 Clauncher 20
    Qwilfish 20

Hidden on this map are a Super Potion, and a Full Heal. Cross the ice to the top right, and surf to the right and grab a hidden Ultra Ball. Note that the bottom of this map will lead you out to the cascade we saw earlier, so use this shortcut to heal if you like.

Anyways, without Dive and Waterfall there isn’t much else to do in Celestinine Mountain 1F, so go up the ladder in the top right corner.

Cross the ice puzzle to get to the left. Precisely:

Click for ice puzzle movements

Follow the body of water up from here to enter Ametrine Mountain 2F.

Ametrine Mountain

Water %
Wailmer 60
Seel 30
Lumineon 5
Wishiwashi 4
Dewgong 1

You’ll eventually notice on the right the area connected to Route 2. Now we know how all three of these mountains are connected to each other and the greater Route 2 area! We’re actually going to take a quick detour back to the circus while we’re so close to it.

Relationship Point Choices:

There’s also a Pokemon and a few items we can get right now using Surf, albeit in a bit of an odd way. You can get them later with Rock Climb super easily, but I figured I should cover it now. Head back to Route 2, and grab some rage powder. Enter Ametrine Mountain 2F, then make your way all the way backwards and exit out of Celestinine Mountain into the cascade. Go to the right and use the powder on the first Crustle you see.

Inside this cave you can get an Elemental Seed as well as the Aerodactylite and a hidden Exp. Candy XL. You can also talk to the rock at the top to battle Salandit!

Unfortunately this makes it impossible to go from Celestinine Cascade to the other side of Route 2 for now. If you want to reopen this shortcut, you’ll need to head back through the mountain onto Route 2 to move another Crustle into that place.

Anyways, return to Ametrine 2F, surf to the left, and cross the simple ice puzzle. Talk to Aya near the iceberg. After this scene, follow the path up and right to emerge onto Route 3.

Route 3 & LCCC

Route 3

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Mienfoo 20 Golett 20 Golett 20
Ursaring 20 Mienfoo 20 Ursaring 20
Bronzong 16 Starly 10 Graveler 20
Starly 10 Staravia 10 Noctowl 20
Staravia 10 Ursaring 10 Gligar 8
Graveler 10 Graveler 10 Bronzor 5
Gligar 8 Gligar 8 Bronzong 5
Bronzor 5 Bronzor 5 Golurk 1
Staraptor 1 Bronzong 5 Absol 1
    Golurk 1    
    Absol 1    

Grab the hidden Potion. Head right from here. And… so much for entering Calcenon City. Make your way right, picking up hidden Ultra Potion and Green Shard along the way. Aya will join us as a partner!

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices

Relationship Point Choices:

Route 3 Caves

Cave %
Graveler 20
Shiinotic 20
Kangaskhan 18
Druddigon 12
Rhydon 10
Piloswine 10
Magnemite 5
Magneton 5

Inside this cave you can find a hidden Hyper Potion, Red Shard, 2 Repels, Antidote, Ground Gem. There’s a door you can go through at the top to reach a green machine containing a Metal Coat!

Exit the door at the bottom. Outside, you can find a hidden Max Elixir, Resist Wing, and Exp. Candy XL.

Enter the next cave. Inside you can find hidden PokeSnax, and Potion, as well as Team Meteor!

Meteor Grunt Geoff & Meteor Grunt Audrey. Field: Cave Field

Beyond you can find a hidden Max Potion and Tiny Mushroom. In the next room, use the panel and follow the path.

In this room, you can get hidden Repeat Ball, Fire Gem, and Great Ball.

Meteor Knight Demian & Meteor Dame Antoine. Field: Cave Field

Continue into the next room.

Meteor Knight Kenan & Meteor Dame Diana. Field: Cave Field

Pick up the hidden Super Repel and Poke Ball. Head outside and go right. Pick up a hidden X Defend along the way.

Meteor Knight Steven & Meteor Dame Avril. Field: Rocky Field

Right before the hop rocks you can get a hidden Green Shard. Hop down and enter the next cave.

In here, you can get a hidden Blast Powder, Ultra Potion, and Blue Shard. Enter the next room, change up your team if necessary, then head in to the next room.

Meteor Private Aster and Meteor Private Eclipse (2x Ultra Potion). Field: Factory Field

Time for another round with Aster and Eclipse! This time you’ll have Aya as your partner, and thankfully her team actually puts in a decent amount of work in this fight, with lots of Water and Grass moves to deal with their numerous Water, Rock, and Ground type Pokemon. Aster and Eclipse like to set up screens against you with their leads, so you could consider bringing Brick Break or Psychic Fangs if these are annoying. Generally I find that Lunatone doesn’t hit very hard, so if you are struggling with this one, you can continuously target the right side and get the battle to a 2-on-1 to make it simple.

Relationship Point Choices:

After the fight, go to the left and grab TM43 Flame Charge in the storage room. Return to the previous room and head out from the door on the right side. In this next cave, you can get a hidden Great Ball and Aspear Berry. Head outside, pick up a hidden Purple Shard, Magical Seed, and Blast Powder then proceed to Route 4.

Route 4

Route 4 (Lower)

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Audino 20 Audino 20 Audino 20
Piloswine 20 Piloswine 20 Piloswine 20
Cottonee 14 Zebstrika 11 Noctowl 20
Blitzle 14 Cottonee 10 Snover 10
Zebstrika 11 Snover 10 Bronzong 10
Snover 10 Blitzle 10 Zebstrika 5
Bronzor 5 Bronzor 5 Phantump 5
Bronzong 5 Bronzong 5 Pawniard 4
Abomasnow 1 Pawniard 4 Abomasnow 4
    Abomasnow 4 Absol 2
    Absol 1    

Going up the left path first:

Hiker Odin. Field: Forest Field

Ace Trainer Eddie. Field: Forest Field

Nature Girl Ellen. Field: Forest Field

Before going up the stairs to the left and to the right, go to the right and down to fight another trainer:

Hiker Goro. Field: Forest Field

Climbing the stairs up and to the right, you’ll find another trainer:

Ranger Lassie. Field: Forest Field

Finally, up the hill to the left is the last trainer here.

Hotshot George. Field: Forest Field

Throughout Route 4 you can find 2 hidden Heart Scales, Super Potion, 2 PokeSnax, Purple Shard, Synthetic Seed, Red Shard, 2 Telluric Seeds, Grass Gem, X Attack, and Potion. If you bring a Pokemon with Lava Plume, Heat Wave, Incinerate, Eruption, Fire Pledge, or Flame Burst, use it in battle. This will allow you to get the Fire Memory in the campfire at the center of the bottom half of the map.

Enter Calcenon City to the west.

Calcenon City

Inside the Pokemon Center, a person will tell you about the password noitems. Another person in here will offer an in-game trade: your Qwilfish for Munchlax!

Enter the gym at the top of the city.

Talk to Hardy in the left side of the city for some points if you’d like.

Relationship Point Choices:

Talk to Saphira here twice.

Relationship Point Choices:

Anyways, walk over to the Route 4 exit and talk to Charlotte inside. She’ll tell us it’s time for a gym battle, so head back into Calcenon.

Relationship Point Choices:

Cinder Badge

Enter Charlotte’s gym when you are ready. The puzzle here is basically the same as Wallace’s from generation 3: you have to carefully step on every gray tile exactly once and make it to the other side’s stairs. For precise solutions:

Click for the first puzzle solution

Elder Iroh. Field: Super-Heated Field

Click for the second puzzle solution

Ace Trainer Karus. Field: Super-Heated Field

Click for the third puzzle solution

Ace Trainer Nova. Field: Super-Heated Field

Head up to where Charlotte is.

Relationship Point Choices:

Technically you shouldn’t know how to open the secret room by this point… So if you want to respect the fact accessing this room and getting this point is more of an easter egg for players on their second run, you can skip to the fight.

If you do want to open the secret room, you’ll need to make the top area tiles look exactly like this:

When you’re ready, take on the Fire type gym leader!

Firebug Charlotte (2x Ultra Potion). Field: Super-Heated Field

Time for another of Reborn’s double battle gym leaders. Her two leads, Darmanitan and Typhlosion, are incredibly fast and hit like trucks with their Fire moves. Eruption will turn the field to Burning Field, potentially making things more difficult. In the back she has a seeded Ninetales, who will amplify her Fire type moves even more thanks to Drought. With a bulky Rotom that can counter Water and Ground types and the speedy Heat Wave + coverage moves sets she has on her Delphox and Volcarona, Charlotte has a pretty frail but speedy and strong team that can overwhelm unprepared teams by their sheer field-boosted power.

Both the Super-Heated Field and Burning Field benefit Charlotte a lot, but they could benefit you as well. One hilarious strategy you can try is just using your own Fire types to obliterate her: use your own Eruption, Heat Wave, etc. As long as you can control for speed such as by using the Telluric Seed this tends to be reliable. If you find yourself stuck, Trick Room is an incredible strategy here - paired with Wide Guard, you can reliably set up Trick Room on the first turn with many different Pokemon. Under Trick Room, her entire team will crumple to slow Rock moves, Ground moves on top of Gravity, or Water moves if you can keep it on Burning to avoid the Super-Heated Field damage suppression. There are tons of other crafty doubles strategies you can use on this fight especially if you buy yourself some turns with Wide Guard, so get creative!

Once you win, you’ll get the Cinder Badge which allows us to use Dive in the field and boosts the cap to Lv. 75. You’ll also get TM35 Flamethrower! Very nice.

Episode 14: //outlier.corruption

After your gym fight, enter the building in the bottom left side of Calcenon. You’ll get TMX6 Dive inside! We could have gone in here earlier, but:

Relationship Point Choices:

You can also talk to Hardy in here.

Relationship Point Choices:

With that, we now have all we need to Dive! There are a few quick things we can do, however!

11 Badge Quests

Enter the gate at the bottom of Calcenon. The guard inside will ask us to donate $40000 to repair the bridge that was broken in the previous chapter. Note that if you don’t have enough cash, you’ll need to go all the way through Route 4 and Route 3 caves to go between Ametrine Mountain and Calcenon City. Anyways, once you cough up the cash the bridge, will be fixed. Head outside and to the right on the stairs, and enter the cave here.

Inside, you can get an Electrizer, Magmarizer, and Ghost Memory. Re-enter Calcenon City. In the building to the right of the Pokemon Center you can trade this Magmarizer to get a Magby! In a building to the right of the gym you can trade the Electrizer for an Elekid!

Head down to Route 3 via the new stairs. Down from here, you’ll see a ladder. Interact with it to create a quick shortcut that allows us to go from Calcenon to Agate Circus super easily! Head to the circus.

To the right of the high striker you’ll see a new vendor. For three Green Shards you can do another puzzle! This is in fact a Fifteen Puzzle. When you finish, it will look like this:

For winning you’ll get a Turtwig!

Talk to the person in the top right guarding the Ferris Wheel to get the Fighting Memory.

Mountain Range Divin’

Next, I will return to the Celestinine Cascade. If you’ve yet to put the Crustle we moved to get Salandit back in place, now is a great time to do so.

Enter Celestinine Mountain by surfing up at the cascade.

Go left up the stairs at your first opportunity, and make your way across the ice here such that you can surf at the bottom of this area. Go down at the dive spot here.

Hidden down here, you’ll find a hidden Resist Wing and a Red Shard.

Celestinine Mountain B1F / B3F / 1F / 2F / Ametrine Mountain B3F / B2F / B1F / 1F / 2F Underwater Tunnels

Land %
Clamperl 45
Chinchou 30
Lanturn 15
Relicanth 10

Emerge at the other dive spot. You can find a hidden PokeSnax as well as TM82 Dragon Tail and an Exp. Candy XL. Make your way back to the previous dive spot. Next, go up and right to head to Celestinine Mountain 2F and make your way to the large body of water. Dive down at the crescent-shaped spot.

To the right, you’ll find the Snowy Mountain Field Readout. Up and to the right you’ll find a Water Stone. Emerge at the dive spot in the upper right side. Up here you’ll find the PULSE Readout 2. Oh dear.

Make your way back to the crescent dive spot. Head up to reach Ametrine Mountain 2F. Northeast of the iceberg, you’ll find a dive spot.

Follow the path, diving up and down as you go. Once you pop up inside the iceberg, you’ll find another PULSE!

Pokemon Redoubt. Field: Icy Field

With 255 in Def and SpD, a respectable HP, Leftovers and Recover, this thing is tanky! It also has a great attack stat and can hit hard with field boosted Avalanche as well as Hammer Arm and Earthquake for coverage. Earthquake also has the side effect of laying spikes on your side. There are a number of strategies that make this doable - it is a 6v1 after all, so it can’t shake off stat debuffs. Toxic, Protect, and a healing move on a physically defensive Pokemon alone can pretty much win this fight. Heal Block, Knock Off, or Taunt can help with the recovery problem, Intimidate or other Atk debuffs can help neutralize its power, Counter or Metal Burst can ignore its high Def, etc.

With that out of the way, head up the now-open ladder up to Ametrine Mountain 3F. Up here you can get a hidden Green Shard, X Attack, and Blue Shard. On the next floor, you’ll find a hidden Ice Gem. By going to the bottom left corner then alternating between going right and up/down, make your way to the door on the middle of the right side of the ice puzzle and exit.

Ametrine City

Ametrine City

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Snover 20 Snover 20 Snover 20
Vulpix-Alola 20 Vulpix-Alola 20 Vulpix-Alola 20
Drampa 11 Bergmite 10 Bergmite 10
Bergmite 10 Piloswine 10 Piloswine 10
Piloswine 10 Beartic 10 Beartic 10
Beartic 10 Drampa 10 Drampa 10
Abomasnow 5 Abomasnow 5 Noctowl 10
Ambipom 5 Ambipom 5 Furfrou 5
Furfrou 5 Furfrou 5 Vanillish 4
Vanillish 4 Vanillish 4 Absol 1
    Absol 1    

Hidden here you’ll find a Purple Shard, Resist Wing, X Attack, and Ether until you come upon the first fork. To the right along a narrow cliffside, you can find hidden PokeSnax and Blue Shard. Double back and go left. You’ll find a hidden Purple Shard, Potion, and Zinc as you proceed. Talk to Shelly here.

Enter the small building nearby. Inside, talk to the old man to begin a quest. You can also talk to his computer to get the Glitch Field Readout.

Head west at the next fork. You can get a hidden Ether around here. In the first house, you can bring a Rotom to the computer to change its form! Enter the tall building next. On the second floor, trade away your Pidove to a kid to get an Old Amber. Sweet. Head back outside and go to the left. You’ll see a Lucario on a building, who will then run off. Follow it all the way right to the narrow cliffside, and it will run off with its egg.

Back at the main village fork, go down. In the south side of the city you can pick up hidden Stardust, Big Pearl, Repel, Chewing Gum, Green Shard, Red Shard, X Sp. Atk, Full Heal, Tiny Mushroom, and Antidote. Make sure you save this (or any) Tiny Mushroom for a quest later.

In the house next to the Pokemon Center, talk to the guy to learn of a glitch in his computer. Talk to the machine for a short battle gauntlet!

MIS5INGN0 4B 8 4 8. Field: Glitch Field

MIS5INGN0 ‘Ng’Mp. Field: Glitch Field

PKMNPKMNT X C. Field: Glitch Field

These battles aren’t particularly tough, but it is our first real exposure to fighting on the glitch field, so try to get used to its quirks here. For winning, you’ll obtain the Department Store Sticker: Porygon-Z.

Talk to the people around the ice rink to progress the story.Next, enter the building above the ice rink. You’ll get the Battle Pass - Gravity. Can’t use it quite yet though. Back outside, talk to Shelly. While we’re here, navigate through the ice rink and the child obstacles to reach the exit at the bottom. Follow it to get TM95 Snarl.

From here, head up to the now-open apartment at the center of town. Go to the top floor and talk to Shelly.

In order to access the exclusive postgame route, you need to refuse Blake all three times.

Relationship Point Choices:

If you gave Blake the ring, you’ll get TMX5 Waterfall. If you didn’t, you’ll need to head outside to talk to Cal, then come back in to Blake’s apartment.

Now we have to search Blake’s room for clues to make a way out.

Relationship Point Choices:

Under the left couch you’ll find 3 Coins, while the chair towards the bottom contains 1 Coin and the bottom right sofa contains 2 Coins. In the trash can at the top you’ll find the head of a key. The game console contains a Program Disc. The drawer at the bottom contains a key handle, so you can open the cabinet at the top to get a power cable. Use the cable and the disc on the computer to open a prompt for a password. To get the password, search all the books and flowers around the room and talk to Shelly a few times! Input the code once you have it:

Enter the secret passage and follow the path! On 6F you can find a hidden Iron.

Head outside and pick up the hidden Flying Gem. Talk to Shelly here. Once you have freed Heather, head into the shack and talk to the machine to get the Flying Memory!

Relationship Point Choices:

Make your way back to the main part of Ametrine City and go all the way left. You’ll have to defeat a few Meteor Grunts, with either Shelly or Cal as a partner depending on your choices.

Meteor Ace Bruno & Meteor Ace Ray. Field: Snowy Mountain

Grab a hidden Red Shard, Dire Hit, and Repel as you climb. You’ll see a narrow passage along the top that leads up and left, which you can follow to get a Full Restore. Head right.

Relationship Point Choices:

Meteor Ace Devin & Meteor Ace Sanchez. Field: Snowy Mountain

Beat the grunts and continue. Pick up the hidden Red-Hots and Swift Wing then fight the next grunts.

Meteor Ace Geoff & Meteor Ace Audrey. Field: Snowy Mountain

Relationship Point Choices:

Continue up the mountain.

Meteor Ace Demian & Meteor Ace Antoine. Field: Snowy Mountain

You’ll see another fork, one path leading you around a narrow cliff to the right that loops you to a lower path. Follow it to get a hidden Ice Gem and TM79 Frost Breath.

Continue down the main path, picking up the hidden Ice Heal, Telluric Seed, Max Repel, and Repel along the way.

Meteor Ace Ricardo & Meteor Ace Hilda. Field: Snowy Mountain

After beating the grunts here, go to the left and follow the path along the narrow cliff. Prepare for a quick fight.

Pokemon Pariah. Field: Snowy Mountain Field

It can sweep you if you’re not prepared, but you can handle this surely. Once you win, head into the cave to get a Fairy Memory and an egg that will hatch into Riolu.

Head into the cave entrance back on the main path.

Refused Blake Route: Aster Fight

If you gave Blake the ring, skip ahead to the next section.

Due to our actions we still don’t have Waterfall, but there’s an extra fight to compensate!

Meteor Private Aster (2x Ultra Potion). Field: Icy Field

Aster is back, this time completely alone. He has a generally fast and frail physical team, so try to exploit the Icy Field or just overwhelm him with a better singles team.

Winning will finally net you TMX5 Waterfall.

The Battle Atop Ametrine

Inside this cave you can get a hidden PP Up and an Ultra Potion upstairs.

Emerge into the outside once more, pick up the Common Candy and Shoal Shell, then prepare for a fight at the top.

Agent Blake (2x Ultra Potion). Field: Snowy Mountain Field

Blake has a pretty tough doubles team that takes advantage of the power of Water and Ice types, but mainly from the physical side. Intimidate Gyarados is good as usual, and paired with Snow Cloak Mamoswine, it can crush your Pokemon that aren’t as defensively blessed. In the back he has the speedy combo of Weavile, Starmie, and Slush Rush Sandslash, plus has a bulky Walrein with an extra 1.5x boost to defense thanks to natural hail. On top of that, the field boosts all of his Ice type attacks as well as Rock Slide, plus makes Thunder perfectly accurate. All in all this is a tough fight but not unbeatable!

There are lots of Snowy Mountain Field interactions you can exploit if you want. For example, you too can harness perfectly accurate Thunder to easily dispatch Gyarados and Starmie. This field may help out Ice types but arguably it can help Flying types even more: Flying attacks are boosted by 1.5x here and Tailwind grants Strong Winds, allowing your Flying types to ignore their Ice weaknesses and granting another 1.5x boost to flying moves! There are also a ton of boosted attacks and abilities on this field - a shoutout to Aurorus, who gets 1.5x for Refrigerate, AND 1.5x for Hyper Voice being boosted, AND 1.5x for Ice type moves being boosted on this field! You can also turn it to mountain with a burning move to cancel out the Ice type bonus on Rock type moves, too! Otherwise, I’ll sound like a broken record here - it’s a doubles fight, so you’ll get mileage out of Wide Guard, Trick Room, Protect, and other similar strategies.

Once you win, Blake will fail!

Relationship Point Choices:

Cal will offer you a ride back to the main part of Ametrine.

Relationship Point Choices:

Before we leave Ametrine City, enter the small house just south of Blake’s apartment and give the girl inside a Floral Charm in exchange for the Banettite! Next, head on over to the Pokemart. Inside, a person will give you a Magmarizer.

Before we proceed with the story, we can head over to Calcenon via the Route 3 shortcut to get the following points:

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

You can also head into Charlotte’s gym - if you decided to ‘cheat’ and open the secret door earlier, you can now follow the path to get the Charizardite X.

Enter the house to the left of the gym if you refused to give Blake the Ruby Ring. Exit and come back in. Inside the bedroom you can get the Shiny Charm! If not, you’ll be able to get it later on.

With that out of the way, return to the Circus.

Clown Indra Fights 2

By beating Charlotte, we now have access to stronger teams on Clown Indra. Beating him now awards a random shard as before, but also 5 Exp. Candy XL.

Clown Indra (RED). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (BLUE). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (YELLOW). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (GREEN). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (BLACK). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (BROWN). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (PURPLE). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (GRAY). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (WHITE). Field: No Field

Clown Indra (PINK). Field: No Field

Glitch City

Enter the Big Top and talk to Samson in the back. Terra will go into the computer… it’s up to us to follow, so talk to Samson and go in.

Welcome to Glitch City. Note that as we clear parts of this area we will never be able to return, so make sure you do everything you want to do in each before proceeding.

Make your way through Kanto Route 23 as normal until Terra destroys the guy! Go down the ladder that appears here.

Glitch Mt Moon

Cave %
Zubat 79
Geodude 15
Paras 5
Clefairy 1

MIS5INGN0 u. Field: Glitch Field

MIS5INGN0 C. Field: Glitch Field

MIS5INGN0 94 h. Field: Glitch Field

MIS5INGN0 ‘M. Field: Glitch Field

In Mt. Moon, pick up 2 Potions, an Escape Rope and a Rare Candy.

Relationship Point Choices:

Exit out the bottom.

Glitch Opal Ward

Land %
Rattata 30
Bidoof 30
Patrat 15
Pidgey 15
Meowth 5
Ekans 5

PKMNPKMNT 7g. Field: Glitch Field

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Enter the ladder in the glitchy mess on the left to reach Rocket Hideout.

PKMNPKMNT ABBBBBBK. Field: Glitch Field

Grab the Super Potion and make your way through the tile maze - it’s the same as in Gen 1 Pokemon.

Relationship Point Choices:

When you get to the other side, use the elevator and not the stairs. In Lavender Town:

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Enter the house nearby the NPC to continue.

Glitch Byxbysion Wasteland

Land %
Grimer 40
Muk 10
Koffing 10
Zubat 10
Weezing 10
Ekans 5
Arbok 5
Cubone 4
Drowzee 4
Marowak 1
Hypno 1

Relationship Point Choices:

Head left, hopping down ledges as you go. Enter the door at the top.

In the Pokemon Mansion, grab the Iron to the right then press the switch.

OPKMN4X PKMN. Field: Glitch Field

Down from here, take the stairs on the right.

M1SS1NGO PC4SH. Field: Glitch Field

Grab the Dubious Disc and hidden Max Potion.

Relationship Point Choices:

Back upstairs, enter the smaller of two gaps to proceed.

Glitch Citae Astrae

Land %
Shiny Porygon 100

Exit at the bottom.

Glitch Victory Road

Cave %
Onix 30
Machop 25
Zubat 20
Geodude 10
Golbat 5
Machoke 5
Marowak 4
Graveler 1

Victory Road? This isn’t like any Victory Road I’ve ever seen… Anyways, exit at the top.

Glitch Cerulean Cave

Cave %
Rhydon 20
Electrode 20
Marowak 10
Venomoth 10
Parasect 10
Dodrio 10
Hypno 10
Arbok 5
Raichu 5

In Cerulean Cave you can get a Max Repel. The other ball is a Light Shard, useful because:

PKMNPKMNT M2. Field: Glitch Field

Bringing Mewtwo back to where it belongs with Glitch Field: completely broken. Of note is its Psystrike, which gets boosted by the field and Mewtwo’s high Special Attack yet hits your Pokemon on their Defense. That said, there are still tons of ways to win these 6v1’s as we’ve learned by now, so pick your favorite one.

Proceed and get ready for the gym battle! Note that you can actually exit back to the circus easily in case you want to do more prep.

M3G4 T3RR4 (3x Ultra Potion). Field: Glitch Field

Time to take on M3G4 T3RR4. As you’ve probably come to learn by now, the Glitch Field is pretty funky, enough that I’m gonna cover its intricacies with a whole diatribe before we even fight her. There are a few really important things about this field that you need to remember:

  1. Type Matchups: all moves of the original physical types will be physical, and all moves of the original special types will be special, so we’re back to certain Pokemon being snubbed and others strengthened depending on their movepools. Additionally, Dark, Steel, and Fairy moves will all be retyped as Normal, Dragon always hits neutrally, Bug and Poison hit each other super-effectively, Ice hits Fire neutrally, and Psychic is immune to Ghost. In some cases these changes can be good for you: such as how physical Fighting types now have a stronger option in physical Focus Blast, or how Bug and Poison types are generally better now.
  2. Special attack damage: special attacks will be based on the higher stat of your SpA and SpD… an utter game changer, as now Special walls such as Shuckle and Toxapex are able to hit hard! It also means that raising Special Defense will increase both offensive and defensive capabilities - so moves like Cosmic Power, Charge, and Stockpile can lend themselves to creating a 1 Pokemon army if you set up at the right time.
  3. Speedy crits: the faster Pokemon on the field always gets a bonus to critical hit chance, so with a Razor Claw held you’re getting crits for free 50% of the time, and nearly always with moves like Night Slash! Helpful for ignoring those aforementioned defense boosts.
  4. The Synthetic Seed turns a Pokemon into ??? type with no weaknesses and raises Defense. There are a few more things you can read about in the field notes like the Psychic move boost, but these are the main things you have to consider.

So, onto how Terra uses this field. You’ll get a good example of the second principle right away in her Nidoking, who will get bulkier and stronger by using Amnesia. It can then hit hard with extra-accurate Blizzard, Thunderbolt and Flamethrower for wide special coverage. Hippowdon is bulky and likes to put you to sleep and hit with the ol’ reliable Rock / Ground offensive combo, but more importantly, it sets up weather for its buddy Sand Rush Excadrill, who gets boosted critical hit rate as long as it’s going first. If that wasn’t enough she has a mixed Garchomp who gets to ignore the SpA drops of Draco Meteor by calculating special damage based on its SpD stat, but can also hit hard with physical Bulldoze and Stone Edge. Rounding out her team is Palossand and Quagsire, each with the Synthetic Seed, neutralizing their weaknesses entirely and allowing each to set up with Amnesia and Recovery moves. Quagsire even has Unaware to ruin whatever similar SpD stacking strategy you have going! All in all a tough team that may really mess you up if you aren’t using the field to maximum effect for your team.

The first thing I recommend for this fight is to literally use a list like this one to find some Pokemon with really high SpD, since they are generally the best for this field. Even better if they have moves like Amnesia, Stockpile, or Cosmic Power - you can use them to sweep once you get past Quagsire, especially if you decide to give them a Synthetic Seed of their own to avoid super-effective damage taken. Ice, Water, Grass, and Psychic moves are generally the best choices offensively here - in particular, 90% accurate Blizzard and hits-defense Psyshock are good choices. It’s worth noting that Explosion halves enemy defense, which makes it useful as a last-minute nuke against the ??? type tanks or Garchomp. If have a Pokemon with high speed and a move like Leaf Blade, you can also try to go for 100% critical hit chance, which should allow you a much easier time with the members of her team who stack SpD. You can also consider using Roar, Whirlwind, or Dragon Tail on the ??? type Pokemon, since that will wipe away their special typing and defense boost, allowing you to use Grass moves more easily on them.

Click for one more secret tip :)

Relationship Point Choices:

For winning, you’ll get the Gravity Badge which lets us actually use Waterfall. We also get TM78 Bulldoze! We did it.

Episode 15: Never After

Head back outside. Before we proceed with the story, there’s some more mountain action we can do. We’ve actually only seen like 30% of the massive three-mountain complex; much more of it is now accessible thanks to Waterfall. So, I will cover that in the next section.

Mountain Range Waterfallin’

Enter Ametrine Mountain 2F via the Route 3 entrance. Surf and climb the nearby waterfall. Upstairs on 3F, you can get a hidden Green Shard and Never-Melt Ice. Across the ice you can find a hidden Potion. On the ice puzzle to the left, creep along the tiles above the ice, then go down onto a rock, left, and up. Grab a hidden Super Potion. Head up the waterfall to 4F.

At the top you can grab a hidden Escape Rope. Sadly we can’t proceed on this route without Rock Climb, so hop down the ledge and make your way down two flights to 2F.

From here, make your way to the waterfall down and left from the Route 2 entrance, then ride down it to Ametrine Mountain 1F. To the right, you’ll find a hidden Purple Shard, Escape Rope, and Exp. Candy L. By smashing its favorite rock, you can catch a Sneasel.

Surf down the waterfall to the left, then pick up a hidden Full Heal on the right. Land on the left side and make your way across the ice. Grab a hidden Red Shard and push the boulder to the left. Head back up the waterfall, go left, pick up hidden Paralyze Heal and Purple Shard, then go down at the dive spot.

You’ll find a hidden Blue Shard in the first room. Notice that there’s a hard-to-spot door on the right side of the area - it’s a lit alcove you enter from above. These signify going down in level within the mountain (you can check the level you’re on by initiating a save from the menu). Inside it, you can find a hidden Antidote and Red Shard. Surface at the end of the path, and you’ll emerge into Ametrine Mountain B1F.

Grab a hidden Full Heal and Health Wing then proceed to the ice. Make your way to the top right corner of this area, and surf down. Grab a hidden Water Gem and climb down the fall to B2F.

In this next room, go left across the ice. Pick up a hidden Green Shard and Pretty Wing, then climb the waterfalls to the left. In the pool at the top, you can find Totodile jumping around. Talk to it while it’s in the air for a battle.

Back at the ice puzzle in the room, go up this time. Grab hidden Stardust and cross this ice. Before going down the dive spot, go down the fall to get a hidden Full Restore. Dive down up above. Grab a hidden X Sp. Def on this map and enter the hidden alcove door towards the bottom. In the next room you can get a hidden Purple Shard and Dark Gem. Surface at the other end and emerge on B3F.

You can get a hidden Pearl and Red Shard in the next room, as well as TM01 Work Up and a Razor Fang. Backtrack all the way back to B1F.

This time, cross the ice to the top left. Grab the hidden Poke Ball then dive down. Hidden in here are a Green Shard, Genius Wing, and Red Shard. We can also get a Deep Sea Tooth. Enter the alcove door at the bottom.

Ametrine Mountain B2F / Celestinine Mountain B2F Underwater Caverns

Land %
Chinchou 30
Clamperl 25
Wailord 24
Lanturn 15
Relicanth 6

In this large room you can get an Exp. Candy XL and the Snorlium-Z as well as a hidden Green Shard, Water Stone, and Super Potion. Also, specifically on Friday, you can find a Lapras roaming around this room!

Enter the hidden alcove door in the lower left side. In the next room you can find a hidden Green Shard and Link Stone, as well as the Abomasite!

With that, backtrack all the way to Ametrine Mountain 1F where we pushed the boulder earlier. Make your way back to the water and ride down some waterfalls until you reach Celestinine Mountain 1F.

From here, go down the waterfall in the bottom right to reach B1F. At the split, go up and grab the hidden Repel then dive down.

Underwater, pick up a hidden Ultra Ball, Exp. Candy XL, Iron, and Clever Wing. Surface in the bottom left corner and cross the ice to get TM47 Low Sweep, then backtrack to the B1F fork.

Go down this time. Pick up a hidden PP Up by going up and left, then surf down the waterfall at the bottom. In the right corner you can get a Potion, but unfortunately that’s all we can do here without Rock Climb.

Backtrack to Celestinine Mountain 1F, then go up the ladder in the upper right side to return to 2F. Follow the path left and dive down at the crescent shaped spot and surface at the spot in the upper right side. Climb the waterfall here to reach 3F.

On this floor, you’ll need to push boulders into the dead ends in order to skate around the entire area. Make sure you’re not pushing them into the path - always choose the dead end, and you’ll figure this one out. You’ll find a hidden Aspear Berry within, and a Exp. Candy L and hidden Nugget in the top left corner. Climb the waterfall to 4F.

Celestinine Mountain 4F

Old Rod % Good Rod %
Finneon 70 Remoraid 60
Wishiwashi 30 Clauncher 20
    Feebas 20
Cave % Water %
Buizel 24 Wailmer 60
Swinub 20 Lumineon 30
Cubchoo 14 Golduck 5
Floatzel 11 Wishiwashi 4
Piloswine 10 Dewgong 1
Beartic 10    
Sandshrew-Alola 5    
Sandslash-Alola 5    
Delibird 1    

We can fish up an ugly fish on this floor! This room contains a hidden Flying Gem and Green Shard as well as TM03 Psyshock, a Dragon Scale, Timid Mint, Water Memory, and Exp. Candy XL.

Backtrack all the way to Celestinine 1F. Go left across the ice to enter Citrine Mountain 1F. Surf straight down, ride down the small waterfall, and pick up a hidden Green Shard, Shoal Salt, and PokeSnax. Push the nearby boulder to the left, then go up the waterfall and cross the now open ice patch.

With the Silver Ring in hand, we can catch Corey’s Skuntank here! Behind it, pick up the Silver Card.

Make your way to Citrine Mountain 2F by climbing the ladder in the top left corner, and climb the waterfall. Pick up the Prism Scale and hidden Common Candy. Climb the waterfall at the top to reach 3F. Here, you’ll find 3 Exp. Candy XL, Amplified Rock, Grass Memory, TM74 Gyro Ball, hidden Super Repel, Great Ball, Guard Spec. and Shoal Salt. Oh, and you can get Corey’s Mareanie here!

That wraps up our massive collection effort in the mountain complex. Return to Celestinine Cascade and head down the waterfall when you’re ready.

Water Treatment Center

Talk to Titania here, then enter the North Obsidia Water Grid at the bottom.

Water Treatment Center

Mud Puddles % Water %
Gulpin 45 Gulpin 60
Grimer-Alola 40 Grimer-Alola 30
Swalot 10 Muk-Alola 9
Muk-Alola 5 Swalot 1
Old Rod % Good Rod %
Gulpin 70 Gulpin 60
Grimer-Alola 30 Grimer-Alola 20
    Muk-Alola 20

In this area, we can hop across piles of trash if they’re 2 spaces away. Make your way to the machine to the left - this is a water level machine. Pressing it will lower the water, letting us move trash around and progress. For now, lower the water and make your way to the right. In the very bottom right corner, in the mud, you’ll find the Murkwater Surface Field Readout hidden behind a pillar. Go up and right to enter the Central Obsidia Water Grid.

Talk to Titania then hop down. If you go left, you can use a panel to open a shortcut.

Talk to Titania a few times in the center if you want.

Relationship Point Choices:

Lower the water level, then head down into the mud at the top. Push each of the trash to the right such that you’ll be able to hop across them into the upper right area once the water level rises again. Importantly, keep in mind that when the water level rises, the trash will end up one tile higher than they appear to be on when the water level is lowered. Here, the solution is just to push them each right four tiles. Raise the water level when you’re done and hop across. Use a panel to make a shortcut and enter the Onyx Water Grid on the right.

In this next room, Titania will be stranded on an island and the water level will be lowered. Push the trash into a position such that Titania will be able to jump across it to the right, then make your way up and to the right.

New World Cultist Kaiden. Field: Factory Field

Raise the water. Once Titania clears the way, lower the water once more and go down into the Coral Water Grid.

New World Cultist Angela & New World Cultist Wes. Field: Factory Field

From here, go up and head down into the mud. Push the garbage above Titania so she can hop across, then go to the platform in the top left.

Meteor Dame Gretchen. Field: Factory Field

Raise the water, watch Titania move into a new spot, then lower the water and move the trash to help her go down. Raise the water. Once Titania opens the way, lower the water and go down and left to cross back into the Central Obsidia Water Grid.

Open the gate here. Lower the water level at the center and return to the bottom right corner, going down the stairs and following the path. Push the garbage into place so you can hop across, then raise the water and hop across. Use the panel up here, then lower the water level once more, then enter the door at the bottom left side to enter the Opal Water Grid.

Proceed to the left to enter the Peridot Water Grid. Use the panel here, then lower the water level to the left. Return to Opal Water Grid, go up into the North Obsidia Water Grid, and lower the water level if it is not down already. Move the two piles of trash from their current locations to the left side of the machine so that you can hop to the door at the left. Raise the water level and enter the Peridot Water Grid at this entrance.

Exit out of the door at the top right. Enter the next door and go up to get a Hyper Potion. Go back down and left into the Peridot Water Grid. You’ll be able to hop across some trash here to get a Quick Ball and the PULSE Readout 3. You can also talk to the shutter here to open a door at the top of this room.

Enter this new room in the top right corner, and grab a hidden Cell Battery. In the top right is an Electirizer. Exit and re-enter, and now there will be an Electrode in the corner. Battle it and transform the Short-Circuit Field into Factory Field. Talk to the nearby machine to get Fennekin!

Relationship Point Choices:

Return to the previous room. Enter the Lapis Water Grid via the door to the left, then head up the left side.

New World Cultist Ezra. Field: Factory Field

Make your way to the water machine and go down the stairs directly below you to the mud. If you sneak past the trash to the bottom left you can get a Smoke Ball. Next, push the four rightmost trash to be all in a line, separated by two between each and such that the middle two surround the white pipe.

Raise the water level, and you should now be able to hop across them altogether. Head to the top right corner.

New World Cultist Arcturus. Field: Factory Field

Unlock the shutter, lower the water, and grab the Beryl Grid Key.

Return to the Peridot Grid and cross the mud. On the bottom left side of the map, you’ll stairs leading onto the mud, which eventually lead you to a hidden Black Sludge. Cross to the left into the Jasper Water Grid.

Head left, then follow the path when the water is lowered. Go down onto the bottom section of the mud and go left to get a hidden Full Heal. Back on the land, go left.

**New World Cultist Ichorus & New World Cultist Lyla. Field: Factory Field **

Proceed into the door to the Beryl Water Grid at the top with your key. Go to the right, and Titania will get trapped. Head left and go down the stairs. Move the two trashes such that you can hop across up and right. Titania will help us out by raising and lowering the water level as we go, so don’t worry. In the next area, push the garbage such that you can go across to the left.

Go down from here and follow the path through some rooms to the right, opening shutters for shortcuts as you go.

Pokemon Stopple. Field: Murkwater Field

PULSE Swalot is slow but extremely bulky, and also has not 1, not 2, but 3 separate ways to heal - Recover, Black Sludge, and healing via its ability on the field. It also is Poison type, so you can’t use Toxic and wait like you could with Avalugg. It also hits respectably hard, and thanks to Discharge paralysis and Infestation flat damage, so you’re likely going to have a hard time trying to get your own tank set up against it.

I recommend trying to neutralize its healing - Knock Off or Trick with a Sticky Barb, Gastro Acid or Entrainment, Heal Block or Taunt are all options that can successfully prevent it from getting HP back. Then, you can exploit the fact that Electric moves are boosted on this field to finally knock it out!

Once you win, the Water Treatment Center’s purification mechanisms will get fixed, but we’ll need to make the water level in every single room rise to make it clean again. To start, raise the water level nearby! You’ll see the room change to blue on the nearby map.

Note that the normal water can be surfed on! Head east into the Central Obsidia Grid and fix the water level in here. Note you can surf to the right now to get TM67 Smart Strike.

Enter the Coral Water Grid in the bottom right. Fix the water, then enter the Onyx Grid at the top. Fix the water in here, then surf to the top of the room to get TM93 Wild Charge. Walk all the way back to the North Obsidia Grid.

Fix the water here, head left into the Peridot Water Grid, and raise the water level once more. Head up into the Lapis Grid and fix the water. Fix the Jasper Grid’s water, grab the Scope Lens, and finally return to the Beryl grid. Talk to Titania in the upper right corner. Surf to the top left corner of the room and proceed through all the barriers, then free Titania below. Use the Light Shard and go in.

You’ll have a decision to make.

In order to access the exclusive postgame route, you need to NOT battle Taka.

All of the other choices we’ve made so far actually pale in comparison to the butterfly effect that comes following this choice. For reasons that will become clearer later on, the results of choosing to fight Taka are called the Zekrom Route and the results of choosing to not fight Taka are called the Reshiram Route by the community. This guide will also use these conventions.

Relationship Point Choices:

Zekrom Route Taka Fight

If you’re on the Reshiram route, skip ahead to the next section.

Meteor Admin Taka. Field: Factory Field

Time for another fight with Taka, but he doesn’t have a particularly tough team this time. If you have something to deal with his lead, an Ice type or two can basically steamroll his team.

Ace Fight

Regardless of your route you’ll have to fight Ace.

Meteor Agent Ace of Spades (Max Potion). Field: Factory Field

Time for another fight with Ace. This time they use a field that’s fairly well designed for the Factory and Short-Circuit fields, thanks to multiple Steel and Electric moves. They also have Roserade, Zoroark, and Delphox to complete the well rounded squad. Flying and Ground moves together hit 5/6 of their Pokemon super-effectively, so if you can manage speed and exploit these weaknesses, you will likely find a way to succeed.

After this fight, return to the front of the Water Treatment Center and climb the waterfall.

Fiore Mansion Gauntlet

Make your way towards the Fiore Mansion, and you’ll meet up with some old characters and obtain TMX2 Fly! About time. Heal and prepare your team and then head in… we have a huge Gauntlet coming up! Thankfully, this one will heal us between each fight.

Meteor Ace Kenan and Meteor Ace Diana. Field: No Field

This first fight is a 12v9 against some grunts. Florinia is pretty helpful here, and none of their Pokemon are too strong. It’s more of a warmup fight.

Agent Blake and Swag Jockey Fern. Field: No Field

This battle in the gauntlet is a bit harder. Florinia has a lot of good matchups damage-wise against Fern and Blake, you just have to make sure she’s able to attack them before they take her out. Since Florinia’s team is so slow, I really recommend using Trick Room in this fight. If you can ensure Scizor and Weavile get knocked out, you won’t have to worry about priority, so you can generally overrun their teams with strong super-effective moves. You might also want to consider screens to keep your side safe from OHKOs.

Relationship Point Choices:

Meteor Leader Solaris and New World Orderly John. Field: No Field

The hardest battle in this gauntlet is the last one. On one hand, Solaris’ team basically consists of six classic OU threats. On the other hand, John’s team consists of some slower and less powerful Pokemon, but which have wider coverage, a bit more defensive stats, and some support moves. Nothing on their side is entirely dead weight really, and since you only get to control the actions of one of two of the Pokemon on your side, it is tougher to use doubles strats to gain momentum.

If you defeated Solaris on Pyrous, you’ll have Julia as a partner, who sadly doesn’t have a very good time overall against the pair thanks to their numerous Ground and Electric types, though she can help against some of the Flying types. Not to mention her Rotom Fan, who holds an Air Balloon… Otherwise, you’ll have Florinia as a partner once more, making Trick Room more potent and allowing her to do a decent amount of the work. With the 12v12 format, things can change dramatically depending on what the pairings happen to be at any given moment, so it may require some luck to have the right one of your partner’s Pokemon out at the right time. If you have to quit to change up your team, you’ll have to fight the first two trainers again, so keep that in mind.

After these events finish playing out, head outside of the building and talk to Titania. Return to the circus!

Suspension Badge

Talk to Samson. You’ll be given the Battle Pass - Suspension. Sweet. Save, then talk to Ciel when you’re ready for another gym battle!

Skydancer Ciel (3x Ultra Potion). Field: Big Top Arena

Ciel is the first fight for a badge that repeats a field used by another, but the fight plays out very differently. Many of the strategies I recommended to beat Samson are employed by Ciel against you in this fight. The emphasis is no longer on High Striker moves - Altaria, Minior, and Gliscor have Earthquake, and that’s it. Instead, she relies on super-boosted Acrobatics, Revelation Dance, and sound-based moves that dazzle the crowd and gain power. Oh, and she has the first enemy Mega Pokemon we have to face in Mega Altaria.

Similarly to Samson, you can win by just exploiting this field’s many effects. Just as I recommended using Acrobatics and Revelation Dance against Samson, it could be really funny to use your own High Strikin’ Pokemon with Smack Down and Earthquake, since her team past Gliscor doesn’t have a ton of defense. Nothing on her team resists Acrobatics, so you can beat her with her own strategy. Electric type Revelation Dance can rip through all but Gliscor and Altaria pretty easily if you have an Oricorio yourself. You can also just use Trick Room and a couple slower Ice and Rock types to bowl over her team.

Relationship Point Choices:

For winning, you’ll get the Suspension Badge, boosting our cap to a whopping Lv. 80! You’ll also get TM62 Acrobatics. Useful. Most importantly though, we can now Fly, meaning we can once more return to Reborn City.

Episode 16: A City, Reborn

Head outside the big top. Before we fly back to Reborn City and other previously inaccessible areas, we can snag a new more points.

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Tanzan Cove Water Exploration

So, we now have access to a ton of areas we’ve previously visited, plus we can now use Surf, Waterfall, and Dive. I’ll later explain the bizarre choice of going here first, I will first take us to Tanzan Cove. So, fly to the Belrose Manse.

Dive underwater in the Tanzan Cove.

Tanzan Cove Underwater

Land %
Shellos 20
Barboach 20
Wooper 20
Gastrodon 10
Whiscash 10
Quagsire 10
Basculin 6
Luvdisc 4

Down here you’ll find a Metronome, Big Nugget, and the Flower Garden Field Readout as well as hidden Escape Rope, Potion, Repel, Awakening, Grass Gem, Burn Heal, Red Shard, Chesto Berry, X Sp. Atk, and Great Ball. Talk to the bodies of the Meteor grunts down here to get a Spooky Plate, and Hyper Potion. In particular, make sure you talk to the body with the missing ID tag on the left side of the area.

Return to the surface and talk to the fisherman on the right side of the map. If you’ve done all the steps of Simon’s quest so far, you’ll be given the Super Rod! I brought us here first so I could list surfing and super rod encounters at the same time :)

Tanzan Cove

Water % Super Rod %
Ducklett 60 Luvdisc 45
Lumineon 30 Whiscash 40
Seaking 6 Mantine 15
Swanna 4    

To continue Simon’s quest, we’ll need to donate 3 locally-caught Whiscash to this guy. Do so, and you’ll get the ID Tag. We’ll finish this quest a bit later.

For now, surf across the lake to the island on the left. Grab the hidden Calcium then go into the cave.

Tanzan Mountain Inner, Tanzan Depths Inner

Cave %
Onix 20
Graveler-Alola 20
Durant 14
Drilbur 10
Sandslash 10
Arbok 10
Dugtrio 5
Seviper 5
Hippowdon 4
Steelix 1
Excadrill 1

Grab the Pearl and hidden Blue Shard in here, then exit.

Neo Opal Ward

Ok, with that out of the way, we can finally begin to explore Neo Reborn City - The entire city actually was renovated while we were away. Neat. Go ahead and fly there.

If you want to blitz through the story, you can talk to Ame in the Grand Hall and tell her you’re waiting for her, but there are tons of nice things we can get before we talk to her.

There are a ton of sidequests and main quests that will take us all over the city and to other areas. For now, I will take us through every neo-ward one-by-one to cover everything we can get right now. The streets are now crackless and transportation more seamless due to Fly, so movement around the city is easier.

Neo Opal Ward

Land (Morning/Day) % Land (Night) % Headbutt %
Rattata 20 Rattata 20 Pineco 35
Bidoof 20 Meowth 20 Spearow 30
Patrat 10 Spinarak 10 Combee 25
Pidgey 10 Hoothoot 10 Fearow 5
Zigzagoon 10 Zigzagoon 10 Forretress 4
Meowth 10 Persian 10 Vespiquen 1
Raticate 5 Raticate 5    
Pidgeotto 5 Noctowl 5    
Linoone 4 Linoone 5    
Watchog 4 Ariados 5    
Persian 2        

Hidden in the ward are an Elemental Seed, Dawn Stone, Mental Herb, Super Repel, and Hyper Potion.

Neo Peridot Ward

That’s all for Opal right now, so head west into Peridot.

Neo Peridot Ward, Neo Lower Peridot Ward

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Ledyba 30 Dustox 30 Hoothoot 20
Ledian 21 Beautifly 30 Noctowl 20
Dustox 10 Electrike 10 Dustox 10
Beautifly 10 Grubbin 10 Electrike 10
Grubbin 10 Butterfree 10 Beautifly 10
Butterfree 10 Cherrim 4 Joltik 10
Charjabug 4 Charjabug 4 Ariados 8
Cherrim 4 Manectric 1 Butterfree 5
Vikavolt 1 Vikavolt 1 Galvantula 5
        Manectric 2
Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Shellos 100 Carvanha 60 Kingler 40
    Corphish 20 Staryu 40
    Clauncher 20 Crawdaunt 15
        Clawitzer 4
        Sharpedo 1
Water % Headbutt Rare % Headbutt Common %
Tentacool 60 Pineco 65 Pineco 65
Wingull 30 Burmy 25 Burmy 25
Tentacruel 5 Wormadam 5 Mothim 5
Pelipper 4 Forretress 4 Forretress 4
Mantine 1 Mothim 1 Wormadam 1

First, head up into the park to the right of the Pokemon Center to talk to Elder Seacrest. He will give us a quest: collect the four types of Mulch scattered about the city. Use your Itemfinder all around the lower part of the ward to get an Ultra Potion, Super Repel, X Defend, Blue Shard, Eject Button, as well as the Damp Mulch, which is in the park around where we once got Whismur and Gulpin. Head into the Lower Peridot Alleyway.

Neo South Peridot Alley

Cave %
Espurr 20
Poochyena 20
Zangoose 10
Stunky 10
Mightyena 10
Meowstic 10
Electrike 8
Liepard 5
Skuntank 5
Manectric 2

Hidden here are Dark Gem, Red Shard, and Flying Gem.

Back outside, go to the right towards the underground railroad. Enter the area under the bridge and surf down and to the right to emerge onto the water in Opal Ward.

Neo Opal Ward / Neo South Obsidia Ward

Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Shellos 100 Carvanha 60 Kingler 40
    Corphish 20 Staryu 40
    Clauncher 20 Crawdaunt 15
        Clawitzer 4
        Sharpedo 1
Water %
Tentacool 60
Wingull 30
Tentacruel 5
Pelipper 4
Mantine 1

Follow this path through to South Obsidia Ward to get a White Flute. Return to Peridot.

Heading to the upper side of the ward, we can get a hidden Ice Heal, Carbos, Guard Spec., Escape Rope, Poke Ball, Purple Shard, Nugget, Green Shard, Ultra Ball, and Blast Powder.

In the plot of the former Mosswater Factory there is now a market.

Mosswater Market Move Tutor: Max

Move Price
Aqua Tail 5 Blue Shards
Icy Wind 6 Green Shards
Signal Beam 5 Purple Shards
Throat Chop 6 Red Shards

Mosswater Market Move Tutor: Myles

Move Price
Drain Punch 6 Blue Shards
Tailwind 7 Green Shards
Zen Headbutt 5 Purple Shards
Stealth Rock 7 Red Shards

There is also a guy selling a new item that will allow you to move all EV’s from one stat into another.

Mosswater Market Tuner Shop

Item Price
5x EV Tuners $40000

Head up and enter the house where we once got Igglybuff. If you return it to her, you’ll get a Luck Incense and a Pixie Plate.

Outside her house and down, there is a tent. Hidden underneath this tent is an NPC who will give you the Expert Belt. I have played this game many times and only recently learned about this.

Enter the building that Simon is in, to the east of the Industrial Factory, and show him the ID Tag we found inside of Whiscash. You’ll be rewarded with TM06 Toxic to finish the Simon quest.

Enter the former Blacksteam Factory. Inside, you’ll find an NPC who’ll give you the password penniless. In the room that once contained Muk, you can talk to a guy who will bet you $1000 increments for coin flips. If you beat him a few times, he’ll run out of money but trade you TM27 Return for all the money you collected so far. You can put a Pokemon with Super Luck at the front of your party to always win, or simply save in front of him before you bet.

Enter the North Peridot Alleyway outside.

Neo North Peridot Alley

Cave %
Espurr 20
Poochyena 20
Purrloin 10
Zangoose 10
Mightyena 10
Meowstic 10
Electrike 8
Liepard 5
Skuntank 5
Manectric 2

You can find a hidden Revive.

Neo Jasper Ward & Malchous Forest

That wraps up Peridot, so head into Neo Jasper Ward.

Neo Jasper Ward

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Beedrill 20 Beedrill 20 Beedrill 20
Vivillon 20 Vivillon 20 Noctowl 20
Emolga 10 Leavanny 10 Parasect 10
Leavanny 10 Growlithe 10 Growlithe 10
Ledian 10 Carnivine 10 Carnivine 10
Pidgeotto 10 Pidgeotto 10 Pidgeotto 10
Weepinbell 5 Emolga 5 Ariados 8
Gloom 5 Gloom 5 Weepinbell 5
Mareep 4 Mareep 4 Gloom 5
Flaaffy 4 Flaaffy 4 Pidgeot 1
Pidgeot 1 Pidgeot 1 Ampharos 1
Ampharos 1 Ampharos 1    

Hidden in the ward you’ll find a Cheri Berry, Rawst Berry, and Grass Gem.

Inside the police station, talk to the chief to continue the stolen Pokemon quest. If you head back into Peridot Ward, to the right of the Igglybuff lady’s house, you’ll see a guy who looks like Corin Rouge that you can fight.

Casanova Carmen. Field: No Field

We’ll find the other two later.

Enter Malchous Forest to the left.

Neo Malchous Forest Park

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Beedrill 20 Beedrill 20 Beedrill 20
Vivillon 20 Vivillon 20 Noctowl 20
Leavanny 10 Leavanny 10 Parasect 10
Lurantis 10 Lurantis 10 Lurantis 10
Ledian 10 Carnivine 10 Carnivine 10
Pidgeotto 10 Pidgeotto 10 Pidgeotto 10
Weepinbell 5 Weepinbell 5 Ariados 8
Gloom 5 Gloom 5 Weepinbell 5
Mareep 4 Mareep 4 Gloom 5
Flaaffy 4 Flaaffy 4 Pidgeot 1
Pidgeot 1 Pidgeot 1 Ampharos 1
Ampharos 1 Ampharos 1    

Later on, we’ll need a Male Lurantis and a Female Lurantis for a quest, so it might be a good opportunity to get those now.

You’ll find a Balm Mushroom, 5 Exp. Candy L, and a hidden Synthetic Seed. Make sure you don’t sell the former. The abandoned gym has been replaced with soft soil to grow berries in. To start, you can get 4 Enigma Berries, 4 Starf Berries, 2 Aguav Berries, 2 Mago Berries, 2 Micle Berries, 2 Iapapa Berries, 2 Figy Berries, a Leppa Berry, and a Wiki Berry.

On the south side of the Forest Park, you’ll also find another guy who looks like Corin Rouge!

Casanova Claret. Field: Forest Field

Neo Beryl Ward

Head into Beryl next. Go right across the Beryl Bridge. If you show the Yureyu Key we got earlier to the tech guy near the power plant, you’ll get a Zap Plate.

Neo Beryl Ward

Land (Morning/Day) % Land (Night) %
Fearow 20 Hoothoot 20
Arbok 20 Arbok 20
Teddiursa 10 Meowth 20
Bunnelby 10 Noctowl 15
Phanpy 10 Teddiursa 10
Doduo 10 Persian 9
Dodrio 9 Ursaring 6
Donphan 5    
Diggersby 4    
Ursaring 2    

You’ll notice that there are a ton of invisible obstacles all over Beryl and the surrounding areas, but we can’t do anything about them right now. Still, we can maneuver around many of them to get some goodies.

Hidden in Beryl you can get a Poison Gem, Blue Shard, Magical Seed, Red Shard, and the Gooey Mulch in the central park.

Neo Beryl Ward (Hill)

Land (Morning/Day) % Land (Night) %
Fearow 20 Hoothoot 20
Arbok 20 Arbok 20
Teddiursa 10 Noctowl 15
Bunnelby 10 Teddiursa 10
Phanpy 10 Shuppet 10
Doduo 10 Drifloon 10
Dodrio 9 Persian 5
Donphan 5 Banette 4
Diggersby 4 Drifblim 4
Ursaring 2 Ursaring 2
Headbutt Rare % Headbutt Common %
Pineco 30 Pineco 30
Aipom 25 Aipom 25
Burmy 20 Burmy 20
Wormadam 10 Mothim 10
Forretress 10 Forretress 10
Ambipom 5 Ambipom 5

On the hill by Corey’s gym you can find a hidden Purple Shard and HP Up.

Neo Beryl Cemetery

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Fearow 20 Fearow 20 Hoothoot 20
Arbok 20 Arbok 20 Arbok 20
Teddiursa 10 Teddiursa 10 Noctowl 15
Bunnelby 10 Bunnelby 10 Teddiursa 10
Phanpy 10 Phanpy 10 Shuppet 10
Doduo 10 Doduo 10 Drifloon 10
Donphan 5 Donphan 5 Persian 5
Dodrio 5 Fletchinder 5 Banette 4
Diggersby 4 Diggersby 4 Drifblim 4
Fletchinder 4 Dodrio 4 Talonflame 1
Talonflame 1 Talonflame 1 Ursaring 1
Ursaring 1 Ursaring 1    
Headbutt Rare % Headbutt Common %
Pineco 30 Pineco 30
Aipom 25 Aipom 25
Burmy 20 Burmy 20
Mothim 10 Wormadam 10
Forretress 10 Forretress 10
Ambipom 5 Ambipom 5

Before we leave, there are a few more things to do in Beryl. Enter the library and pick up the Library Application at the desk. This is the first of many applications we can grab to help us complete a sidequest later on. Upstairs you’ll learn about the monowoke password. At the southwest corner of town, there is a shop run by the Inspector guy.

The Emporium Shop

Item Price
Full Incense $9600
Lax Incense $9600
Luck Incense $9600
Odd Incense $9600
Pure Incense $9600
Rose Incense $9600
Sea Incense $9600
Wave Incense $9600
Rock Incense $9600

Next, enter Corey’s gym. Use the card we got from behind Skuntank here to open a secret room containing 4 EV Boosters and a Data Chip.

Neo Lapis Ward

That wraps up the things on the west side of Reborn City, so fly over to Lapis next.

Neo Lapis Ward

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Ledian 20 Houndour 20 Murkrow 20
Meowth-Alola 20 Meowth-Alola 20 Meowth-Alola 20
Espurr 10 Espurr 10 Espurr 10
Chingling 10 Chingling 10 Chingling 10
Rattata-Alola 10 Rattata-Alola 10 Rattata-Alola 10
Poochyena 10 Poochyena 10 Poochyena 10
Mightyena 5 Mightyena 5 Mightyena 5
Raticate-Alola 5 Raticate-Alola 5 Raticate-Alola 5
Chimecho 4 Chimecho 4 Chimecho 4
Persian-Alola 4 Persian-Alola 4 Persian-Alola 4
Meowstic 2 Houndoom 1 Houndoom 1
    Meowstic 1 Meowstic 1

Hidden around Lapis you’ll be able to find a Genius Wing, X Attack, Peppermint, Great Ball, Purple Shard, Exp. Candy L, as well as the Stable Mulch in the park at the top.

The flower shop on the left side has some new items for sale.

Sweet Scent Flower Shop Middle (13 Badges)

Item Price
Red Nectar $3000
Yellow Nectar $3000
Pink Nectar $3000
Purple Nectar $3000
Elemental Seed $5000
Magical Seed $5000
Telluric Seed $5000
Synthetic Seed $5000

Sweet Scent Flower Shop Bottom

Item Price
Durin Berry $800
Watmel Berry $800
Belue Berry $800
Kee Berry $800
Maranga Berry $800

You can also talk to a girl near the top and show her the Budew that we once got after it fell off the wall, and she’ll tell us about the password budewit.

Enter Lapis Alleyway next. Inside, you’ll find more soil containing 4 Rowap Berries, 4 Ganlon Berries, 4 Jaboca Berries, and 2 Sitrus Berries.

Make your way down to Seventh Street. There is a new move tutor here - the guy who sold us the Pokemon earlier.

Seventh Street Pokemon Seller Move Tutor

Move Price
Knock Off 8 Red Shards
Iron Head 7 Purple Shards
Giga Drain 6 Green Shards
Liquidation 6 Blue Shards

Enter the watering hole and go down the now-open ladder. This is a shortcut to the Water Treatment Center and also contains a Black Flute.

You can also talk to your gang leader to learn the purpose of the applications we’ve been collecting. Regardless of your gang choice, you can’t complete this quest yet, so we’ll come back later.

Neo North Obsidia Ward

Pop back up in Lapis and head east into North Obsidia.

Neo North Obsidia Ward

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Buneary 20 Buneary 20 Hoothoot 20
Bellsprout 20 Oddish 20 Venonat 20
Oddish 10 Bonsly 10 Bellsprout 10
Sentret 10 Venonat 10 Oddish 10
Slakoth 10 Slakoth 10 Budew 10
Sunflora 10 Sunflora 10 Noctowl 10
Weepinbell 5 Lopunny 8 Sudowoodo 5
Gloom 5 Sudowoodo 5 Gloom 5
Furret 4 Gloom 5 Weepinbell 4
Lopunny 4 Vigoroth 2 Roselia 4
Vigoroth 2     Venomoth 2

Talk to the girl outside the nightclub to get a Nightclub Application.

Enter the Spyce restaurant on the right. At the counter you can grab a Spyce Application. Once the chef pops out of the kitchen, talk to him to begin the chef’s quest. He’ll ask us to bring the following items: Honey, Tiny Mushroom, Balm Mushroom, Slowpoke Tail, White Herb, Stick, Sweet Heart, Moomoo Milk, Energy Root, Custap Berry, Whipped Dream, and Shoal Salt. A few of these we don’t yet have.

Enter the North Obsidia Alleyway next.

Neo North Obsidia Alleyway

Cave %
Poochyena 20
Yungoos 20
Purrloin 10
Zangoose 10
Gumshoos 10
Mightyena 10
Houndour 8
Liepard 5
Skuntank 5
Houndoom 2

You’ll find a Magical Seed and hidden Dusk Ball and Max Elixir.

Neo Central Obsidia Ward

Head south into Central Obsidia.

Neo Obsidia Ward

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Sunflora 20 Sunflora 20 Hoothoot 20
Bellsprout 20 Oddish 20 Venonat 20
Oddish 10 Bonsly 10 Bellsprout 10
Sentret 10 Venonat 10 Makuhita 10
Slakoth 10 Slakoth 10 Budew 10
Makuhita 10 Makuhita 10 Noctowl 10
Weepinbell 5 Lopunny 8 Sudowoodo 5
Gloom 5 Sudowoodo 5 Gloom 5
Furret 4 Gloom 5 Weepinbell 4
Lopunny 4 Vigoroth 2 Roselia 4
Vigoroth 2     Venomoth 2

Hidden around this part of the ward are an HP Up, Pop Rocks, Green Shard, Elemental Seed, as well as the Growth Mulch in the park on the bottom right side.

Notice that means we have now found all four of the mulches, so talk to Seacrest in Lower Peridot to get the Venusaurite and an Insect Plate. The nearby assistant will give you the Decidium-Z.

Back in Obsidia, there are tons of shops we can access. Enter the Sweet Co. HQ in the former Yureyu building. Talk to someone behind the desk to get a Sweet Application.

Enter the building to the right on Saffron Street. After seeing a conversation, talk to the girl to learn about the invisible obstacles in Beryl. We can’t do anything about it yet though. The person at the top will give us the Silph Application.

In the building to the right you can get a Medicine Application.

Madame Meganium’s Shop

Item Price
Energy Root $800
Energy Powder $500
Heal Powder $450
Revival Herb $2800
Power Herb $1000
White Herb $1000

You can buy the Energy Root and White Herb for the Spyce if needed.

While we were gone we got two stickers, so we can access some new floors of the Department Store.

Department Store 9F Left Shop

Item Price
Fire Stone $2100
Water Stone $2100
Leaf Stone $2100
Thunder Stone $2100
Moon Stone $2100
Sun Stone $2100
Dusk Stone $2100
Dawn Stone $2100
Shiny Stone $2100

Department Store 9F Right Shop

Item Price
Link Stone $4000
Ice Stone $2100
PP Up $10000
Up-Grade $2100
Prism Scale $2500
Oval Stone $2100
Amplified Rock $3000
TM22 Solar Beam $15000

Department Store 10F Left Shop

Item Price
Ultra Potion $1200
Max Repel $900
Full Restore $3000
Ultra Ball $1200
Revive $1500

Department Store 10F Right Shop

Item Price
Liechi Berry $1200
Ganlon Berry $1200
Salac Berry $1200
Petaya Berry $1200
Apicot Berry $1200
Lum Berry $800
Jaboca Berry $1200
Rowap Berry $1200
Custap Berry $1200

You can buy a Custap Berry for the Spyce if you need. You can also buy the good standard items, some decent berries, and tons of useful evolution items!

Enter the Obsidia Daycare. In exchange for $100000 you’ll be able to use an incubator - which instantly generates and hatches eggs. Extremely useful. An NPC in the Pokemon Center will then tell you about the password earlyincu.

Inside the Cafe Salon, you can pick up a Salon Application.

Enter the Critical Capture building. You can pick up a Critical Application. There is also a new clerk here.

Critical Capture Shop Left Clerk

Item Price
Repeat Ball $1000
Luxury Ball $1000
Dusk Ball $1000
Heal Ball $300
Quick Ball $1300
Dream Ball $1000
Cherish Ball $200
Level Ball $1300
Lure Ball $300

Talk to the other person in here and he will take the Corrupted Poke Ball we found a long time ago as well as a Magnet Powder. You’ll get Ralts!

Enter the Sweet Kiss Candy store.

Sweet Kiss Top Clerk Shop

Item Price
Whipped Dream $1000
Peppermint $600
Chewing Gum $800
Pop Rocks $750
Salt-Water Taffy $850
Red-Hots $850
Cotton Candy $5000
Sweet Heart $100

Buy the Sweet Heart for Spyce.

Enter the Obsidia Alleyway next.

Neo Obsidia Alleyway

Cave %
Yungoos 20
Poochyena 20
Zangoose 10
Stunky 10
Gumshoos 10
Mightyena 10
Litleo 8
Liepard 5
Skuntank 5
Pyroar 2

Inside you’ll learn about the password nuzlocke. You can also find a hidden Revive.

Neo South Obsidia Ward & Neo Coral Ward

Head into South Obsidia.

Neo South Obsidia Ward

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Buneary 20 Buneary 20 Hoothoot 20
Bellsprout 20 Oddish 20 Venonat 20
Oddish 10 Bonsly 10 Bellsprout 10
Sentret 10 Venonat 10 Oddish 10
Slakoth 10 Slakoth 10 Budew 10
Sunflora 10 Sunflora 10 Noctowl 10
Weepinbell 5 Lopunny 8 Sudowoodo 5
Gloom 5 Sudowoodo 5 Gloom 5
Furret 4 Gloom 5 Weepinbell 4
Lopunny 4 Vigoroth 2 Roselia 4
Vigoroth 2     Venomoth 2

You’ll be able to find hidden PP Up and Blue Shard in the ward. You can also enter the Glamazonia Salon to get a Glamazonia Application.

Go south into Coral.

Coral Ward

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Wingull 20 Wingull 20 Hoothoot 20
Snubbull 20 Snubbull 20 Snubbull 20
Lombre 10 Lombre 10 Lombre 10
Bibarel 10 Bibarel 10 Bibarel 10
Pelipper 10 Pelipper 10 Noctowl 10
Surskit 10 Surskit 10 Surskit 10
Skitty 5 Skitty 5 Skitty 5
Mime Jr. 5 Spoink 5 Spoink 5
Masquerain 4 Masquerain 4 Masquerain 4
Granbull 4 Granbull 4 Granbull 4
Delcatty 1 Delcatty 1 Delcatty 1
Mr. Mime 1 Grumpig 1 Grumpig 1
Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Shellos 100 Carvanha 60 Kingler 40
    Corphish 20 Staryu 40
    Clauncher 20 Crawdaunt 15
        Clawitzer 4
        Sharpedo 1
Water %
Tentacool 60
Wingull 30
Tentacruel 5
Pelipper 4
Mantine 1

You can find hidden Green Shard, Fairy Gem, Magical Seed, and Max Repel.

Enter the building in the upper right side. Danielle will give you another quiz! Feel free to go find the answers yourself if you’d like. Otherwise, here they are.

Click for quiz answers

Once you succeed, you’ll get the Fairy Tale Field Readout.

Talk to one of the fisherman at the bottom of Coral Ward and agree to buy the Slowpoke Tail for the ridiculous price. Once he learns you’re doing it for Spyce, you’ll get it for free.

Surf into the Coral Ward bay. We’ll deal with Azurine Lake to the left later on, but for now, fight the trainers here. From bottom to top:

Swimmer Owen. Field: Water Surface

Swimmer Aidan. Field: Water Surface

Fisherman Jacob. Field: Misty Terrain

Behind the bottom lighthouse is a hidden dive spot.

Coral Ward Underwater, Azurine Lake Diving Interiors

Cave %
Frillish 20
Chinchou 20
Pyukumuku 20
Corsola 14
Wimpod 10
Remoraid 5
Mareanie 5
Skrelp 5
Golisopod 1

You can find a hidden Elixir and Moon Ball on this map. Follow the path and surface in the lighthouse. Up the ladder you can get a Big Nugget, Jolly Mint, and Coral Key. Make your way back to the bay and use the key on the other lighthouse door. Dive down and go left and prepare for a battle.

Pokemon Predators. Field: Underwater Field

This is a 6v2 fight that might kick your butt simply because Underwater Field allows these two to outspeed nearly every Pokemon you have and either hit hard with field boosted moves or set up with Shell Smash / Double Team. If you can control the speed somehow or have something bulky enough to hit back, you can find a way through this one.

Once you win, you’ll get Popplio! Beyond, you’ll find TM68 Giga Impact and a hidden King’s Rock. There’s also a slightly different encounter table here.

Coral Lighthouse Underwater

Cave %
Frillish 20
Chinchou 20
Pyukumuku 20
Corsola 14
Wimpod 10
Remoraid 5
Mareanie 5
Skrelp 4
Toxapex 1
Golisopod 1

Neo Onyx Ward

Next, fly into Onyx Ward. You can find a hidden Burn Heal, X Defend, and Red Shard. A person in the upper left corner will also give you a Full Restore.

Head up to the rooftop garden if you’d like.

Onyx Ward

Land (Morning/Day) % Land (Night) %
Spearow 20 Venonat 20
Pidove 20 Hoothoot 20
Bellsprout 10 Noctowl 11
Venonat 10 Bellsprout 10
Fearow 10 Murkrow 10
Tranquill 10 Fearow 10
Pichu 5 Pichu 5
Weepinbell 5 Weepinbell 5
Pikachu 5 Pikachu 5
Venomoth 4 Venomoth 4
Unfezant 1    

Enter the Onyx Trainer School and go all the way to the left. Talk to the girl here to get a Sweet Heart. On the second floor, enter the open double doors then go up the stairs to the third floor. Talk to the girl on the left. Return to the first girl and you’ll get a Incinium-Z!

By now, we should be able to give all the ingredients to the Spyce. Once you do, you’ll get 2 Leftovers!

Neo Spinel Town & Chrysolia Spring

That wraps up things in the city limits for right now, so fly over to Spinel Town. Enter the museum.

Towards the top of the ground floor you’ll see a new entrance to a gift shop.

Spinel Museum Gift Shop Left

Item Price
Black Belt $9800
Black Glasses $9800
Charcoal $9800
Dragon Fang $9800
Hard Stone $9800
Magnet $9800
Metal Coat $9800
Miracle Seed $9800
Mystic Water $9800
Never-Melt Ice $9800

Spinel Museum Gift Shop Middle

Item Price
Poison Barb $9800
Sharp Beak $9800
Silk Scarf $9800
Silver Powder $9800
Soft Sand $9800
Spell Tag $9800
Twisted Spoon $9800
Pixie Plate $9800
Thick Club $9800

Spinel Museum Gift Shop Right

Item Price
Dome Fossil $9800
Root Fossil $9800
Skull Fossil $9800

We also got a couple fossils while we were away - meaning upstairs we can now get the other one of Archen or Tirtouga as well as Aerodactyl!

Make your way down to Chrysolia Forest and enter the Chrysolia Spring.

Chrysolia Spring 1F

Water % Super Rod %
Shellos 60 Slowpoke 40
Barboach 30 Gastrodon 40
Gastrodon 5 Whiscash 15
Whiscash 4 Quagsire 4
Quagsire 1 Clawitzer 1

Surf across and push the first boulder out of the way and grab a hidden Common Candy. Towards the top, you’ll need to push a boulder onto a nearby water stream, when you do so, it will make the other one larger. Surf onto that larger jet to be pushed up on a ledge! Grab the hidden Red Shard and X Defend then push the boulder into the hole. Grab the Red Card then jump down.

Chrysolia Spring B1F, Chrysolia Spring Sauna

Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Shellos 70 Shellos 60 Slowpoke 40
Barboach 30 Barboach 20 Gastrodon 40
    Clauncher 20 Whiscash 15
        Quagsire 4
        Clawitzer 1
Cave % Water %
Oricorio 20 Shellos 60
Numel 20 Barboach 30
Panpour 10 Gastrodon 5
Pansear 10 Whiscash 4
Noivern 10 Quagsire 1
Darumaka 10    
Torkoal 5    
Kecleon 5    
Simisear 4    
Simipour 4    
Gastrodon 1    
Camerupt 1    

Head up and grab the Exp. Candy XL. Next, go all the way down and take the large jet back to the first floor. Grab the hidden Psychic Gem then head back to B1F.

Essentially, this single boulder in the center can solve four different puzzles, each in a different corner of this room.

I will start with the top left direction. For this direction, you’ll essentially need to push this boulder onto the nearby water stream… but despite being only 2 tiles away, we will need to push it the long way all the way around the lake here.

The boulder’s path should look like the following, just note that you’ll need to surf to reach certain positions to continue its progress. You can push it while it’s on land and you’re on the water.

This area contains a hidden Elixir, Green Shard, and Rock Gem. Once you successfully push the boulder into the final spot, step onto the tall water jet to return to 1F.

You can get a hidden Water Gem here. Push the boulder in the top right corner onto the jet in the bottom left corner, then hop up the ledge and enter the cave.

Inside the sauna, if you want, you can blow away the steam with a wind-based move, but it’s not necessary other than for visibility. You can get an Exp. Candy XL, Timid Mint, and the Cameruptite in here.

Make your way back to B1F. This time, push the boulder in the bottom left direction. Push it onto the jet in the bottom left, then go up the stream to the bottom right side. Grab the hidden Super Potion and move the nearby boulder onto the jet in the bottom right. Go up the tall jet to 1F.

In this portion you can find a hidden Blue Shard. Push this boulder onto the jet in the bottom left corner, then hop up the jet. Jump down the hole.

Get the hidden Red Shard, then go into the nearby sauna. Grab the Modest Mint and hidden Elixir. There are three jets in this room - the bottom one is inaccessible by boulders. Push the two boulders onto the other two, then go up the tall jet. Grab the Exp. Candy XL and TM50 Overheat here.

Return to B1F, this time pushing the boulder in the top right direction. Grab the hidden Water Gem here. You’ll need to temporarily push the boulder up, surf across, and move another boulder out of the way in order to push the boulder down and onto the jet.

On 1F, grab the hidden Dusk Ball. Essentially 5 of these boulders are duds (in blue), and you’ll need to get them out of the way of the single boulder (in green) that you can move onto the jet. Of the bottom right pair, it is the left one. Once you get it into place go up the jet and follow the path to the sauna.

In here, you can get a Jolly Mint, Red Flute, Big Nugget, and Exp. Candy XL.

Make your way back to B1F, and finally push the boulder in the bottom right direction. You’ll find a hidden Big Pearl and Flame Plate in this area. This puzzle should be straightforward by now, just note that you’ll need to at some point surf across the rightmost pond and push the second boulder right to clear the path - see the yellow line. Use the big jet to reach 1F.

Up here, you can get a hidden Awakening. To finish this puzzle, you’ll need to push the boulder counter-clockwise around this area to reach the jet. Follow the path to the final sauna.

This room has a lot of ledges, and is a bit chaotic. You’ll find an Exp. Candy XL, Adamant Mint, TM61 Will-o-Wisp, as well as a hidden Fire Gem.

Exit the Chrysolia Spring once you’re done.

Iolia Valley & Aventurine Woods Water Exploration

Fly on over to the Vanhanen Castle and make your way to the Iolia Valley.

Iolia Valley

Water % Super Rod %
Wailmer 64 Alomomola 40
Lumineon 30 Luvdisc 40
Seaking 6 Dewgong 20

Climb the waterfall at the top of the area, grab the hidden Nugget, and follow the path to get a Dark Material. Next, surf your way all the way down the river in the valley. Use the green crystal beneath the waterfall to get TM89 U-Turn.

Exit the valley and return to Route 1. Grab a Tauros and head into the top right North Aventurine Woods entrance.

North Aventurine Woods

Super Rod / Water %
Dewpider 95
Araquanid 5

At the top, you can surf across to get the Sharpedonite!

Make your way all the way to the left to the entrance of North Aventurine Woods that leads to Celestinine Mountain 2F. Across the ice and in the bottom left corner we can now surf on this body of water. You’ll find a Shoal Shell and hidden Revive directly across. Dive down to the right.

Down here, you’ll find a hidden Steel Gem, 2 Blue Shards, Ether, and Rare Candy. You’ll also find 5 Exp. Candy XL at the top. Towards the right, there is a door to a deeper cavern, surface to get a Deep Sea Scale and a Big Nugget.

That’s it for this area right now!

Neo Apophyll Beach

Fly over to the Apophyll Academy and enter the academy. Talk to the girl in the first room to get the Apophyll Application. In the academy’s center area you can find a hidden Purple Shard.

Head down into the meditation spot where we once met Kiki.

Neo Apophyll Academy Meditation Area

Rock Smash %
Geodude 60
Shuckle 30
Binacle 5
Graveler 4
Barbaracle 1

You’ll find 4 hidden Shoal Shells. The trainers here are actually grind trainers that give 8 Exp Candy XL when you beat them.

Battle Girl Akane. Field: Ashen Beach

Black Belt Nathaniel. Field: Ashen Beach

Head up to the area surrounding the academy.

Neo Apophyll Beach / Azurine Lake

Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Shellos 100 Carvanha 60 Kingler 40
    Corphish 20 Staryu 40
    Clauncher 20 Crawdaunt 15
        Clawitzer 4
        Sharpedo 1
Sand % Water % Rock Smash %
Sandygast 40 Tentacool 60 Krabby 60
Wingull 30 Wingull 30 Corphish 30
Pelipper 20 Tentacruel 5 Binacle 5
Palossand 10 Pelipper 4 Kingler 4
    Mantine 1 Barbaracle 1

In the map surrounding the academy, you’ll be able to find 3 hidden Shoal Shells and a Protein, as well as hidden Shoal Shell and Health Wing above the academy.

Head to the Apophyll Beach to the right side of the academy. On this map you’ll be able to find a hidden Calcium and 5 Shoal Shells. Making our way to the map on the left side of the academy, we can get a hidden Ultra Potion, Star Piece, and Rock Gem.

Next, make your way all the way to the top of Pyrous Mountain. From the bottom of the lava crater we can actually fish.

Pyrous Mountain Crater

Super Rod %
Charmander 95
Charmeleon 4
Charizard 1

Azurine Lake

Next it’s time to cover the actual Azurine Lake! There are tons of things we can do in this gargantuan area. To start, surf up from the Apophyll Academy, and enter the cave in the rock formation (1).

Azurine Cave South

Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Shellos 100 Carvanha 60 Kingler 40
    Corphish 20 Staryu 40
    Clauncher 20 Crawdaunt 15
        Clawitzer 4
        Sharpedo 1
Cave % Water %
Noibat 20 Tentacool 60
Binacle 20 Wingull 30
Krabby 10 Tentacruel 5
Corphish 10 Pelipper 4
Shellos 10 Mantine 1
Gastrodon 10    
Crawdaunt 9    
Kingler 9    
Barbaracle 1    
Noivern 1    

Pick up the Underwater Field Readout and the Exp. Candy XL as well as the hidden Great Ball and Focus Sash.

Head down and to the right, following the yellow arrow in the above. This is a pretty huge map and only one of multiple, but we’ll explore it all in due time.

Swimmer Tsuki. Field: Water Surface Field

Fight the swimmer if you’d like. You’ll see a narrow strip of sand, on which you can land on at the top. You can get a hidden Shoal Shell and Ultra Ball as well as a Sun Stone here. Dive down here to explore the Fairview Apartments area (2).

Azurine Lake Underwater

Land %
Frillish 20
Pyukumuku 20
Wimpod 10
Mareanie 10
Jellicent 10
Octillery 10
Wailord 5
Dhelmise 5
Eelektrik 5
Toxapex 4
Dragalge 1

My automated map screenshot tool hates seaweed tiles for some reason, so apologies for the blank tiles on the underwater maps.

Hidden in this part of the large underwater area, you can find a Shoal Shell, Awakening, and Purple Shard. You’ll notice that the buildings around here are numbered, and many of them are locked, but some are not. We won’t be able to ever open some of them - I will note the locations of the ones we will so that they are easier to find later. Starting from the bottom, we will explore the open doors.

On the right side you can enter a house (marked 3) containing a Relic Silver as well as a hidden Salt-Water Taffy and the F14 Key. To the left and slightly up you’ll find another unlocked building (4) containing 5 Exp. Candy XL as well as a hidden Blue Shard.

Up from here, you can find hidden Blue Shard, Ultra Potion, and Poke Ball. On the left is Fairview 14, which we now have the key to! Inside, you can get a Relic Gold as well as the hidden S9 Key. Up from here you’ll find an open house (5) containing a Relic Copper and the F34 Key hidden.

Surface somewhere in the upper part of the underwater map. You can find a hidden Paralyze Heal and 2 Shoal Shells.

Make your way to the very bottom of the underwater area and use your new key on Fairview 34. Inside you can get a Relic Copper as well as a hidden Water Gem and the F1 Key. Make your way all the way to the top of the underwater area now and use the key to get a Blue Flute.

That wraps up this section of the lake for now. Fly over to Coral Ward and surf west.

Once you see sand, you can get a hidden Purple Shard and Hyper Potion as well as a Fist Plate.

Swimmer Xerciel. Field: Water Surface

You’ll also be able to battle the third guy who looks like Corin Rouge here!

Casanova Crimson. Field: Ashen Beach

From here, go southwest, but not too far. You’ll notice a 2-by-2 dive spot between some rocks (6). Dive down here to access the Faeward Apartment area. You can get a hidden Green Shard and Big Pearl down here.

Inside the top house (7) you can get a Relic Vase, 2 Exp. Candy XL, and the Primarium-Z. Hidden here also are a Purple Shard and an Ultra Potion. Returning to the surface in the main part of the underwater section will lead you to a hidden Weakness Policy on the island (8).

Return to the spot with the swimmer, then make your way west towards Apophyll (to the south is Azurine Island, which I’ll cover later on).

Hopefully the layout of the Azurine Lake is starting to make a bit more sense - Peridot Ward is the northern edge, Apophyll Beach is in the southwest, Azurine Island is on the south side, and Coral Ward is the southeast edge.

Once you hit a wall, a little bit down you’ll see another strip of sand (9) that you can land on. Grab the hidden Carbos here and surf down and left. Before diving down, go to the left onto another sandy island (10) to get a hidden X Speed and Elixir. At the top left corner is another 2-by-2 dive spot, so go down here to get a hidden Super Repel and TM16 Light Screen.

Now, return to the larger dive spot we previously skipped to reach the Sunrise Apartments area. Hidden on the underwater map you’ll find a Green Shard, Blue Shard, Big Pearl, and Purple Shard.

The building in the bottom right side (11) is unlocked, and you’ll find a Relic Copper as well as a hidden Green Shard and the S12 Key. There is another unlocked house at the top (12) containing a Relic Silver, and a hidden Paralyze Heal and the K33 Key.

Surface towards the top of the underwater area and go up and left to reach an island. Grab the Water Stone and hidden Shoal Shell it contains then surf up and to the right. You can get a hidden Red Card in the bottom right corner. Dive down here.

On this map you can get a hidden Green Shard, X Speed, and Red Shard. We can unlock the S12 house all the way to the right to get a Relic Copper as well as a hidden Green Shard and the S4 Key. A nearby building (13) is unlocked and contains a Heart Scale and hidden Ice Heal. Unlock the S9 building to the left to get the Glalitite and a hidden Purple Shard. You can unlock S4 in the bottom left to get TM98 Power-Up-Punch and a hidden Escape Rope.

That’s it for the Sunrise apartments. Fly to the Peridot Ward. East of the shelter (former site of PULSE Muk), you’ll be able to surf south.

Swimmer Hubert. Field: Water Surface

Swimmer Arlo. Field: Water Surface

Swimmer Leigh. Field: Water Surface

Battle the trainers as you proceed down and right. Once you encounter a fork in Lower Peridot, go to the left all the way towards Apophyll Cave.

Swimmer Wilson. Field: Water Surface

You’ll be spit out right next to Apophyll Cave. Notice that there is a small path (14) you can surf through to go up from here, so take it.

At the very top you can get a King’s Rock. Head down, following the right wall of rocks until you are able to pass through an opening (15). Surf to the various islands around the outside here to find a hidden Sky Plate and Ether. You can also get a hidden Red Shard and X Sp. Atk on the large central island.

Ranger Nhadala. Field: Water Surface

Dive down here into the Kingsbury Apartments area, and go all the way up.

In the top left corner, a building is unlocked (16) and contains a Glitter Ball, which is a custom ball that either has a high catch rate on shiny Pokemon or has a normal catch rate but turns the Pokemon it catches shiny. Very cool. Head down from here onto technically a new map.

On this map, you’ll find a hidden Ultra Ball, Ether, Awakening, and Poke Ball.

In the top right corner, enter an unlocked building (17) to get the Splash Plate as well as hidden Salt-Water Taffy and a Blue Shard. Down and right from here you’ll reach a large unlocked building (18) containing a Relic Silver as well as hidden Red-Hots, Pokesnax, and the K22 Key. We can unlock the K33 building to the left from here to get a Relic Copper as well as a hidden Purple Shard and Common Candy. In this building you can also talk to the upper left cabinet and use an antidote to get a Mudkip!

Enter the building to the left (19) to get a hidden Blue Shard, Purple Shard and the K5 Key. Left and up from here you can enter the K22 building to get a Relic Copper as well as a hidden Blue Shard and the K2 Key. Head all the way up in the underwater section and enter K2 to get the hidden F10 Key. Around to the right you can enter K5 and get a Max Revive. Nice.

Make your way all the way to the bottom left corner of the large underwater area. Enter the unlocked house at the bottom (20) to get a Relic Copper. Hidden here is a Purple Shard and the Diamond Ring, an item we will use for a sidequest in a few subsections. Back outside, surface in this corner of the underwater map. On the left you’ll notice a 2-by-2 dive spot (21) that will lead you to the Altarianite.

Next, in the middle of the main underwater section, on the left side of the loop you’ll notice a bright 2-by-2 spot (22). Surface here specifically and surf around to the other side, grabbing the hidden Level Ball. Enter this cave.

Azurine Cave North

Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Shellos 100 Carvanha 60 Kingler 40
    Corphish 20 Staryu 40
    Clauncher 20 Crawdaunt 15
        Clawitzer 4
        Sharpedo 1
Cave % Water %
Noibat 20 Sealeo 60
Binacle 20 Wingull 30
Krabby 10 Tentacruel 5
Corphish 10 Pelipper 4
Shellos 10 Mantine 1
Gastrodon 10    
Crawdaunt 9    
Kingler 9    
Barbaracle 1    
Noivern 1    

Past a hidden Genius Wing you’ll see a Pyukumuku atop a hill, who we can battle.

High King of the Pyukumuku. Field: Cave Field

An annoying set that might ruin your team if you’re unprepared! Taunt and Toxic completely shut it down, however. You can also take the cave ceiling down!

Beyond, you’ll get TM59 Brutal Swing. Head up the waterfall. You can get an Exp. Candy XL up here as well as a hidden Hyper Potion. Atop another waterfall is a hidden Icicle Plate. You’ll notice that we can’t access the other room thanks to a strong current - we’ll need to transform the Water Surface into the Icy Field! You can use Blizzard yourself or surf until you find a wild Sealeo and hope that it uses it.

Enter the cave once it freezes over and you can get the Aloraichium-Z as well as the Audinite. You can also get a hidden Exp. Candy L and Level Ball. Exit this cave.

There is one more thing we can do in these apartment areas: we have one key remaining. Fly back to the Apophyll Academy and make your way east onto the sand strip to re-enter the Fairview Apartments area. Towards the top on the right side underwater you’ll find the F10 building which contains the Beedrillite!

Neo Azurine Island

To finish off our exploration of the Azurine Lake, we will next check out Azurine Island. Surf west from Coral Ward and go down when you’re able to to reach Azurine Island once more.

Neo Azurine Island

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Foongus 20 Foongus 20 Foongus 20
Gloom 20 Gloom 20 Gloom 20
Wooper 10 Wooper 10 Ariados 10
Shellos 10 Shellos 10 Skorupi 10
Yanma 10 Shelmet 10 Parasect 10
Gastrodon 10 Gastrodon 10 Golbat 10
Palpitoad 5 Palpitoad 5 Palpitoad 5
Quagsire 5 Quagsire 5 Quagsire 5
Amoonguss 4 Amoonguss 4 Amoonguss 4
Yanmega 4 Accelgor 4 Drapion 4
Vileplume 1 Vileplume 1 Vileplume 1
Seismitoad 1 Seismitoad 1 Seismitoad 1
Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Shellos 100 Carvanha 60 Kingler 40
    Corphish 20 Staryu 40
    Clauncher 20 Crawdaunt 15
        Clawitzer 4
        Sharpedo 1
Water % Headbutt %
Tentacool 60 Burmy 30
Wingull 30 Exeggcute 30
Tentacruel 5 Pineco 25
Pelipper 4 Wormadam 5
Mantine 1 Mothim 5
    Forretress 5

Note that there are many Foongus and Amoonguss disguised as items, but fighting them now can save you some time for a later sidequest.

Just for fun, I will change it up and do a counter-clockwise spiral inwards this time to get all the items.

Snag a Tiny Mushroom and hidden Clever Wing on the first island. Surfing to the left you can get a hidden Big Mushroom. Surf down from here and pick up the Tiny Mushroom towards the bottom left side of the area. Another Tiny Mushroom is to the right, and yet another Tiny Mushroom past the building to the right. You’ll also find a hidden X Sp. Def here. Continuing our trip around the outside, you’ll find a hidden Elemental Seed in a shrub. Above you can get a hidden Blue Shard. Towards the top of the loop, you can get a Tiny Mushroom and a hidden Telluric Seed.

Now, head down to the middle island and cut the tree. Follow the path right, defeat the Foongus, and jump down the ledge. To the right you’ll find a hidden Resist Wing. Head right more from here and surf down, defeating Foongus as you go. Head left from here. Pick up a Tiny Mushroom as well as a hidden Tiny Mushroom to the left in a rock. Left from here is a hidden Repel. That does it for this island, for now.

Trading Sequence Quest

Now, it’s time to do something with the Diamond Ring we found underwater. Fly over to Jasper Ward and enter the top left building. Inside, give the girl here the ring we found to get the Classified Information.

Next, head over to Peridot Ward and enter the building to the left of the North Peridot Alley.

Police Officer Seer. Field: No Field

Defeat the cop inside and after a conversation you’ll get the Pink Pearl. Grab the Mind Plate behind.

Fly over to Coral Ward and enter the northern warehouse. Talk to the girl with Spoink to get the Crystal Ball.

Fly over to Jasper once more and attempt to enter the building on the right side of the area.

Ace Trainer Mattie & Ace Trainer Maddie. Field: No Field

Defeat the two trainers who challenge you, then enter the building. In the room at the top you can get a Yellow Flute and the Starlight Arena Field Readout. Head upstairs and talk to the lady to get the ‘R’ Key! You can also talk to her again for some lore.

Head into the Blacksteam Shelter in Peridot Ward. In the room where we were once stuck in a cage, talk to Randall and return his key. In return, you’ll get his Klefki!

You’ll notice that our new Pokemon is actually holding the Sanctum Key. Head back down to Seventh Street with this key in your bag, and return to the subseven sanctum. In the mazelike room, enter the door on the left side with the key. Pick up the Dark Material and 3 Exp. Candy XL. Read the green books for some lore and note the colors of the Arceus statues on the left for later, then head out. That’s it for this questline right now!

Agate Circus Fishing

With the Super Rod in our bag, there are some new Pokemon we can get in the circus-and-beyond area. Fly back to the Agate Circus. You can get a Circus Application towards the top of the area while you’re here. For completeness here are all of the encounters:

Celestinine Cascade

Super Rod %
Wishiwashi 40
Lumineon 40
Shellder 15
Dewgong 4
Octillery 1

Ametrine Mountain 1F / 2F / 3F / 4F / 5F

Super Rod %
Octillery 40
Seadra 40
Shellder 15
Qwilfish 4
Basculin 1

Ametrine Mountain B1F / B2F / B3F

Super Rod %
Octillery 40
Seadra 40
Shellder 16
Qwilfish 4

Celestinine Mountain 1F / 2F / 3F

Super Rod %
Octillery 40
Clauncher 40
Shellder 15
Qwilfish 4
Basculin 1

Celestinine Mountain B1F / B2F

Super Rod %
Octillery 40
Clauncher 40
Shellder 16
Qwilfish 4

Celestinine Mountain 4F

Super Rod %
Octillery 40
Clauncher 40
Shellder 15
Feebas 5

Citrine Mountain

Super Rod %
Octillery 40
Clauncher 40
Shellder 15
Qwilfish 5

Water Treatment Center

Super Rod %
Muk-Alola 44
Swalot 40
Tentacool 15
Tentacruel 1

Beldum Quest

Time for a weird one.

Fly over to the Byxbysion Wasteland. Inside the hideout, drop all but 1 Pokemon in the PC - we are going to intentionally white out in a second, so this will save us a lot of time. If they have Memento or Explosion that’s extra good, but make sure they are strong enough to also defeat a Level 47 Bouffalant.

Talk to the malfunctioning healing machine and plug in a data chip to fix it. Heal at this machine.

Fly over to Route 1 Nature Center and defeat a Bouffalant to climb a Tauros. Next, you’ll need to white out while riding Tauros.

Once you reappear in Lana’s house… you’ll somehow still be on your Tauros, but I assure you this is not a bug but a feature.

Exit the building and go down. Hop down the ledge beyond the rock smash, and climb up the nearby ledge. Enter the cave and go into the secret path behind the left canister. Follow this path to the left and climb the ledge and push the boulder to reach the area where we once found Squirtle.

From here, climb the ledges up and to the right to reach the previously unreachable cave entrance. Climb the ladder and go up the ledge. Grab the Big Nugget, save, and talk to the broken canister at the top for a battle with a Lv. 1 Beldum. You’ll have to be careful to not let it knock itself out with Take Down. Its low catch rate will also complicate things, so reset if you need to.

Once you’re done, head outside and ditch Tauros. Thanks, Tauros!

Mega Z-Ring Quest

There’s one more major quest that we can take care of! If we skip this section and proceed with the story, this will actually be locked of for us for another two badges or so, so take care of this now if you don’t wanna miss this excellent reward.

Head over to the Nightclub in North Obsidia. You’ll see DJ Arclight inside if you’ve bought all of the Pokemon from the Seventh Street Pokemon seller. If not, now’s a good time to get them all. Anyways, we’ll be tasked with returning five of the Pokemon that we found then.

Head to Jasper Ward and take the Loudred out of the PC. Talk to a girl in the bottom left building two times and she will take back her Loudred.

Next, take Jigglypuff out of the PC and head over to the North Peridot Alley. Talk to the bottom guy a few times.

Q Gang Santiago. Field: No Field

After defeating him, return to the Jasper Ward and give the Jigglypuff to the Loudred girl.

Fly over to the Apophyll Academy and get Makuhita out of the PC next. Talk to the girl in the middle of the rooms on the left side of the outside area. Fly back to North Obsidia and talk to Arc to get the DJ Arc Autograph and give it to the girl at Apophyll. Talk to her again to give her Makuhita, then once more after that.

Fly over to Spinel Town next and grab Roggenrola from the PC. Two buildings from the left of the museum, you’ll find a guy who you can give Roggenrola back to. Talk to him again to get the McKrezzy Autograph. Return to the PC and prep your full team for battle, then talk to McKrezzy for a fight.

Guitarist McKrezzy. Field: No Field

He has a strong team but with no field, it shouldn’t be too much to devise a strategy to defeat him. Note that his Staraptor can use a Z-Crystal.

For winning, you’ll get TM15 Hyper Beam.

Fly back to Apophyll and give Makuhita girl the autograph to get the Headphones, then go to Jasper Ward once more and give them to the Loudred girl.

Fly to Lapis Ward and enter the house to the left of the Pokemart. You’ll learn that the lady’s son has been kidnapped! Head back to the North Peridot Alley and talk to the Jigglypuff guy once more.

Fly over to Onyx Ward, prepare your team and save, then head to the rooftop.

Q Gang Colin and Q Gang Matthew. Field: No Field

This battle isn’t particularly tough and a few fast sweepers can probably bowl through them. The problem is that you don’t get to heal before the next fight, so try to limit your casualties as much as possible for this fight.

Mastermind Eustace. Field: No Field

Again, this is made harder by the fact that you can’t heal. His Pokemon are pretty much all of the fast sweeper variety, meaning Trick Room or Tailwind support for a strong attacker may be the key here. Watch out for Bullet Punch on Scizor.

Once you win this gauntlet, fly back to Lapis Ward and put Vanillite into your party. Give it back to Eustace upstairs.

With all five Pokemon returned, return to DJ Arclight. Your prize will be the Mega-Z Ring - meaning we can now use the collection of Z-Crystals and Mega Stones that we’ve been building up. We will be getting more of these as well.

Relationship Point Choices:

Devon Corporation

With all of that content out of the way, we can finally proceed with the story! Return to the Grand Hall and talk to Ame. She’ll task us with finding Arc, Victoria, and Adrienn.

Arc can be found outside his nightclub, Victoria in the Beryl Cemetery, and Adrienn outside their gym in Coral. Talk to Ame again once you’ve gathered them.

Enter the Underground Railnet and make your way to the room with the tracks that can be manipulated, then go into the second from the top path that leads to the room containing Aron - you’ll know you’re on the right track when you see an Absol.

Relationship Point Choices:

Talk to Arc and Victoria when you’re ready, then go up the stairs and defeat the grunts! Note that your battle partner is decided by how many points with each character you have right now: you’ll get Victoria if her score is at least two points higher than Arclights, and him otherwise.

Relationship Point Choices:

New World Orderly Allyssa & New World Orderly Bishop. Field: Factory Field

We can’t get the Mega Stone in the corner quite yet. Up the stairs, head out the door into the main area and talk to the shining spot to get a Radio Transceiver.

Up the stairs, you’ll see an electric floor mat. If the tile is lit it is safe to walk on, otherwise, your non Ground type Pokemon will take some damage when you step on it. You can use the A key to cycle between 3 sets of lit tiles. That’s all you really need to know to scale this building. Note that it is always possible to clear each floor without taking damage.

New World Orderly Howaya & New World Orderly Callie. Field: Factory Field

New World Orderly Ramsey & New World Orderly Danielle. Field: Factory Field

New World Orderly Roth. Field: Factory Field

New World Orderly David. Field: Factory Field

Scale the building until you find yourself in a strange new place.

Heal and prepare your team as necessary, then proceed to the right.

Sensei Victoria. Field: Factory Field

Time for another fight with Victoria, the first in a while. You’ll notice that she has a full and varied team this time, with lots of faster Pokemon but also a few bulkier options in the back. Hopefully you’re well acquainted with the Factory Field by this point, so you can exploit that to win if you’re stuck. Overwhelm her with a coherent singles strategy like Amplified Rock + Trick Room or a set-up sweeper with speed support.

Once you win, proceed to the next room at the top. Our A-button transceiver will still work in this area, so keep that in mind before you step on floor tiles that push you into unlit tiles. In this part of the dungeon we’ll need to activate wall panels to switch the direction of the floortiles.

Activate monitor #1, then go up and activate monitor #2 above. Use the purple pads to go back down and reactivate monitor #1, then go left. You’ll be forced up here: activate monitor #3 then go towards the right.

In the rectangular mazelike area, you can go up then right as soon as possible to heal at a Light Shard (yellow path), but you’ll need to make your way all the way back to the mazelike area. To proceed, go right, up, up, then right and down to monitor #4. From here, simply go to the left until you’re forced down, then left and up to the top left corner of the room.

At the top left corner of the area you’ll see some familiar four-direction spinners. Essentially you can just cram yourself in at the top entrance of the top left spinner over and over until you emerge at the top right. Just be sure to change the transceiver to the correct setting corresponding to where you will land.

You can turn off the electric tiles in the top right side of the area at monitor #5 and proceed to the next section.

Devon Dungeon Vending Machine

Item Price
Common Candy $400

Relationship Point Choices:

Either way you have to fight.

DJ Arclight (2x Hyper Potion). Field: Factory Field

Time for our first fight with the DJ. This one has a bit more synergy with Factory Field out of the box thanks to four Electric type Pokemon, though he might change the field to Electric Terrain. Most of his Pokemon are fast and use mostly Special Moves - Luxray being the sole counterexample to the latter and Ampharos being the sole counterexample to the former. The common attacking types of Ground, Ice, and Fighting cover all of his weaknesses.

Pro tip: there is a light shard later on in the next room, so you can ignore using the transponder for now and eat the electric damage.

Start by taking the right path up to monitor #1 (path A). Backtrack down a bit and follow the path to the right. The spinner will take you down and right - do a loop by going up and back to the right (path B). Using this spinner to go down and right now, go right, right, left, and left to get the PULSE Readout 1 (path C).

You’ll be forced to go down into the spinner again, so do the B-loop from before once more and then go down and right. Move right, right, up, and up to enter the upper spinner from the bottom, then go left and down to return to the central spinner (path D). Do another B-loop then go down towards the bottom-right spinner and make your way around it a few times so that you end up on its right side. Go up from here until you can go left, then cross the spinner to use monitor #2 (path E). Head left and down to reach the central spinner once more.

Go down and right as before, using the bottom right spinner to reach the bottom right corner of the room, then go straight up (path F). Activate monitor #3, then make your way back towards the left side of the room and go up when you can (path G). Activate monitors #4 and #5 beyond, then follow the path to the stairs.

In the next room… well, may lord Budew have mercy on her soul.

One more puzzle room for now. Follow the ropes to go up and pop out at the top on the left side, then go right back into the maze on the right side, going down, left, and up to the monitor. Follow the green path to the right. Use the spinner to reach the bottom, and use the Light Shard.

Activate monitor #2, go up to activate monitor #3, then go back down to turn off monitor #2. From here, all you need to do is go up onto the green tile path left into the bottom spinner - it will send you into chain reactions of spinners. Activate monitor #4 when you reach it, then go back to the left. Do the same for monitor #5. Turn the electric tiles to blue before continuing, then make your way up the massive chain to monitor #6. Go right and activate monitor #7, then go up. Activate monitor #8 and head into the next room when you are ready.

Relationship Point Choices:

Meteor Admin ZEL (2x Ultra Potion). Field: Factory Field

ZEL has a decently well rounded core of Ice and Psychic type special attackers, with various boosting held items to increase their potency and Electric and Ghost moves to take advantage of both Factory and Short-Circuit. If a physical sweeper can get around Aurorus’ sash and outspeed these four you’ll be in a good position. Umbreon can be tricky however, as it will punish said physical attacker with Foul Play, heal itself with Wish and watch you die slowly of poison while it uses Double Team to dodge your attacks. The icing on top is Magnezone, who has an incredible special attack stat and two different types of field boosted moves that can destroy most Pokemon with ease. Its biggest weakness in Ground is pretty much patched out thanks to it gaining the Levitate Ability.

To win this one, I recommend splitting your team into the anti-PULSE Magnezone segment and the anti-everything else segment, though these may overlap. With only 70 base speed and no speed EV’s, you’ll find yourself likely able to outspeed. Placing one or two strong hits will really be the key, so 2-3 Pokemon on your team with super-effective moves can do this job. For example, if you want to take it out with Special Fire-moves, figure out which Pokemon to use to get the sun out beforehand and which Pokemon you can use to knock it out. If you want to use Earthquake, figure out how to get Gravity on the field or use Smack Down on it. The rest of your team can then consist of a Pokemon to handle Umbreon and a physical sweeper or two to deal with the rest!

Talk to ZEL in the bottom left corner, then head out, use monitor #9, and go left. Talk to this monitor to release your allies, then exit.

Silvon Scope Quest

With all that out of the way we can proceed to the next badge. There is one more quest that’s opened up however that we can now do, so I’ll cover that first.

Reenter the actual Devon Corp. building in Obsidia, and make your way upstairs. Now the floor tiles will be going crazy and you can’t control them. Honestly, I recommend grabbing some potions and just healing once we reach the top, since we will only have to deal with a single battle against 3 Pokemon. You can even challenge yourself to see if you can win with 6 Pokemon at 1 HP.

Past the guy at the top, you can pick up a Devon Scope Model as well as the Electric Memory and TM81 X-Scissor.

Exit Devon and enter the actually-legitimate Silph building. Talk to the lady here to get the Silvon Scope!

Fly on over to the Beryl Ward. We can finally expose Kecleon, so if you ever get stopped by one feel free to destroy it for being in the way. Enter Rhodochrine Jungle next and make your way down to the Underroot.

Head left underneath the waterfall, and continue going left until you run into TM33 Reflect!

The Underroot

Water % Super Rod %
Psyduck 60 Seaking 40
Lombre 30 Golduck 40
Seaking 5 Whiscash 15
Golduck 4 Dragalge 5
Ludicolo 1    

Via following the path on the right side down, reach the large pool of water, then surf across. You’ll find the Blastoisinite while you’re here!

Climb the waterfall and grab the hidden Rock Gem. Prepare your team and talk to the invisible object at the bottom of the stairs.

Kecleon Refugees and Kecleon Runaways. Field: Cave Field

So yeah, you’ll have to fight 12 of these guys. They’re just Kecleon so there’s a good chance you can just one shot all of them, especially if you’re using field-boosted Rock Slide. Be careful of their types changing and the seemingly endless uses of Fake Out and Sucker Punch, however.

Purple Kecleon. Field: Cave Field

The cherry on top is that we have to fight a custom variant Kecleon as the final Pokemon in our 13v6 gauntlet. If you use a Fighting move on it, be careful as then it will have STAB with Drain Punch. As before if you’re struggling, I recommend having two or three Pokemon specifically chosen to deal with the first fight and the rest saved up to deal with this one, just in case.

Past here you can get a hidden Repel as well as Treecko!

Escape back to Beryl Ward. We can now notably access the backrooms of the library once more. Enter the left room and press the books in a familiar order.

Click for the answer to the puzzle

Enter the secret door here to get TM30 Shadow Ball as well as the Catching Charm: Amethyst which lets us catch Pokemon a bit easier.

One more quick thing if you’d like: Fly on over to Calcenon City and go to Route 4. Hop across the rocks at the lake during the nighttime to catch Absol.

Amaranth Badge

That’s it for the side content, so head down to the Coral Ward and talk to Adrienn in their gym.

Relationship Point Choices:

They will then ask us to help out with a quest. It’s optional but pretty easy and gives you some rewards, so why not. We have to search Reborn City looking for volunteers to help out with city cleanup efforts. There are 15 people we can get in total:

  1. Coral Ward tunnel, brown-haired girl
  2. Obsidia Ward Park, blue-haired girl against the right wall
  3. Onyx Arcade, yellow-haired guy wandering around on the right side
  4. South Obsidia Ward, yellow-haired guy in the bottom left corner
  5. Obsidia Alleyway, yellow-haired girl wandering around
  6. North Obsidia Ward, blue-haired glasses guy near the stairway
  7. Lapis Ward, silver-haired woman in the park south of the PokeMart
  8. Lower Peridot Ward, brown-haired guy wandering around east of the train station
  9. Lower Peridot Ward, blue-hatted guy in the last building before the railnet
  10. Lower Peridot Alleyway, black-haired girl
  11. Blacksteam Shelter, black-haired guy on the couch on 1F in the bottom left corner
  12. Jasper Ward, light brown-haired girl in the building to the left of the police station
  13. Beryl Bridge, girl with blue ribbons on the left side of the bridge
  14. Beryl Ward, tan-hatted guy left of the gym
  15. Beryl Library, pink-haired child just above the entrance

Return to Adrienn after finding as many volunteers as you like. For finding at least 10, you’ll get Wise Glasses! For finding all 15, you’ll also get an Ability Capsule and a Star Piece!

Relationship Point Choices:

With that out of the way, it’s time for our 14th gym battle.

Visionary Adrienn (3x Ultra Potion). Field: Misty Terrain atop Fairy Tale Field

Adrienn battles us in Doubles, and their team is quite formidable. The fight will start on the Misty Terrain, which notably boosts their Dazzling Gleam offensively, and boosts the Sp. Def of all of their Pokemon by 1.5x. Combine this with two Pokemon that have Intimidate, and you’ll be having a very hard time scoring knockouts. Granbull, Gardevoir, Togekiss, and the overlevelled Florges all function how you’d expect, but it’s worth noting that Nature Power is activated via Prankster meaning Whimsicott can use Mist Ball with priority for free. You’ll also notice that it has Tailwind - meaning it can change the field altogether to the Fairy Tale Arena, upon which all the Fairy type and Steel type attacks will be boosted and Whimsicott gets Prankster boosted Sacred Sword. Mega Mawile becomes even more of a threat as a result, as well.

Although this team on these fields is particularly stacked, you do have some options. For one, you can usually get a free boost on the first turn with Wide Guard thanks to Rock Slide/Earthquake and Dazzling Gleam being oft used moves. Consider changing the field at first to Corrosive Mist Field if you can - it will cripple their team, but you do have to use Clear Smog, Poison Gas, or Smog twice to make that work. What tends to work better though is leaning fully into the Fairy Tale Arena - you can blow the mist away yourself, then utilize boosted Steel moves to tear their team apart. Mawile is still a difficult threat to deal with, so if you can get around Mawile with some Steel attackers in the back, that may be a winning strategy.

For winning, you’ll get the Amaranth Badge which boosts our cap to 85. You’ll also get TM99 Dazzling Gleam!

Episode 17: Rust Thicker Than Water

Before we leave the gym, head to the top of the room. You’ll find a hidden Heart Scale up here. Heal up if you need to - if you’ve progressed the quest up to this point, you can also talk to the left side of the flowery ‘X’ to find Corin Rouge! Battle him.

Return to the north side of Peridot Ward and talk to the Corin Rouge lookalike here. He will jump on a train to escape! Darn.

Head into Jasper Ward now to talk to the Police Chief, who will give you Safety Goggles. This massive quest quest will be over soon, I swear.

Head down to the Lower Peridot Ward. If we previously did the Onix quest and got the Hiker moved into a new house, we’ll find him southeast of the Pokemon Center, and he’ll give us a Choice Band if we joined the Aqua Gang, and a Choice Specs if we joined the Magma Gang. Sweet!

Reborn Restoration Project 1

Anyways, head over to the Grand Hall. One of the guys behind the desk will be accepting donations for one of three projects.

We can only choose to fund one right now, then each of the other two as soon as we get the fifteenth and sixteenth gym badges respectively. You won’t be missing out on anything in the long term depending on your choice here. If you want to make a more informed choice, read the following three subsections to see what the rewards are for each.

As soon as you fully fund a project, you will be able to access the Grand Hall basement, so head down there. The bottom room on the right contains an Adamant Mint, a Modest Mint, and 3 Exp. Candy XL. Next door you’ll find 2 EV Boosters.

Relationship Point Choices:

If you enter the room at the very top and talk to the computer, you can get a Lopunnite and unleash Vulpix. Do it even if you don’t like Mega Lopunny, trust me. There is one more quest we can start in the basement but I will cover it a bit later.

Relationship Point Choices:

Anyways, the three options:

Affordable Living in Obsidia Project

Donate the $60000 to fund this project. Head down to the South Obsidia Ward once you complete it, you’ll notice that the whole area has been revamped and the Slums are no more.

Neo South Obsidia Ward (Renovated)

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Primeape 30 Watchog 30 Watchog 30
Watchog 25 Crabrawler 20 Tranquill 20
Crabrawler 20 Gumshoos 14 Pancham 15
Machoke 14 Primeape 10 Gumshoos 15
Unfezant 6 Machop 10 Primeape 10
Gumshoos 5 Machoke 10 Pangoro 10
    Unfezant 6    

You’ll be able to find Berries growing at the bottom, namely 2 Lansat Berries, 2 Apicot Berries, 2 Petaya Berries, 2 Salac Berries, 2 Ganlon Berries, and 2 Liechi Berries.

Enter the building and talk to a guy behind the counter to get a GUM Key. You can also grab a SOLICE Application here, which we will need if we’re doing the Magma Gang application quest.

Outside, talk to the girl up and to the right of the SOLICE office and agree to help with her quest.

Fly over to Jasper and enter the Malchous Forest Park. Talk to Sandy when you’re ready.

Hard Hat Raph and Hard Hat Manwe. Field: Forest Field

Thanks to Lv. 100 Farfetch’d, lots of Forest Field boosted Cuts, and Sandy’s team being weak to a lot of their moves and Rain making it harder to burn the forest down, this team might come as more of a challenge than you might expect, but some good physically defensive Pokemon will be helpful here.

Relationship Point Choices:

Once you succeed, your next destination will be the Water Treatment Center.

Pokemon Stoplettes. Field: Factory Field

These things are tough but a powerful Ground type sweeper can probably do the trick. Once you win, Sandy will leave.

Relationship Point Choices:

While we’re down here, we can use the GUM Key that we got earlier. In the upper-right hand side of the Central Obsidia Water Grid you’ll notice a locked door which we can now open. There is a puzzle beyond.

Essentially, we will need to move green sections of pipe into place so that they will complete the entire pipe circuit such that we end up in the upper right hand corner. This is a fun one to solve yourself, in my opinion, but here is a solution:

Talk to the computer in this area to get a Goomy!

If you push the nearby vertical pipe left two times to re-enter the U-shaped alcove, you can talk to the pipe on the wall to return to the front of the room.

With that out of the way, return to the Grand Hall basement. In the bottom right room, you’ll find Sandy again. Talk to her in here… and after everything plays out, you’ll get the Waterium-Z. Nice.

That’s it for this restoration project.

Jump back to the correct section: 14 Badges | 15 Badges | 16 Badges

Railnet Reconstruction Project

Donate the $100000 to fund this project.

Essentially, this project funds a revamp of the Underground Railnet, so most of the things we can now get surround that. To start, head to Peridot Ward and head east into the Underground Railnet entrance under Opal Ward.

This area is the “Lost and Found”. Always obtainable here are the Assault Vest and Iron Plate. If you realize that you missed out on getting any important items due to story progression such as Key Items, PULSE and Field Readouts, or TMs, check back here and they might just be here!

Next, enter the Devon Co. building and head down the stairs. The basement stairs will be blocked off, allowing us to grab the Steelixite!

Enter the railnet building to the left of the Pokemon Center in Obsidia. This is now the Goldenrod Station of the functioning railnet - we will be visiting each station to see what’s new there. We don’t lose money buying tickets, but the subway isn’t really any more useful than Fly, which we already have, so this is really just for exploration.

Anyways, the Grandview Station is just the building we used to get to the desert previously, so there’s nothing new there. The Ivyline Station is in the basement of the Onyx Trainer School, but we also aren’t getting anything other than NPC dialogue there. Same for the Sunset Station, which is just outside in Northern Peridot Ward. Continuing the bad luck of no new content is the Heatherhill Station which brings us to the Jasper Ward Pokemon Center, and the Peony Station, which brings us to a random building in the Lapis Ward.

The Kingsbury Station though? It brings us to a random building in Beryl Ward, but an NPC inside will give us the Weakness Policy. Insert world’s longest “yea boi” here. But the Shantyport Station in Coral Ward? That’s where the real reward is at. Bring an NPC in here a Probopass for an in-game trade for his Togepi egg. Nice.

I jest, but there is one more reward we can get out of doing this renovation project. In the Grand Hall basement, a nerdy NPC in the bottom left corner will tell us about an issue with the railnet renovation. Prepare your team as needed and head over to the Byxbysion Wasteland.

Via climbing through the building as we have before, hop down a ledge at the top to reach the upper left corner of the wasteland, and enter the cave. Go left, and follow the path into a building which contains a hidden Telluric Seed and Exp. Candy XL. Proceeding left, you can enter one final section of the underground railnet. Be prepared for a mini-gauntlet.

Pokemon Refugees. Field: Cave Field

This fight exploits the cave field to collapse in on your Pokemon - instantly KO’ing most Pokemon. The Sturdy + Custap Berry combo makes it common for each Pokemon to get two attacks against you, so one collapse each. Without preparedness… that means you will lose all six of your Pokemon before the other fight! There are lots of strategies you can use to succeed here, however. Moldbreaker or multi-hit moves like Bullet Seed solve the Sturdy issue, allowing you to easily win. You can also use Power Gem constantly to change the field and prevent a collapse, or have a Bulletproof or Rock Head Pokemon do the whole fight since they are immune to the collapses. The Aron and Lairon will collapse themselves, so you could also just have something spam Wide Guard since you’ll be safe from the collapse damage.

Pokemon Refugees. Field: Cave Field

Possibly benefitting from the collapses your team suffer in the first battle, this doubles team goes all in on a similar strategy, this time with Rock Head to prevent any of the Aggron from taking collapse damage. With their Seeds, they’ll gain defense, so your physical moves won’t easily take them down in time. Wide Guard is even better this time, as your second active Pokemon can then focus on knocking out the Aggron. You can also just point-blank sweep them with two Pokemon running Aura Sphere, Focus Blast, Earth Power, Surf, and the like, so that’s an option too. Again Bulletproof and Rock Head trivialize this fight.

Once you succeed in here, you can get the Aggronite and a hidden Ultra Ball and Max Repel. There are also encounters down here.

Underground Railnet (Aggron Area)

Cave %
Lairon 24
Aron 20
Klink 20
Graveler 10
Noivern 10
Klang 5
Mawile 5
Aggron 5
Klinklang 1

Return to the guy in the Grand Hall basement who gave us this quest to get the Firium-Z.

That’s it for this restoration project.

Jump back to the correct section: 14 Badges | 15 Badges | 16 Badges

Azurine Nature Center Project

Donate the $80000 to fund this project.

Surf on down to the Azurine Island once more from Coral Ward, and make your way to the building at the bottom. This will then be added as a Fly location, so you can easily get back here in the future.

Inside the building, you can get a Toxic Plate. You can also learn about the password weathermod. Upstairs, you’ll find 5 Exp. Candy XL, as well as an EV Booster and Max Ether. If you didn’t do the Chikorita event earlier, you can get it on the roof now.

In front of the building, a person will offer you an in-game trade: your Carnivine for a Chimchar egg. Nice.

The Azurine Island itself has been renovated as well, and we can get a few limited-choice Pokemon now!

Neo Azurine Island (Renovated)

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Yanma 20 Wooper 20 Wooper 20
Gloom 20 Gloom 20 Gloom 20
Quagsire 10 Quagsire 10 Quagsire 10
Gastrodon 10 Gastrodon 10 Golbat 10
Palpitoad 10 Palpitoad 10 Palpitoad 10
Yanmega 10 Accelgor 10 Ariados 10
Pinsir 5 Pinsir 5 Pinsir 5
Heracross 5 Heracross 5 Heracross 5
Foongus 4 Foongus 4 Foongus 4
Bulbasaur 4 Bulbasaur 4 Drapion 4
Vileplume 1 Vileplume 1 Vileplume 1
Seismitoad 1 Seismitoad 1 Seismitoad 1
Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Shellos 100 Carvanha 60 Kingler 40
    Corphish 20 Staryu 40
    Clauncher 20 Crawdaunt 15
        Clawitzer 4
        Sharpedo 1
Water % Headbutt %
Tentacool 60 Burmy 30
Wingull 30 Exeggcute 30
Tentacruel 5 Pineco 25
Pelipper 4 Wormadam 5
Mantine 1 Mothim 5
    Forretress 5

Time to finally comb the Azurine Island for items one last time. We’re also going to encounter more Foongus and Amoonguss in disguise, make sure you defeat or run from them to get them out of the way for a quest here.

This time I’ll go left from the building to start. Grab the hidden Big Mushroom here, then another Big Mushroom to the left. Defeat the nearby Amoonguss, then head right. You’ll find a hidden Big Mushroom in a rock, and a non-hidden Big Mushroom below. To the right and down is another hidden Big Mushroom in a bush. Going up from here you can find, shocker, a hidden Big Mushroom left of the water.

Up the river is another hidden Big Mushroom in a rock, and one out in the open to the left. Here you can meet the guy asking us to eradicate the Foongus and Amoonguss - once we finish we will return to him. To the left of him you’ll find… a hidden Blue Shard! Surprise! Anyways, surf up and to the left from here to get a hidden Big Mushroom in a rock, and a hidden Common Candy in a bush below. Another Big Mushroom is hidden on the same island where we once landed for the first time. Down and to the left you can get a hidden Tiny Mushroom. Across the water on the largest island, you can pick up another Big Mushroom, and a hidden Full Heal to the right.

Down the ledge and across the water, talk to the nature guy once more to get a Rocky Helmet. Sweet.

There is one more thing we can do for this restoration project. Fly over to the Grand Hall and go to the basement. In the top right hallway, you can talk to a guy who will tell you that they are looking for sample Pokemon at Azurine Island. Fly back there.

A lady on the left will give us 2 Leaf Stones and a mission: to donate a male and female each of Lurantis and Simisage. I recommend just breeding each using the incubator until you get the desired gender, then leveling the Fomantis up to get Lurantis and using the Leaf Stones on Pansage to get Simisage. Donate all four and return to the Grand Hall to get the Grassium-Z.

That’s it for this restoration project.

Jump back to the correct section: 14 Badges | 15 Badges | 16 Badges

Gang Application Sidequest

The train station in Lower Peridot where we started our journey is now open. Inside, someone will give you the Construction Application.

Make your way down to Seventh Street and find your corresponding gang leader. He’ll ask us to give matching job applications to each of the members of their gang. Note that the blast powder salesmen will still sell to you on their respective jobsites. Anyways, the correct applications:

Magma Gang Applications

Member Application
Darm Circus
Nihil Nightclub
Break Medicine
Kriz Spyce
Maxwell SOLICE

Note that if you haven’t fixed the slums yet, you won’t be able to finish this quest with the Magma Gang yet. For completing it all you’ll be given Oshawott holding a Choice Band.

Aqua Gang Applications

Member Application
Razzy Sweet
Defacto Library
Pierce Apophyll
Mannie Construction
Archer Silph

For completing this quest, you’ll be given a Litten holding Choice Specs.

Starter Egg Quest (Part 1)

Head into the Grand Hall basement and enter the middle room on the left side. Kanaya will task us with donating one egg of each of the 21 starter Pokemon!

Regardless of choices, it is guaranteed that you will have been able to obtain Charmander, Squirtle, Chikorita, Cyndaquil, Totodile, Treecko, Mudkip, Turtwig, Piplup, Tepig, Chespin, Fennekin, and Popplio, bringing our total to a minimum of 13 starters so far. You can search the page for these events if you’d like to get them now.

You may have Oshawott or Litten if you completed a gang sidequest, and you may also have Bulbasaur and Chimchar if you upgraded Azurine Island. Potentially you may also have one more starter, chosen at the very beginning, but for now I will just assume we have only the ones every player is guaranteed to have. Feel free to also donate these if you have them as well.

If you have the incubator, doing this breeding shouldn’t take too much time, so get eggs of these 13+ Pokemon now. For donating 3, 6, 9, and 12, we’ll get the Reset Disc- HP, Reset Disc- ATK, Reset Disc- DEF, and Reset Disc- SPATK. These will help us reset EV’s to zero, helpful if you want to completely change up how you’re running a Pokemon or get rid of junk EV’s from the beginning of the game. As we get more (guaranteed) starters, we’ll come back.

Tourmaline Desert

Make your way to the train station in Lower Peridot Ward, and take the train out to the Tourmaline Desert.

Reshiram Route Taka Fight

If you already fought Taka at the WTC, skip ahead to the next section.

If you didn’t fight Taka at the WTC, now will be the time to fight him!

Vagrant Scion Taka. Field: Desert Field

You’ll notice that Taka’s team is actually decently built for the Desert Field and sand, but again an Ice type can shatter him once Klefki goes down, so this fight probably won’t be too terrible for you. As always, beware of a Shell Smash Minior sweep.

Relationship Point Choices:

Once you win, Taka will ask if you will let him join your party while you travel through the desert. There are gameplay pluses to doing this - he will heal your party after every fight and also has tons and tons of dialogue at the various subareas of the desert. However you will have to be careful that he doesn’t knock out wild Pokemon you want to catch, though you can return later once he is no longer with you.

In order to access the exclusive postgame route, you need to allow Taka to join you.

It’s worth noting that refusing him here sends you down a different story path than the Reshiram and Zekrom routes, often called the “Hell Route” by the community. (I’ve never played this route so if you notice inconsistencies with the guide on Hell Route please let me know.)

Relationship Point Choices:

If he does join you, you’ll lose points for leaving the desert while he’s with you.

Relationship Point Choices:

Once you make your choice, it’s time to start exploring the desert…

Greater Tourmaline Desert

If you want to just blaze through the story, head straight up in the desert until you reach an area with tons of trains, then complete the 1R253 Scrapyard section and proceed from there. There are tons and tons of actually good Pokemon and items that become available around the desert, so we’ll spend a while exploring side areas for now.

So, the most dreaded part of writing this guide for me has finally arrived. I’ll briefly explain the problem as well as my approach. Note that this all really doesn’t matter much if you’re not going out of your way to collect all the hidden items so you can just grab the items and Pokemon that you want and ignore the complications.

Essentially the greater part of Tourmaline Desert is really huge. That alone makes it hard to point to specific items. However there are actually 4 versions of this large map depending on where the desert’s oasis currently is, which is randomly determined to start. Each of these four maps has its own set of hidden items as well.

What I recommend is exploring the map you have landed on first without touching any of the oases - touching the light shard nearby the oasis will switch the map you’re on. Doing this exactly 3 times will switch a DIFFERENT desert map between two versions, but we don’t want to do this just yet. I will number the four maps 1, 2, 3, 4. Note that when you switch the map you’re on you’ll go to a random, different number, so to be sure you’ll have to search for the oasis every time.

To find the map you’re on to start, you’ll want to find your oasis. I provide images of each oasis below.

Oasis 1: On the upper/middle of the left side of the desert

Oasis 2: Middle of the right side of the desert

Oasis 3: On the lower/middle of the left side of the desert

Oasis 4: Bottom of the right side of the desert

So, once you find the map you’re on, now we can start getting things!

Greater Tourmaline Desert

Super Rod % Water %
Gastrodon 44 Mandibuzz 65
Shellos 40 Gliscor 31
Bruxish 16 Skarmory 4
Cave %
Marowak 4+
Cacturne 4+
Maractus 4+
Krookodile 4+
Excadrill 4+
Dugtrio 4+
Mandibuzz 4+
Darmanitan 4+
Heliolisk 4+
Hippowdon 4+
Skarmory 1
Scrafty 1

You’ll also find many stationary Exeggutor-Alola around the desert.

You can encounter the same Pokemon on the various maps but at different rates. Thankfully, with the Magnetic Lure, you will be able to get whatever you don’t already have easily.

For what it’s worth, there are transitions from each map into two OTHER maps… which we will explore later. For now, keep in mind you don’t want to go more north than these two images, the northwest and northeast borders:

For now, don’t enter any train cars yet, either.

First, I’ll start by covering all the items that you can get only once and are available on all the maps. These are all generally worth getting and I’ll point you roughly towards them. This is also a good time to get acquainted with the layout of the desert! For the sake of grabbing all these items, I will generally travel along the outside of the desert starting in the upper left corner, going counter clockwise along the outside of the desert, and finally grabbing whatever is in the center of the desert. Note that the large opening in a sand dune is Sugiline Cave, for the purposes of navigation. We’ll explore there later.

Note that Taka often has something to say when you find these if he is with you.

On all maps (only obtainable once)

Aside from all these items, each of the four maps has its own list of hidden items. These aren’t even particularly worth searching for but for completeness I list them here.

Map 1

Map 2

Map 3

For some reason, just on this map, you can give a guy in the bottom right corner some Fresh Water in exchange for a new password: gen5weather. Anyways, back to the items:

Map 4

Phew! That’s everything we can grab in the Greater Tourmaline Desert.

Note that if Taka is with you:

Relationship Point Choices:

It’s also worth noting that Taka has 36 different dialogues, some changing depending on your current location. If you talk to him in any location and he asks if you hate his father, you’ll potentially get another point.

Relationship Point Choices:

Northwest Tourmaline Desert

Next, we’re going to explore the northwest side of the Tourmaline Desert. Thankfully there is only one map this time and it is relatively narrow. Make your way to the northwest side of the greater desert and start following the tracks up. As before, don’t enter any of the traincars quite yet.

Northwest Tourmaline Desert

Cave %
Marowak 20
Sandslash 20
Lycanroc 10
Krookodile 10
Excadrill 10
Dugtrio 10
Mandibuzz 5
Darmanitan 5
Heliolisk 4
Hippowdon 4
Skarmory 1
Gliscor 1

From bottom to top ordered roughly you can find hidden: Blue Shard, Red Shard, Green Shard, PokeSnax, Stardust, Fairy Gem, Synthetic Seed, Red Shard, Blue Shard, Purple Shard, Common Candy, Super Potion, Max Repel, Poke Ball, PP Up, Water Gem, Green Shard, Great Ball, Ghost Gem, and Potion.

You’ll also notice a few non-hidden items: along the right side you can get a Relic Copper and a Max Ether. On the left side, past a dangerous trainer with F.E.A.R., you’ll be able to get TM08 Bulk Up.

Note that at the very top of the area we won’t be able to move on thanks to an intense sandstorm - this is actually the region’s border, so don’t worry about trying to pass here as we will not be able to. You’ll also notice a cave entrance in the top left corner - this is the Teknite Cave. I am gonna explore here later on, but you can jump to that section if you want to explore it now.

Northeast Tourmaline Desert

Next, we’re gonna checkout the final part of the outside desert area. Make your way to the upper right hand corner of the greater desert area we’ve explored so far.

So, there are also multiple maps going on in the Northeast Tourmaline Desert, but thankfully there are only two and it’s pretty easy to tell where you are. If you haven’t messed with any oases yet, you’ll be on the dirty version, which I will explore first.

Northeast Tourmaline Desert (Dirty)

Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Grimer 100 Grimer 60 Muk 100
    Muk 40    
Cave %
Marowak 20
Cacturne 20
Maractus 10
Krookodile 10
Excadrill 10
Dugtrio 10
Mandibuzz 5
Darmanitan 5
Lairon 4
Hippowdon 4
Skarmory 1
Drapion 1

Roughly from bottom to top, you can find a hidden Repel, Calcium, Blue Shard, Stardust, Purple Shard, Pop Rocks, Great Ball, Red Shard, Elixir, Purple Shard, Blue Shard, Tiny Mushroom, Poke Ball, Shiny Stone, Green Shard, Pearl, Telluric Seed, and Rare Bone.

At the wasteland at the top you can get TM36 Sludge Bomb!

With this map fully explored, now we can finally proceed to mess with the oases. Essentially, as explained before, each time you touch a light shard at a mirage, the map will switch to a different one. If you’ve done this any multiple of three times, the map on the northeast will transform from the dirty map to the clean map. So, go search for three mirages, grab the hidden items on the respective Greater Tourmaline map you land on if you’d like, then return here to explore the Mirage version.

Northeast Tourmaline Desert (Mirage)

Super Rod %
Gastrodon 44
Shellos 40
Bruxish 16
Cave % Water %
Marowak 20 Mandibuzz 60
Cacturne 20 Gliscor 31
Maractus 10 Sigilyph 5
Krookodile 10 Skarmory 4
Excadrill 10    
Dugtrio 10    
Vibrava 5    
Darmanitan 5    
Heliolisk 4    
Hippowdon 4    
Skarmory 1    
Flygon 1    

Again roughly from bottom to top, you can find a hidden Iron, Red Shard, Green Shard, Great Ball, PokeSnax, Purple Shard, Elixir, Red Shard, Oran Berry, Blast Powder, Aspear Berry, Repel, Magical Seed, Poke Ball, and Custap Berry. By surfing you can find hidden Star Piece, Full Restore, and Dusk Stone.

Before we enter the tower, there’s another thing we can do out here. Surf around the back of the tower. There’s a hidden stairs directly behind the tower we can use to get onto the mountainside. Follow this path to get a hidden Stardust, Swift Wing, and Blue Shard.

You can pet Leafeon here for the Eeveelution petting quest. By defeating the Lv. 100 Exeggutor-Alola in the pot, you can talk to the pot to get the Dragonium-Z! There is also a top tier NPC and shop here.

Marcello’s Lemonade Shop

Item Price
Lemonade $350

After buying as much lemonade as you can carry if you’d like, head into the Mirage Tower.

Mirage Tower

Welcome to the Mirage Tower, one of my favorite side areas in the game. We can either climb the tower or access the secret basement. I will go with the basement first.

To reach the basement, you’ll need to smash every mirror along the top wall with Rock Smash. Doing this will hurt your party members, so healing them if you don’t have Taka may be smart. Speaking of Taka:

Relationship Point Choices:

Anyways, head through the opened door to the basement.

Mirage Tower B1F

Cave %
Marowak-Alola 29
Sandslash 24
Lairon 10
Dusclops 10
Dugtrio 10
Cofagrigus 10
Banette 6
Excadrill 1

This is a dark, mazelike room. To progress you will sorta have to do a clockwise spiral outward, grabbing items as you go. Hidden in the basement you can find a Super Potion, 2 Red Shards, Purple Shard, Ultra Ball, Green Shard, Cotton Candy, Ghost Gem, Great Ball, and Heart Scale.

Towards the top of the area, you’ll notice a Mimikyu that you can battle and catch! Nearby it, you’ll find the Poison Memory and a hidden Elemental Seed.

Return to the Mirage Tower proper. Next, we will climb the tower, solving puzzles as we go! Note that your actions on the block will affect the other, but the blocks won’t move if pushed against a barrier. I will put the solutions in invisible text.

Puzzle 1:

Puzzle 2:

Click for Puzzle 2 solution

Puzzle 3:

Click for Puzzle 3 solution

Puzzle 4:

Click for Puzzle 4 solution

You’ll need to go back the way you came and go up at the fork in the stairs to progress.

Puzzle 5:

Click for Puzzle 5 solution

To progress from here, go up through the hole in the glass that will be created.

Puzzle 6:

Click for Puzzle 6 solution

Follow the path back from here… into the Tourmaline Desert once more?

Northeast Tourmaline Desert?

Super Rod %
Gastrodon 40
Bruxish 40
Phione 20
Cave % Water %
Marowak 20 Mandibuzz 60
Cacturne 20 Gliscor 31
Maractus 10 Sigilyph 5
Krookodile 10 Skarmory 4
Excadrill 10    
Vibrava 10    
Dugtrio 5    
Darmanitan 5    
Heliolisk 4    
Flygon 4    
Hippowdon 1    
Skarmory 1    

So, we can get another legendary here, if you can call it that!

Although you might be tempted to head back into the tower, try heading down from here…

Following this path will lead us to the top of Mirage Tower! Here we can pick up the Normalium-Z, TM04 Calm Mind, and Honedge. Excellent rewards, and I recommend training this thing up right away if one of your team members is falling off, as Aegislash is one of the best Pokemon in this game!

That’s it for the Mirage Tower for now.

Sugiline Cave

Next, I’ll take us to the Sugiline Cave. Head over to the east side of the greater desert and hug the right wall until you see a massive opening in a dune, then head in.

As in the other areas:

Relationship Point Choices:

Sugiline Cave

Cave %
Boldore 20
Sandslash 20
Durant 10
Crustle 10
Dugtrio 10
Heatmor 10
Marowak 5
Drapion 5
Maractus 4
Scrafty 4
Gigalith 1
Cacturne 1

Essentially Sugiline Cave has two floors: 1F, and B1F. Falling down a sand vortex on 1F leads you to B1F, but falling down a vortex in B1F brings you all the way back to the beginning of the cave. For this reason, I recommend quick-saving like crazy in here so you don’t waste time and repels getting back to where you are.

On this first map, you can get a hidden X Sp. Atk, Pop Rocks, Blue Shard, and Ultra Potion. Drop down the bottom-left vortex first to B1F.

Grab the hidden Elemental Seed and Big Mushroom and take the ladder to 1F.

On this map you can get a hidden Elemental Seed, Red Shard, Great Ball, and Ultra Ball. Step into the bottom-left most vortex to get a Max Elixir. Unfortunately from here we have no choice but to step into the vortex to return to the front of the dungeon, so take the bottom left vortex and follow the path to where we were before.

This time, take the vortex up and slightly right from the pot that contained the Great Ball. In this area of B1F you can find a hidden Cheri Berry, Protein, and Ether. Again, we’ll have to jump in a vortex from here and return to the 1F level above.

This time, take the top right vortex, then climb the ladder in the area you land in. Up here, pick up the Draco Plate and hidden Super Repel. Again jump into the vortices and make your way back to 1F.

Jump in the top left vortex this time. You can find a hidden PokeSnax in this room. Void out and return for the final time, in this section of the dungeon, at least!

Finally, jump into the vortex on the left side of the pot. Climb the ladder at the top of the rocky path.

In this next room, you can find a hidden X Speed and Dark Gem. Be extra careful here, as all vortices but the correct one will immediately yeet you back to the starting point. The correct one is the one in the middle of the top three, so head down it.

On B1F, be careful to not fall in again and pick up hidden Telluric Seed, Super Potion, and Red Shard, then climb the ladder on the right side.

Grab the hidden Purple Shard and proceed into the room on the right. Push the button in the Arceus statue to finish the left section of the cave! Make your way back to the entrance.

Next, step into the bottom right vortex in the entry room.

In this room, you can get a hidden Carbos, Pecha Berry, and Blue Shard. Climb the ladder at the top.

In this next room, you can find 2 hidden Elemental Seeds, PokeSnax, and Green Shard. Jump into the vortex on the middle of the right side of the room, below a cactus. Pick up a Link Stone then void out and return to the previous room.

Next, jump into the middle of the top three vortices. Be careful here as you grab hidden Ice Heal, Antidote, and Star Piece. Climb the ladder on the left side and push the button in the Arceus statue. Return to the front of the dungeon.

Next, enter the vortex at the very top of the entrance room. Down here you can find a hidden X Speed and PP Up. Climb the ladder to get a Magical Seed and hidden Star Piece, then return to the front of the dungeon.

Finally, hop down the vortex straight up from the cave’s entrance. Here, you can find a hidden Synthetic Seed, Blue Shard, Great Ball, and Common Candy.

In the next room, grab a hidden Genius Wing and Exp. Candy XL, then proceed into the next room. You might wanna save here - all the Garchomp statues can come alive and fight you!

While a fast Ice type can make this not really a problem, they can wear most teams down quickly. Technically you can actually get through this room without having a single battle with very careful movement, so figure out how to get through however you like.

Sugiline Ruin

Cave %
Boldore 20
Sandslash 20
Durant 10
Crustle 10
Dugtrio 10
Heatmor 10
Claydol 9
Drapion 5
Sigilyph 5
Gigalith 1

Explore this room. You can find 2 hidden Red Shards, Elemental Seed, Ultra Ball, Great Ball, Blast Powder, Purple Shard, and Iron. At the top, you can get TM71 Stone Edge!

Talk to the Arceus statue at the top, and vortices will show up all around. Hop down any one of them to reach Sugiline Ruin B1F.

On this floor, you can find the Medichamite, an Impish Mint, Bold Mint, and 3 Exp. Candy XL as well as a hidden Super Potion, Escape Rope, 2 Green Shards, Dragon Gem, and Muscle Wing.

You can also interact with the basins around the area and put in some snax. Head up the ladder, then jump down the corresponding vortex above that basin. You’ll be able to battle and catch Gible! Very nice. Head out of the dungeon via a nearby vortex and return to the desert.

Teknite Cave & Teknite Ridge

Next, we’re going to take a trip to the Teknite Cave in the northwest corner of the Tourmaline Desert. You can save some time by having Pokemon in your party with Power Gem, a ground-shaking move (TM Bulldoze works), and Tailwind, but we can proceed without these moves by having wild Pokemon use them in battle. Enter the cave.

As in the other areas:

Relationship Point Choices:

Teknite Cave Dry Areas

Cave %
Boldore 20
Aron 20
Carbink 10
Durant 10
Lairon 10
Dugtrio 10
Turtonator 9
Heatmor 5
Sandslash 4
Gigalith 1
Aggron 1

In the first room, grab the hidden Tamato Berry then proceed to 2F. In the next, grab the Mountain Field Readout, Dawn Stone, and hidden Magical Seed.

You’ll notice that the “stones shimmer with light” when you enter. As we know by now that means we have to change the field somehow to proceed - we’ll need to transform the Cave Field into Crystal Cavern Field. The only way we can right now is via use of Power Gem - note that wild Carbink can use this move, so if you don’t have it on you, you can just encounter one and hope it uses this move. After the cave is transformed, use the red crystal to create a rock smash wall, and proceed to 3F.

Grab the hidden Purple Shard then transform the field to Crystal Cavern. Use the green crystal to remove the obstacle. Note that we won’t be able to proceed - you’ll need to use Bulldoze, Earthquake, Magnitude, or Fissure to switch back to Cave from here. If you don’t have these moves, wild Sandslash, Dugtrio, and maybe others should have one of these moves. Once the field is changed and a gem is destroyed to clear a path, move to the top of this room then switch to Crystal Cavern once more. Use the crystal, smash the wall, and proceed to 4F.

Switch to Crystal Cavern, then remove the obstacle. Grab the hidden Iron and Potion. Switch back to Cave and grab a hidden Burn Heal at the top and Mental Herb at the bottom. Enter the bottom left room to re-enter 3F, grab the hidden Synthetic Seed, and proceed to the room on the left.

Teknite Cave Wet Area (No Crystals)

Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Finneon 70 Remoraid 60 Qwilfish 45
Goldeen 30 Seaking 20 Remoraid 40
    Qwilfish 20 Octillery 15
Cave % Water %
Boldore 20 Finneon 60
Aron 20 Goldeen 30
Carbink 10 Lumineon 6
Lairon 10 Seaking 4
Dugtrio 10    
Heatmor 10    
Sandslash 9    
Durant 5    
Turtonator 4    
Gigalith 1    
Aggron 1    

Teknite Cave Wet Area (Crystals)

Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Finneon 70 Remoraid 60 Qwilfish 45
Goldeen 30 Seaking 20 Remoraid 40
    Qwilfish 20 Octillery 15
Cave % Water %
Boldore 20 Finneon 60
Aron 20 Goldeen 30
Durant 10 Lumineon 6
Lairon 10 Seaking 4
Dugtrio 10    
Heatmor 10    
Sandslash 9    
Turtonator 9    
Gigalith 1    
Aggron 1    

Surf to a hidden Repel. Switch to a Cave Field and use the blue crystal at the bottom to cross the water. Grab a hidden Magical Seed and proceed. Grab the Buginium-Z and the hidden Blue Shard. Return to 4F, this time going through the top left exit.

Teknite Ridge

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Durant 20 Durant 20 Durant 20
Heatmor 20 Heatmor 20 Heatmor 20
Turtonator 15 Turtonator 15 Minior 19
Talonflame 11 Talonflame 10 Talonflame 11
Pidgeot 10 Sandslash 10 Lycanroc 10
Mandibuzz 10 Mandibuzz 10 Mandibuzz 10
Lycanroc 5 Lycanroc 5 Turtonator 5
Skarmory 4 Braviary 4 Skarmory 4
Braviary 4 Skarmory 4 Gliscor 1
Gliscor 1 Pidgeot 1    
    Gliscor 1    

Pushing the strength boulders out of the way, hop across to the bottom left corner to get a hidden Relic Copper. Hopping to the top right, you can get a hidden Health Wing. Finally, hop to the top left to re-enter Teknite Cave. Grab a hidden Paralyze Heal and proceed to the next Teknite Ridge map.

On this map, you can find a hidden Green Shard, Roseli Berry, Potion, Escape Rope, Quick Ball as well as 3 Exp. Candy XL and TM75 Swords Dance. Hop across some rocks to the left to get a hidden Nugget and the Mawilite!

Return to the 4F map with branching paths, this time going up and right. On this map, you won’t be able to fully explore as is, but by using Tailwind in a battle, you can now jump three horizontal spaces instead of two! Wild Pidgeot and Talonflame may use this move if you don’t have it on you.

Hop your way to the next by the entrance to get the Pidgeotite. Hopping to the right from here you’ll find the Ice Memory. Back nearby the entrance, hop slightly up and left to get a hidden Hyper Potion in a rock. Hop to the landmass to your right, and grab the hidden Leppa Berry. Hugging the top left as much as possible, hop across to the top-left corner of the map. Jump down just one ledge, then go right. Hop to a nearby rock for a hidden Level Ball, then grab the PP Max at the top.

Hop back to the central landmass, this time climbing a bit higher and hopping to the right. It’s a bit hard to spot, but to proceed, you’ll need to hop at the top left corner of the next landmass up and around to the next landmass at the top. Hopping down one ledge, go right and hop up and around. Follow this path to the top of the hill to get a Rowlet egg!

That’s it for the Teknite Range, so feel free to fly out of here back to Lower Peridot if you want.

1R253 Scrapyard

If you have Taka with you and want him to stay with you for more points, conversations, and free heals, save this area for later, as once we get a fair bit in, he will leave our side.

As in the other areas:

Relationship Point Choices:

Time to proceed to the next story area! You’ve probably seen a large area surrounded by tons of traincars in the central northern desert - this is our destination. Actually, to start, make your way to the Northwestern Tourmaline Desert to start.

At the bottom right of this map but before you enter the Greater Tourmaline map, you will find a entrance to a train car. Go through this train car, and you’ll emerge in the 1R253 Scrapyard!

1R253 Scrapyard

Cave % Rock Smash %
Steelix 20 Nosepass 60
Lairon 20 Shuckle 30
Krookodile 10 Probopass 9
Excadrill 10 Torkoal 1
Dugtrio 10    
Skarmory 10    
Marowak 5    
Darmanitan 5    
Probopass 4    
Sandslash 4    
Hippowdon 1    
Aggron 1    

Go straight up and grab the Max Repel. Towards the bottom of the area you’ll see a green train with an open door - getting inside, we can use it to move forward, unless there is a Rock Smash boulder on the track. This puzzle is a pretty fun one in my opinion, so feel free to skip ahead until the next section if you’d like to try to solve it all yourself.

So, use this train to go forward, pushing a different train onto some vertical tracks. From here, go straight up and into a train car. Follow the path through many different cars until you emerge once more. Smash the rock then backtrack through this train. Going down then left and back up, you can now use the train at the top to go right.

From here, you’ll be… railroaded… into going to the right and down. Once you hop down a horizontal ledge look to the right to smash a rock, then continue down your path. Finally, you’ll be spit out in the main area of the scrapyard. If you enter the train cars at the very bottom, you can return to the Greater Tourmaline Desert, so if you need to fly out of here to heal, that’s where you’ll return.

Head up and enter the nearby train, then hop down the ledge to the left. Smash two rocks below and to the left. Continuing left and down, enter the train. It will only go a few tiles, so head right from here to enter the next train. On top of the hill, grab the Max Repel and Steel Memory, then jump down. Head left around this hill and smash the rock, then go back down below the hill, and enter the nearest green train to the right. This will drop you off near another green train, which you can now ride west.

From here, go down as far as you can, then head right. We are going to exit this area via the train cars at the bottom. Back on the outside of the scrapyard, head to the right, and you’ll see another traincar entrance to the scrapyard. Use this entrance to re-enter the scrapyard.

This path will take you to a train, which you can now ride all the way left. Once it bumps a train out of the way, go down from here and enter the vertical train to go up to enter a new map!

Grab the hidden Dire Hit and Synthetic Seed on the map. Enter the horizontal train in the bottom left, then climb the hill. Hop down the ledges to climb down the hill. Follow the new path far to the southwest to get 3 Exp. Candy XL, then jump in the nearby train and ride it left. Head back to the top right and take the vertical train for a ride downward!

Grab the hidden Big Mushroom and enter the nearby train car. Follow the path through these cars until you emerge once more into the outside air.

This area is sometimes referred to as Train Town and thankfully you’ll be able to fly here in the future. Taka leaves your party here as well.

Around this area, you can pick up a Max Repel as well as hidden Common Candy, Purple Shard, Synthetic Seed, Aspear Berry, Red Shard, Poke Ball, Purple Shard, and PokeSnax.

If Taka is with you, he will take a rest and lie down in a train car on the bottom right side of the area. Talk to Europa before you follow him if you like.

Relationship Point Choices:

You can talk to the residents of the Train Town and learn about them. In the bottom left train, if you’ve been to Mirage Tower, you’ll see a warp that will bring you there. Handy.

Depending on the time of day, Bouffalant Bill will be either outside or in a train car on the upper right side of the area that contains a healing machine. He will sell us some stuff.

Bouffalant Bill Shop

Item Price
Poke Ball $200
Great Ball $600
Ultra Ball $1200
Max Repel $900
Escape Rope $550
Full Heal $600
Ultra Potion $1200

In a train car at the top of the area you can access a PC and meet Stephoscope. Talking to her twice after visiting Teknite Ridge, you’ll be given the Houndoominite. Excellent.

More importantly than all that though… by talking to him on the east side of Train Town, we can finally finish the quest. You know the one - we started it 5 minutes into the game when the fisherman and his buddy sold us a Pokemon and then stole it from us. We’ve watched our Pokemon by rights get taken by a guy in the slums, stolen by both the Magma Gang and Aqua Gang, and taken into the possession of an associate of the slimy Seventh Street Pokemon salesman. Next it was stolen by Corin Rouge, who had three of his associates bamboozle us long enough to escape into the desert. We paid the gold price for the Pokemon sixteen episodes ago. But now it’s time to pay the iron price by defeating Corin Rouge once and for all.

Dashing Rogue Corin-Rouge (Ultra Potion). Field: Desert Field

This cruel thief has a Z-move and some Pokemon with Desert Field synergy, but they shouldn’t be too tough to take out. Just be careful of the sixth, who can easily sweep your team if you aren’t careful.

By defeating him we can finally get our hands on our legendary weapon: Magikarp. I jest, but Gyarados is one of the strongest Pokemon in the game, so it is indeed worth it.

Make your way out of the Train Town via the train car at the bottom. In the next area you can get a hidden X Sp. Atk and X Speed. You’ll notice an entrance to a train car in the top right corner, which is where we’ll go to continue the story. For now there are a couple goodies in the scrapyard that we couldn’t access before, so I’ll get those first.

Down and right from here you can find the Amulet Coin and a hidden Blue Shard. Left of here you’ll find a Max Repel and a hidden Heart Scale and Green Shard. Enter the train at the end of the path, picking up the Exp. Candy XL and Star Piece in the pit. Climb out via the railroad tracks, and follow the track that this train just took up to get TM19 Roost.

Next, head down from here, then left as soon as you’re able. Make your way to the top left corner of the area, where you’ll now be able to pick up a Max Elixir.

That wraps up all we can get in the scrapyard, so fly back over to Train Town, exit out the bottom and enter the train car in the top right corner of the next area.

Follow the path through a ton of train cars until you emerge… what?

Once Upon a Somewhere

You’ll find yourself in a new location entirely. Not what you expected, huh?

Once Upon a Somewhere / Once Upon a Waste of Time

Land % Headbutt %
Lilligant 20 Ribombee 55
Aromatisse 20 Ferroseed 20
Illumise 10 Musharna 10
Cinccino 10 Altaria 10
Volbeat 10 Ferrothorn 5
Rapidash 10    
Audino 5    
Druddigon 5    
Escavalier 4    
Chansey 4    
Altaria 1    
Florges 1    

It seems like this first map is an infinite maze - it essentially is. Try biking in random directions until you see a set of stairs ascending upwards, then take those. You’ll see them eventually, I’m sure.

On the next map, you can find a hidden Green Shard and Sitrus Berry. Proceed into the castle. Here, you’ll have to fight some Knights as you proceed.

You’ll wake up in a tower. Read the placards at each floor as you go up or down the stairs until you see a pile of books leading out of a window.

On the exterior of the tower, climb the vines. On the left at the top you’ll see the Dragon’s Den Field Readout. As you head right, Titania will talk to you.

Relationship Point Choices:

Complicated, but anyways, she’ll give you the Sapphire Bracelets. Proceed right.

Grab the hidden Super Potion, Ultra Potion, and non-hidden Dragon Fang in the Belly of the Beast, then prepare for a battle. Depending on your choices, it’ll be different.

If you’re on, well, Reshiram Route, you’ll get this:

The Legendary Dragon. Field: Dragon’s Den

Whereas, surprise, if you’re on Zekrom Route, you’ll get this:

The Legendary Dragon. Field: Dragon’s Den

At least now you know why the routes are named as they are. Win your conquest with whatever clever tactics or raw strength you need to slay a dragon, and proceed.

Pick up the hidden Health Wing, Revive, and Lava Cookie beyond, and watch the scenes play out at the top of the room.

Head up at the top to Titania’s arena!

Alloy Badge

Before starting the battle, you can jump into the blue hole at the top and go left from here if you want a shortcut to Train Town for some prep - there’s a good chance your team won’t be good enough for the upcoming gym fight. Anyways, up from here is a hole you can jump into to return to the tower. Along the way back to the gym, you’ll even find a Rare Candy!

Guardian Princess Titania (3x Ultra Potion). Field: Fairy Tale Arena (Active Hail)

The Fairy Tale arena boosts Fairy and Dragon moves, along with giving Fire moves a Dragon sub-typing. It also boosts Steel moves and gives them effectiveness on Dragon. Defensively, Steel types already resist Fairy and Dragon, so with the nerf to Fire moves, Titania definitely uses the type best positioned on this field. Instead of Sandstorm, this fight is accompanied by Hail, which allows her Sandslash to outspeed and set up Aurora Veil if it likes. Past that, Empoleon, Excadrill, and Mega Scizor are all very strong steel types with lots of coverage, the latter even having a very nasty Technician, field boosted, priority Bullet Punch, and Excadrill a nasty boosted Smart Strike. Klefki is very annoying as usual thanks to prankster Paralysis on command but also humorously can sweep you with Calm Mind and boosted Draining Kiss to heal. As you’d expect, her Aegislash five levels above the cap with insane boosts on three of its moves is no slouch - bulking up when it uses King’s Shield and getting stronger when it attacks, priority or otherwise. On top of this, Excadrill and Aegislash have Magical Seeds, protecting their Pokemon for a turn, lowering your stats if you try to attack them, and allowing them each to set up a +3 Swords Dance. Scary! (just know that in previous versions the seed would also boost Attack for free…)

There are a good number of strategies that remain for you to use, thankfully. A Pokemon with Protect, Swords Dance, and a move like Earthquake or Brick Break can probably sweep through most of the team with a bit of speed control support as long as they can live a priority attack or two. There are a ton of abilities and moves that allow you to gain Defense, so if you’re able to deal with Klefki and Empoleon there may be a working strategy involving going all in on Defense boosts to neutralize her attack boosts and such. There are also some boosts to attacks and abilities: Mystical Fire / Magician and Sparkling Aria / Oceanic Operetta do get boosted here if you want to try to sweep with your starter Delphox or Primarina! Queenly Majesty gives a boost to damage, combine this with its natural ability to cancel out Bullet Punch and Shadow Sneak, and Tsareena may end up being very helpful here. The Magical Seed giving a free turn can also be used by you, with the added bonus of you being able to hard switch in to a contact move to force a stat lower on one of her party members if need be. If you’re really stuck, you can literally consider going 6 Magical Seeds held to grant yourself 6 free turns - this is what I did once upon a time to win this fight with a Fairy monotype.

For winning, you’ll get the Alloy Badge, boosting the level cap to 90. You also get TM91 Flash Cannon.

Jump down the pit at the top and go left to return to Train Town.

Reborn Restoration Project 2

Pokemon Reborn Episode 17 actually came out and allowed players to get two badges, so there is still a bit of content left in the chapter. First is some optional content.

If you haven’t yet gotten the Mega-Z Ring, the quest will now be opened back up if you’d like to complete it now. Head over to the Nightclub and talk to Arclight to get started, then checkout the respective section of the walkthrough for steps. Even if you have completed this part, fly over to the Nightclub anyways, where you can pet Jolteon for the quest.

Head over to the Grand Hall. Now that we’ve beaten Titania, we can fund another restoration project.

Relationship Point Choices:

If you’d like to complete another one, the choices and corresponding references are here:

There is one more thing we can do before continuing: fly over to Calcenon City.

Relationship Point Choices:

Torrent Badge

With that out of the way, we can pretty much head right to the next gym. Fly to the Celestinine Cascade and enter the Fiore Mansion. You can pet Vaporeon for that quest, and talk to Julia for some A+ gym advice. Enter the gym room at the back.

Reshiram Route: Fiore Gym

If you’re on the Zekrom Route, skip ahead to the next section.

Unfortunately this gym’s layout is super confusing, but I will guide us through. For now, dive down here and then make your way down at the three-way fork. Thankfully this way is very linear, so go straight. Once you have two waterfalls to choose from, go up the left to get a hidden Heart Scale then proceed.

Surface in the gym room, then talk to Amaria. Use the warp to return to the front of the gym, for it’s time to look for Amaria. You’ll need to find her three times.

This time, head right at the underwater fork. When you surface, you can get a hidden Full Restore. The path from here is linear. When you surface next, you can get a hidden Ultra Potion on the left. Continuing, when you encounter a fork, go down instead of left. Amaria #1 is encountered in the next room, on the left side of the loop.

Continue into the next room in the bottom right. Going right at the fork will lead you to an Elemental Seed. Follow the path through, surfacing. Continue to follow the path at the next dive spot. At the fork, go left instead of right.

Exit this next room at the top and surface to get a Max Revive. Dive back down, this time exiting the large room in the southeast exit. Exit this room on the northeast side.

Go left at the first fork to reach the Slowbronite! Back at the fork head straight up, and then left as soon as you can to surface. There’s a hidden Ability Capsule at the base of the waterfall. Grab it, then head back up the waterfall and dive down into the room we were just in. In the southeast is Amaria #2. From here, head into the room we previously visited in the southwest corner.

You’ll find Amaria #3 in the pocket towards the center of the room.

Relationship Point Choices:

After the scenes that play out here, you’ll end up in the Fiore Mansion. Prepare yourself, then return to the gym when ready.

Take the teleporter to the gym arena and talk to Amaria.

Amaria will ask you if you want to battle in Singles or Doubles - but she’ll actually challenge you in the format opposite of what you request!

Jetsam Amaria (3x Ultra Potion). Field: Water Surface

Surprise, the Water gym leader has a team built for the Water Surface and Underwater Fields. These fields, especially the latter, are pretty suffocating for most Pokemon, drastically slowing them down and allowing Amaria to hit hard with Whirlpool, Dive, etc. On the surface Electric types and maybe Grass types can get away with their usual tricks somewhat, although with Ludicolo, Kingdra, and Swampert you won’t have the easiest time sweeping and the group all have lots of coverage, and on Reshiram route only, the latter can Mega Evolve! These three also have Swift Swim, which is always on for these two fields. Wishiwashi doesn’t stop schooling, so keep that in mind. Lapras with its seed and Curse can set up on you and is also immune to status conditions on these fields, so you might be in for a shock if it sets up and is unkillable. This team isn’t super complicated, just hits hard and is prepared to deal with most of what you throw at it.

You can consider trying to change up the field - Murkwater Surface can wear down her Pokemon with chip damage… although she can change it back with half of her team’s Whirlpool. Icy Surface can allow you to actually use hazards and ignore all the speed shenanigans… although she can change it back with Swampert’s Earthquake or two uses of Kingdra’s Scald. You can also create a team specifically for one of the fields. Raichu-Alola for example does great on the Water Surface, and Dhelmise can be really powerful Underwater. Any Pokemon with Water Absorb, Dry Skin, or Storm Drain such as Heliolisk and Cradily can also neutralize many of the attacks she will try to use and let you wear out her Pokemon, potentially to Toxic stall or take away her PP with the non-Water type moves. Especially Underwater, your own Water types with Swift Swim can be very useful here as well - if you can get past her Kingdra, your own Ludicolo can be particularly good here. There are lots of strategies that you can use here once you get around how solid her team is in the the Water / Underwater fields.

Jetsam Amaria (3x Ultra Potion). Field: Water Surface

Amaria’s Doubles team is built well around the Water Surface and the spread of Surf to your party while taking little/no damage from the spread to her party members, as Vaporeon and Seismitoad both have Water Absorb. This means your own Water types will potentially have a harder time on this fight than the singles fight. With Primarina’and Blastoise’s coverage, Lanturn to check your Electric types and no-status condition Lapras to potentially ruin a sweeper’s day thanks to Perish Song and Protect, she has a pretty bulky team that can deal with lots of teams you attempt to use. On Zekrom Route only, her Blastoise can mega-evolve, making its Aura Sphere a bit stronger and raising its stats somewhat.

As with the singles fight you may consider transforming the field. Murkwater Surface will deal passive damage to her team members each turn… but Lanturn and Blastoise may change it back with Whirlpool. Icy Field helps alleviate the speed issues, boosts, etc… but can be changed back with Seismitoad’s Earthquake. The latter is potentially a good route to go with if you have a fast special-attacking Grass type who can one shot Seismitoad on turn 1. You can also try using the Water Surface or Underwater to your advantage - without Swift Swim on any of her Pokemon, bringing some Swift Swimmers of your own might let you outspeed and crush her with the right setups. Raichu-Alola can do ok on the Water Surface in this fight, and Dhelmise can be really powerful Underwater. Any Pokemon with Water Absorb, Dry Skin, or Storm Drain such as Heliolisk and Cradily can also neutralize many of the attacks she will try to use and let you wear out her Pokemon, potentially to Toxic stall or take away her PP with the non-Water type moves. There are lots of strategies that you can use here once you get around how solid her team is in the the Water / Underwater fields.

Regardless of which fight you chose, you’ll be rewarded with the Torrent Badge and TM55 Scald. Sweet.

Zekrom Route: Fiore Gym

If you’re on the Reshiram Route, skip ahead to the next section.

Unfortunately this gym’s layout is super confusing, but I will guide us through. For now, dive down here and then make your way down at the three-way fork. Thankfully this way is very linear, so go straight. Once you have two waterfalls to choose from, go up the left to get a hidden Heart Scale then proceed.

Surface in the gym room, then talk to Titania. Use the warp to return to the front of the gym, for it’s time to look for Amaria. You’ll need to find her three times.

This time, head right at the underwater fork. When you surface, you can get a hidden Full Restore. The path from here is linear. When you surface next, you can get a hidden Ultra Potion on the left. Continuing, when you encounter a fork, go down instead of left. Enter the next room.

Continue into the next room in the bottom right. Going right at the fork will lead you to an Elemental Seed. Follow the path through, surfacing. Continue to follow the path at the next dive spot. At the fork, go left instead of right. The next room contains Amaria #1 swimming around the upper loop.

Exit this room at the top and surface to get a Max Revive. Dive back down, this time exiting the large room in the southeast exit. In a loop to the right, you’ll find Amaria #2. Exit this room on the northeast side.

Go left at the first fork to reach the Slowbronite! Back at the fork head straight up, and then left as soon as you can to surface. There’s a hidden Ability Capsule at the base of the waterfall. Grab it, then head back up the waterfall and dive down into the room we were just in. In the northeast is Amaria #3. From here, head into the room we previously visited in the southwest corner.

Continue through this room and follow the path to the next in the bottom left corner. Exit the next room via the left-most exit, and at the fork in the next room, go right. Surface here, then follow the path at the next dive spot. This is the fork where we started our diving, so enter the door at the top and surface, then leave. Prepare yourself, then return to the gym when ready.

Take the teleporter to the gym arena and talk to Titania, then to Amaria.

Amaria will ask you if you want to battle in Singles or Doubles.

Flotsam Amaria (2x Ultra Potion). Field: Water Surface

Surprise, the Water gym leader has a team built for the Water Surface and Underwater Fields. These fields, especially the latter, are pretty suffocating for most Pokemon, drastically slowing them down and allowing Amaria to hit hard with Whirlpool, Dive, etc. On the surface Electric types and maybe Grass types can get away with their usual tricks somewhat, although with Ludicolo, Kingdra, and Swampert you won’t have the easiest time sweeping and the group all have lots of coverage, and on Zekrom route only, she’ll have a Dragon type Z-move. The first two also have Swift Swim, which is always on for these two fields. Wishiwashi doesn’t stop schooling, so keep that in mind. Lapras with its seed and Curse can set up on you and is also immune to status conditions on these fields, so you might be in for a shock if it sets up and is unkillable. This team isn’t super complicated, just hits hard and is prepared to deal with most of what you throw at it.

You can consider trying to change up the field - Murkwater Surface can wear down her Pokemon with chip damage… although she can change it back with half of her team’s Whirlpool. Icy Surface can allow you to actually use hazards and ignore all the speed shenanigans… although she can change it back with Swampert’s Earthquake or two uses of Kingdra’s Scald. You can also create a team specifically for one of the fields - Raichu-Alola for example does great on the Water Surface, and Dhelmise can be really powerful Underwater. Any Pokemon with Water Absorb, Dry Skin, or Storm Drain such as Heliolisk and Cradily can also neutralize many of the attacks she will try to use and let you wear out her Pokemon, potentially to Toxic stall or take away her PP with the non-Water type moves. Especially Underwater, your own Water types with Swift Swim can be very useful here as well - if you can get past her Kingdra, your own Ludicolo can be particularly good here. There are lots of strategies that you can use here once you get around how solid her team is in the the Water / Underwater fields.

Flotsam Amaria (2x Ultra Potion). Field: Water Surface

Amaria’s Doubles team is built well around the Water Surface and the spread of Surf to your party while taking little/no damage from the spread to her party members, as Vaporeon and Seismitoad both have Water Absorb. This means your own Water types will potentially have a harder time on this fight than the singles fight. With Primarina’and Blastoise’s coverage, Lanturn to check your Electric types and no-status condition Lapras to potentially ruin a sweeper’s day thanks to Perish Song and Protect, she has a pretty bulky team that can deal with lots of teams you attempt to use. On Zekrom Route only, her Blastoise has a Fighting type Z-move, as well.

As with the singles fight you may consider transforming the field. Murkwater Surface will deal passive damage to her team members each turn… but Lanturn and Blastoise may change it back with Whirlpool. Icy Field helps alleviate the speed issues, boosts, etc… but can be changed back with Seismitoad’s Earthquake. The latter is potentially a good route to go with if you have a fast special-attacking Grass type who can one shot Seismitoad on turn 1. You can also try using the Water Surface or Underwater to your advantage - without Swift Swim on any of her Pokemon, bringing some Swift Swimmers of your own might let you outspeed and crush her with the right setups. Raichu-Alola can do ok on the Water Surface in this fight, and Dhelmise can be really powerful Underwater. Any Pokemon with Water Absorb, Dry Skin, or Storm Drain such as Heliolisk and Cradily can also neutralize many of the attacks she will try to use and let you wear out her Pokemon, potentially to Toxic stall or take away her PP with the non-Water type moves. There are lots of strategies that you can use here once you get around how solid her team is in the the Water / Underwater fields.

Regardless of which fight you chose, you’ll be rewarded with the Torrent Badge and TM55 Scald. Sweet.

Episode 18: Void-Kissed

Exit the gym! Time to progress the story just a little bit in order to knock out some sidequests.

Head over to Calcenon City, then enter “that one apartment building where a bunch of plot happens, for some reason”. You know the one.

Relationship Point Choices:

Head out towards Route 4. In the gatehouse, talk to Charlotte if you’d like.

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Head out to Route 4. On the east end of the right, you’ll see Hardy standing next to a Rock Climbing wall, and as you might guess, he gives us TMX9 Rock Climb. Up the nearby hill would be where we’d go to continue the story, but we do have a few sidequests to take care of in the meantime!

Reborn Restoration Project 3

With 16 badges in hand, we can finally complete the third and last of the Grand Hall restoration projects.

Relationship Point Choices:

Once you’ve funded all three projects, the guy at the desk will give you the Absolite.

If you’d like to complete another one, the choices and corresponding references are here:

Starter Egg Quest Part 2

Since the last time we made progress on this quest, it is now guaranteed that we can complete all three of the restoration projects, meaning by now it is guaranteed that we can breed Bulbasaur, Chimchar, and either Oshawott or Litten depending on gang choice. We also recently found Rowlet, so we can donate four more eggs to Kamaya in the Grand Hall.

This brings the total up to 17/21 eggs donated; since we passed 15, that means we get the Reset Disc- SPDEF as a reward. The next time I will bring us back here, we will for sure have the last four starters to finish this quest.

Rock Climb Exploration

We’ve chopped down menacing small trees. We’ve smashed brittle rocks and pushed aside heavy boulders. We’ve crossed massive bodies of water, gone up perilous waterfalls and dived down to the deepest trenches imaginable. We’ve lit up the darkest of dungeons and flown across the vast Reborn Region. But now? It’s finally time to climb rocks.

You can probably tell we’re reaching the endgame, so there are tons of excellent but optional rewards that we can now get with Rock Climb. Follow along to grab ‘em all, or jump to the Route 4 section to get on with the story. Note that any rock walls that I don’t mention here are merely shortcuts (and, mostly obsolete thanks to Fly).

Climbin’ at Azurine & Apophyll

I’ll start with some easy ones. Fly over to Azurine Island. Surf up from the nature center - towards the middle of the big island, you’ll see a climbable wall. At the end of the short path above it, you’ll be able to pick up the Poisonium-Z!

Next, fly over to Apophyll Beach. Make your way towards Pyrous Mountain, and climb down to get TM52 Focus Blast. Hope you don’t miss!

Climbin’ at Teknite Ridge

First, fly over to the desert. Make your way all the way to the Teknite Cave in the northwest. Progress through the cave until you reach the split paths on 4F. Use the top left exit and make your way all the way to the dead end.

By hopping across some rocks to the top left corner, you’ll notice a climbing wall. At the top, you can find a hidden Ability Capsule and a Jangmo-o egg! Sweet.

That’s not all we can do in the Teknite Ridge, but we will be accessing a different side of the ridge to finish up.

Fly over to the Beryl Ward, and enter the Beryl Cave. On 1F, you can use Rock Climb to access a new area. Grab the hidden Red Shard and head into the next room, which has a hidden Hard Stone. Climb up once more to emerge into a new section of the Teknite Ridge.

Teknite Ridge (Beryl Cave Area)

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Durant 20 Durant 20 Durant 20
Heatmor 20 Heatmor 20 Heatmor 20
Turtonator 15 Turtonator 15 Druddigon 19
Accelgor 14 Druddigon 15 Sandslash 10
Sandslash 10 Sandslash 11 Accelgor 10
Graveler 10 Graveler 10 Graveler 10
Druddigon 5 Accelgor 4 Turtonator 5
Lickilicky 4 Lickilicky 4 Lickilicky 5
Talonflame 1 Gliscor 1 Gliscor 1
Gliscor 1        

Hidden on this map, we can obtain a Green Shard, Energy Powder, Dusk Ball, Common Candy, and Calcium. Enter the cave at the top.

Teknite Cave (Beryl Cave Area)

Cave %
Boldore 20
Aron 20
Durant 10
Lairon 10
Dugtrio 10
Heatmor 10
Sandslash 9
Turtonator 9
Gigalith 1
Aggron 1

Grab the hidden Heart Scale. We’ll need to transform this field to Dark Crystal Cavern - using the TM for Dark Pulse, this should be doable.

Once you succeed, smash the wall at the top and proceed to the next room. Head up once you’re ready for a fight.

Pokemon Fulgor. Field: Dark Crystal Cavern

A fight against one excellent Pokemon, but I’m sure you can find a way to defeat it by now. Pick up the Catching Charm: Ruby here, as well as the hidden Fire Stone and Ability Capsule. Talk to the sunburst thing in the top right side of the room to battle and catch Larvesta!

Exit the cave. You can fly out from the Ridge.

Climbin’ at Route 2 and Route 3

Fly to the Celestinine Cascade. By heading down the stairs from the Fiore Gym, climb the first rock wall you see to get TM28 Leech Life. If you haven’t moved the nearby Crustle to access the cave behind it, Rock Climb will make doing this easy.

Make your way to the north side of Route 2. On the right, you’ll see a short climb leading to 5 Exp. Candy XL.

Next, climb the ladder to Route 3. Climb down the single tile Rock Climb to skip the first cave, then go as far right as you can. Enter the next cave and climb the rock in the top left corner inside to get a hidden Exp. Candy XL. From here, proceed all the way through the cave as we did once before until you emerge back on Route 3.

From here, go right and climb down the rocks nearby. Grab the hidden Synthetic Seed and enter the nearby cave. Here, you can get TM53 Energy Ball, a Dragon Fang, and a hidden Full Restore. Exit this cave.

Climbin’ in Tanzan Depths

Fly over to the Tanzan Cove and enter the main part of Tanzan Mountain. Go past the meteor base and down the stairs to enter the Tanzan Depths.

In the area where we fought Steelix, make your way to the top left and climb across the metal beam. Climb up here. You’ll find a Muscle Band, Rock Memory, Big Nugget, and Kangaskhanite here as well as hidden items: Escape Rope, 4 Tiny Mushrooms, Green Shard, Red Shard, Exp. Candy XL, Awakening, Blue Shard, and Carbos.

Enter any one of the three caves.

Tanzan Depths (Small Back Caves)

Cave %
Sandslash 30
Graveler-Alola 20
Dugtrio 15
Durant 14
Hippowdon 14
Seviper 5
Steelix 1
Excadrill 1

Use Earthquake, Magnitude, etc. in a battle twice to make some green crystal gems fall - this is necessary to explore the other part of the Tanzan Depths.

Use an Escape Rope or Dig to save time if you’d like, and return to Tanzan Cove. Surf across the cove and enter the Tanzan Mountain entrance here. Climb down the rocks.

In the next room, you can find an Exp. Candy XL as well as a hidden Super Repel, Escape Rope, 2 PokeSnax, Purple Shard, Stardust, and Great Ball, as well as tons of mining rocks. Once you get everything, break the ground by using Magnitude or Earthquake twice in battle once more.

The floor will collapse, creating a new climbing wall. Head down. In the next room, talk to the Green Crystal to get Larvitar to move. You can get a hidden Green Shard and Awakening in here. Proceed to the next room.

Here is the first of the Larvitar puzzles. By knocking down the four green crystals, we can use them as directions that we want Larvitar to go. As long as there is a path in the specified direction (up, down, left, right) to a translucent rock, it will go there and remove it. I will provide routes in invisible text that remove the most rocks and allow you to get all items.

Click for Larvitar Puzzle 1 Solution

Pick up the now-accessible Jolly Mint and Timid Mint. Proceed to the next room.

Click for Larvitar Puzzle 2 Solution

Pick up the now-accessible Focus Sash, Modest Mint, and Nugget. The door in the bottom left side where Larvitar entered will lead you to an Ability Capsule. Backtrack and enter the next room in the top right.

Click for Larvitar Puzzle 3 Solution

Pick up the Amplified Rock, Adamant Mint, and 4 Glitter Balls, then proceed. In this next room, you can get the Rockium-Z as well as a hidden Dark Gem and 3 Exp. Candy XL. And, you can battle and catch Larvitar!

That’s all we can do here, so escape from this cave.

Climbin’ in the Iolia Valley

Make your way to the east side of Route 1, then Rock Slide down into the Iolia Valley. Make your way to Luna’s gym room. You can actually rock climb in here.

Do so, then use the purple crystal to grab a Dark Material. Exit the cave.

We should now have 3 Dark Materials - one is at the top of the waterfall in this valley, the other was in the locked room of the Sanctum. With all three in your bag as well as a Soul Candle, fly over to Lapis Ward and make your way down to the Subseven Sanctum.

Talk to the summoning table for a battle with Deino.

Climbin’ in the Mountains

Next, it’s time to enter the three-mountain complex one more time for a few goodies. Fly over to the Route 1 Nature Center, grab a Tauros and make your way to the Celestinine Mountain B2F entrance via the North Aventurine Woods.

At the top of the ice puzzle, you’ll see a climbing wall. Go up it, then surf to the left and push the nearby boulder to the left. Rock climb back down, this time making your way down the stairs to the left of the ice puzzle. Head up past the pushed boulder to get a Life Orb. Pokemon Showdown, here we come.

From here, our next destination is Ametrine Mountain 2F. You can either go through the mountain complex to get there or just fly to the Circus or Ametrine City and make your way there that way.

We’ve gone this path once before to get some items. Climb the waterfall in the northeast side of Ametrine Mountain 2F to reach 3F, then cross the ice north. Carefully go across the ice on the top left side to climb another fall to 4F. Once you reach 4F, save the game for in case you mess up, then beach at the top. You’ll see a rock chilling in the middle of the ice puzzle towards the top left side. Drop down the ledge such that you’ll be stopped by that rock, then go right and up into a climbable wall. Grab a hidden Blue Shard then go up to 5F.

Complete an ice puzzle here, grab a Paralyze Heal, then take the waterfall down. Not down one floor, not two, but down EIGHT floors, you’ll land on Ametrine Mountain B4F.

Ametrine Mountain B4F

Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Finneon 70 Remoraid 60 Octillery 40
Wishiwashi 30 Horsea 20 Seadra 40
    Qwilfish 20 Shellder 15
        Dratini 5
Cave % Water %
Cubchoo 20 Wailmer 60
Spheal 20 Seel 30
Beartic 11 Lumineon 5
Delibird 11 Wishiwashi 4
Bergmite 10 Dewgong 1
Sealeo 10    
Sandshrew 5    
Sandslash 5    
Cryogonal 4    
Snorunt 4    

Yay, another pseudo legendary now obtainable.

On this floor, you can also pick up the Icium-Z as well as a Jolly Mint and 4 Exp. Candy XL. You can also find a hidden Burn Heal and Antidote down here.

That’s all we can do in here, so escape the mountains however you please.

Upper Route 4

That wraps up all the optional rocks that we can climb, so fly on back to Calcenon and head east to where Hardy is on Route 4. Climb the rocks here.

Note that there are a lot of different encounter tables for the various maps of Route 4.

Upper Route 4 (Forest Field Maps, No Water)

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Audino 20 Audino 20 Audino 20
Piloswine 20 Piloswine 20 Piloswine 20
Abomasnow 10 Whimsicott 10 Abomasnow 10
Whimsicott 10 Abomasnow 10 Noctowl 10
Sawsbuck 10 Sawsbuck 10 Hypno 10
Chansey 10 Chansey 10 Chimecho 10
Wigglytuff 5 Wigglytuff 5 Zebstrika 5
Hypno 5 Hypno 5 Chansey 5
Zangoose 5 Zebstrika 4 Bisharp 4
Shroomish 4 Shroomish 4 Shroomish 4
Zebstrika 1 Bisharp 1 Trevenant 1
    Absol 1 Absol 1
Headbutt %
Swablu 30
Pineco 25
Aipom 20
Forretress 14
Altaria 6
Ambipom 5

On the map you can get a hidden Red Shard, Guard Spec, Heart Scale, and Green Shard. Climb the rock to the next map.

Grab a hidden Cotton Candy here then use the left of the two rock climbs to go up. Grab a hidden Telluric Seed and proceed up the next slope. Here, you can get a hidden Max Repel, Red Shard, and Escape Rope on this level. Towards the bottom left side, there is a climbing path that goes down and left. Climb down it.

This brings us back to the first map we were on, at a different point. Grab a hidden Synthetic Seed then climb up the rocks on the left. Grab the Full Restore and the hidden Green Shard.

Make your way back to the previous map and go up the slope towards the top. On this map, a chill will settle in the air.

Upper Route 4 (Mountain Field Maps, No Water)

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Audino 20 Audino 20 Audino 20
Piloswine 20 Piloswine 20 Piloswine 20
Whimsicott 10 Whimsicott 10 Zebstrika 10
Sawsbuck 10 Sawsbuck 10 Noctowl 10
Chansey 10 Chansey 10 Hypno 10
Wigglytuff 10 Wigglytuff 10 Chimecho 10
Zangoose 6 Hypno 5 Chansey 5
Hypno 5 Zebstrika 5 Bisharp 5
Shroomish 4 Shroomish 4 Shroomish 4
Scyther 4 Scyther 4 Scyther 4
Zebstrika 1 Bisharp 1 Trevenant 1
    Absol 1 Absol 1

Pick up the hidden Super Potion. As hinted at as we entered, we’re going to need to transform the field. Battles are fought on the Mountain Field - to transform it into Snowy Mountain, you’ll need to use Blizzard, Subzero Slammer via the Ice type Z crystal we got previously, or by letting Hail be on the field for 3 turns. Piloswine will be able to use Blizzard, so you can try to encounter one if you don’t have these moves.

Once you do, snow will gather on the map.

Upper Route 4 (Snowy Mountain Maps, No Water)

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Audino 20 Audino 20 Audino 20
Piloswine 20 Piloswine 20 Piloswine 20
Abomasnow 10 Beartic 10 Abomasnow 10
Beartic 10 Abomasnow 10 Noctowl 10
Sawsbuck 10 Sawsbuck 10 Hypno 10
Chansey 10 Chansey 10 Chimecho 10
Wigglytuff 5 Wigglytuff 5 Zebstrika 5
Hypno 5 Hypno 5 Chansey 5
Zangoose 5 Zebstrika 4 Beartic 4
Zebstrika 4 Bisharp 4 Bisharp 4
Ninetales-Alola 1 Ninetales-Alola 1 Ninetales-Alola 1
    Absol 1 Absol 1

Grab the Ice Stone atop the hill once you’re able to. Climb back down the hill, and back down to the first fork. Climb up the hill to a new map with a lake on it.

Upper Route 4 (Large Lake Maps)

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Audino 20 Audino 20 Audino 20
Piloswine 20 Piloswine 20 Piloswine 20
Abomasnow 10 Whimsicott 10 Abomasnow 10
Whimsicott 10 Abomasnow 10 Noctowl 10
Sawsbuck 10 Sawsbuck 10 Hypno 10
Chansey 10 Chansey 10 Chimecho 10
Wigglytuff 5 Wigglytuff 5 Zebstrika 5
Hypno 5 Hypno 5 Chansey 5
Zangoose 5 Zebstrika 4 Bisharp 4
Shroomish 4 Shroomish 4 Shroomish 4
Zebstrika 1 Bisharp 1 Trevenant 1
    Absol 1 Absol 1
Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Finneon 70 Lumineon 60 Lumineon 40
Goldeen 30 Wishiwashi 20 Wishiwashi 40
    Basculin 20 Basculin 15
        Slowpoke 5
Water % Headbutt %
Wailmer 60 Swablu 30
Lumineon 30 Pineco 25
Wishiwashi 6 Aipom 20
Seaking 4 Forretress 14
    Altaria 6
    Ambipom 5

On this map, you will find a hidden Red-Hots, X Sp. Def, Magical Seed, Ice Gem, Salt-Water Taffy, Ice Heal, and Hyper Potion. There are lots of paths we can go from here, and I will start by doing the rock climb path in the top left, accessible via surfing on the water. To reach the water, surf from the hop rock with the little stairs at the bottom.

Upper Route 4 (Shed & Charous Peak Maps)

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Audino 20 Audino 20 Audino 20
Piloswine 20 Piloswine 20 Piloswine 20
Abomasnow 10 Whimsicott 10 Abomasnow 10
Whimsicott 10 Abomasnow 10 Noctowl 10
Sawsbuck 10 Sawsbuck 10 Hypno 10
Chansey 10 Chansey 10 Chimecho 10
Wigglytuff 5 Wigglytuff 5 Zebstrika 5
Hypno 5 Hypno 5 Chansey 5
Zangoose 5 Zebstrika 4 Bisharp 4
Shroomish 4 Shroomish 4 Shroomish 4
Zebstrika 1 Bisharp 1 Trevenant 1
    Absol 1 Absol 1

On the next map you can find a hidden PokeSnax and an Ice Stone. Climb back down the hill.

This time, climb the waterfall at the top.

Upper Route 4 (Mountain Field Map with Small Waterfall)

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Audino 20 Audino 20 Audino 20
Piloswine 20 Piloswine 20 Piloswine 20
Whimsicott 10 Whimsicott 10 Zebstrika 10
Sawsbuck 10 Sawsbuck 10 Noctowl 10
Chansey 10 Chansey 10 Hypno 10
Wigglytuff 10 Wigglytuff 10 Chimecho 10
Zangoose 6 Hypno 5 Chansey 5
Hypno 5 Zebstrika 5 Bisharp 5
Shroomish 4 Shroomish 4 Shroomish 4
Scyther 4 Scyther 4 Scyther 4
Zebstrika 1 Bisharp 1 Trevenant 1
    Absol 1 Absol 1
Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Finneon 70 Lumineon 60 Lumineon 40
Goldeen 30 Wishiwashi 20 Wishiwashi 40
    Basculin 20 Basculin 15
        Slowpoke 5
Water %
Wailmer 60
Lumineon 30
Wishiwashi 6
Seaking 4

Grab a Revive. This is another map in which we’ll need to transform Mountain to Snowy Mountain. Do so.

Upper Route 4 (Snowy Mountain Field Map with Small Waterfall)

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Audino 20 Audino 20 Audino 20
Piloswine 20 Piloswine 20 Piloswine 20
Abomasnow 10 Beartic 10 Abomasnow 10
Beartic 10 Abomasnow 10 Noctowl 10
Sawsbuck 10 Sawsbuck 10 Hypno 10
Chansey 10 Chansey 10 Chimecho 10
Wigglytuff 5 Wigglytuff 5 Zebstrika 5
Hypno 5 Hypno 5 Chansey 5
Zangoose 5 Zebstrika 4 Beartic 4
Zebstrika 4 Bisharp 4 Bisharp 4
Ninetales-Alola 1 Ninetales-Alola 1 Ninetales-Alola 1
    Absol 1 Absol 1
Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Finneon 70 Lumineon 60 Lumineon 40
Goldeen 30 Wishiwashi 20 Wishiwashi 40
    Basculin 20 Basculin 15
        Slowpoke 5
Water %
Wailmer 60
Lumineon 30
Wishiwashi 6
Seaking 4

Once you succeed, climb the mountain. We’ll land on a higher part of a map from earlier. Enter the shed here.

Pick up TM73 Thunder Wave here. Press ‘A’ while you’re above the disconnected wires to connect them, prepare your team, then make your way to the top left corner for a fight.

BreloomBot CL:4R1-C3. Field: Short-Circuit Field

This is a very tough fight with a custom, overpowered Breloom robot! Thankfully it’s still a 6v1 so you should be able to figure out a way to take it out. It does have mixed attacks, the ability to put you to sleep, and a set up move, so be careful as it alone can counter many strategies.

Once you win, a Gastly will pop out of the robot. It will run around the robot to hide from you, but you can battle it by talking to it if you’re quick enough. I recommend disabling speed up for this part.

Return to the area with the lake. This time, take the rock climbing path in the top right corner. Grab the hidden Purple Shard here.

As you’re hinted to do, we’ll need to transform the Snowy Mountain Field here into a Mountain. Many of the burning Fire type moves like Lava Plume and Fire Pledge will do the trick. You can also use a Fire type Z-move. Once the field is changed, you’ll be sent to a new map. Use the hopping stones to enter the cave.

Charous Mountain B2F

Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Finneon 70 Lumineon 60 Lumineon 40
Lumineon 30 Horsea 20 Seadra 40
    Qwilfish 20 Cloyster 15
        Qwilfish 4
        Kingdra 1
Cave % Water %
Beartic 20 Wailmer 60
Sealeo 20 Seel 30
Avalugg 20 Lumineon 5
Glalie 14 Wishiwashi 4
Sandslash-Alola 10 Dewgong 1
Walrein 6    
Froslass 5    
Crabominable 4    
Absol 1    

As in the previous map, it is hinted that we’re gonna want to change the field, this time from Icy Field to Cave Field. Doing this will open the above water encounters as well as letting you grab the Heracronite and hidden Focus Sash in the pond.

This room also has a secret. From the pond, go clockwise around the ring. You’ll be able to sneak behind a rock here. A counter-clockwise loop will lead to 3 hidden Exp. Candy XL. Follow the loop clockwise, until you see the shortcuts in the bottom walls to climb up further. Use these to reach the cave exit, but don’t go out quite yet. From here, follow the outermost loop clockwise all the way around to get a hidden Big Nugget. Backtrack this loop, then exit the cave at the top.

Grab the hidden Purple Shard and Nugget. Talk to Bagon here and show it how to Fly… and it will do so, off the cliff. Backtrack through Charous Mountain all the way back to the map with the lake.

This time, make your way all the way to the bottom right corner of the map. Climb down here. Once more, burn the Snow on the Mountain away to uncover the Lycanium-Z. I think it’s worth noting here that in Pokemon Reborn the exclusive Z-move Splintered Stormshards carries forward its canon effect of destroying Field Effects… including all of Reborn’s custom ones. If you really find yourself in a rut of being unable to deal with an opponent’s field synergy, it may be worth considering training a Lycanroc to remove it.

Climb back to the previous map, this time going down the rocks to the left. You can find a hidden Swift Wing, Big Pearl, and Chesto Berry.

Use the rock wall in the bottom right corner to reach a new map. Grab the hidden Escape Rope here. Transform the field to Snowy Mountain and a new rock climb path will be created, so follow it up.

Pick up the Ultra Potion and hidden Liechi Berry, then melt the Snowy Mountain as we’ve done before. In exchange for a Revive, you’ll be able to obtain our friend from earlier and the final pseudo-legendary: Bagon.

Head back two maps. This time, use the rock climb in the bottom-left corner to go down to another map with a large lake.

You can find a hidden Elemental Seed, Ultra Ball, Moon Stone, and Rawst Berry here. Surfing across the water to the little island, you can get a Max Elixir and a hidden Heart Scale.

Climb the rocks in the upper left corner to reach a new section of the first Upper Route 4 map we landed on, containing the Mimikium-Z. Let’s snuggle forever. Return to the previous map.

That’s it for Route 4 exploration and goodies, so talk to Hardy in the big open area on the left side of the area.

Relationship Point Choices:

Enter the building, and look around with Hardy. Once he leaves, follow him outside and talk to him again. Move the metal plate. If you took on the bet you’ll get $2000.

Up and to the right, you’ll see a now-accessible ladder, and Absol. Don’t we love it when Absol shows up? Head down the ladder…

Glass Workstation

Talk to Hardy, then follow him into the elevator. Talk to Bennett.

Relationship Point Choices:

Once you wake up, climb up the ladder, and go left into the opening. Follow Glaceon down the path. You’ll see one of its abilities: to bridge short gaps on the upper floor with its ice. Jump down to the bottom floor. There’s a door towards the bottom here which contains a healing machine and PC.

This building is basically a big puzzle. Feel free to skip ahead if you’d rather solve it yourself.

Talk to Glaceon again to see another of its abilities: creating a path over lava. Confront the Meteor Grunt at the top, and he will run away. Thankfully there is another way in: down and to the left, you’ll see a glass window! By now hopefully we should know what to do when we see glass.

Defeat the Team Meteor Grunt, and talk to the monitor in the corner to open the door. Glaceon will start to follow you. You can talk to it to heal status conditions on your team members for free. You can also choose whether to pet Glaceon or not, for the quest but also for points and a different battle later on. Pretty intense choice, I know.

Relationship Point Choices:

Exit this room and make your way left. Use Glaceon’s ability on the lava in both places, then make your way to the left. Glaceon can also create paths across sand, so do so here. Make your way to the top left side of the room and attempt to enter the small room towards the top. Defeat the grunt.

He’ll lock you out, so make your way back towards the right. A path will be cleared for you, so break the nearby glass and defeat another grunt inside. Talk to the monitor in the corner to open the door, then talk to Espeon’s cage. We can’t get it out of here quite yet, however.

Exit this room at the bottom. You’ll notice another glass window to the right, which you can again smash your way into. Defeat the grunt and pick up the Timid Mint, 3 Exp. Candy XL, and PP All. Exit this room.

There’s nowhere else to go but up the ladder to the right. Unfortunately Glaceon can’t follow you up the ladder, so keep that in mind. Anyways, follow this linear path into another room, defeat the grunt, and grab the Cage Key. Head all the way back, join back up with Glaceon, and free Espeon!

Espeon can use Future Sight, which shows a blurry image of our next objectives. Helpful if you get stuck… or you can just read on. Anyways, you can also choose to pet Espeon for the quest, and for points.

Relationship Point Choices:

You’ll notice that Espeon and Glaceon won’t both be able to follow you at the same time, so you’ll need to position the one you don’t wanna take with you in the right place. You’ll see what I mean now: switch to Glaceon outside, then head to the left of the nearby pallet of glass. Talk to Glaceon, and tell it to stay where it is. Head back to get Espeon, who can use telekinesis to move glass. Back on the side where Glaceon is, move this glass pallet up by interacting with it, then pressing up.

From here, go right across the sand, then up at the first lava bridge. Move the glass at the top to the left, then smash your way into the nearby room via the window. Defeat the two scientists here, then talk to the monitor at the top to unlock the elevator.

Back outside, move the right glass pallet down to save a bit of time later on. Make your way to the bottom right corner of this room and move the glass up to get the Sablenite. Move this pallet back down by going around.

Heading left, you’ll see three pallets of glass close to each other. Before we move these, you’re going to want to actually swap Espeon for Glaceon. Drop off Glaceon on the right side of these three pallets. Go pickup Espeon once more, and move the pallets respectively up, left, and down to open a path.

From here, swap back to Glaceon, then drop it off near the ladder in the bottom right. Head back up to grab Espeon, then make your way back to the ladder where Glaceon is. Move the nearby glass up, then enter the door along this path. Past a grunt is 2 EV Boosters.

Anyways, head outside and go left. Move the bottom-most of the three glass pallets back up so we can pass along the bottom. Switch to Glaceon and make a path over the ice in the bottom left. Switch back to Espeon.

Enter the bottom left room where we found the key. Move each of the five glass pallets left to reach TM29 Psychic! Exit this room. Cross the lava and move the nearby glass up. Go right from here, and move a glass pallet to the right to get the Gyaradosite!

Make your way to Glaceon, and reverse the steps we took to get both Pokemon to the bottom so that both Pokemon are now back towards the top. After clearing a path to the elevator in the top left corner, switch to Glaceon and head up to B1F.

From here, follow the path to the left, bridging gaps with ice. Enter the next room. Defeat the grunt to pick up 3 Exp. Candy XL and an EV Tuner. Back at the elevator, go straight to the right and use Glaceon to bridge a gap towards PULSE Readout 8. Up and left from here, you’ll find a room containing glass, so we’ll come back later. Continue bridging gaps and enter the room on the right.

Gave Blake the Ring Route Aster Fight

If you refused giving Blake the ring, skip ahead to the next section.

Meteor Private Aster (2x Ultra Potion). Field: Factory Field

It’s been a while since we’ve seen Aster on this route. This time he encorporates a few of Eclipse’s Pokemon into his own team. As usual, he focuses on Rock and Ground types, with Passimian there to provide hard hitting coverage. His team is generally pretty fast and physical, so speed control and/or some physical tanks will probably be able to find success. If you can tank an Explosion from Solrock and set up, he has no priority moves to prevent a sweep.

He’ll give you the Meteor Card.

Finishing Up in the Workstation

If you didn’t get it from Aster, grab the Meteor Card at the top. You can also get 3 Exp. Candy XL. Open the pods in this room.

Relationship Point Choices:

Take the elevator back to the bottom floor. Before we continue, take Glaceon into the elevator where Hardy is sleeping.

Relationship Point Choices:

Next, switch back to Espeon. Return to the room on the upper floor with the glass. Move the glass out of the way. Note that despite every pallet in the dungeon so far appearing to only move “along the grain”, you’ll need to push the bottom right one down to finish this puzzle. It’s a bit odd but mess around with this puzzle a few times and you’ll figure it out. Anyways, you’ll get a Reborn Ball! This is Reborn’s Master Ball.

Return to B2F, and switch to Glaceon. Move Glaceon up and to the left of the rightmost sand pit, then switch back to Espeon. From here, take Espeon to the top right, pushing the first and second glass pallets to the right. Head back and switch to Glaceon, then use it to make a path across lava in the top left. Grab the 5 Exp. Candy XL.

Position Glaceon exactly in this spot:

Next, pick up Espeon and stand directly under Glaceon. Move the two glass pallets out of the way so you can switch to Glaceon and make a bridge across the lava to the north. Switch back to Espeon and head up, moving two more pallets out of the way and revealing the Meteor Card scanner. Use it to open the door.

Undo the moves we did to reach the top right corner. Head to the top left corner and use Espeon to finally clear a path to the door. This is it for exploration. Prepare your team as best you can for the shenanigans to come, and enter the door at the top!

The Glass Gauntlet

Now begins one of the most glorious parts of Reborn. I’ll let each of the fights speak for itself.

Pretty Boy Cain and Bookworm Shelly. Field: Factory Field

This battle is our first 12v6! On average each of our Pokemon has to be knocking out 2 each in order to win this thing. While that is a fairly large disadvantage, there are lots of tactics we can use to come out on top in this fight: The best advice I can give for Reborns 12v6 doubles fights (there will be more) is that conserving momentum is extremely important. In this case, Cain and Shelly each have Pokemon all 7+ levels under the cap, and neither team is particularly suited to abuse this field effect in particular, so it’s a good fight to ease into the 12v6 setup.

Shelly’s entire team is weak to Rock Slide, so it’s not a bad idea to operate from the doubles priniciple: “support your Rock Slider at all costs”. Heat Wave is also pretty potent here for similar reasons - a sun team can devastate here. You can fairly easily opt for a speed control strategy of some sort - Magic Bouncing back the Sticky Web or embracing it and abusing 8 turn Trick Room are excellent choices. You can also use Factory Field to your advantage blah blah… you knew that by now. Optimize your team to the max cap, come with a strategy to conserve momentum, and you’ll be able to find a way to come out on top.

??? ?????. Field: Factory Field

Ok, so after finally overcoming a fight with all the odds stacked against you… surprise, a singles fight against a mystery trainer. You can’t switch out your team at all but thankfully you do get a heal before this one.

Here’s the thing. This fight, generally speaking, isn’t gonna be the worst thing in the world. It’s a 6v6 and your opponent has a mostly frail team plus Umbreon and sort of Gothitelle. If that’s all there was to say, I’d assume you’d be able to find a way through this one and that would be that. The problem is: any Pokemon that are fainted at the end of this fight stay fainted for the next, basically as if you use Full Restores on all living Pokemon and nothing more. And for the next fight, you’ll really want as many Pokemon as you can take.

So, with the goal of simply making sure that every one of your Pokemon stays alive? Weavile has a Focus Sash, meaning your lead for the whole gauntlet needs to be able to deal two hits of damage without dying (or switch). Mismagius is fast and if you make the mistake of letting it set up a Nasty Plot, there’s a good chance it will claim a soul or two. Honchkrow is really nasty, with Sucker Punch allowing it to punish weakened Pokemon. Umbreon is annoyingly bulky, with Foul Play to hurt your physical attackers even more. Mega Absol is really strong, and you’re usually going to find yourself in a kill or be killed scenario with it. Finally there is Gothitelle… who has Shadow Tag and Calm Mind. Meaning if there’s any Pokemon on your team the AI has realized it can beat by switching in Gothitelle at any time… that Pokemon is as good as dead!

So now you see the challenge this seemingly simple 6v6 fight offers. If you think you can beat the next fight with 4-5 Pokemon alive, feel free to try if you are having a hard time with this one. There are some general tips I recommend to make it through this one with minimal casualties, however. For Weavile, Fake Out, multi-hit moves, and Sandstorm are all viable ways to break the sash, so setting up your gauntlet team with one of these first in your party will probably help. Honchkrow likes to come in on a weakened Pokemon, so try to anticipate Sucker Punch and either switch or set up further if you can. Keep in mind if you’re faster than Honchkrow, other priority moves like Quick Attack will go before Sucker Punch. Make sure you’re always ready for a Gothitelle switch in, or maybe learn exactly when the AI will try to switch it in so you can pivot to something that can knock it out. Speed control, either by superior stats, Tailwind, Trick Room, etc., will then be key to one-shotting Mismagius and Absol before they can get you. If you are able to 2HKO Umbreon, it won’t be able to heal itself, so making sure you have either a physical attacker that can live some Foul Plays or a really strong special attacker are key. Even though you already have to plan for other fights with your team… keeping these tips in mind will help you overcome this obstacle, hopefully.

??? ????? & ??? ?????. Field: Factory Field

Even after making it through the previous two battles, you’re thrusted into a third, and surprise, its another 12v6. While opponent levels are indeed a bit lower, without being able to change your team after the previous two fights and the aforementioned faint follow-through, you might even be stuck doing this fight as a 12v4 or 12v5. The good news here is that almost everything in this fight is a frail Ice or Psychic type. The real exceptions here are Bronzong and Metagross, both of which are extremely bulky and can hit really hard on this field, Clefable, who likes to spread Paralysis as a lead, and Bisharp, who can keep up the pressure with Sucker Punch and has enough bulk to live a good chunk of even super effective moves. Ninetales’ hail and Aurora Veil are, as always, very beneficial to their team, as is the 8-turn Psychic Terrain Alakazam will try to get off. Really seems like there are lots of threats and not enough Pokemon to cover them all.

Otherwise there’s not really a ton I can say: spam ‘D’ to drop a save before this fight and just play it out as many times as it takes for you to realize where the threats to your team are, and how you can overcome them. Conserving momentum is key as before, Trick Room as always is very potent, and weather and/or the field can help you steamroll. Using Snatch or Brick Break to mess with Aurora Veil, changing the weather, etc. are good options. Even if you have dropped a save mid-gauntlet, don’t be afraid to throw away some money (or load a backup save) to better prepare for the gauntlet.

Once you win this battle, you’ll find yourself in an area simply called “???”.

Inside The Void

This area is fairly straightforward, as whatever branching paths there are don’t really lead anywhere. It’s a very story-centric area, so if you are digging the story, talk to every NPC you can and pay attention to your surroundings as you make your way through the void.

When you reach a table full of starters, talk to the position corresponding to the starter you picked when starting the game.

Later on, you’ll pass Aya’s segment. You can optionally talk to Cain for a third time.

Relationship Point Choices:

After seeing Luna and Taka on the left side, a voice will talk to you. Prepare your team before going up, as there’s a fight coming up!

PULSE Hypno. Field: Starlight Arena

The only way it’s healing itself is with Dream Eater, so a Dark type can slowly whittle it down. With a 4X weakness to bug and a weakness to field-boosted Fairy moves, there’s a good chance you’ll have something to deal with it. You can also stall with Toxic! Chesto Berries, Safeguard, Sleep Talk, etc. can all help you deal with its 100% accurate Hypnosis as well. Honestly if you can make it through the gauntlet with your team I’m sure you can find a way to beat one PULSE.

Keep following the path, and you’ll eventually exit the Void. After another massive conversation, accept the fast travel request to get the heck out of the Glass Workstation.

The Raid on Agate City

Back in Calcenon City, talk to Shelly towards the right side of the map. Enter the “story building” in Calcenon for some points.

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Talk to Eve near the Pokemon Center.

Relationship Point Choices:

Enter the “story building” once more. The squad will leave for Agate City, so fly over to Vanhanen Labyrinth and enter Agate City from the south once more.

A note:

Relationship Point Choices:

Defeat the grunts as you progress upwards. Past the Light Shard is a mini-gauntlet.

New World Orderly Howaya & New World Orderly Christina. Field: No Field

This fight is a 12v10, with Hardy on your side. Shouldn’t be too crazy with his help, just know that whatever team you prepare for the following battle is what you’ll be stuck with for this one.

Meteor Leader Solaris (Full Restore). Field: No Field

After all this time, we finally get to fight Meteor’s Leader Solaris, one-on-one. No field effects are in play this fight: it’s just the raw power of basically a Gen 7 OU team versus yours. Staraptor with Intimidate that hits hard? Yep. Technician Scizor with ridiculously strong Bullet Punch? Yep. Dragon Dance Gyarados? Yep. Tyranitar and Excadrill sand core? It’s there! And on top of all that is his Mega Garchomp. That is not a typo above: it really does have max EVs in every stat, thanks to its PULSE 2. Get used to these for the end game. Essentially what this means is Garchomp will hit hard but also be bulky enough to live a couple of attacks.

At this point you also have a lot of mega Pokemon and Z-moves to your name. In particular, I find that the Icium-Z can often ensure a kill on Garchomp if you need. It’s worth noting that he doesn’t have a single special attack on his team… so you can focus your team entirely on physical defense. Some fast (or slow under Trick Room) special attackers running Fire, Ice, and Electric moves will be able to get 5 out of 6 of his party members super-effectively… leaving Tyranitar an excellent candidate for a Close Combat or something. I believe in your ability to defeat this guy!

Make your way to the right. You’ll reach a dead end, so surf up to the left of a tree to continue on.

Agate City

Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Finneon 70 Lumineon 60 Lumineon 40
Goldeen 30 Wishiwashi 20 Wishiwashi 40
    Basculin 20 Basculin 15
        Slowpoke 5
Water %
Wailmer 60
Lumineon 30
Wishiwashi 6
Seaking 4

Climb the first waterfall and grab the hidden Stardust. After climbing the second waterfall, head to the left. You’ll find a hidden Quick Ball. Go down the waterfall and dive down.

Agate City Underwater

Land %
Corphish 30
Clamperl 20
Chinchou 10
Seadra 10
Lanturn 10
Huntail 5
Gorebyss 5
Crawdaunt 5
Mantine 4
Kingdra 1

You can find a hidden Silk Scarf, 2 Potions, Ether, Quick Claw, Poke Ball, and Ultra Ball. If you surface on the right side of the area, you can climb some waterfalls to get the Pinsirite. Back underwater, enter the cave at the top.

In the next room, Lin will flex on us. Grab the hidden Super Potion and Lucky Egg, then backtrack to the main part of the city. To the east of the Pokemon Center, watch the scenes play out then talk to Shelly. Hardy will then extend an offer to challenge his gym!

Agate City

We could accept Hardy’s gym battle offer right away, but there are some sidequests with excellent rewards now open: to cut to the chase, we can actually get every single non-legendary Pokemon before fighting Hardy - and if we do get them all, there’s a really awesome reward waiting for us. So, let’s get into it.

Fly over to the Agate Circus and head into the Big Top.

Relationship Point Choices:

Starting at the Pokemon Center, head straight to the left and enter the house here. Talk to the Hiker inside, who will leave for Route 4. We’ll follow him later. Outside, grab a hidden Purple Shard above then enter the top building. If you previously joined the Magma Gang, you have the opportunity to do an in-game trade here: your Basculin for Litten.

Back at the Pokemon Center, this time go east. Talk to the lady in the house here to begin another quest, which we’ll complete in a bit.

We’ll come back to the next house up and to the right in a bit. Enter the apartment complex beyond, next to the rock climb. In the lobby, if you previously joined the Aqua Gang, you will have the opportunity to complete an in-game trade: your Oranguru for Oshawott.

Head up from here. Near the gym, you’ll find a hidden Everstone. Back down and to the right, climb up the rocks in the northeast side of the city, and follow the path. Grab a hidden Ability Capsule as you scale waterfalls.

Route 4 Sidequests

By climbing the top waterfall, you’ll emerge in a new area of Route 4.

Route 4 (Agate Area)

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Marill 20 Marill 20 Marill 20
Audino 20 Audino 20 Audino 20
Piloswine 10 Piloswine 10 Piloswine 10
Whimsicott 10 Whimsicott 10 Zebstrika 10
Sawsbuck 10 Sawsbuck 10 Noctowl 10
Chansey 10 Chansey 10 Hypno 10
Wigglytuff 5 Wigglytuff 5 Chimecho 5
Hypno 5 Hypno 5 Chansey 5
Zangoose 5 Zebstrika 4 Bisharp 4
Azumarill 4 Azumarill 4 Azumarill 4
Zebstrika 1 Bisharp 1 Trevenant 1
    Absol 1 Absol 1
Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Finneon 70 Lumineon 60 Lumineon 40
Goldeen 30 Wishiwashi 20 Wishiwashi 40
    Basculin 20 Basculin 15
        Slowpoke 5
Water %
Wailmer 60
Lumineon 30
Wishiwashi 6
Seaking 4

Grab the Ground Memory as well as the hidden Health Wing and X Sp. Def. Climbing the waterfall at the top will return us to a map we had previously visited.

From here, make your way to the other map with the lake - you’ll need to climb up a couple of rocks. In the southwest corner of the higher lake, you’ll see the Hiker from Agate City. Talk to him for a battle.

Hiker Karim. Field: Forest Field

Once you defeat him, he will let his Pokemon out to hang out on the map. Talk to the Hiker for 5 PokeSnax. Talk to him again. He’ll ask if you have a spare belt in your bag. By giving a Black Belt, you’ll get a Fist Plate. If you don’t have any Black Belts in your bag but you do have an Expert Belt, you can trade it for a Life Orb. Note that we will be able to get more Expert Belts in a bit, so don’t feel bad about trading it away if you’d like.

Once you’ve done these things, give snax to the Pokemon. Specifically, give a snax to Altaria, then another to Golem. By doing so, a new rock path will open up, so climb down to reach a new area.

Route 4 (Small River Area)

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Audino 40 Audino 40 Audino 40
Wigglytuff 25 Wigglytuff 25 Chansey 25
Chansey 20 Chansey 20 Wigglytuff 20
Snivy 5 Snivy 5 Snivy 5
Zangoose 5 Servine 4 Servine 4
Servine 4 Zebstrika 4 Bisharp 4
Serperior 1 Serperior 1 Serperior 1
    Absol 1 Absol 1
Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Finneon 70 Lumineon 60 Lumineon 40
Goldeen 30 Wishiwashi 20 Wishiwashi 40
    Basculin 20 Basculin 15
        Slowpoke 5
Water % Headbutt %
Wailmer 60 Swablu 30
Lumineon 30 Pineco 25
Wishiwashi 6 Aipom 20
Seaking 4 Forretress 14
    Altaria 6
    Ambipom 5

Grab the Sceptilite and Big Nugget. Hidden here is a Blue Shard and an Ultra Potion. That’s it for Route 4 for now!

Magic Square Quest

Fly over to North Obsidia Ward next. North of the Spyce, enter the open door into the building where we once fought ZEL and Magnezone. Talk to the monitor in the first room, and use your Meteor Card on it. Talk to the now-open shafts behind to jump down.

In a room to the right, you can get an EV Tuner and 5 Exp. Candy XL. You can also read the book to the right to get some lore (including Sirius’ real name LOL).

Back in the main room, time for one of the community’s most dreaded puzzles. Talk to the monitor at the bottom to learn of our quest. We’ll need to make it so both 3x3 squares are magic squares, that is, all rows, columns, and diagonals add up to the same number: 15. Additionally, only the middle square can be the same across the two squares.

There are essentially two parts to this quest: figuring out what numbers you want where, and actually moving them into place. It’s also worth noting that for some reason whether or not Saphira was kidnapped back in Belrose actually affects the starting positions of the numbers, but my solving method actually works for both versions.

What Goes Where?

I actually graduated with a degree in Mathematics once upon a time and do Computer Science-adjacent stuff for a living. So I’m gonna nerd out for a little while. Skip ahead a bit if you just want to see what the solution looks like. :)

So, first we are going to figure out what we want, where. It can be proven fairly easily that the middle is 5. Here’s why:

Notice that from the middle row: B1 + B2 + B3 = 15, and from the diagonals that A1 + B2 + C3 = 15, and C1 + B2 + A3 = 15. Adding these three equations and moving things around a bit, we see (A1 + B1 + C1) + (A3 + B3 + C3) + 3 * B2 = 45.

We also can observe from the first and third column that A1 + B1 + C1 = 15 and A3 + B3 + C3 = 15. Thus simplifying the above result leads to 3 * B2 = 15, so B2 is 5.

I’ll solve for just one magic square for now.

We might as well try putting 1 in a corner and seeing what happens. Since we can just rotate the square, without loss of generality we can see what happens when we place it in the top left corner of one of the magic squares and seeing if a contradiction arises. This will also force 9 to be in the opposite corner to keep with the 15 sum rule.

Consider the highlighted tiles. Each cannot be 1, 5, 9 since each is used, so it must be inclusively between 2 and 4, or inclusively between 6 and 8. If the tile is at most 4, then the remaining tile in the row with 1 would have to be at least 10, which is impossible. If the tile is at least 6, the column with 9 would be too large. So there is no possible value that works in either highlighted tile, meaning that putting 1 in the corner leads to no solutions. Therefore, we can assume 1 is in one of the four tiles adjacent to the middle, making 9 appear opposite. Again without loss of generality due to rotations, I’ll put 1 on the left.

The column containing 1 has two empty tiles that will add up to 14, meaning the only possibility with the remaining numbers is for them to be 6 and 8 (as 2, 3, 4 are too small, and we can’t use 7 twice). Since we can simply reflect our square across the horizontal line through the center, again there is no loss to generality to put 6 on top, and 8 below. Solving the diagonals puts 4 in the bottom right and 2 in the top right. Then all we have to do is put 3 and 7 into the final cells, which leaves us with one completed square.

You can check that each row, column, and diagonal add up to 15 if you don’t believe me. The final stipulation of this puzzle is that only the center can be the same across puzzles. To deal with this issue, I simply rotate the puzzle by 90 degrees: obviously the rows, columns, and diagonals all still add up to 15, but now each non-5 piece is in a different place.

This is the solution we will solve for. Due to rotations and reflections as mentioned before, one or both of your squares may look different from mine.

Moving Pieces Into Place

Now, we just have to execute. Some players seem to be driven kinda mad by this step, but I am here to tell you about an algorithm with a handy invariant that guarantees we can complete the puzzle pretty easily! Essentially, we will solve piece by piece: by column, then by row. In fact, we can guarantee that we will be able to solve the first five columns in this way without messing up anything that came before!

Suppose we are solving for the highlighted tile on the left (the destination), and we need to move 5 in (the target). Note that the tiles in all the columns to the left (just column 1) have already been solved, and the tiles above our target as well (here, just column 2, row 1). We intend to keep the puzzle this way after putting the next tile into position. So, here’s the algorithm:

Next, you’d move a 3 into the destination below the 5 we just moved in, then the 2 into the destination: top tile of the next column, and so on. That’s really all there is to moving pieces in the first five columns into place. Do so, and your puzzle will look something like this:

In my case, the dashes will represent 2, 6, and 7. Moving the rightmost column up or down if necessary to put the correct number into the top right, either this will solve the puzzle right away, or it will have the other two numbers switched around. If this occurs, essentially it means that you put the wrong number into the left side puzzle. Your board should look somewhat like this in this case:

There is a simple fix however: switch 6’s. Simply move the right column up, the first row left, the right column down, and the first row right again. Finally, move the right column down once again.

Anyways, once you complete the puzzle, the Darkinium-Z, the Gardevoirite, and TM24 Thunderbolt will drop down. Very nice. You’ll also notice that the screen has changed a bit: one number per column is now white.

Head on back to Agate City, and enter the building to the right of the Pokemon Center. Talk to the lady and give her the code in white we just found: 139749.

In the next room, you can get the Manectite as well as Department Store Sticker: Manectric. Hallelujah. You know what that means!

Department Store 11F Left Shop

Item Price
Rocky Helmet $5000
Shed Shell $2000
Expert Belt $4000
Safety Goggles $999
Flame Orb $2000
Toxic Orb $2000
Wise Glasses $5000
Wide Lens $2500
Muscle Band $5000
Black Sludge $2500

Department Store 11F Right Shop

Item Price
Magmarizer $2100
Electirizer $2100
Protector $2100
Reaper Cloth $2100
Dubious Disc $2100
King’s Rock $3000
Dragon Scale $2100
Razor Fang $2100
Razor Claw $2100
Metal Coat $2100
Deep Sea Tooth $200
Deep Sea Scale $200

A lot of high-tier held items and evolution items, all now available in bulk.

Murmina’s Quest

Fly over to Calcenon City next. Down the steps to Route 3, go east and into the little cave. Inside, you’ll find a trainer who will fight you!

Doxy Murmina. Field: Factory Field

This is actually a somewhat tough team, with Mega-Steelix in the back as well! Nothing you can’t handle, though. She’ll leave, talking about Caroline’s basement. This next part of the quest is… really weird and hard to figure out, but I got you.

Fly over to Agate City, and enter the building below the gym. There is a child in the bottom right (who kinda blends in with the chair?!) who will let you access the basement. Pay very close attention to the tiles in this basement, then fly back to Calcenon City.

Enter Charlotte’s gym, and make your way to the back. I actually mentioned this before in the guide, since you can open the secret door at any time, and doing so earlier allows us access to an extra Charlotte point and an early Mega Stone. If you didn’t open the door then, we need to make the tiles in the back section of Charlotte’s gym match the tile layout in the random Agate basement. It should look like this when you’re done:

Follow the path from here and grab the Charizardite X if you didn’t get it earlier. Give Murmina the Family Picture we once yoinked from a shelf in the Belrose Manse. She’ll gift us a Torchic egg. Very nice.

Bee’s Pokedex Completion Quest (Part 1)

Fly back to Agate City, this time heading into the small house towards the right side of the city. The girl inside is named Bee, and she’ll basically offer us rewards for every 100 Pokemon we’ve added to our Pokedex. At the point in my playthrough I was playing parallel to this guide, I had 569 Pokemon. Your mileage will certainly vary depending on what evolutions you’ve done, which Pokemon you’ve bred, etc., but I think it is a safe assumption that if you’ve been following along closely, you’ll have at least 500 Pokemon at this time. So, you’ll get the following rewards:

Bee Pokedex Rewards (Part 1)

Pokemon Caught Reward
100+ Galladite
200+ Froakie
300+ TM13 Ice Beam
400+ Scizorite
500+ Electrium-Z

Clearly some excellent rewards in here, and we’re not even done with the quest.

Starter Egg Quest Part 3

Did you notice? After obtaining Froakie, we actually now have obtained all 21 starters! Breed whichever of Oshawott and Litten that is newer, as well as Snivy, Torchic, and Froakie, donating all four eggs to Kamaya in the Grand Hall.

For reaching 18 eggs donated, you’ll be given the Reset Disc- SPEED. The rewards for donating all 21 are even better: you’ll get TM26 Earthquake, Psychium-Z, and Garchompite.

Completing the Pokedex (Minus Most Legendaries)

Even better: did you notice? After obtaining Froakie, we actually now have obtained at least one member of every single non-legendary evolution line in the game, plus Type:Null and Phione. This also means that we actually can carry out the rest of Bee’s quest right now, before we even get the last two badges! That also means that we’re going to have to do a lot of evolving and breeding… so if you don’t care enough about these rewards, or would rather do the quest later, you can skip this part.

The following is a table of Pokemon you’ll need to breed or evolve at this point in order to complete the Pokedex:

Pokemon to Obtain Method
Ivysaur Evolve Bulbasaur @ Lv. 16
Venusaur Evolve Ivysaur @ Lv. 32
Wartortle Evolve Squirtle @ Lv. 16
Blastoise Evolve Wartortle @ Lv. 16
Metapod Evolve Caterpie @ Lv. 7
Weedle Breed Beedrill
Kakuna Evolve Weedle @ Lv. 7
Nidoqueen Evolve Nidorino via Moon Stone
Nidoking Evolve Nidorina via Moon Stone
Clefable Evolve Clefairy via Moon Stone
Ninetales Evolve Vulpix via Fire Stone
Arcanine Evolve Growlithe via Fire Stone
Poliwrath Evolve Poliwhirl via Water Stone
Kadabra Evolve Abra @ Lv. 16
Alakazam Evolve Kadabra via Link Stone
Machamp Evolve Machoke via Link Stone
Victreebel Evolve Weepinbell via Leaf Stone
Golem Evolve Graveler via Link Stone
Slowbro Evolve Slowpoke @ Lv. 37
Haunter Evolve Gastly @ Lv. 25
Gengar Evolve Haunter via Link Stone
Exeggutor Evolve Exeggcute via Leaf Stone
Hitmonlee Evolve Tyrogue @ Lv. 20, Atk > Def
Hitmonchan Evolve Tyrogue @ Lv. 20, Atk < Def
Starmie Evolve Staryu via Water Stone
Jynx Evolve Smoochum @ Lv. 30
Electabuzz Evolve Elekid @ Lv. 30
Magmar Evolve Magby @ Lv. 30
Gyarados Evolve Magikarp @ Lv. 20
Vaporeon Evolve Eevee via Water Stone
Jolteon Evolve Eevee via Thunder Stone
Flareon Evolve Eevee via Fire Stone
Omastar Evolve Omanyte @ Lv. 40
Kabutops Evolve Kabuto @ Lv. 40
Snorlax Evolve Munchlax via Friendship
Dragonair Evolve Dratini @ Lv. 30
Dragonite Evolve Dragonair @ Lv. 55
Bayleef Evolve Chikorita @ Lv. 16
Meganium Evolve Bayleef @ Lv. 32
Quilava Evolve Cyndaquil @ Lv. 14
Typhlosion Evolve Quilava @ Lv. 36
Croconaw Evolve Totodile @ Lv. 18
Feraligatr Evolve Croconaw @ Lv. 30
Crobat Evolve Golbat via Friendship
Cleffa Breed Clefairy/Clefable
Togetic Evolve Togepi via Friendship
Bellossom Evolve Gloom via Sun Stone
Politoed Evolve Poliwhirl via Link Stone & King’s Rock
Jumpluff Evolve Skiploom @ Lv. 27
Espeon Evolve Eevee via Friendship (Day, no Fairy moves)
Umbreon Evolve Eevee via Friendship (Night, no Fairy moves)
Slowking Evolve Slowpoke via Link Stone & King’s Rock
Wobbuffet Evolve Wynaut @ Lv. 15
Scizor Evolve Scyther via Link Stone & Metal Coat
Porygon2 Evolve Porygon via Link Stone & Upgrade
Hitmontop Evolve Tyrogue @ Lv. 20, Atk = Def
Blissey Evolve Chansey via Happiness
Pupitar Evolve Larvitar @ Lv. 30
Tyranitar Evolve Pupitar @ Lv. 55
Grovyle Evolve Treecko @ Lv. 16
Sceptile Evolve Grovyle @ Lv. 36
Combusken Evolve Torchic @ Lv. 16
Blaziken Evolve Combusken @ Lv. 36
Marshtomp Evolve Mudkip @ Lv. 16
Swampert Evolve Marshtomp @ Lv. 36
Seedot Breed Nuzleaf/Shiftry
Shiftry Evolve Nuzleaf via Leaf Stone
Swellow Evolve Taillow @ Lv. 22
Kirlia Evolve Ralts @ Lv. 20
Gardevoir Evolve Kirlia @ Lv. 30
Breloom Evolve Shroomish @ Lv. 23
Slaking Evolve Vigoroth @ Lv. 36
Ninjask Evolve Nincada @ Lv. 20
Shedinja Evolve Nincada @ Lv. 20 w/ Poke Ball & Party Slot
Exploud Evolve Loudred @ Lv. 40
Hariyama Evolve Makuhita @ Lv. 24
Azurill Breed Marill/Azumarill w/ Sea Incense
Medicham Evolve Meditite @ Lv. 37
Cacnea Breed Cacturne
Cradily Evolve Lileep @ Lv. 40
Armaldo Evolve Anorith @ Lv. 40
Milotic Evolve Feebas via Link Stone & Prism Scale
Shelgon Evolve Bagon @ Lv. 30
Salamence Evolve Shelgon @ Lv. 50
Metang Evolve Beldum @ Lv. 20
Metagross Evolve Metang @ Lv. 45
Grotle Evolve Turtwig @ Lv. 18
Torterra Evolve Grotle @ Lv. 32
Monferno Evolve Chimchar @ Lv. 14
Infernape Evolve Monferno @ Lv. 36
Prinplup Evolve Piplup @ Lv. 16
Empoleon Evolve Prinplup @ Lv. 36
Roserade Evolve Roselia via Shiny Stone
Rampardos Evolve Cranidos @ Lv. 30
Bastiodon Evolve Shieldon @ Lv. 30
Mismagius Evolve Misdreavus via Dusk Stone
Honchkrow Evolve Murkrow via Dusk Stone
Purugly Evolve Glameow @ Lv. 38
Gabite Evolve Gible @ Lv. 24
Garchomp Evolve Gabite @ Lv. 48
Lucario Evolve Riolu via Friendship (Day)
Toxicroak Evolve Croagunk @ Lv. 37
Weavile Evolve Sneasel via Razor Claw Lv. (Night)
Magnezone Evolve Magneton via Lv. @ Power Plant
Rhyperior Evolve Rhydon via Link Stone & Protector
Tangrowth Evolve Tangela via Lv. w/ Ancient Power
Electivire Evolve Electabuzz via Link Stone & Electirizer
Magmortar Evolve Magmar via Link Stone & Magmarizer
Togekiss Evolve Togetic via Shiny Stone
Leafeon Evolve Eevee via Lv. @ Chrysolia Mossy Rock
Glaceon Evolve Eevee via Lv. @ Celestinine B2F Icy Rock
Mamoswine Evolve Piloswine via Lv. w/ Ancient Power
Porygon-Z Evolve Porygon2 via Link Stone & Dubious Disc
Gallade Evolve Male Kirlia via Dawn Stone
Dusknoir Evolve Dusknoir via Link Stone & Reaper Cloth
Pignite Evolve Tepig @ Lv. 17
Emboar Evolve Pignite @ Lv. 36
Dewott Evolve Oshawott @ Lv. 17
Samurott Evolve Dewott @ Lv. 36
Herdier Evolve Lillipup @ Lv. 16
Stoutland Evolve Herdier @ Lv. 32
Gurdurr Evolve Timburr @ Lv. 25
Conkeldurr Evolve Gurdurr via Link Stone
Tympole Breed Palpitoad/Seismitoad
Swadloon Evolve Sewaddle @ Lv. 20
Scolipede Evolve Whirlipede @ Lv. 30
Krokorok Evolve Sandile @ Lv. 29
Carracosta Evolve Tirtouga @ Lv. 37
Archeops Evolve Archen @ Lv. 37
Garbodor Evolve Trubbish @ Lv. 36
Zoroark Evolve Zorua @ Lv. 30
Gothorita Evolve Gothita @ Lv. 32
Gothitelle Evolve Gothorita @ Lv. 41
Duosion Evolve Solosis @ Lv. 32
Reuniclus Evolve Duosion @ Lv. 41
Vanilluxe Evolve Vanillish @ Lv. 47
Eelektross Evolve Eelektrik via Thunder Stone
Beheeyem Evolve Elgyem @ Lv. 42
Lampent Evolve Litwick @ Lv. 41
Chandelure Evolve Lampent via Dusk Stone
Fraxure Evolve Axew @ Lv. 38
Haxorus Evolve Fraxure @ Lv. 48
Mienshao Evolve Mienfoo @ Lv. 50
Zweilous Evolve Deino @ Lv. 50
Hydreigon Evolve Zweilous @ Lv. 64
Volcarona Evolve Larvesta @ Lv. 59
Quilladin Evolve Chespin @ Lv. 16
Chesnaught Evolve Quilladin @ Lv. 36
Braixen Evolve Fennekin @ Lv. 16
Delphox Evolve Braixen @ Lv. 36
Frogadier Evolve Froakie @ Lv. 16
Greninja Evolve Frogadier @ Lv. 36
Floette Evolve Flabebe @ Lv. 19
Doublade Evolve Honedge @ Lv. 35
Aegislash Evolve Doublade via Dusk Stone
Slurpuff Evolve Swirlix via Link Stone & Whipped Dream
Malamar Evolve Inkay @ Lv. 30 (mash B during evolution)
Tyrantrum Evolve Tyrunt @ Lv. 39 (Day)
Aurorus Evolve Amaura @ Lv. 39 (Night)
Sylveon Evolve Eevee via Friendship (w/ a Fairy Move)
Sliggoo Evolve Goomy @ Lv. 40
Goodra Evolve Sliggoo @ Lv. 50 @ Rainy Area
Gourgeist Evolve Pumpkaboo via Link Stone
Dartrix Evolve Rowlet @ Lv. 17
Decidueye Evolve Dartrix @ Lv. 34
Torracat Evolve Litten @ Lv. 17
Incineroar Evolve Torracat @ Lv. 34
Brionne Evolve Popplio @ Lv. 17
Primarina Evolve Brionne @ Lv. 34
Salazzle Evolve Female Salandit @ Lv. 33
Stufful Breed Bewear
Steenee Evolve Bounsweet @ Lv. 18
Tsareena Evolve Steenee via Lv. w/ Stomp
Silvally Evolve Type: Null via Friendship
Hakamo-o Evolve Jangmo-o @ Lv. 35
Kommo-o Evolve Hakamo-o @ Lv. 45
Raichu-Alola Evolve Pikachu via Thunder Stone @ Apophyll Beach
Golem-Alola Evolve Graveler-Alola via Link Stone

Note that the Alolan forms don’t count towards the overall completion of your Pokedex. The magic number for a completed Pokedex is 731 obtained.

Bee’s Pokedex Completion Quest (Part 2)

Fly back over to Agate City once you’ve gotten all 731 Pokemon so far. Talk to Bee once more.

Bee Pokedex Rewards (Part 2)

Pokemon Caught Reward
600+ Groundium-Z
700+ Blazikenite
731 Poipole

Hell yes. One of the best Ultra Beasts is ours, before the last two gyms!

Use the move relearner or tutor to teach it Dragon Pulse and give it a level, and it will evolve into Naganadel.

Geode Badge

Well, not much else to do for now than to finally take on the seventeenth gym leader.

Enter the Agate City gym and defeat the three trainers on the right side. Talk to the guy in the top left corner for a guide to the gym. The guy here will play a musical riff that we are supposed to change the blocks on the right to match musically.

If you talk to the guy again and say “Help”, he’ll battle us, then tell us what to play. Bottom to top: turn the blocks to C, E, high G, B, B, low G, A, A. Climb the rocks once you do so, and enter the newly opened room.

Rockstar Hardy (2x Full Restore). Field: Rocky Field

This might be the “simplest” gym fight yet. Boosted Rock Slide from two Pokemon at once will probably drive you mad. It also adds extra damage when it flinches you. His team minus Gigalith are all fast and hard-hitting Rock types that all have this move, many above the level cap. That’s really all there is to say about him: you’ll be hit hard, fast, and likely flinch a lot.

If you are able to dispense with Gigalith, a slow team can steamroll his frail Pokemon under Trick Room. You can also take advantage of the move Wide Guard to prevent Rock Slide spam. There are tons of other things you can do, and if you’ve made it here I think you can find a way through Hardy.

When you win, you’ll get the Geode Badge, which boosts our level cap up to 95. You’ll also get TM80 Rock Slide. Sweet.

Episode 19: Pokemon Reborn

Ok, there is no official episode title for the final chapter of the main game, so I defer to the classic: simply giving it the name of the game.

Anyways, exit Hardy’s gym.

Labradorra City

Fly over to Calcenon City. Talk to Hardy on the west side of the city.

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

After the conversation concludes, you’ll regain control. There are more optional conversations we can have for points.

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Anyways, once you’re ready, talk to Bennett on the west side of the city to finally begin our infiltration into Labradorra City.

Grab the hidden Health Wing, Potion, and Nugget here. Prepare yourself for the first battle of this chapter… I wiped here on my first time! So did apparently many of the other beta testers, so don’t feel too bad.

Meteor Ace Kenan. Field: No Field

This battle hopefully makes it apparent thanks to universal PULSE 2 how threatening the endgame will be. Even though Kenan is just a generic Meteor Ace, expect to see fights like this going forward.

Grab the hidden Purple Shard and continue.

Meteor Ace Diana. Field: No Field

Defeat the next Meteor Ace and head up to watch the scene. Before we continue, head back up to the Pokemon Center. Up and to the right is a path to a hidden Max Repel and a now-opened building. Talking to Noel inside will get you the PULSE Readout 10.

Relationship Point Choices:

In the bottom left side of the city, a newly-opened path will lead to a building. Inside is a double battle with Victoria as a partner.

Meteor Ace Steven and Meteor Ace Avril. Field: No Field

Head up and see who’s in the back of this building.

Relationship Point Choices:

Head outside and go left. Grab the hidden Full Heal, and Max Potion. Fight the next Meteor.

Meteor Ace Audrey. Field: No Field

Grab the hidden Blue Shard then go up. Grab the hidden Burn Heal. Enter the nearby open building, and Sigmund will run off. Open the green case in the back to get a PP Up. Back outside, go up.

Relationship Point Choices:

New World Cultist Arcturus & New World Cultist Angela. Field: No Field

After you defeat them, grab the hidden Revive and Ice Heal. Enter the nearby building. Follow the path inside.

Techie Deryl and Techie Naoman. Field: No Field

Head up the ladder prepared for a tough battle.

Meteor Grunt Zero (2x Full Restore). Field: No Field

No field to worry about this time, just a fantastically put together mono-dark team of five with a PULSE monstrosity hiding in the back. Defeating Luna in the Glass Gauntlet should be adequate preparation for Zero’s Pokemon: by now the core of Honchkrow, Weavile, and Umbreon should be familiar. Abusing Sucker Punch timing or faster priority to prevent a Honchkrow sweep, surviving a Weavile Ice Shard to kill it with something faster, and using a bulky Steel type to counter Umbreon are good places to start with these. Spiritomb plays a similar role to Umbreon, being bulky and punishing your physical attackers, but isn’t too intense and can’t do much to your own physical walls. Houndoom has a sash and likes to set up but isn’t too bulky, meaning you can dent it then knock it out with some priority if you are able.

PULSE Clawitzer makes this fight a bit harder - he’ll always send it out last. Although you may have a Pokemon able to withstand one base 120 Special-based attack, one use of any of three of its attacks will double its special attack thanks to Contrary. Another boost will basically allow it to eradicate any Pokemon you have. With its 252 base speed, you will not be able to outspeed it under normal circumstances at all, so it basically steamrolls most teams pretty easily. Therefore, the key to defeating Clawitzer is by taking advantage of the turns you have beforehand fighting Zero’s other Pokemon to proactively put yourself into a winning condition. The obvious one you may think of by now is Trick Room - even if you’re trading blow for blow, two or three really strong Dragon or Fairy type attacks will be able to knock it out, and you’re basically guaranteed to go first in Trick Room, thanks to Clawitzer’s insane speed stat. You can also take advantage of the first turn it is out, before it has any boosts, to suppress or change its ability: thereafter all of its moves except Origin Pulse will actually harm it, instead of helping it. Sturdy or Sash + Mirror Coat on a Pokemon with lots of HP may work too, just keep in mind it does have 252 base and max EV’s in HP.

Once you defeat Zero, make your way back through the previous building. You’ll notice some of the screens on the walls have changed, so keep in mind what they indicate. There are two secret numbers here: one is obvious, the other, not quite as much.

Back outside, talk to Taka and Solaris down from here if you are on Zekrom Route if you’d like.

Relationship Point Choices:

Anyways, head to the center of the city next. After this scene, head to the bottom-left side of the city. A path to a building at the bottom will now be open. Grab the hidden Dire Hit and head in. Talk to Eve in here to get some information about the next PULSE battle we’ll be doing if you’d like.

Relationship Point Choices:

Scarborough Quest

Before continuing, we can actually do one more quick quest. If you don’t want to break up the current pace of the Labradorra siege you can come back to this quest, but I recommend it for some potentially helpful rewards for the next fight. Head to the building in the bottom-right side of Labradorra. Inside is a screen that we can use to enter passwords (we found these earlier). The first password is:

As a reward for inputting it, we can get the Swampertite! Very nice tool for a rain team. The second, harder to spot password is:

For inputting this one, we’ll get a Sylveon, holding a Ribbon Collar.

Fly over to Jasper Ward and enter the second apartment from the left, on the bottom street. Talk to the attendant here to get access to the above floors. Head all the way to the top floor to get the Fairium-Z. Back down on the second floor, enter Apt. 2 and talk to the Gardevoir. Next, give the ribbon collar to Lottie to get the final one: Department Store Sticker: Eevee! Quite a sad story but hey, a nice reward.

Department Store Penthouse Shop

Item Price
Eviolite $20000
Leftovers $40000
Life Orb $30000
Focus Sash $20000
Exp. Share $3000
Weakness Policy $4000
Sitrus Berry $800
Leppa Berry $2000
Reset Disc- ALL $50000

There is also a person up here who will max out a Pokemon’s friendship for $5000, which is nice.

In exchange for a Fresh Water, Soda Pop, and Lemonade, a child here will give you TM25 Thunder, TM14 Blizzard, and TM38 Fire Blast. Sweet.

In the bottom right side of the penthouse, there’s a poor employee forced to battle us with a team of six Blissey, and you’ll also get 20 Exp. Candy XL for each victory. You’ll never need to grind anywhere else!

LCCC Second Visit

With that quest out of the way, fly on back to Labradorra City. Make your way to a building in the bottom left corner, where you will have a brief chat with Lin. Inside the building, climb down the ladder to enter the LCCC once more.

At the first fork, head up to get a hidden Elixir and 7 Fairy Gems. Back down from here, go down once you reach the next fork. Along this path you can get a hidden Revive, Max Repel, and HP Up. Talk to the computer here with a Data Chip in your bag to turn it on. Back in the area with the Fairy Gems, talk to the now-lit computer screen to open a door.

Back in the main hallway, proceed to the right until you come to a four-way junction. Up from here is a hidden Oran Berry. Follow the path down from here. By talking to the computer screens here we can follow this path into the Calcenon side of the LCCC. Up the ladder, grab the Charizardite Y and open a shortcut to Calcenon City.

Head back down to the LCCC, this time, going right at the four-way junction. Grab the hidden Ultra Potion and Friend Ball along the path, and prepare before proceeding. Time for yet another PULSE fight…

Master Mime and Dr. Sigmund Connal. Field: Short-Circuit Field

What a gut punch on a first playthrough - both in battle, and just in general! Ok, so the good news is: once the PULSE is dead, then you’ll be able to 2v1 Sigmund’s team. The bad news is, well, as you can see there are quite a lot of shenanigans going on here! The obvious one is that Mr. Mime has Wonder Guard and is Dark/Ghost type. Thankfully we’re not in Gen 5 anymore and this means it’s weak to Fairy type moves, but just that one type - everything else will clink off of him like an Iron Sword on an Armor Knight. On top of this, it has very high defensive stats and a healing move, meaning even if you are using Fairy-moves they may not be able to easily do the job. What’s more: it also has Entrainment, and will almost always use it on Sigmund’s ally Pokemon when it gets a chance, meaning Aromatisse and potentially more Pokemon will also get immunity from most moves. Although Mime has no attack power of its own, it just uses Instruct, granting Sigmund’s Pokemon two uses total of his various field-boosted Electric, Ghost, and Fairy moves, so you’ll likely be worn down and unable to really do anything against either Pokemon on the first attempt!

In my opinion, your first priority should be taking out the PULSE at all costs. Aromatisse does hit fairly hard, but a couple Pokemon with some special bulk should be able to stick around for a few turns to help you accomplish a win condition. The next issue is actually killing Mime. You can opt for some kind of set-up move or Fake Tears / Screech + Moonblast / Play Rough or similar strategies potentially, and may be able to outpace its healing capacities and bring it down. With the Fairy Gems we picked up and more notably the Fairy Z-Crystal, you can boost these attacks to get extra damage out of them that may do the trick. It is also susceptible to status and weather, so I recommend using Toxic on Mime during the first turn, and Aromatisse the second. Keep a sizable chunk of your team alive from here, and you’ll eventually watch both of your opponents perish, then you can focus on taking out the rest of Sigmund’s team. Mega Alakazam is particularly threatening as are Raichu and Electivire if you’re unprepared for them… but really with 2 Pokemon on your side, I’m sure you can figure something out.

Once you defeat this harrowing PULSE fight, exit the LCCC back into Labradorra. In the house where we previously talked to Eve, you can get the just-a-bit-too-late PULSE Readout 9.

Enter the building up and right from the LCCC, where we previously saw Sigmund run away from us. On the ground is a sparkling object, the Orphanage Key!

Flying over to the Lapis Ward, you can now access the Orphanage once again. Making your way to the top, you’ll find the Alakazite.

Labradorra Tournament of Booty

Make preparations for a sequence of battles, noting that you won’t be able to leave during. Fly back to Labradorra once you’re ready, and enter the large building at the top-left side of the city.

After a scene explaining what we’re in for, well, I just hope you’re ready. Note that you can buy vending machine drinks and Common Candies here if you need to. Talk to folks around the lobby if you’d like.

Relationship Point Choices

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Enter your open door, prepare your team, then head in for our first fight.

Snow Angel Lumi and Sunray Eve. Field: Inverse Field

Your partner will be Cal or Florinia, depending on the route you’re on. This is likely your first fight on the Inverse Field - a very straightforward field with two main effects: one, that the Magical Seed will boost all five stats and make you recharge, and two, that the type chart is inverted, explaining some of the weirder moveset choices on your opponents. Take care to think ahead in this fight about inverse type matchups, using TM’s on your team if necessary to change up your movesets. Consider abusing the seed yourself if you’re having a tough time.

Once you succeed, follow the path to the next area.

Relationship Point Choices:

Prepare and head in to the next fight. The following two fights are fought in a different order depending on your route. Anyways:

If you’re on Reshiram fight, this will be the first battle, on Zekrom, the second.

Reborn Cal. Field: Dragon’s Den

For our next fight with our pal Cal we get another glimpse at the Dragon’s Den field, which boosts his Fire and Dragon moves and weakens your Water and Ice moves. You can still use Rock and Ground type moves to deal with his Fire types, just be careful of a Kommo-o setup and Mega Medicham. A moderately tough fight but you’ll be able to figure it out!

If you’re on Zekrom route, you’ll get this fight next, and on Reshiram route you’ll get it second:

Head Instructor Florinia. Field: Glitch Field

Ah, the Glitch Field makes a return. Grass and Ground types generally have pretty good synergy with this field, and again you’ll see familiar strategies here like Synthetic Seed bulk and Amnesia + Leaf Storm to ignore drops. Ferrothorn and Cradily can actually use their Special Defense as an attacking stat, so be cautious of those things. As with the Terra fight, curate a team specifically for success on Glitch, and you should be able to find a way through this one.

Once you’ve finished both fights, make your way further into the tournament, where Saphira’s gym will become open!

Treasure Badge

Enter Saphira’s gym to the left, and talk to her in the corner. Next, familiarize yourself with the gym layout, and get the hidden Heart Scale within. Proceed to the top of the area and talk to the chest.

Relationship Point Choices:

This conversation has tons of branches, so I made a flowchart. Note that all points here are for or against Saphira.

Next, you’ll have to defend the chest against a barrage of Pokemon and Knight trainers. Between battles, you’ll have time to open your bag and heal, so keep your PP and HP fresh so that you can successfully win every battle. As far as strategy to protect the chest, I recommend staying close to the chest at all times, and engaging foes as they come near you. In particular, watch out for Blaziken, who will appear almost out of nowhere from the bottom, and Zoroark, who sneaks in from the top. Some Pokemon will fly, and some will run at you. The Knights are slow, but have 3 Pokemon apiece, so make sure you are able to defeat them. Also, save often!

Relationship Point Choices:

Relationship Point Choices:

Once you make it past the challengers in the gauntlet, you’ll have one more:

Pokemon Gargantuan. Field: Dragon’s Den

This guy is bulkier than normal: the 3252 EV’s in HP is not a typo. A move like Endeavor can help solve that problem if you are really stuck here.

Once you beat it, the path to Saphira will open. Time for our eighteenth and final gym battle!

Keeper Saphira (3x Full Restore). Field: Dragon’s Den

Saphira’s team doesn’t pull punches: six of the best Dragon types in the game all boosted by the field effect. The Dragon Dances have double effectiveness, the Fire and Dragon moves have their effects doubled, and Noivern’s seed boosts its Special Attack and gives it extra strong Flamethrower. On the defensive side, Dragonite’s Multiscale takes away its Dragon weakness and all six of her Pokemon have 1.3x defense, on top of weakening your Ice moves. Two Sashes and Multiscale also make it near-impossible to one shot her Pokemon, as well. Garchomp will outspeed your team thanks to its Sash, and not a single Pokemon is a slacker that will let you easily set up on it.

Since Dragon is super effective against Dragon, you can also take advantage of the field and try to beat her with your own Dragon types. A single Dragon Dance boost can often turn one of your Pokemon into a sweeper, and with the help of one layer of Stealth Rocks, Multiscale and Sashes will be broken, allowing you a clean sweep. Trick Room is helpful as always, as her Dragons are all pretty fast, so a slower Pokemon with Dragon moves could be the trick. You can also change the field to cave to wear her down with Rock moves, if you’d prefer.

Once you win, head down to the chest to get the Treasure Badge and TM02 Dragon Claw! That makes 18 badges and all 100 (+9) TM’s. The cap also becomes Lv. 100!

Escaping the Tournament

Talk to Florinia back in the lobby, in the top right corner. After a long scene, Terra will delete your fonts.

M3G4 T3RR4 (3x Max Potion). Field: Glitch Field

An epic meme team. Her Excadrill, Quagsire and Garchomp work as before basically. Chansey actually can attack on Glitch Field, and Porygon-Z likes to get an omniboost with its Z-Conversion. Then you have FEAR Donphan hiding in the back. You can probably find a way through this one… but the fonts are gone! Better hope you know which moveslot contains which move.

Once you beat M3G4 T3RR4 once more, exit the tournament building via the path in the top left.

Some routes have a scene that plays here. Either way, you can now pet Sylveon for the quest. In fact, this is the last of the Eeveelutions, so if you’ve pet all of them so far, you can fly over to Spinel Town and talk to a girl in the right apartment building to get a Choice Scarf and the password eeveeplease.

Fly back to Victory Road. Inside the Pokemon Center, talk to an NPC who will send us on a quest. He’ll give us the Spirit Tracker.

Before we enter Victory Road, there’s actually one more tutor that we now have access to. Fly over to the Grand Hall and talk to the guy to your right.

Move Tutor Lykos

Move Price
Celebrate Free

Fun fact: this NPC was put in the game in honor of forum user LykosHand, who frequently wishes users a happy birthday! I have probably received 5 or 6 of these messages to date; they always make me celebrate. Thanks, Lykos.

Victory Road

Fly on back, and head into the Victory Road.

Logic Puzzle 1

Victory Road (Entrance & Hub Rooms)

Cave %
Aggron 20
Gigalith 20
Bisharp 10
Alakazam 10
Exploud 10
Rapidash 10
Shiftry 5
Jynx 5
Ditto 4
Nidoking 4
Luxray 1
Absol 1

In the first room, you can get a hidden Hyper Potion, HP Up, and Big Nugget.

Enter the next room at the top. You’ll notice a flashing sound and animation when you walk in this room - this indicates that there are still spirits on this map that we can fight. We will do the spirit fighting itself in a bit.

Head up the stairs to the right and pick up the hidden Protein. Talk to the map at the top of the hill to get a sneak peek on what, and who, awaits us on the right side of the room. When you’re ready, push the nearby boulder onto the pressure pad. Head down the stairs, dodging Blake’s Icicle Crash attacks as you go, then head to the top left of the room. Talk to the map here for another sneak peek at the rest of this large room, then enter the next room at the top.

Around the outsides of this room, you can find a hidden Ice Gem and Blue Shard. By sneaking around the bottom side of the room, you’ll find the first of the spirits, who we can optionally fight. I won’t post detailed strategy notes for these fights: use your knowledge of the fields and the Pokemon in your roster to grasp victory!

Wandering Spirit Diana. Field: Holy Field

Defeating one spirit won’t appear to do much for us, but for defeating multiple, we’ll be able to obtain some decent rewards later on.

Anyways, to progress the story, talk to the machine in the upper left corner. We’ll learn about our next task: Victory Road’s first gem logic puzzle. I personally love these, though it seems some people don’t.

You could use Pen & Paper I suppose, but a spreadsheet works the best for me.

You can download my go-to logic puzzle spreadsheet here.

The clues this round are:

  1. No two crystals share the same quality.
  2. The Hardness of Ruby is 7.
  3. Ruby is larger than Amethyst, but it is not the largest.
  4. Amethyst’s Purity is ‘Middling.
  5. The ‘Pure’ gem is Medium-sized.
  6. Emerald is less pure than Ruby, but more pure than Sapphire.
  7. The smallest gem is also the softest.
  8. Sapphire’s Hardness is less than Emerald’s Hardness.
  9. The largest gem is the least pure.

So, we can get to work. The spreadsheet can help you with this process.

Some of these hints are straightforward, but there are a few things that might not be as obvious here:

Putting these steps together should get you a solution.

The solution for the first puzzle:

Once you finish, talk to Cal and show him the solution. Grab the hidden X Sp. Atk and proceed to the next room.

The First Rail Puzzles

Be careful, as Blake will again drop Icicles on you that can harm your Pokemon. Climb the stairs to the right and follow the path to fight another spirit.

Wandering Spirit Jonathan. Field: Big Top Arena

Back down the stairs, follow the path down this time. You’ll see the first railcart puzzle of this section, this one is pretty easy to get you into it.

Victory Road B1F, Victory Road B2F

Cave %
Klinklang 20
Dusclops 20
Crobat 10
Houndoom 10
Nidoqueen 10
Ampharos 10
Luxray 5
Arcanine 5
Umbreon 4
Eelektross 4
Probopass 1
Steelix 1

You can check out the map in this next room if you’d like.

Jump into this minecart to proceed to the main part of this room, then go right to talk to Charlotte. Head left after the conversation to grab a hidden Revive. Time for another minecart puzzle.

Wandering Spirit Lexi. Field: Rainbow Field

Anyways,

If you’d like, head left between the two sets of stairs here. Follow this path to a hidden Green Shard and the Tyranitarite.

We’ll be back in the main room from here. Again, Blake will be trying to hit us with Icicles, so be careful. Climb down the stairs, pushing boulders aside as you go. Climb up some rocks to get a hidden Synthetic Seed.

When you reach the section with tons of rocks, your goal will be to push the bottom right one to the right, to where the item ball containing the Escape Rope is. If you can do this, then you can walk down and push a rock onto a pressure pad. To do this, go down and right first, then slalom down and left, then finally go down and right again. Save beforehand to make sure you don’t get stuck and have to actually use the Escape Rope!

Follow the opened path downward, pushing the boulder onto the pad. Going up and around, push another boulder out of the way, then go down to the bottom left. Grab the hidden Ultra Potion and jump into the minecart here. Push this lever, then jump back into this minecart.

Before we enter the door at the bottom, climb the rocks to the right and follow the path to another spirit.

Wandering Spirit Fezz. Field: Swamp Field

Head back down and enter the door at the bottom. This puts us in the higher level of the previous room. Check out the map if you want, then exit through the door at the top.

Exploding the Pillar

Victory Road 2F, Charous Mountain

Cave %
Spiritomb 20
Crabominable 20
Crobat 10
Exploud 10
Bisharp 10
Mawile 10
Gallade 5
Gigalith 5
Ampharos 4
Rapidash 4
Absol 1
Alakazam 1

Talk to Charlotte, then head up. You can find a hidden Calcium here. Check the map if you like.

Go right and down from the map and follow this path. At the fork, use Blast Powder on the rock blocking the rock climb path, then follow the path all the way to a PP All.

Backtrack to the fork, this time going left. On the hill is a spirit.

Wandering Spirit Kamina. Field: Chess Board

Backtrack to the center of the room.

Up and left from the map, you’ll see another rock climb path fork. Go left first, picking up the hidden Swift Wing along the way. You’ll see another fork as you go - go left first. Follow the path to the Kommonium-Z!

Back at the fork, cross the tracks. Follow the path to a hidden Heart Scale and another spirit.

Wandering Spirit Trevor. Field: Rainbow Field

Backtrack to the center area with the map, and climb the rocks to your right. Grab the hidden Blue Shard and climb up to fight another spirit.

Wandering Spirit Cloud. Field: Underwater Field

Return to the center of the room, and make your way to the right. There are four minecarts here - we will need to take all four of these, though we can do it in any order. I will start by jumping in the bottom minecart.

When you land, Blake will be shooting Icicles at us once more. Start by pushing the nearby boulder up as much as it will go, then hop into the minecart. Push the boulder left and up onto the pressure pad, hop back in the minecart, switch the lever, and hop in the minecart again.

In the basement, our goal will be to successfully push the minecart full of explosives into the pillar in the top right corner. To accomplish this, we’ll need a straight track from the start to the pillar, since any intermediate positions will cause it to bounce back. The steps for this room are:

That’s it for this portion - head up and return to Charlotte’s room. We have to pick another minecart: I will do the left one this time.

In the bottom left, you can get a hidden Blue Shard by Rock Climb. Don’t jump down the ledge though. There is a boulder in the right side, we will need to push it onto the pressure pad at the bottom. Unfortunately the gems and rocks in the center of the room are in the way - you’ll need to push it to the top left corner before it can successfully go down and onto the pressure pad. Jump into the minecart.

This room has a similar puzzle to the previous, though this time the explosives can stop at intermediate points. The solution:

Make your way back to Charlotte’s room and choose a new minecart: I will do the one on the right.

There is a substantial puzzle in Blake’s Icicle hell, so be careful. The steps:

Time for another “strength puzzle that takes way longer than it seems it should”. This time, you’ll need to move the boulder that starts on top into the center of the track loop. To do this, continually move it clockwise around the loop, pushing it inward whenever you can without it getting stuck. You’ll need to do a lot of track-crossing to succeed. The good news is: once you get it onto the pressure pad, the explosives will ram into the pillar with a simple push. Exit in the bottom right.

One more path to go down: take the top minecart in Charlotte’s room.

In this next room, you’ll need to push both boulders to the left. The final move has to be made from the other side. Note that queueing up both boulders will prevent you from solving either. Climb down into the pit when you’re ready.

In this room, you’ll need to load carts with rocks, dumping it to create climbing paths. The solution:

Climb down to the left, then go up and talk to Charlotte. We have successfully destroyed the pillar!

Logic Puzzle 2

Make your way down two rooms, to the large room where Icicles rained down. Take the cart up, then go slightly up and to the right over the rock climbs. After talking to Charlotte, go right. Grab the hidden Purple Shard. Enter the next cave. After seeing a conversation and avoiding Fern’s arrows, enter the cave at the top.

There is a hidden Max Potion and Green Shard in this room. Anyways, time for our second logic puzzle. The hints and spreadsheet from the previous puzzle should be useful here as well, note that there are more categories this time. The clues:

  1. No two crystals share any same quality.
  2. The second hardest gem is ‘Pure’.
  3. Ruby has more Foliation than, and is larger than, Sapphire.
  4. Sapphire is more pure than Amethyst.
  5. The third hardest gem is of ‘Middling’ Purity.
  6. Neither Emerald nor Amethyst is either the least or most pure.
  7. The hardest gem has the most Foliation.
  8. Sapphire has less Foliation than the ‘Pure’ gem, which has less Foliation than Amethyst.
  9. The softest gem is the smallest one.
  10. Emerald is smaller than Ruby, which is smaller than Amethyst.

The solution:

Grab the hidden Muscle Wing in the bottom right corner and return to the arrow hell room. In here, you’ll need to push boulders out of the way. Save often, and turning off super speed for your sanity. Note that when you reach two pressure pads, push the boulder up once, climb around, then push it down twice to proceed. Along this path you’ll get a Max Revive and hidden X Sp. Def and Ultra Potion.

You’ll need to push boulders along the path into specific places and push one more onto a pressure pad and… yeah. We trap ourselves. Thankfully we get rescued by cart! Grab the hidden Green Shard and enter the next room.

The Final Rail Puzzle

Pick up the hidden Red-Hots and Fire Gem in this area. Time for yet another massive rail puzzle. Solution:

Wandering Spirit Leo. Field: Chess Board

Anyways, back to the puzzle.

Introduction to the Gem Chambers

The next room I will call the “hub” room for now. In the hub room, climb down either rock. You can get a hidden Elemental Seed here. Climb the rocks on the left side of this area. You can get a hidden Max Repel. Enter the Sapphire area.

Victory Road B3F (Sapphire)

Cave %
Poliwrath 20
Luxray 20
Crobat 10
Houndoom 10
Dusclops 10
Ampharos 10
Weavile 5
Arcanine 5
Umbreon 4
Eelektross 4
Nidoqueen 1
Steelix 1

Grab the hidden Chewing Gum. You’ll notice a rock climb path on the left side of the room - follow it to reach a spirit.

Wandering Spirit Savage. Field: Water Surface

Fun fact about this one: apparently when Savage challenged the Reborn League back in the day, Shade used a Shedinja. Look at Savage’s team and tell me why you think he ended up going mad.

Use the Blue Crystal Key atop the hill to create a path in the ice puzzle. Cross this and grab a hidden Cheri Berry. Proceed to the next room.

Victory Road B3F (Emerald)

Cave %
Trevenant 20
Luxray 20
Crobat 10
Houndoom 10
Dusclops 10
Ampharos 10
Vespiquen 5
Arcanine 5
Umbreon 4
Eelektross 4
Nidoqueen 1
Steelix 1

Pick up the hidden Green Shard and Cotton Candy, then use the Green Crystal Key atop the hill. Climb up to the right and exit back into the hub room.

Grab a hidden Hyper Potion, then use Strength to push the boulder onto the pressure pad. After this is done, make your way to the right side of the hub, grab the hidden Red Shard, and enter the Ruby room.

Victory Road B3F (Ruby)

Cave %
Darmanitan 20
Luxray 20
Crobat 10
Houndoom 10
Dusclops 10
Ampharos 10
Pyroar 5
Arcanine 5
Umbreon 4
Eelektross 4
Nidoqueen 1
Steelix 1

Use the Red Crystal Key and follow the path. You can get a hidden Zinc on your way out.

Victory Road B3F (Amethyst)

Cave %
Musharna 20
Luxray 20
Crobat 10
Houndoom 10
Xatu 10
Ampharos 10
Salazzle 5
Arcanine 5
Umbreon 4
Eelektross 4
Nidoqueen 1
Steelix 1

Grab the hidden Telluric Seed and Fairy Gem, then use the Purple Crystal Key. Climb up and out to the left.

Back in the hub, pick up the hidden Swift Wing and push the boulder into place. Climb to the center of the hub and go down through the now-opened gates. Use the levers to open some shortcuts. Follow this path to the next room.

Logic Puzzle 3

We’re back in the room with the massive rail puzzle - but worry not, as we don’t have to do any more railing for now. Pick up the hidden Ultra Ball, Heart Scale, Star Piece, and Max Elixir as you proceed through the path and into the next room.

In here, you can get a hidden Red Shard. Follow the path through to the next room.

After a conversation, proceed through this room. Grab a hidden Ice Heal as you move through this room.

Enter the next room and grab the hidden Magical Seed. Pick up the hidden Max Elixir and Purple Shard in the rest of the room after another conversation.

Oh boy, it’s time for another logic puzzle - this time with five categories. Download the spreadsheet if you’d like. Hope you’re ready.

The clues:

  1. No two crystals share the same quality.
  2. Ruby is bigger than Sapphire.
  3. Sapphire’s Purity is less than Ruby’s Purity, which is less than Amethyst’s Purity.
  4. Amethyst does not have ‘Vitreous’ Luster.
  5. Ruby is more lustrous than Amethyst, which is more lustrous than Sapphire.
  6. Amethyst is not ‘Miniscule’.
  7. Ruby has less Foliation than Sapphire.
  8. The largest gem is more lustrous than the smallest gem.
  9. The gem with ‘Difficult’ Foliation is smaller than Emerald.
  10. Amethyst has ‘Eminent’ Foliation.
  11. The gems are, in order of ascending hardness: the ‘Medium’ gem, the ‘Middling’ Purity gem, the gem with the least foliation, and the ‘Pearly’ gem.
  12. The ‘Indistinct’ gem is also the least pure.

The solution:

Proceed into the next room once you’re done.

Grab the hidden Elemental Seed. At the fork, go down to grab a hidden Calcium and fight another spirit.

Wandering Spirit Owen. Field: Desert Field

Head back up to the fork and go right. After a few more climbs you’ll find another fork. Going straight will lead you to another spirit.

Wandering Spirit Duster. Field: Big Top Arena

Continue along the path from here. Grab the hidden Max Ether along the way. Exit the mountain.

Charous Path

Land %
Crabominable 20
Weavile 20
Ninetales 10
Drifblim 10
Medicham 10
Spiritomb 10
Walrein 5
Sableye 5
Glaceon 4
Jynx 4
Nidoking 1
Absol 1

Another mostly linear path. At the fork, go left to get a hidden Ultra Potion and fight a spirit.

Wandering Spirit Jonah. Field: Fairy Tale Field

Back at the fork, go up and left. Grab a hidden Ultra Ball as you proceed. Enter the next room.

Logic Puzzle 4

Grab a hidden X Attack in here. If you follow a path on the right side up and over the machines, you can find the Gengarite as well as another spirit.

Wandering Spirit Zippo. Field: Icy Field

Head back down to the main part of the room: there is another logic puzzle waiting for us… And this one, is a doozy. If you have managed to avoid using the spreadsheet by now, I recommend it.

The clues:

  1. No two crystals share any same quality.
  2. The Habit of the second hardest gem is less than the Habit of the ‘Pure’ gem, which is less than the Habit of the Emerald.
  3. The Purity of the ‘Vitreous’ gem is less than the Purity of Emerald, which is less than the Purity of the ‘Pearly’ gem.
  4. The Luster of the ‘Miniscule’ gem is less than the Luster of the ‘Medium’ gem, which is less than the Luster of the ‘Hexagonal’ gem.
  5. The Hardness of the ‘Small’ gem is less than the Hardness of the Amethyst, which is less than the Hardness of the ‘Pure’ gem.
  6. The ‘Middling’ Purity gem’s Luster is less than the Luster of the ‘Medium’ gem.
  7. The Foliation of the ‘Pearly’ gem is less than the Foliation of the ‘Vitreous’ gem which is less than the Foliation of the ‘Silky’ gem.
  8. The Habit of the ‘Silky’ gem is less than the Habit of the most pure gem.
  9. The Size of the ‘Impure’ gem is less than the Size of the ‘Perfect’ Foliation gem, which is less than the Size of the Sapphire.
  10. The Foliation of Amethyst is less than the Foliation of the second hardest gem, which is less than the Foliation of the Sapphire.

The solution:

Relationship Point Choices:

Grab the hidden Max Revive beyond the gate and proceed to the next room.

Dropping the Stalactite

Go down the path and talk to Hardy here, and the stalactite will be dropped. Back to the left, a new path will be opened up. Left and up from here, you can get a hidden Synthetic Seed and fight a spirit.

Wandering Spirit Quinn. Field: Inverse Field

Head down from here, and you’ll find yourself in the left side of this large room. Down from here you can find rocks to climb to proceed to the right. Grab a hidden Dusk Ball here, then go down the rocks on the bottom. The cave entrance here is just a shortcut to a previous area, so go to the right instead. Pick up the hidden Magical Seed and fight another spirit.

Wandering Spirit Troy. Field: Mountain Field

Make your way back to the center of the room. To the right of where Fern trapped us, climb up and grab the hidden Muscle Wing. Exit out to Charous Path.

When you reach a fork, go down the rocks to get the Metagrossite! Back on the main path is a hidden Calcium, and PokeSnax.

At the bridge, on Zekrom route, you’ll see a story sequence play out. On Reshiram route, you’ll obtain Taka’s Chatot. Grab the Purple Shard and continue into the next room.

Fire & Ice Room

Victory Road (Last Two Rooms)

Cave %
Aggron 20
Bisharp 20
Alakazam 10
Rapidash 10
Nidoking 10
Luxray 10
Shiftry 5
Jolteon 5
Ditto 4
Wobbuffet 4
Absol 1
Snorlax 1

In here, grab the hidden Iron, Full Restore, and Rare Candy. Before proceeding with the main path of Victory Road, there is one side area we can go to. On the right side of this room, you’ll see a path that leads to the bottom right corner of the room, where you can fight a spirit.

Wandering Spirit King. Field: Desert Field

Climb the nearby rocks to enter the side area.

Victory Road (Fire & Ice Room)

Cave %
Houndoom 20
Zoroark 20
Gallade 10
Glalie 10
Arcanine 10
Nidoqueen 10
Weavile 5
Altaria 5
Ariados 4
Magmortar 4
Crabominable 1
Snorlax 1

Grab the hidden Burn Heal and Fairy Gem in the starting area.

Make your way onto the ice on the left side of the area, and loop your way all the way around to activate the Blue Crystal. Thankfully there aren’t that many possible moves to make here, so I’m sure you can get this.

Back on the land, head to the right side of the area and grab the three Glitter Balls in the right side of the area, then activate the Red Crystal.

Next, proceed through the red rock and ice bridge path that is now to your right. Push the nearby strength boulder down so it is out of the way, then return to the Red Crystal and activate it again.

Down and left, a new path will be opened up. Climb down onto the ice and go up to activate another Blue Crystal. Return to the left side of the room to grab the Lucarionite and fight another spirit.

Wandering Spirit Franz. Field: Chess Board

With that, return to the previous room.

The Ruby Chamber

Step on the panel towards the top and talk to Florinia. Heading down from here, a warp tile will appear. Take it to return to the hub room from earlier.

We need to return to each of the four gem rooms we were in earlier. I will start with Ruby, in the top right corner.

Use the Red Crystal Key and go up. Grab the hidden Tiny Mushroom. Proceed to the next room.

Victory Road B4F, Victory Road B5F (Ruby)

Cave %
Darmanitan 20
Pangoro 20
Hariyama 10
Pyroar 10
Honchkrow 10
Conkeldurr 10
Hitmonlee 5
Ariados 5
Gliscor 4
Flareon 4
Zoroark 1
Gallade 1

Pick up the hidden HP Up here. As you might expect, it’s time for a larger puzzle involving the Red Crystals that move rock climb spots around.

Wandering Spirit Godot. Field: Burning Field

Continuing with the puzzle:

Wandering Spirit Allan. Field: Psychic Terrain

I’m pretty sure this is the first fight in the game with natural Psychic Terrain. Thankfully it’s not too crazy for now… just wait until the postgame……..

Anyways, return to the top right corner to enter B5F. Prepare for a fight.

Meteor Admin Sirius (2x Full Restore). Field: Dragon’s Den

Our final fight with this guy is a toughie, but nothing you can’t handle by now. His leads employ tried-and-true double strategies in Intimidate + Lightning Rod Discharge, which can spread paralysis and prevent you from easily Earthquaking them. Tyrantrum makes amazing use of the field - as one Dragon Dance will boost it to +2, making it able to OHKO most of your Pokemon with ease. However, with good doubles strategies and/or a bit of Dragon move spam, you can surely defeat Paul from accounting.

After winning, you’ll be free to explore this room. Make sure you grab the 3 Ruby Stars before leaving, as we’ll need those. Oh, and get the hidden Big Nugget too. Take the warp point back to the hub!

The Sapphire Chamber

Use one of the three conveniently placed Light Shards if you want, and make your way to the Sapphire room in the top left. Pick up the hidden Max Ether and proceed.

Victory Road B4F, Victory Road B5F (Sapphire)

Cave %
Walrein 20
Poliwrath 20
Slowking 10
Jellicent 10
Octillery 10
Weavile 10
Altaria 5
Vaporeon 5
Toxicroak 4
Hitmonchan 4
Carracosta 1
Armaldo 1

In this room, we have to use Blue Crystals to open up spots on the ice for navigation. There’s a crystal to the left: use it to make a path across the ice, then cross and climb up.

Grab the hidden Magical Seed then enter the next ice puzzle. You’ll need to first make your way to the very bottom of the ice, climb up, and activate the crystal. Before proceeding, there is a sneaky rock climb path on the right side here leading to a spirit.

Wandering Spirit Josh. Field: Big Top Arena

Anyways, back down on the puzzle, we can now reach the top middle to activate another crystal. This lets you get to the top left and escape.

Head right, picking up the hidden Blue Shard. This next ice sheet is massive, so here’s a step by step guide for this part:

Head into the next room when you’re ready.

Relationship Point Choices:

Agent Blake (2x Full Restore). Field: Icy Field

One more round with this guy too. Unfortunately for us, his team of Water and Ice types doesn’t mess around, combining two of the best offensive types with a field effect that lets them stack speed on you, power up their attacks, neutralize Fire and Rock moves easily, and more. This time, the field isn’t stacked on top of a Water Surface, so you can’t burn it away. Fighting and Electric moves are generally good keys to victory for this fight, especially if you have some priority moves that help you boost your speed and Brick Break to knock out his screens.

Grab the hidden Heart Scale and Protein as well as the three Sapphire Stars, then warp back.

The Emerald Chamber

Enter the Emerald room in the bottom left next.

Grab the hidden Max Elixir and exit at the bottom.

In this next room, pick up the hidden Repel and Ultra Ball. There is a path along the bottom that will take you to a Green Crystal: activate it.

Head to the middle of the room and climb down, then activate the Green Crystal. Fern will start firing arrows at us. Once you get control, turn off speed up for your sanity, then start avoiding the arrows. If you get hit by one, it will drag you backwards, and deal damage to your team. There is a Light Shard at the bottom of the room. Since your Pokemon won’t die from the arrows, might as well solve most of the puzzle before using the Shard. Oh, and there’s a hidden Genius Wing on the left side if you have an opportunity to grab it.

On the left side of the area, climb the ivy to follow the path we made earlier to a spirit.

Wandering Spirit Nate. Field: Desert Field

To defeat Fern in this room:

With that out of the way, now is a great chance to use the Light Shard! You can now take the long path up to the top of the room. Grab the hidden Grass Gem, then climb the rocks on the right side of the top of the room to reach another spirit.

Wandering Spirit Taro. Field: Ashen Beach

Back down the rocks, enter the door at the top.

Victory Road B5F (Emerald)

Cave %
Crobat 20
Trevenant 20
Hitmontop 10
Slaking 10
Dhelmise 10
Scolipede 10
Vespiquen 5
Swellow 5
Leafeon 4
Galvantula 4
Golisopod 1
Electivire 1

Grab the hidden Max Repel, Magical Seed, Green Shard, and the 3 Emerald Stars. You can also find one more spirit by climbing a hill in the middle and using the Green Crystal Key.

Wandering Spirit Tenshi. Field: Grassy Terrain

Use the warp tile to return to the hub room.

The Amethyst Chamber

Finally, head over to the Amethyst room in the bottom right corner. Pickup the hidden Max Ether and proceed into the room at the bottom.

Grab the hidden Calcium near the start, then prepare yourself for what’s to come! Basically, you’ll need to dodge the void, which aims for you. Getting hit by it will send you back to the start, unfortunately. To proceed in each area, look for the Purple Crystal and get the void to land on top of it.

More tips: don’t use repels, since the “another?” message will actually cause you to be a sitting duck for the void. Create straight lines for the void to follow onto the crystals to make it more predictable. Finally, save often!

Once you exit the room at the bottom successfully, you can return to the previous room, where you will no longer be chased. In here we can find a hidden Protein and Carbos.

Towards the top of the room, you can follow a rock climb path to the Salamencite!

In the bottom left side of the room, we can access a path that takes us up some rocks and to a spirit.

Wandering Spirit Ikaru. Field: Psychic Terrain

Once you’re done, enter the room at the bottom right.

Victory Road B5F (Amethyst)

Cave %
Musharna 20
Mismagius 20
Cofagrigus 10
Clefable 10
Salazzle 10
Dragalge 10
Golurk 5
Sableye 5
Xatu 4
Espeon 4
Tsareena 1
Houndoom 1

Pick up the hidden PP Up, Max Revive, Hyper Potion, and the 3 Amethyst Stars. Return to the hub room.

Victory over Victory Road

Take the warp back to Florinia. You’ll need to place 7 of the 12 stars into the slots, then step on the tile above. On the left side, you’ll see gems light up gold corresponding to the number of correct stars you’ve picked. On the right, you’ll see gems light up silver corresponding to the correct orientation of the gems.

And… it’s actually random what the correct answer is per save file, so I can’t just give you the solution this time.

Solving this thankfully isn’t too bad (especially compared to the last Logic Puzzle we did…) since we have infinite tries. What I like to do is place all 3 Ruby Stars in, and see how many light up. Take away all but that number of Ruby Stars, then move them around until the right side lights up with the same number. Repeat this for Sapphire Stars next, knowing that the Ruby gems are correct. Emerald can then assume Ruby and Sapphire are correct… so it’s pretty simple from here. Soon you’ll be done!

Enter the next room and pick up the hidden Full Heal. Once you’re ready for a tough fight, head up and right.

Swag Jockey Fern. Field: Crystal Cavern

One more round with our favorite Swag Jockey. His team is pimped out for maximal pain on the field, which… aside from an early game Aster & Eclipse fight and Ditto-Arceus, we haven’t gotten to fight any significant trainers on. Three of his Pokemon have Rock Tomb, which gets a 2.25x power boost here and alternate hitting with Fire, Water, Grass, then Psychic sub-typing, cyclically. Any Pokemon’s use of a Rock move, Multi-Attack, Strength, or Rock Climb will cause the sub-typing to move to the next, in fact. Dragon moves are also boosted here, so Haxorus (perhaps after a Dragon Dance), Krookodile (who will outspeed with its Scarf) and Serperior (perhaps after a Contrary Leaf Storm) will tear through you with theirs. Rhyperior’s Rock Polish actually also boosts both attacking stats on this field, so if you can’t take it out in the first turn, it might sweep you. It’s also worth noting that Krookodile’s Earthquake will turn the field to a Cave, where this move can now hit Flying type Pokemon you were hoping to switch in on it. Oh, and he has a Bullet Punch machine in Mega Scizor and a Z-Move ‘roided Decidueye with priority.

By now, I know you can win this one! Aside from a generally well-built team, Pokemon that make careful use of the moves I mentioned earlier to gain beneficial sub-typings and ruin Fern’s sub-typings can be useful here. Dragon types can fairly easily sweep here if you can get some momentum and Stealth Rocks going, as well. Transform it into the Dark Crystal Cavern or Cave if you like those options better.

Once you win, proceed to the right. Before we leave though, there is one last spirit that we can fight - hug the bottom wall as you go right to reach them. Grab the hidden Ultra Potion while you’re here.

Wandering Spirit Saya. Field: Glitch Field

Make your way to the exit, grabbing the final hidden item of Victory Road… a Blue Shard. Exciting.

In the outside area in which you emerge, hug the bottom wall to pick up the New World Field Readout. Study up!

Head into the Pokemon Center up and to the right, and talk to the girl behind the counter to learn a bit about Reborn’s Elite Four.

Before we do that, however, fly on over to the other side of Victory Road, just north of Labradorra. If you’ve been fighting the spirits, we can get rewards for doing so! Talk to Azer.

Reward Number of Spirits Collected
Choice Specs, Steelium-Z 5+
Choice Band, Flyinium-Z 10+
Choice Scarf, Fightinium-Z 15+
Assault Vest, Focus Sash 20+
Catching Charm: Emerald, Life Orb, Leftovers 25

You’ll also get the Exp. All for catching all the spirits if you haven’t obtained it yet.

With that taken care of… that’s really it. Every Pokemon, Mega Stone, Z-Crystal, hold item, TM… aside from those that relate to Legendary Pokemon, we now have ‘em all. Nothing else is holding us back from finally doing this thing. Fly on back to Charous Mountain in the top right corner of the region and prepare yourself as best you can for what’s to come.

Reborn Elite Four & Champion

Enter the Charous Hall, to the right of the Pokemon Center. Reminisce on the eighteen gyms you’ve beaten as you head up! Once you pass into the door at the top, you’ll be unable to return, so make sure you’re ready.

Elite Four Wind Maiden Heather (2x Full Restore). Field: Mountain Field

Do you remember when we fought Corey, obtained the Silver Ring, and later found five of his six Pokemon? Now we know where his Crobat went. Fittingly, Heather uses Flying and Poison type Pokemon.

On this field, Tailwind lasts for five turns and sets up Strong Winds. Crobat’s speed and its Sash means you’re not going to be able to easily steamroll with Ice, Electric, and Rock type moves once it gets off Tailwind. Archeops, another fast Pokemon, also has this move for support. Flying moves and Rock moves are all boosted here, meaning Crobat, Archeops, Gyarados with its Z-Crystal, and Salamence will all hit like trucks. Additionally, her Gengar’s Icy Wind and Ominous Wind are boosted by 1.5x on this field, then again by 1.5x whenever Strong Winds are present. Oh, and Thunder never misses. A very tough optimized fight, but nothing too unexpected for Reborn’s Elite Four.

It’s hard to recommend changing up your team specifically for this fight, because you have to bring the same team through the entire Elite Four. Still, if you are stuck on this fight, there are a lot of things you can use. For example, while Strong Winds do neutralize Flying type weaknesses, you can use the Thunder, Icy Wind, Hyper Voice, and Rock move boosts yourself to narrow the gap. Especially once Crobat and Archeops are down, that may be the way to victory. Trick Room will also help you turn Tailwind on its head if need be, where a Pokemon like Decidueye with a 1.5x attack boost from Long Reach may be able to sweep. You can also use your own Flying types to deal massive damage: Talonflame’s Gale Wings is always on while Strong Winds are on, for example. Alternatively, you could consider switching the field to Snowy Mountain via the Blizzard TM if you want to use Ice moves more effectively.

Once you win, you’ll get the Ruby Ring. Proceed to the next room.

Elite Four Tag Team Bennett & Laura (2x Full Restore). Field: Flower Garden

Good news: it’s not a 12v6. Bad news: Bennett and Laura use Bug and Grass types on the most broken field effect in the game that we haven’t yet seen even once: Flower Garden, with natural Rain to boot. Flower Garden has 5 stages, each stage essentially being more beneficial for their team than the last. It starts at Stage 1, but the Synthetic Seeds on the leads will automatically bump it up to Stage 3. With three more seeds in the back, Venusaur’s Bloom Doom, Lilligant’s Growth, and three users of Nature Power which becomes Growth, the field will stage up for each. Swarm will always be on, boosting Volcarona and Galvantula’s Bug Buzz, and gets an additional boost on Stages 3 and 5. If used at Stage 1 or 3, Growth will get powered up, so watch out for that. Grass moves get increasingly powerful as the stage increases, and Bug moves have boosts specifically on Stages 2 and 4. The five Synthetic Seeds also boost Special Defense and grant Ingrain, which is four times as powerful on Stage 4 specifically. Oh, and in Stages 4 and 5, Chlorophyll will always be on, meaning half of their Pokemon will consistently outspeed and destroy your team with their field-boosted moves. Lots to try to remember even though you can’t access the field notes during the fight.

One thing to consider is just using the field yourself. If you can spare a party slot or two, you can bring a few Pokemon optimized for Stage 5 Flower Field and go off. Bennett and Laura only take advantage of maybe half of the boosts this field provides, so you can try to just overwhelm them yourself if you want. For example, Sweet Scent at Stage 5 lowers Eva, Def, and SpD by 3 stages each, so using this move with something fast can set up your other Pokemon for easy knockouts. Flower Shield and Flower Veil grant massive defense boosts to your Pokemon and Grass type allies, meaning you can just out-tank your Grass type opponents by targeting the Bug types first. Infestation does a massive 1/3 HP each turn, so if you can get this move out and wait out a few turns, you can easily clean up that way. Nature Power is Growth up until Stage 5, when it becomes Petal Blizzard, meaning this move will allow your Pokemon to set up and sweep all in one! You can also use your own offensive Bug moves - fighting Swarm users with Swarm users may be smart, or you can carefully keep the field at Stage 4 in order to benefit from those boosts.

Or, you can try to fight the Flower Field directly. Cut gets a 1.5x boost and deals an additional 2x damage to Grass types, meaning it can effectively hit with 150 Power against the Grass types. Cut and X-Scissor cut down the stage by one, meaning once all the seeds are exhausted, you may be able to keep the Stage relatively low. Using the Poisonium-Z to fire off a Acid Downpour will instantly take the field back to Stage 1. With good timing this will allow you to halt their momentum and hopefully get some of your own going.

Perhaps you could just change the field altogether: Sun will turn the field into the Rainbow Field for a little while, so you can try to devise a strategy involving that field if you want. What’s better though is Burning Field. The Rain will stop you from turning the field to Burning Field, as would Sand. It’s a bit tricky to set up, but Hail (we have the TM) followed up by a burning move like Lava Plume or Inferno Overdrive (we have the Z-Crystal) will succeed at this task! You can probably guess how well your opponents team will do on the Burning Field.

Relationship Point Choices:

You’ll get the Sapphire Bracelets for winning. Proceed to the next room, and ride the tile elevators upward.

Elite Four Agent Elias (2x Full Restore). Field: Holy Field

We finally get to fight Arceus’ favorite holy man. He uses Normal and Dragon types on the Holy Field. Notably, Normal moves become super effective against Ghost and Dark types, and special Normal moves like Noivern’s Boomburst get a power boost. Dragon and Psychic moves also get boosts, making Noivern, Kommo-o, Dragonite, and Drampa even more powerful. On the Physical side, Dragonite’s Extremespeed and Mega Kangaskhan’s Return also get boosted on this field. With Mega Kangaskhan’s double Power-Up-Punch, Noivern’s SpA boosting seed, and Kommo-o’s omniboosting Z-Move, there are a lot of threats that can set up on you, making the aforementioned moves even more powerful. Oh, and he has a Choice Scarf Imposter Ditto that loves to swap in as soon as any of your sweepers set up to outspeed and kill.

There are no built in field switches for this one, but it does leave you a few great options. Notably, special Fairy type moves and your own Dragon type moves are boosted here, so if you’re able to get them off, you can potentially dispatch Noivern, Drampa, Kommo-O, and Dragonite after hazards. You can also abuse Nature Power Judgement, Return, and Extremespeed for massive power boosts. Rock and Steel types can switch in on Dragonite doing a power trip with Extremespeed, giving them a chance to turn momentum in your favor. Just have a plan for Ditto!

Take the Emerald Brooch and proceed to the next room.

Elite Four Starcrosser Anna (2x Full Restore). Field: Starlight Arena

The last Elite Four member is a child who will destroy your team with her Psychic and Fairy types on top of the Starlight Arena. Psychic and Fairy moves are boosted here, and Dark moves get a Fairy subtyping, taking away one of Metagross’ weaknesses. There are further boosts for Ninetales’ Aurora Beam, Gardevoir’s Signal Beam, Starmie’s Flash Cannon, Gardevoir and Ninetales’ Moonblast, Sylveon’s Swift, and a massive boost for Mega Metagross’ Meteor Mash that shreds almost any Pokemon that doesn’t resist it. Starmie with its seed and ability gets +3 SpA upon switch in, which paired with its high speed and coverage moves, means danger. Defensively, Cosmic Power and Wish are boosted, so Sylveon and Jirachi can potentially tank you. Ninetales’ Aurora Veil is also always enabled.

If you want to win this one, as usual I think you can get away with taking advantage of the field yourself. Your own Meteor Mash, Mirror Shot, and Moonblast can all be potentially viable here. Wish and Moonlight heal more than usual, and Cosmic Power works for you too, so you can take advantage of the lack of priority aside from Bullet Punch to set up a tank of your own. Any weather condition will turn off the type boosts and the Fairy subtyping for Dark moves, so if you want to neuter her offensive power to some extent you can change the weather. We can’t destroy the field or change it naturally, so make use of your teams synergy and the field effect to win this one.

You’ll get the Amethyst Pendant. Proceed to the Champion room when you’re ready.

You knew this was coming:

Meteor Champion Lin (2x Full Restore). Field: No Field

So, a Champion fight. If you look carefully, you’ll notice that this team is almost entirely comprised of Pokemon stolen from Lin’s victims… Ninetales from Ame, Gossip Gardevoir, Garchomp from Solaris, Conkeldurr/Togekiss from Samson/Ciel, and Delphox from Ace… So that’s something. No field this time, so compared to the previous four fights this one generally won’t be as bad. There is PULSE Abra in the back, this time not using Hyper Beam every turn, so you have to find a way to live its high powered special moves and hit back hard after defeating the other five Pokemon. You can take out the champion, I believe in you!

Once you regain control, head up and through the path. You’ll need to use the Emerald Brooch on the first floor and solve a quick logic puzzle.

Click for the puzzle solution

In the Sapphire Bracelet room ahead is… another puzzle? Just choose an answer for each one. Proceeding from here, you can get the PULSE Readout 11. Oh boy.

Make your way to the top of the Arc and talk to Lin. Prepare your team and head in… Reborn’s REAL champion fight is ahead.

Across this guide I’ve mentioned various choices that you can make to reach an exclusive postgame route - known by the community as the Anna Route. If you do not complete any one of the requirements for the Anna route, you will instead be on the Lin Route for the postgame. However, I actually think the first time player will get MORE out of the Lin Route than the Anna Route as far as the story goes, so don’t feel like you’re left out if you have missed one of the requirements. The Lin Route is still great and you should consider doing it first, going back for the Anna Route in a second playthrough. There is still one ‘choice’ left to make, so you can still opt out of the Anna Route if you’d like.

A summary of the Anna Route requirements till now:

  1. Find all the police officers before fighting Ace in the Jungle
  2. Defeat Solaris atop Pyrous Mountain
  3. Refuse to fight Sigmund at Yureyu
  4. Stop the doctor at Belrose
  5. Side with Radomus at Citae Astrae, then defeat El
  6. Don’t give Blake the Ruby Ring
  7. Refuse to fight Taka at the WTC
  8. Allow Taka to join you in the desert

If you have missed at least one of these requirements, you will have the following fight:

Meteor Champion Lin (2x Full Restore). Field: New World

If you thought Lin’s earlier fight was a bit too easy… well… there’s this… a fitting end to the main game of Pokemon Reborn… and it’s just brutal.

Let me first pause to make fun of some of you. Did you create your team largely around utilizing a specific weather condition? Or, are you even more crafty and use Pledge moves to create your own field, or perhaps the Lycanium-Z to destroy fields you don’t like? Do you like the move Earthquake? Well, surprise, none of those things work here. Weather effects and generated fields simply do not work, so you’ll always be fighting on New World without weather. And to lose against this fight means you’ll have to go all the way back through the previous five. Your team is complete trash without your weather or field? Sucks for you! Remake it and battle your way all the way back. By the way, when I said “some of you”, I meant me in the past, marching on in with a Rain Mono-Water team. Pelipper literally died in one shot to every single one of Lin’s Pokemon no matter what I did. Sad. But I did eventually win!

So, onto the fight itself. Power Gem, Earth Power, Draco Meteor, Dazzling Gleam, Flash Cannon, and Dark type moves are all boosted here. All of her Pokemon have at least one of these. The New World Field also has this thing where grounded Pokemon have three-quarters speed and levitating Pokemon have slightly lowered Defenses. Lin having 4/5 non-grounded Pokemon essentially means unless you have a lot of them too, you’re going to basically be losing speed battles you’d otherwise win. The defense drop is cancelled out on her Pokemon by virtue of the PULSE2 adding defenses to the sweepers anyways.

As for the team itself, it’s real good. Mismagius is a cruel lead, taking advantage of the field boosts and speed nerf to hit fast and hard. Honchkrow is there to ruin your sweeper’s day, getting off Sucker Punch to probably knock you out and snowball into a sweep. Clefable does usual Clefable things: saying NOPE to your boosts, getting double Cosmic Power boosts, and laughing in your crying face. Flygon (on Anna Route) and Hydreigon like to mercilessly overwhelm your Pokemon with their wide coverage. She also has the first enemy Ultra Beast… ugh. This thing is super tanky, has a STAB boosted move in Flash Cannon and good coverage in Flamethrower and Giga Drain, and also carries Leech Seed just in case you thought you were smart about using a tanky Pokemon of some kind. And the most cursed ability ever: Beast Boost, which will raise its SpA in this case.

You’ll notice that I haven’t mentioned the puppy in the room. It seems like the route that so far is harder to get into has an easier time with this fight, and that’s true… sorta. While Anna Route gets PULSE Arceus replaced by Flygon, winning the first, easier fight will actually send you right into another fight. No healing or switching your team around in between.

Mordant Urchin Lin (3x Full Restore). Field: New World

So, yeah. With a 975 Base Stat Total, Perfect IVs, and a PULSE 2, no matter your route, you get to fight this thing, and if you’re fighting it separately, you don’t get to carry any momentum like stat boosts or hazards over from fighting the other six Pokemon. For that reason, doing the two-fight gauntlet version is strictly harder than the one-fight version, so I will give some advice for doing the gauntlet version.

It’s worth noting that this is actually the 9th and final Anna Route requirement:

Note: Once you win the first fight, if you lose the second fight, you will be kicked out of Anna Route.

You’ll also have to fight the first New World Lin fight again, this time, it will be the version without Arceus.You can restore a backup if you want. There’s actually one automatically created for you in the saves folder.

Anyways, onto the strategy. Really, these fights come down to choreographing every single move pretty much. If you don’t know whether Honchkrow is going to Sucker Punch or use its Z-move, you will probably lose. If a random attack of yours misses, it will likely throw off the whole fight and you will lose. Lots and lots of trial and error will probably be key here. I recommend setting your Z-move to Steel, Poison, or Rock in most cases. Clefable is usually the most annoying Pokemon to take out aside from Arceus, so having either a super-effective nuke or a field-boosted Continental Crush to take it out is usually a good idea. You may instead want to use it on Celesteela, in which case Fire, Electric, or field-boosted Dark are good bets. Even though all the other stuff like field changes and weather are out, ol’ reliable TRICK ROOM is here to save the day - it even gets an automatic 8 turns on this field, freeing up your Trick Room user to hold something else like Light Clay. A Z-move of one of the aforementioned types or Mold Breaker on a slow set-up sweeper under Trick Room can barrel through the bulk of the team, freeing you up to worry about Arceus!

One more fun tech is that the Magical Seed grants an omniboost while causing you to recharge. If you hard switch, the Pokemon that comes out gets the recharge turn cancelled out as part of the switching turn, so that’s nice. If you have a Pokemon with Recycle, it will cause the seed to be regenerated and consumed, but the recharge turn will again be done on that turn… meaning you can literally omniboost all the way to +6 if you have some way to not die in the meantime. A fun thing to turn to if all else seems lost.

Then there’s Arceus. In the easier version, it is holding a Life Orb, so poisoning it then hiding behind Substitutes can be a funny way to watch it knock itself out. Unfortunately the harder version has a Z-Crystal and you don’t get the time to set up anything on it, so you’re going to have to use whatever scraps of your team remain after the previous fight to do… some cheap crap, pretty much. My first time it was just double Protect on Speed Boost Sharpedo followed by Destiny Bond. This time it was Accelerock for some chip plus a Sturdy Metal Burst. Some people will call strategies like these cheap, but what else can you really do against a Pokemon with 975 BST, full EV’s, and IV’s, and field boosts too? Do what you must and win both fights if you want to stay on Anna Route, or defeat just the one-team version to proceed to Lin Route.

Relationship Point Choices:

Either way, once you complete this fight, you’re like, done? You’ve completed the main game of Pokemon Reborn! Congratulations! I am proud of you! And thanks for reading so far :)

Head to any PC if you want to look at your Hall of Fame progress!

Postgame Episode 1: A Whole New World

Bear with me: postgame is less episodically structured than the main game, and there aren’t chapter names. So, I came up with my own names, with help from the Patreon Discord.

Anyways, the first thing we’re going to do is grab the fourth Catching Charm. To do so, head over to the Grand Hall basement and talk to Ame’s PC. Open the secret path!

In my honest opinion, you should save actually talking to all these NPC’s and reading the content here until after you’ve also beaten the postgame. Make a beeline to the room in the top right corner, grab the Catching Charm: Sapphire, then leave. Don’t worry, I will cover the rest of this area towards the end of the guide.

It’s also worth noting at this point that the level cap has silently gone up to Lv. 105!

The Nightclub

Head over to North Obsidia Ward - we can finally enter the nightclub!

Once you talk to Arclight, you’ll be free to move around. If you talk to the machine to the left of the nerd at the top, you can turn the chaotic lights off, if you’d like. Talk to the nerd here to record Pokemon’s movesets - by doing this, you can save time (and Heart Scales) from having to visit tutors.

Talk to the various characters around the nightclub, if you’d like.

In the top left corner, there are various battle facilities. Winning them grants you Battle Points (BP) which can be exchanged for items.

Nightclub BP Shop (Bottom)

Item Price
Lonely Mint 1 BP
Brave Mint 1 BP
Adamant Mint 1 BP
Naughty Mint 1 BP
Bold Mint 1 BP
Relaxed Mint 1 BP
Impish Mint 1 BP
Lax Mint 1 BP
Timid Mint 1 BP
Hasty Mint 1 BP
Serious Mint 1 BP
Jolly Mint 1 BP
Naive Mint 1 BP
Modest Mint 1 BP
Mild Mint 1 BP
Quiet Mint 1 BP
Rash Mint 1 BP
Calm Mint 1 BP
Gentle Mint 1 BP
Sassy Mint 1 BP
Careful Mint 1 BP

Nightclub BP Shop (Middle)

Item Price
Choice Band 24 BP
Choice Specs 24 BP
Choice Scarf 27 BP
Focus Sash 5 BP
EXP All Upgrade 1 BP
Remote PC 14 BP
5 Cell Batteries 5 BP

Note that the Remote PC is only available after buying the EXP All Upgrade, and the batteries only after the PC.

Nightclub BP Shop (Top)

Item Price
8 Exp. Candy XL 1 BP
50 Exp. Candy XL 5 BP
Ability Capsule 1 BP
2 Heart Scales 2 BP
Rare Candy 1 BP
3 EV Tuners 2 BP
2 EV Boosters 3 BP
PP All 4 BP
Reborn Ball 9 BP
10 Glitter Balls 5 BP
Sacred Ash 13 BP

To win BP, you can participate in the Battle Tower and Battle Factory-style competitions, participate in Theme Teams, or do Mix N’ Match. Try out these options and earn some BP if you’d like!

On the right side of the room, talk to Cass.

Relationship Point Choices:

She will give us our first of many legendary quests: we’re wanted in Vanhanen Castle!

Vanhanen Castle New World

Fly over to Vanhanen Castle and go in. Where we once fought Cain, you’ll see a New World Door on the second level. Head in.

New World (Vanhanen Castle)

Land %
Linoone 20
Musharna 20
Wigglytuff 10
Mightyena 10
Camerupt 10
Gumshoos 10
Komala 5
Ursaring 5
Shiinotic 4
Amoonguss 4
Cinccino 1
Gardevoir 1

Enter the door in the top right, follow the path, and talk to the orb. Return to the New World hub. This time, follow the door in the top left. Talk to the orb at the end and return. Finally, go to the bottom right and talk to the Shiinotic.

Creeping Pokémon. Field: Chess Board

Talk to the next orb. The door at the top of the hub will now be open: follow it and defeat another Shiinotic. Grab the next orb.

Back in the hub, enter the top right room once more. The door at teh top will now be unlocked, so follow it in.

Anomaly Cresselia. Field: New World

Our first Anomaly battle! Note that this another fight on the New World field. The first four Pokemon use this field beneficially to some extent, but Ice and field-boosted Dark moves can generally shut them down. The first Cresselia will always use Lunar Dance, sacrificing itself to give an omniboost to the second Cresselia. Note the Magical Seed, meaning the second Cresselia will always get two omniboosts, but will need to recharge on the first turn it is out. That means you can use Toxic, Psych Up, Haze, Trick Room, etc. for free and whittle it down with the remainder of your team.

Once you win, you’ll be immediately thrown into a battle with a wild Cresselia, which you can now catch. Don’t worry, this fight is much easier than the previous, you just have to catch it. It’s worth noting that you can often mash the auto-save key (default ‘D’) between the Anomaly battle and the legendary fight if you want. You can also grind the Nightclub facilities to get Reborn Balls if catching the legendaries is too much of a pain.

Luna will give us the Gather Cube afterwards. Sorry for any Rejuvenation players having terrible flashbacks right about now.

Return to the Nightclub!

While you’re here, more NPC’s will have returned to the nightclub. In particular, you can show Florinia the Naganadel we got earlier (or other Ultra Beasts we’ll find later) to get 5 Beast Balls.

Relationship Point Choices:

That’s it for the first Postgame Episode!

Postgame Episode 2: Fetch, Doggy!

Time for some more legendary quests. Note that your level cap has silently gone up to Lv. 110. Note that within each section, these quests can be done in any order, so feel free to bounce around if you’d like.

Fetching the Legendary Birds

Talk to Cass behind the counter once more. She’ll tell us about three birds that we have to find in thematically-relevant locations. Hmm…

Fly over to Ametrine City, then climb the mountain. Where we once fought Blake, you can fight and catch Articuno.

Fly over to Beryl Ward, and go across the bridge to the east. In the factory where Shade once was, we can catch Zapdos.

Finally, fly over to Apophyll Academy, and climb Pyrous Mountain. At the top of the volcano is Moltres.

As of Gen VII, 9.6% of all Pokemon were legendaries… too many, perhaps, GF? Anyways, that’s why not every quest could realistically be a huge affair. Don’t worry if these three bored you though, many fantastic quests are still to come.

Return to the Nightclub. If you want, get Articuno out of the PC and talk to Lumi a few times.

Relationship Point Choices:

Fetching the Lake Spirits

Back in the Nightclub, talk to Seacrest. He will tell us that the Lake Spirits, fittingly, are abround the lake.

Fly to Coral Ward, then go west. Head left at the fork, then follow the rocks along the bottom left and down until you reach a sandbank. Go right, dive down, go up, then surface. You’ll find Azelf chilling at the top.

From here, retrace your steps until you reach the sandbar. From here, go straight up and hug the left wall until you reach another sandbar, then go left. Dive down here, go up, surface, go up and left, cross the sand, and dive down once more. You’ll find Uxie in the top right corner.

Surface, and fly to Apophyll Academy. From here, follow the path up towards the Apophyll Cave, surfing up and following the small path right towards the dive spot. Dive down. A bit down and right from the top left corner is a small 2x2 spot to surface - do so here. Enter Apophyll Cave. You’ll need to freeze the water here in a battle by using Blizzard or Subzero Slammer. Enter the cave up and to the left to find Mesprit!

Route 1 New World

Head back to the Nightclub. Talk to Randall this time and get the quest to visit Route 1 next.

Fly over to the Route 1 Nature Center, and talk to Sandy outside. We are looking for three anomalies. The first is actually on the roof of this building, so climb the stairs inside and enter.

New World (Route 1 West)

Land %
Unown 100

Follow the path here.

Anomaly Entei. Field: New World

Another Trick Room oriented New World team. This time Aromatisse has a Sash, so OHKO’ing it is not an option. Thankfully, it is the only Trick Room user, meaning once the Trick Room wears off, you’re good to go. Ursaring, Primarina, and especially Mega Camerupt are extremely strong under the Trick Room, so stalling it out may be ideal. Entei is last and is actually fast, so watch out for that. You can wall it out with a bulky Rock/Ground type entirely, so defeating it shouldn’t be too bad.

You can catch Entei afterwards. I also just realized that the realm containing Entei has only wild Unown. Sick reference!

Return to Route 1, and take a Tauros to the east. If you haven’t solved the Aventurine Woods puzzles… you’ll have to now. Anyways, use a Tauros to follow the long path in South Aventurine Woods to the southeast, where you’ll find a New World Door.

New World (Route 1 South)

Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Luvdisc 70 Luvdisc 60 Gorebyss 40
Qwilfish 30 Alomomola 20 Huntail 40
    Seadra 20 Slowking 15
        Kingdra 4
        Dratini 1
Water %
Pelipper 60
Mantine 30
Politoed 5
Phione 4
Magikarp 1

Surf up. While you’re going up, hug the right wall. You’ll get a Max Revive and find:

ZCell 01: New World (Route 2 South)

Head left and up for another Anomaly battle.

Anomaly Suicune. Field: Water Surface

Don’t worry: not all Anomalies will be on New World. Not that that makes this fight any better. All six Pokemon have Elemental Seeds, granting SpD and Aqua Ring. The team is particularly bulky, sporting all kinds of Def/SpD boosting moves, healing moves, Toxic, etc. Goodra serves as a blocker to Electric and Grass moves, too. If you are able to turn the field to Murkwater, they can’t change it back, meaning all their Elemental Seeds will now Poison them, making their stall strategies much less effective. You can also use a set-up sweeper of some kind that uses Water type’s weaknesses, as long as you have a strategy for Ludicolo and Goodra.

Once you win, you’ll be able to battle and catch Suicune.

Back on Route 1, towards the east side of the Route, grab a Tauros and enter the second-to-last entrance to North Aventurine Woods. There’s a ledge right and up you can climb to reach a New World Door.

New World (Route 1 North)

Land %
Golem 20
Raichu 20
Ampharos 10
Luxray 10
Gigalith 10
Aggron 10
Lycanroc 5
Sandslash 5
Electivire 4
Jolteon 4
Steelix 1
Skarmory 1

As you climb the stairs, hug the left wall and follow the path.

ZCell 02: New World (Route 2 North)

Anomaly Raikou. Field: Mountain Field

Rotom will usually use its Z-Move to transform the field to Snowy Mountain. You can dampen the team’s strategies somewhat by preventing this from happening by OHKO’ing Rotom, if you want. These two field effects are pretty stacked, damage-wise, so read up on the Field Manual if you’re stuck on it. Trick Room can also help out here, preventing Sandslash and Raikou from going on killing streaks.

Once you win, you can battle and catch Raikou.

Return to the Nightclub once you’re done.

Route 2 New World

Back in the Nightclub, talk to Zero and accept his quest. Fly over to the Celestinine Cascade and go right onto Route 2. If the leftmost Crustle is still in the way, climb some nearby rocks to get some Red Powder, then remove the Crustle. Enter this cave and the New World Door.

New World (Route 2)

Land %
Golem 20
Golurk 20
Tangrowth 10
Slurpuff 10
Camerupt 10
Crustle 10
Pangoro 5
Bronzong 5
Magcargo 4
Amoonguss 4
Wobbuffet 1
Muk 1

Talk to Amaria inside to the right. You’ll need to find someone who can read Braille to help.

Fly over to Coral Ward, and enter the apartment on the upper side. Talk to Danielle inside, who will sass you then meet you in the Route 2 New World.

Talk to her… and we’ll have to play Simon Says. Follow the instructions that Simon says precisely, and a new door will open. Follow it.

Golem Anomaly. Field: New World

This team generally relies upon Stakataka’s Trick Room, which can easily be shut down by OHKO’ing it. The move Earth Power can easily do the trick. Regirock and Regice eat up Physical and Special moves, holding a Band and Specs, respectively. Registeel gets an Omniboost and will try to stall you out with Toxic and Seismic Toss. The Tyranitar is a special set, benefitting from the field effect with most of its moves, and Mega Mawile rounds out the team with very strong Sucker Punch, potentially boosted by Power-Up-Punch. If you can take out the Trick Room, set up a Sweeper (ideally with a Fighting type move), and have a plan to deal with Sucker Punch, you’re golden.

With that out of the way, we’ll be free to explore from here in three directions. I start by going left. Talk to the braille tablet here, then to Danielle when you’re ready. Time for more Simon Says. Note that you will have to move yourself to move the boulders as instructed - this is ok and won’t ruin your attempt. Enter the opened door, where you can find and catch Regirock.

Back out in the main room, go up at the fork. Talk to the Braille, then Danielle to get instructions. Here, we’ll have to do 5 slides across the ice to break all five tiles, but never stepping over one incorrectly. We need to slide: Left, Right, Left, Up, Right. The key here is that you can slide on the other spots of ice just as long as you don’t hit the same spot twice. With the ice spots numbered 1-5, top to bottom:

Head in to catch Regice.

Make your way to the right side of the main room now, talk to the Braille once more. Danielle will make us play Danielle Says this time. Ignore her when Simon says, but listen when Danielle says. Once you succeed, head through the door to catch Registeel!

Make your way out of the New World.

Postgame Episode 3: The Umbral Issue

Back in the Nightclub, there are new quests we can pursue. The level cap has also been raised to Lv. 115.

Route 3 New World

Talk to Sandy and accept her quest to check out Route 3.

Fly over to Calcenon, then go down the stairs and right onto the route. Head east and into the first cave, where you’ll find a New World Door.

New World (Route 3)

Land %
Vivillon 20
Wormadam 20
Sudowoodo 10
Venomoth 10
Klinklang 10
Durant 10
Aggron 5
Vileplume 5
Cradily 4
Bastiodon 4
Toucannon 1
Ferrothorn 1

Head up and talk to the Ringmaster. Once Virizion runs off, follow it left. You’ll be attacked with gusts of wind, so it might be smart to turn off super speed. Once Virizion runs off again, the gusts will stop.

Head down and right when you’re ready.

Anomaly One for All and All for One. Field: New World

Ringmaster Alistasia will be your ally, meaning you do have a numbers advantage in this one. If you can keep her Primarina alive and give it Trick Room support, it can fairly easily deal with Cobalion’s trio. Focus on knocking these out first since alone the Silvally trio is not very threatening.

With the battle done, two of the three will run off to allow you to catch them. Virizion can be caught to the left in the grassy area. On the right side of the area, you’ll find Cobalion.

Head outside of the New World. Make your way through the Route 3 Cave system as normal. In the Sapphire Cave you’ll find Terrakion up some rocks.

But wait, there’s more! Return to the New World Door in the Ruby Cave and talk to the Ringmaster at the top of the area. Head in to the next area.

New World (Route 3 Back)

Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Finneon 70 Lumineon 60 Quagsire 55
Clawitzer 30 Clauncher 20 Clauncher 40
    Quagsire 20 Dhelmise 5
Water %
Pelipper 60
Seaking 30
Gastrodon 9
Tentacruel 1

Head up when you’re ready for one heck of a battle.

Anomaly Keldeo & the Spectral Swords of Justice. Field: Ashen Beach

We once had an optional Victoria battle on Ashen Beach, then the Kiki fight. One of the Victory Road spirits battled on it too, but this is the fourth significant battle in the whole game here. May take a bit of time to get used to it again!

Anyways, this is definitely the hardest fight in the Postgame so far. 12 Pokemon that are all arguably threats, inherently or because of the field, against you and an ally that loves to make terrible decisions sometimes (COME ON PRIMARINA TARGET KELDEO IT’S THE OBVIOUS THREAT). You do have to have some kind of plan for the opener: Weavile uses Beat Up on Cobalion, granting it +5 attack by the turn’s end. Not good. On top of that, all the field boosted mud attacks, Surf, and Focus Blast will mess you up. I recommend first stopping Weavile, getting up Trick Room and doing everything in your power to defeat the right side first, then hoping you end up in a position where Alistasia’s Hawlucha is alive, since it can OHKO all three of the Swords of Justice and Mega Lucario. This one is tough, you may have to change up your team immensely, but you can find a way to come out on top for sure.

Afterwards, you’ll be able to battle and catch Keldeo! Thankfully your team will be healed beforehand.

If you refused to give Blake the Ruby Ring, you’ll have another fight now.

Umbral Samson. Field: Ashen Beach

An interesting team for Samson, focusing this time on feminity in particular. Be careful of the numerous Focus Blasts, particularly on his Ultra Beast Pheromosa, which can easily set up on you. Lots of speed here so as usual I will suggest Trick Room.

Relationship Point Choices:

Accept Alistasia’s offer to return to the Nightclub.

Route 4 New World

Talk to Aster and accept his quest to head over to Route 4 via Calcenon City. Climb the rocks, then at the fork go up. Go left from here to find a New World Door.

New World (Route 4)

Land %
Golem 20
Braviary 20
Wynaut 10
Claydol 10
Masquerain 10
Armaldo 10
Emolga 5
Manectric 5
Stunfisk 4
Malamar 4
Shiftry 1
Flygon 1

Follow the straightforward path up, and down. Eventually, from above, you’ll see light bridges shining from the level down below - keep track of where these are. Once you go back down the ladder, you’ll need to hop across to the north, then follow the path. Use the first invisible bridge to continue.

You’ll reach a fork here: go to the left, follow the ladders up and down, then interact with the orb.

Backtrack to the fork, this time, going across the narrow path on the bottom right. Once you climb back down the ladder, hug the right wall here to reach:

ZCell 03: New World (Route 4)

Continue following the path from here. You’ll reach what appears to be a dead end: there is an invisible bridge on the right side that will bring us back to a landmass with two ladders we visited previously. Take the bottom ladder and follow the path to exit this section of the New World.

Back on Route 4, make your way past the first lake map, on route to the Glass Workstation, but go right on the next map instead, down the rocks. You’ll see another New World Door, so head in.

Follow the path, then climb the ladder. It will take you up to see more light bridges. Head back down and take it to the left. Again you’ll eventually appear to reach a dead end, but invisible bridges will take you across. Climb the ladder to see some more light bridges that we didn’t see before.

Head all the way back to nearby the New World Door, and go left across the invisible bridge. Follow the path across invisible bridge after invisible bridge from here, hopping across to other landmasses when necessary. Eventually you’ll reach a ladder, where you can find another orb! You can now hop up from here and go left to reach a warp that will take you back to a New World Door.

Back on Route 4, make your way to the map containing the Glass Workstation. Surf on the lake, and take the waterfall at the bottom of the map. Enter the New World Door on this next map.

Follow the path here down. Climb the ladder to see some light bridges down below.

Backtrack, then use the invisible bridges you now know about. Follow the path from here down to another ladder. View the bridges, then head back down the ladder, go up, and cross the invisible bridge at the top. You’ll reach another ladder. Talk to the third orb!

Head up, and cross the bridge to the right. You’ll now notice hop platforms going up from here, so follow this path up when you’re ready.

Djinn Anomaly. Field: New World

Trick Room + Ice Move = Profit.

Once you defeat this team, the three will split up. Hopping across the rocks in all three directions, you can catch Tornadus, Thundurus, and Landorus.

Once you’re done and try to head out of this area, if you gave Blake the Ruby Ring, you’ll have a battle here.

Umbral Ciel. Field: New World

Ciel uses a team full of Flying types on New World Field, meaning they’ll all have a speed advantage over grounded Pokemon but have weakened defenses. Celesteela, will probably give you flashbacks to the Lin fight - it’s as cruel as ever, this time with a Magical Seed to really amplify the Beast Boost shenanigans. With a Special Landorus Set, mega Pinsir with Priority, boosted Darkinium-Z Zapdos, and more… this is a tough team. I recommend abusing Power Gem / Rockinium-Z boosts, Magical Seeds of your own, and Trick Room for this one.

Relationship Point Choices:

Head down from here, use the warp, and return to the Nightclub.

Chrysolia Deepwoods

Talk to Nyu in the Nightclub and accept his quest.

Fly over to Spinel Town, then make your way to the train in the bottom side of the Chrysolia Forest. Enter the New World Door to the right.

New World (Chrysolia Forest)

Land %
Bewear 20
Steelix 20
Wigglytuff 10
Gigalith 10
Camerupt 10
Drifblim 10
Hippowdon 5
Forretress 5
Chansey 4
Wailord 4
Snorlax 1
Guzzlord 1

The Ultra Beasts are wild, so keep an eye out. Magnetic Lure makes getting one easier.

Follow the path and exit through the New World Door on the other side.

Chrysolia Deepwoods

Land (Morning) % Land (Day) % Land (Night) %
Tropius 20 Tropius 20 Carnivine 20
Exeggutor 20 Toucannon 20 Furfrou 20
Furfrou 10 Sawsbuck 10 Exeggutor 10
Ledian 10 Furfrou 10 Parasect 10
Smeargle 10 Exeggutor 10 Victreebel 10
Sawsbuck 10 Bellossom 10 Tropius 10
Tangrowth 5 Tangrowth 5 Tangrowth 5
Toucannon 5 Whimsicott 5 Audino 5
Cinccino 4 Cinccino 4 Volbeat 4
Audino 4 Smeargle 4 Illumise 4
Victreebel 1 Sceptile 1 Toucannon 1
Meganium 1 Victreebel 1 Smeargle 1

On this map, you can find a hidden Purple Shard, Great Ball, Max Repel, Zinc, Quick Ball, Exp. Candy XL, Red-Hots, Dusk Ball, Super Repel, Oran Berry, Iron, Red Shard, and Ultra Ball. Once you’ve finished exploring the woods, head to the large structure in the center.

Follow the arrows to the statue to the right and press the button. Talk to Smeargle. He was kind enough to write instructions for us in this next area! How nice. Essentially, you’ll need follow the numbered instructions one by one in this area. Note that once you complete the first 6 steps you can go to the far top right corner and grab the Reveal Glass.

Once you succeed at solving Smeargle’s helpful instructions, enter the New World Door at the top. Hug the right wall as you proceed.

ZCell 04: New World (Chrysolia Forest)

Head up when you’re ready.

Anomaly Regigigas. Field: New World

This one isn’t too bad really, again it’s a Trick Room Team that relies entirely upon it’s lead, meaning if you can prevent Trick Room, cancel it out, or stall it out, you’ll be just fine. Everything is weak to Fighting type moves, too!

Afterwards, you’ll be challenged to a battle, where you can catch Regigigas. Head out once you’re done…

Umbral Battle at Vanhanen Castle

Your level cap is now Lv. 120, by the way.

Back in the Nightclub, talk to Seacrest, and accept the quest. Head over to Vanhanen Castle when you’re ready… Oh boy.

Umbral Radomus & Anomaly Gardevoir. Field: Chess Board

12V6 NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO

So yeah this one is really hard. Two megas! Two entire teams that are specifically designed with basically the best candidates for every chess piece! The best non-legendary Pokemon in the game in Aegislash! It’s just… brutal. Even if you go for Stomping Tantrum or Tectonic Rage to destroy the board… you’re still stuck fighting all of these guys. Trying Trick Room? Aegislash, Aggron, and Escavalier are slow, while Kartana and Lopunny are super fast.

Anyways, I think there are two strategies to consider. The first, while not that simple as mentioned earlier, is simply to smash the field and just overwhelm your opponents with a very well prepared doubles team. Setting up a sweeper or two with speed and good coverage can be difficult to pull off, but can make it work. A lot of the team relies on Physical moves this time, so if you can deal with Kartana’s Brick Break, Reflect can be helpful here.

Alternatively, you can try to use the Chess Board to your own benefit. Having two pawns means you get free Focus Sashes to try to develop some momentum, though Cloyster’s multi-hit moves do make this difficult. Setting up a good hard-hitting King via the King’s Rock can be crucial, especially if they are on the slower side.

Either approach may yield you results but don’t be afraid to try, try again, try again more times, cry, and try again. Eventually you’ll probably succeed.

Accept the warp once you win back to the Nightclub. That’s it for this section.

Postgame Episode 4: Across Space & Time

Back in the Nightclub, we can pick from a large number of quests.

Twilight Desert (Part 1)

First, talk to Marcello on the left for a new quest. He’ll also sell us some Lemonade!

Marcello’s Lemonade Shop (Nightclub)

Item Price
Lemonade $350
Blue Moon Lemonade $100000000

We actually can’t progress to the end of postgame without buying a Blue Moon…. just kidding. But I bet I got some of you!

Make your way to the Grandview Station, then head to the desert. As soon as you get off the train, go up a few tiles from the train station then go straight to the right. You’ll find a New World Door!

Twilight Desert

Cave %
Mandibuzz 20
Marowak 20
Magneton 10
Golem 10
Lunatone 10
Rampardos 10
Stakataka 5
Aerodactyl 5
Mawile 4
Dhelmise 4
Weavile 1
Umbreon 1

This map actually loops back onto itself from its west and east ends, so is a bit tricky to navigate. Hope you like Zygarde Cells, by the way. If you don’t care about collecting them, you can just go straight up in this area.

Start by going straight to the left, hugging the bottom wall. You’ll eventually find:

ZCell 05: Twilight Desert

Make your way back to the entrance area, and go up into the next horizontal section. Go right, then down and left to reach:

ZCell 06: Twilight Desert

Make your way back to the “middle” of the map, and go up into the next horizontal section once more. To your right is a narrow pathway, but it leads to a dead end. Instead, go slightly up and follow the path left. You’ll see two cells we can’t get quite yet - keep following the path left for now. Eventually, you’ll reach:

ZCell 07: Twilight Desert

Backtrack all the way to the previous fork, this time, going up to the next horizontal section. Left from here, you’ll find:

ZCell 08: Twilight Desert

Next, go straight to the right, and follow the twisting path to the right. You’ll eventually reach the other cell we saw earlier:

ZCell 09: Twilight Desert

Head all the way back to the fork. Hopefully we’re starting to understand how this area works! At this next fork, go left until you reach:

ZCell 10: Twilight Desert

As you might expect, going right at the fork will lead you to:

ZCell 11: Twilight Desert

Back at the fork, climb the first set of dunes to go up a tier, but don’t climb up the second quite yet. Follow the narrow path to the right to:

ZCell 12: Twilight Desert

Back at the fork, climb the final set of dunes. Going up from here, you’ll see a large structure. Start by going to the left. You’ll see a lever at the top of some stairs - pull it. Head left from here, and you’ll find:

ZCell 13: Twilight Desert

From here, continue going around the loop until you see an open door up some stairs. Head in. Inside, you’ll find two screens. Talk to each screen, then head back out.

Go left from here, and you’ll find a path up that leads to another lever and a door. The door is currently a dead end, so pull the lever, then left once more. Pull the first lever that we saw once more, then go left again. Enter the now-open door that you’ll see. Talk to the machine to get:

ZCell 14: Twilight Desert

Talk to the machine on the right, and you’ll be able to merge ten of the cells we’ve found so far into Zygarde 10%. You can deconstruct this Zygarde, if you want.

Head outside, and go to the right. Past the first lever, there will be a new opened door. One of the monitors in here will give you as many Zygarde Cells as you’ve found so far in Cell Imprints, the game’s ONLY way of increasing IV’s on our Pokemon. As you might guess, the Cells are limited in total number, so be sure when you use these on your Pokemon. You can come back here anytime to get more as you get more Cells. Anyways, talk to the other machine then head back outside.

From here, go right, then up. The gate inside is now gone, so you can head up. Talk to Florinia.

That’s all we have to do here for now. If you redo the first lever on the outside, the stairs to the left that lead into a room we previously checked out will reappear, and inside you can actually trade Cell Imprints for Negative Imprints, which instead turn an IV to 0. Helpful for maximizing a Trick Room user’s effectiveness. Given the limited number of these in the game, I don’t recommend using them for lowering Atk, since the confusion damage is negligible at best.

Anyways, that’s all for this area for a while. Feel free to return for more Cell and Negative Imprints. Return to the Nightclub!

Anomaly at Chrysolia Springs

Talk to your gang leader on the right side, and they’ll tell you about something going down at the Chrysolia Springs. Head over to Spinel Town, make your way into the forest, then enter the Springs on the left side.

Surf across, push the boulder out of the way, then jump down to the basement floor. Head up once you’re ready!

Anomaly Volcanion. Field: Super-Heated Field

Another anomaly fight. If you could make it here, I’m sure this one won’t be too intense. Field boosted Steam Eruption, Heat Wave, Surf, etc. can all be potentially deadly, but surely you can find a way to gain momentum and win this one.

After winning, you’ll be able to fight Volcanion. Exit and return to the Nightclub once you’re done.

Poachers in the Chrysolia Deepwoods

Next, talk to Smeargle to get a new quest. Head outside and talk to Arclight, then fly over to Spinel Town. Enter the forest and enter the Lost Railcave in the bottom-right corner.

In each room, enter the door that has two rocks closest to it. Eventually you will reach a room containing Arclight. After the conversation, enter the New World Door in the next path.

New World (Chrysolia Railcave)

Land %
Golem 20
Raichu 20
Luxray 10
Carbink 10
Umbreon 10
Solrock 10
Lunatone 5
Sableye 5
Minior 4
Rotom 4
Shiinotic 1
Nihilego 1

Make your way to the top right side of the area. You’ll be able to sneak down to the upper path, follow this all the way around to the bottom left side to reach:

ZCell 15: New World (Chrysolia Railcave)

Back in the main area, interact with the tall pillar at the top of the hill to create some electric platforms at the bottom right. The path from here is straightforward… and if you’re on Lin Route, you’ll even get taunted as you activate the pillars.

One of the islands towards the bottom has a Max Repel on it. Eventually you’ll have to backtrack to reach the next set of electric platforms, proceed to the left once you backtrack enough.

On Lin Route, you’ll be given a prompt to release some of your Pokemon. This event is huge and branching… but aside from tons of great dialogue, the only thing that ‘matters’ aside from your morals is that if you release a lot of Pokemon, you’ll get a Sacred Ash. You can back out of the PC a bunch of times if you don’t want to release anything.

Once the pillar is activated, cross the bridge to the right, then again to a new landmass. In the top right, corner, you can find:

ZCell 16: New World (Chrysolia Railcave)

Enter the New World Door at the bottom to return to the Chrysolia Deepwoods. Talk to Arclight here, then make your way through the Deepwoods to defeat the poachers. Arclight will heal you, if you need it. The first is up from Arclight:

Poacher Margo. Field: Forest Field

The second can be found where the Reveal Glass was, on the top right side of the large structure.

Poacher Atreus. Field: Forest Field

The third can be found on top of the bridge, accessible via the bottom right side of the map.

Poacher Willow. Field: Forest Field

Head to the top right corner once you’re ready to fight the Commissioner.

Commissioner Shannon. Field: Forest Field

Nothing too crazy here, though there is a good mix of fast and slow, bulky and hard-hitting. Once you win, talk to Zeraora to obtain it! Accept the fast travel back to the Nightclub.

Aegir Cave

Talk to Randall in the Nightclub, and accept his quest. Fly over to the Victory Road Pokemon Center.

Enter Victory Road, then follow Victini up. Enter the room directly up, and follow Bennett into the next room… I audibly gasped when I saw what was next.

Another LOGIC PUZZLE! As always, I will recommend using the spreadsheet.

The clues:

  1. No two crystals share any same quality.
  2. The Purity of the ‘Coxcomb’ gem is less than the Purity of the ‘Miniscule’ gem, which is less than the Purity of the ‘Vitreous’ gem.
  3. The Hardness of the ‘Eminent’ gem is less than the Hardness of the ‘Perfect’ gem, which is less than the Hardness of the ‘Cubic’ gem.
  4. The Purity of the gem with a Hardness of 5 is less than the Purity of the gem with ‘Perfect’ Foliation, which is less than the Purity of the ‘Pearly’ gem.
  5. The Luster of the ‘Tabular’ gem is less than the luster of the ‘Cubic’ gem, which is less than the Luster of the gem with ‘Indistinct’ Foliation.
  6. The Size of the ‘Coxcomb’ gem is less than the Size of the ‘Indistinct’ gem, which is less than the Size of the gem with a Hardness of 8.
  7. The Foliation of the ‘Hexagonal’ gem is less than the Foliation of the ‘Large’ gem, which is less than the Foliation of the gem with a Hardness of 7.
  8. The Habit of the ‘Flawless’ gem is less than the Habit of the ‘Pearly’ gem, which is less than the Habit of the ‘Silky’ gem.

You’ll also notice that there are rocks on some of the tracks for the gems: this provides us more information for our puzzle. I have blocked out the corresponding spaces in the spreadsheet.

The solution:

Bennett will just do it for you if you fail too many times.

Relationship Point Choices:

Once you succeed, head up. Grab the hidden Exp. Candy XL and proceed. Enter the New World Door.

New World (Victory Road)

Land %
Simisear 20
Simipour 20
Sudowoodo 10
Komala 10
Roserade 10
Seaking 10
Heatmor 5
Camerupt 5
Sigilyph 4
Darmanitan 4
Nidoking 1
Beheeyem 1

Follow the path to the next area.

Aegir Cave

Land %
Simisage 20
Girafarig 20
Carbink 10
Zebstrika 10
Sawsbuck 10
Farfetch’d 10
Stantler 5
Rapidash 5
Mudsdale 4
Swoobat 4
Gourgeist 1
Golurk 1
Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Clauncher 70 Wishiwashi 60 Clawitzer 80
Wishiwashi 30 Clawitzer 20 Wishiwashi 15
    Wimpod 20 Golisopod 5
Water % Rock Smash % Headbutt %
Surskit 90 Shuckle 100 Wurmple 100
Drifblim 5        
Masquerain 5        

Head to the left and talk to Bennett and Serra. Bennett will ask us to gather 7 ingredients: Sweet Apple, Tart Apple, Balm Mushroom, Pecha Berry, Berry Juice, Stick, and Rage Powder. He’ll also offer to teach Headbutt to one of our Pokemon, if we need it.

Time to wander around the area looking for these things. On this floor you can find a hidden Ultra Ball, Nest Ball, and Ability Capsule. Start by jumping into the hole towards the left side, down a muddy slope. On this bottom level, you can talk to a tree to get the Sweet Apple.

Jump down the muddy slope to the left. Towards the top of this area, hop across the pillars to get a hidden Blue Shard, Stardust, and Full Heal. You can also grab the Tart Apple in a nearby tree. Backtrack, and go down to find a hidden Ultra Ball. Going to the right will lead us to red trees where we can grab some Rage Powder. Climb the ladder to the left.

Back on the upper level, you can find a hidden Pecha Berry in a rock. You can also steal them from wild Wurmple if you lose this one, somehow. On the bottom right of this area are some pillars, leading to a hidden Dusk Ball as well as:

ZCell 17: Aegir Cave

Return to the bottom floor and take the ladder up, in the top left. Make your way back to Bennett, then jump in the hole above him. Grab the hidden Ultra Ball, then climb down the rocks and get onto the water. Grab the hidden Nugget below the pillars, as well as:

ZCell 18: Aegir Cave

Return to the upper level. All the way in the bottom right corner, you can jump across a stone and into a hole. Climb the waterfall to reach:

ZCell 19: Aegir Cave

Head back down and dive.

Aegir Cave Underwater

Land %
Lanturn 30
Seaking 20
Golisopod 20
Corsola 18
Relicanth 12

You’ll find a hidden Max Repel, Super Potion, and Net Ball down here. Surface at the end, grabbing the hidden Berry Juice in this room. You can steal these from wild Shuckle if you lose this one.

Exit from here at the bottom, grab the hidden Dusk Ball, and hop down onto the lake. Pick up the Ultra Ball in the middle of the lake, then climb the waterfall at the top of the area. Inside the cave is a Balm Mushroom.

Back down on the large lake, dive down. You’ll be able to find a hidden Blue Shard, Rawst Berry, Exp. Candy XL, and Elixir. Enter the cave here to find:

ZCell 20: Aegir Cave

Talk to Serra near the bottom of the lake, then head right and climb the ladder. Back on the upper level, go to the top right corner and use the ladder here to reach a Stick. That’s all the ingredients, so return to Bennett. Once you’re ready, talk to Victini for a battle!

Agree to walk back with them.

The Agate Circus Ferris Wheel

Talk to Cass in the Nightclub, then fly over to the Agate Circus. The Ferris Wheel area is finally open, so make your way there.

Grab the hidden Beast Ball to the left.

Agate Circus Ferris Wheel Shop

Item Price
Beast Ball $9000

You can buy a couple more of these to make bagging the Ultra Beasts easier, if you want.

Once the crowd clears, you can pick up a hidden Full Restore and Purple Shard. Talk to the ringmaster to get signed up for the tournament, then talk to the clowns when you’re ready. It’s a 3v3 tournament on random fields.

Guitarist McKrezzy. Field: Random Field

Nothing crazy here, just be careful of the Kommo-o sweep.

The hidden Max Revive will be accessible after this one. Talk to the Ringmaster to get the next pairings.

Cheer Captain Julia. Field: Random Field

Especially with a non-electric Field Effect, shouldn’t be too hard.

The third pairing:

BreloomBot CL:4R1-C3. Field: Random Field

This one is surprisingly tough. Even with a field effect that is beneficial, you still have to contend with the raw power of Magnezone, easy boosting potential of Magearna, and especially the absolute unit that is CL:4R1-C3 Breloom. Consider setting up on Magnezone somehow in order to oneshot the latter two. You can always save and reset for a more beneficial field, in a pinch.

Ringmaster Alistasia. Field: Random Field

Shouldn’t be too ridiculous as long as you’re aware of the horrors these three are capable of.

Finally, the last match is with Cass. If we pet Glaceon way back in the glass workstation, we will get to fight the first team:

Friendly Local Cass. Field: Random Field

Nothing too impossible here. If we didn’t pet Glaceon, however…….

Friendly Local Cass. Field: Random Field

Ouch. Win however you can, but you deserve this.

Talk to the Ringmaster once you’re done, and Meloetta will run over to the battle wheel.

Anomaly Meloetta & Her Multilyrical Melody. Field: Random Field

Another 12v6. Oh boy. Although the field is random, there is a good chance that one of the Malamars will try to use Topsy-Turvy, transforming the field into Inverse Field. Just like on New World, that will activate all of the Magical Seeds, turning them into omniboosts. On top of the fact that they have lots of coverage in the types made extra good on this field - Ice, Bug, etc., means you’ll be taking a lot of damage real fast. Either you can try to roll with this field, bringing moves that will be able to hit super effectively on Inverse, or you can suppress it by knocking out both Malamar’s before it’s too late. This can be especially beneficial if you end up on a field effect that your team likes and you want to preserve it. Otherwise, standard doubles strategies you’ve surely had to learn by now will hopefully net you the win eventually.

Head back to the Nightclub!

What Lies Past Manyworld Forest

Next, we’re going to talk to Simon. He’ll tell us about something happening in Agate City, so fly on over there. Dive down to reach the area where Lin got her Relic Stone, then enter the New World Door.

Manyworld Pool

Land %
Qwilfish 20
Remoraid 20
Seel 10
Spheal 10
Shellder 10
Golduck 10
Quagsire 5
Lapras 5
Poliwrath 4
Starmie 4
Vaporeon 1
Croconaw 1

Hidden right behind the door is:

ZCell 21: Manyworld Pool

You can also find a hidden Max Revive, Exp. Candy XL, and a Dusk Ball. Surface on the other end.

Manyworld Forest

Land % Water %
Sudowoodo 20 Relicanth 100
Delcatty 20    
Lunatone 10    
Solrock 10    
Farfetch’d 10    
Primeape 10    
Snorlax 5    
Skarmory 5    
Bayleef 4    
Quilava 4    
Togetic 1    
Dragonite 1    
Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Omanyte 70 Omanyte 60 Omanyte 40
Kabuto 30 Kabuto 20 Kabuto 40
    Tirtouga 20 Omastar 15
        Kabutops 4
        Carracosta 1

This map is huge but mostly empty. Make your way to the bottom left corner to find:

ZCell 22: Manyworld Forest

Towards the top of the area, you’ll be able to hop across some space platforms. In the center only on Anna Route, you’ll find a Fresh Water. Don’t waste it. Go to the left to find:

ZCell 23: Manyworld Forest

Down from here, you can hop across some platforms to grab the Tapunium-Z. Back up from here, you’ll occasionally see a moving platform. Use it to reach a Sacred Ash at the top. Go back to the center.

Going as far to the right as possible, you’ll be able to ride another moving platform to reach:

ZCell 24: Manyworld Forest

Back in the middle, go up. On Lin Route, now you’ll get a Fresh Water. Pour the Fresh Water onto the Celebi.

Climb through the New World Door to emerge next to the Pokemon League. If Taka is currently alive for you, he’ll be here, otherwise it will be Elias. Whomever is here will give you another Fresh Water. Prepare your best team, stock up on healing items, etc. as if you were locking yourself into an Elite Four challenge. Hint: we basically are. Don’t be afraid to eat a loss and change up your team if one of the following battles is too much for now.

Give the Fresh Water to Celebi. In the past, talk to Taube at the top for a battle.

Guiding Star Taube. Field: Holy Field

Ame made Bibarel competent! Nothing too crazy here though, basically a Doubles version of Elias’ Elite Four fight, with 100% less Ditto. Trick Room works wonders here… as expected.

Anomaly Celebi. Field: Flower Garden Field

A bunch of illegal Celebi on the most broken field in the game. Joy. Plus, the first Celebi in particular is extremely annoying, with speedy Spore and moves to boost and grow the field. That said, you still are facing six Pokemon with the exact same weaknesses, including a double weakness to Bug. A Chesto Berry to deal with Spore, a speed boosting move, and a strong Bug type move like TM X-Scissor are pretty much all you’ll need!

Talk to Celebi to jump into the future.

Elite Four Skyspectre Elena. Field: Mountain Field

Very similar to Heather’s Elite Four battle, Elena also uses the Mountain Field and Tailwind to set up Strong Winds, neutralizing Flying’s weaknesses. Dragonite likes to set screens - on top of Multiscale, this makes it annoyingly tanky, so consider Brick Break for this fight. Trick Room is good as usual, and turning the field into a Snowy Mountain can allow you to overpower with Ice moves. Just watch out for Marowak in both cases. Anyways, lots of options to win this one.

Talk to Celebi to proceed to the next area.

League Manager Amethyst. Field: Starlight Arena

I wonder if Amethyst likes Alolan Ninetales? And Fairy and Dark types? Boosted on the Starlight Arena? With the wrinkle of Mega Lopunny to consider, this shouldn’t be too insane for anyone who could beat Anna earlier.

Celebi will take you ahead in time once more.

Reborn Champion Shelly. Field: Fairy Tale Field

What would be a gauntlet of four trainers without healing or switching your Pokemon without a Champion fight at the end? At this point in the game, her Yanmega, Leavanny, and Primarina are nothing we can’t handle. Alolan Muk gets free defenses on this field thanks to its ability, and can boost its Atk and Def further on its free first turn from seed. Then there are the two demons. Mega Scizor is, by now, at least a known demon. It can boost to +3 with Swords Dance then hit like an absolute menace with Bullet Punch. The first time we have to fight a Xerneas is here however… and there’s a reason this thing is regarded as so good. If you’re not careful it will get +2 in SpA, SpD, and Spe then sweep you with field boosted Moonblast and Secret Sword. Ouch!

A well chosen sweeper can deal with everything barring these two. If you’re stuck on them, consider something with a Fire move for Scizor and a physical boosted Steel move for Xerneas. Using Magical Seeds on your own Pokemon will extend the “free turn” effect to them as well, so that may just be the key to overcoming Reborn’s future champion.

Talk to Shelly once you’re done here. You’ll be taken back to your time… and you can talk to Celebi to take it with you! Hooray! Return to the Nightclub.

The Heist on the Train

Next, talk to Zero in the Nightclub and accept his quest. Proceed to Peridot and enter the train station. Talk to Adrienn at the top of the station and state that you’re ready to proceed.

After talking to the chief, feel free to talk to the other passengers of the train. Return to the chief. Once the orbs disappear, head to the front of the train. From here, we will talk to all the passengers of the train to try to solve the mystery.

Return to the chief and state that you’re done with the investigation when you’re ready.

You can now accuse one of the culprits. Each will battle you once accused. You can also talk to the chief multiple times to accuse them. Afterwards, you’ll need to check your bag and “Use” the Blue Orb that you find inside to continue.

Relationship Point Choices:

However, there is one more option: you can check your bag to find the Blue Orb inside before making any accusation: this will cause everyone to fight you in a gauntlet, with Anomaly Hoopa as your partner.

New World Orderly John & Mastermind Eustace. Field: No Field

The second battle will be Julia and the opposing gang leader, depending on your choice:

Cheer Captain Julia. Field: No Field

Plus:

Magma Kingpin Maxwell. Field: No Field

Or:

Aqua Mastermind Archer. Field: No Field

And finally, the last battle of the gauntlet:

Harridan Craudburry & Activist Sandy. Field: No Field

Whether you win the gauntlet or choose a different option, climb through the ring once you’re in the engine room.

New World (Train)

Land %
Tyrantrum 30
Mr. Mime 20
Druddigon 10
Weavile 10
Persian 10
Malamar 9
Blacephalon 6
Honchkrow 5

Hug the left side to reach:

ZCell 25: New World (Train)

Head to the top of the hill once you’re ready.

Dashing Rogue Corin-Rouge & Anomaly Hoopa (Ultra Potion). Field: New World

Another New World field 12v6. Joy. It’s worth noting that Hoopa’s team is entirely Trick Room based and slow, while Corin-Rouge’s team is a bit speedier altogether. Therefore I recommend either focusing on knocking out Hoopa’s team so you can run with the Trick Room yourself, or focusing on knocking out Corin-Rouge first and suppressing/reversing Trick Room whenever possible. By now we also have a lot of legendaries whose signature moves are boosted on this field and Ultra Beasts who can sweep with some momentum, so despite how stacked against you this is, we do have some tools that we can use going forward.

Jump through the portal. You’ll find yourself back in the Route 4 New World - follow the path all the way to the portal up top where Corin Rouge is.

You’ll next find yourself in the Vanhanen Castle New World - straight up from here is the portal. Follow the path in the New World Route 2 until the fork, then go left. Enter the door to find the next ring.

You’ll find yourself now in New World Route 3. Prepare yourself, then make your way to the Keldeo beach fight area. You now get to fight:

Umbral Terra. Field: Ashen Beach

PULSE 2 Mega Garchomp, Unaware Quagsire, and tanky Palossand are annoying as always. Ashen Beach providing boosts to Surf, Strength, and Focus Blast doesn’t help. But we’re a champion of beating numerous 12v6 fights by now - surely this one won’t be too intense, right? Enter the next ring and follow the path. LOL!

Back in the train station, talk with the group here.

Relationship Point Choices:

You’ll also be given Hoopa! Walk on back to the nightclub.

Aiding and Abetting Bladestar?

Finally, talk to Danielle in the Nightclub and accept the quest. Head south from Obsidia Ward into Opal Ward. You’ll see a few characters from Rejuvenation as a cameo here!

Anyways, fly over to Agate and make your way to the Glass Workstation. The glass is all gone so you can easily get to the back room. Talk to the girl in here. You can choose which PULSE Machine to go to - once you do, accept the fast travel to where you fought it once upon a time. Check out all the machines that the game expects you to.

Once you emerge in Labradorra, you’ll have to fight her.

Axis High Senior Flora. Field: No Field

No “Bewitched Field” nonsense in this game.

Once you win, she’ll head to Ametrine City, so follow her and enter the former house of Lumi and Eve. After the conversation, fly on over to the Pokemon League.

I sure hope you like fighting the Elite Four, because we’re about to do it again… with Flora as an ally! Each of you will get to use only 3 Pokemon per fight. In general for these fights, it may be smarter to try to support Flora than to try to do your own thing. Keep that in mind as you plan your team of six.

Elite Four Wind Maiden Heather. Field: Mountain Field

Trick Room is the perfect choice here - turning Heather’s Tailwind into a bad thing and letting Flora’s Ferrothorn have the advantage.

Elite Four Floral Artist Laura. Field: Flower Garden

Our first fight against just Laura is mostly the same old shenanigans with the Flower Garden. Flora’s team is benefitted by this field just as much as Laura though, so if you can identify the threats to Flora’s team and focus on just them, there’s a good chance Flora will do the heavy lifting here.

Relationship Point Choices:

Elite Four Agent Elias. Field: Holy Field

Dragonite likes to absolutely shred Flora’s team with Extremespeed, so consider neutralizing it by putting it to sleep, using Reflect, etc. Otherwise it’s basically Elias’ old team on doubles, so you can find a way through. Dazzling Gleam is a fantastic opening move!

Elite Four Imago Bennett. Field: Rainbow Field atop Forest Field

First time we have to fight Bennett solo since he became an Elite Four member, as well. He uses Rainbow Field, where 5 of his Pokemon get a boost to SpA and a Wish with their seeds. There are also tons of boosts to many of his moves. The field’s Serene Grace effect also means that there is a high chance that Silver Wind will omniboost - if Pheromosa gets this, it’s likely a game over. Flora’s team being weak to Bug and Fire doesn’t help.

To win, I will once again recommend Trick Room - Volcarona, Delphox, Pheromosa, Ribombee are all fast and frail, so your own slow Pokemon with Flora’s Ferrothorn can potentially be key here. Other options exist too, like making it rain and sweeping with Swift Swim users, for example.

Talk to Bennett before proceeding if you’d like.

Relationship Point Choices:

Talk to Flora in front of PULSE Abra, then proceed to the room in the back. We never actually talked to the Hall of Fame machine… so now we get the chance to do so. Register your team of six!

Sweet. There’s just one more thing to do - finish catching the next legendary! Fly back to Agate and make your way to the back room of the Glass Workstation.

Climb the convenient ladder to grab an Exp. Candy XL, then go around the right. When you’re ready, head up for an Anomaly!

Anomaly Magearna. Field: Factory Field

Good ol’ Factory Field. CL:4R1-C3 Breloom is back, this time with 5 other Pokemon to support it. Ferrothorn will make your Trick Room strategy tricky though not impossible to manage, so that’s not an easy one-and-done thing either. With Roserade and Cinccino granting wide coverage, and Klinklang and Magearna getting really powerful on this field, you’re going to need to be careful not to be swept here. You can turn it to Short-Circuit Field if you want, or just overpower them with your own speedy team. As long as you have something that can deal with CL:4R1-C3 somehow, the rest of the team will go down to Fire, Ground, and Fighting moves.

Afterwards, you’ll be able to catch Magearna!

Head back to the nightclub. If you talk to Eve here, you can get Aevian Misdreavus, a cameo from Pokemon Rejuvenation. A Leaf Stone will evolve it into Aevian Mismagius.

Postgame Episode 5: Wish Upon a Star

The level cap secretly has risen to Lv. 125!

Unexplored Territory

Talk to Nyu in the Nightclub and accept his quest. Fly on over to the Agate Circus, head to Route 2, then enter the Ametrine Mountain on top. From here, surf down the waterfall into 1F. Move the boulder from below on the left side, then climb the waterfall to cross the path from above. Dive down here to reach B1F.

Once you cross the ice puzzle, go to the top left corner of this room and dive down. Follow this path all the way to a New World Door!

Unexplored Territory Underwater

Land %
Dewgong 25
Lanturn 20
Octillery 15
Seaking 10
Corsola 10
Quagsire 10
Gyarados 5
Vaporeon 5

Proceed to the dive spot and surface.

Unexplored Territory

Land % Water %
Xatu 20 Golduck 60
Azumarill 20 Kabutops 30
Fearow 10 Aerodactyl 5
Jumpluff 10 Lapras 5
Scyther 10    
Farfetch’d 10    
Rapidash 5    
Golduck 5    
Espeon 5    
Electrode 4    
Ninetales 1    
Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Kabuto 70 Omanyte 60 Omastar 41
Omanyte 30 Qwilfish 20 Mantine 40
    Staryu 20 Qwilfish 15
        Starmie 4

Go down and weasel your way between some rocks to find:

ZCell 26: Unexplored Territory

Head up onto the land once you’re ready for a battle with Florinia as your ally.

Anomaly Latias & Anomaly Latios. Field: Mountain Field

Nothing too insane here - another Mountain Field fight. Only Cobalion and Typhlosion resist Ice on this field, so I recommend switching it to Snowy Mountain and going nuts if you get stuck.

Once you succeed, head north across the water and talk to Latias again. Essentially, the next quest will require us to build a translation key based on these orb things, scattered all around this little town. Explore every corner of this town - some are accessible only via the water, to find the way. Be sure to try to weasel your way between the rocks on the lake - there are some accessible paths you might not expect.

By the way, in the bottom left corner, you can find:

ZCell 27: Unexplored Territory

Once you’ve found as many translations as you can, talk to Latias to learn a list of possible emotions, in English. These include Shock, Anxiety, Grief, Sorrow, Fear, Envy, Guilt, Passion, Confidence, Emptiness, Pride, Joy, Love, Disgust, Anger, and Apathy. Essentially, we will need to talk to the Florinia’s around the area, diagnose them for one of these emotions, then translate it from the English word into the “emotion” word.

The Florinia to the left of Latias, across the bridge, is the first one I was able to solve. The answer:

Click for Emotion #1

You’ll also be able to help the Florinia in the double-doored building to the right, on the second floor. The solution:

Click for Emotion #2

The bottom right Florinia across some water has the solution:

Click for Emotion #3

With all three solved, you can proceed to the next area, to the left of where Latias previously was. The cipher will remain the same, with new keys discovered in this next area.

The Florinia to the bottom right of Latias:

Click for Emotion #4

At the top of the large building in the top left corner, the solution:

Click for Emotion #5

Return to Latias, up from here is a new path we can follow. Enter this room.

Unexplored Territory Forest Room

Land %
Ariados 20
Yanmega 20
Butterfree 10
Beedrill 10
Victreebel 10
Farfetch’d 10
Honchkrow 5
Vileplume 5
Vaporeon 4
Ninetales 4
Espeon 1
Kabutops 1

Inside this forest-like room, we can diagnose another emotion:

Click for Emotion #6

Back outside, a new gate will open to the right. Follow it, get some new clues, and talk to her at the top to solve the final puzzle:

Click for Emotion #7

With that, Florinia will have some revelations and leave. Latias and Latios will now go with you, as well!

On Lin Route, you’ll even get the chance to fast travel out of here. Somehow, return to the Nightclub.

Aegir Cave Depths

Talk to Aster in the Nightclub and agree to the quest. Make your way through Victory Road into the Aegir Cave once more.

When you’re in Aegir Cave, make your way down onto the lake and dive down. You’ll see a crack of light towards the bottom, slightly right and down from the underwater cave entrance we previously entered. Enter the cave via this crack of light and surface.

Aegir Cave Depths

Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Frillish 100 Frillish 60 Jellicent 55
    Alomomola 20 Alomomola 40
    Staryu 20 Starmie 5
Cave % Water %
Sableye 20 Lumineon 60
Carbink 20 Empoleon 30
Froslass 10 Chimecho 5
Mawile 10 Lapras 4
Vivillon 10 Azumarill 1
Ribombee 10    
Butterfree 5    
Roserade 5    
Volbeat 4    
Illumise 4    
Florges 1    
Araquanid 1    

Grab a hidden Rawst Berry, then surf to the left and climb the waterfall to reach:

ZCell 28: Aegir Cave Depths

You can also climb the rightmost waterfall by going around the rocks to get the Prison Bottle!

Climb down the waterfall at the bottom to descend.

Grab the hidden Dusk Ball, Fairy Gem, Max Potion, Exp. Candy XL, and Iron in here. Climb the ladder to the right.

This floor has a hidden Rock Gem and Super Repel. Continue up the ladder to the next floor, which contains a hidden Full Restore. Climb up once more to find an Exp. Candy XL and a hidden Purple Shard and Protein. The next floor has a hidden Purple Shard and Max Repel. Enter the New World Door at the end.

Talk to the earring at the top, then exit back to the Aegir Cave Depths once the scene occurs. Now we’ll be descending, following the paths that will open up as we go.

You can get a hidden Max Potion and Ultra Ball on the top floor. The next has a hidden Red Shard, Stardust, and Cotton Candy. Crossing the waterfall and climbing down the ladder will lead you to a hidden Great Ball and:

ZCell 29: Aegir Cave Depths

Climb back up and use the ladder on the other side of the waterfall to descend. On this floor, cross the waterfall to get a Timer Ball. This area also gcontains a hidden Heart Scale and Oran Berry. The floor after this contains a hidden Level Ball and Full Restore. Back on the lowest level, you can get a hidden Poke Ball. Talk to our pal when you’re ready for a fight.

Umbral Cain. Field: Dark Crystal Cavern

First fight on this field in a while, but it’s only a 6v6. Psh.

In the next room, use the Light Shard and grab the hidden Dusk Ball and Max Repel. Head up when you’re ready.

Anomaly Diancie & the Crystal Aegislash. Field: Dark Crystal Cavern

These two don’t make up a massive team, but are quite a huge pain. Try to get rid of Diancie on the first turn: the simplest way is probably using the Steelium-Z. Afterward, two at a time, you’ll have to wear down the Crystal Aegislash. Knocking down one of its defensive stats may be useful - due to its massive HP, Counter and Mirror Coat may not be as effective. Endeavor, Destiny Bond, etc. are all excellent here as well. Or, the fun way: changing the field to Cave and collapsing it!

Afterwards, you’ll be able to fight and catch Diancie. Behind is the Griseous Orb, for some reason. Return to the Nightclub!

Ametrine Core

Talk to your gang leader and accept the quest. He gives us the hint that we’ll need to reach our destination by diving somewhere in Celestinine Mountain. Fly over to Route 1, get on a Tauros, and make your way to the mountain via the North Aventurine Woods, third entrance from the left. Once inside, surf to the bottom left corner and dive down. Towards the top of the underwater area, you’ll see a lit up door, so head through it and surface. Enter the next room to reach the Ametrine Core.

Ametrine Core (First Room)

Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Finneon 70 Remoraid 60 Octillery 40
Wishiwashi 30 Horsea 20 Qwilfish 40
    Qwilfish 20 Cloyster 15
        Kingdra 5
Cave % Water %
Beartic 20 Wailmer 60
Swoobat 20 Seel 30
Avalugg 10 Lumineon 5
Magcargo 10 Wishiwashi 4
Vanilluxe 10 Dewgong 1
Delibird 10    
Mamoswine 5    
Jynx 5    
Cryogonal 4    
Glalie 4    
Magmar 1    
Froslass 1    

Talk to Cal at the entrance, then head up and smash the rock. Talk to Cal at the top, and Blake will show up. Essentially, we’ll need to switch the room from hot (Cal) to cold (Blake) and vice versa to clear obstacles.

Ametrine Core (Second Room)

Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Finneon 70 Remoraid 60 Octillery 40
Wishiwashi 30 Horsea 20 Qwilfish 40
    Qwilfish 20 Cloyster 15
        Kingdra 5
Cave % Water %
Beartic 20 Wailmer 60
Swoobat 20 Seel 30
Mamoswine 10 Lumineon 5
Magcargo 10 Wishiwashi 4
Golem 10 Dewgong 1
Heatmor 10    
Dugtrio 5    
Electabuzz 5    
Claydol 4    
Glalie 4    
Magmar 1    
Spiritomb 1    

In this room, another puzzle awaits.

Ametrine Core (Third Room)

Cave %
Magcargo 30
Swoobat 20
Camerupt 10
Golem 10
Heatmor 10
Dugtrio 5
Weezing 5
Claydol 4
Torkoal 4
Magmar 1
Charizard 1

Follow the path from here. Time for a battle!

Anomaly Heatran. Field: Corrosive Mist Field

Well, that at least explains why Blake and Cal kept talking about poisonous gases. You can blow away this field if the Poison is too much for you, but it does poison lots of your opponents too, so a Poison or Steel type might be able to stall their way to victory.

Once you win, you can catch Heatran!

Blow the popsicle stand and return to the Nightclub.

Splash Grounds

Talk to the Ringmaster in the Nightclub and accept the next quest. Fly on over to the Scrapyard in the desert. In a traincar to the left, you’ll find a warp that takes you to the Mirage Tower, so proceed there. Make your way through the tower - when you eventually come upon the “fake” exterior, you’ll notice that the water now has some dive spots. Dive on down!

Northeast Tourmaline Desert? Underwater

Land %
Gastrodon 20
Basculin 20
Bruxish 20
Seaking 10
Corsola 10
Quagsire 10
Phione 10

Head into the New World Door.

Splash Grounds

Cave %
Corsola 20
Carracosta 20
Jellicent 10
Dhelmise 10
Dragalge 10
Gorebyss 10
Huntail 5
Ditto 5
Phione 4
Toxapex 4
Primarina 1
Kingdra 1

Grab the Relic Copper in the first room. There is a small door to the right of the large one - go in here. Grab the Relic Copper and Relic Silver inside. You’ll also find:

ZCell 30: Splash Zone

Back in the entrance room, enter the large door, and grab another 2 Relic Coppers in the next. Grab the 3 Manaphy Gems on the dais. Use it to open the door at the top. Grab the Relic Copper in the next room, and start by going right at the fork. Along the way, you’ll find 2 Relic Coppers and:

ZCell 31: Splash Zone

Follow the other path from the fork. Pick up the Relic Copper and proceed. You’ll find a room with… 2 more Relic Coppers and a door to use the Manaphy Gem on.

The path from here contains a Relic Copper but also two Relic Silvers! Use the last Manaphy Gem and continue, grabbing the 3 Relic Coppers, Relic Silver, and even one Relic Gold! Prepare for a fight and talk to Manaphy at the top.

Anomaly Manaphy. Field: Underwater Field

A tricky fight - one that fully utilizes the shenanigans of the Underwater Field. Essentially, it boils down to three main types: Dhelmise, who hits ridiculously hard and does extra damage thanks to Anchor Shot, Whirlpool, and Steelworker getting buffs, Manaphy itself, whose Hydration is always on and basically means it can stall you out with free Rest every turn, boost with Tail Glow, and sweep with boosted Water Pulse and Twinkle Tackle if needed, and “the other four” who have seeds that transform them into Water types, basically 4 balls of stats and coverage moves. These Pokemon do have lots of Electric moves to cover your own Water type shenanigans, so it won’t be as easy as equipping seeds and going… probably. Heliolisk in particular is annoying, since it absorbs both Ground and Water moves (field adds the latter to the former), and hits hard and heals with Parabolic Charge.

If you want to run with the field, you can use your own Water types and carefully navigate a sweep. One alternative, fun idea is to bring a fast Flying or Water type to use Fly or Dive to bring the fight to the Water Surface, which takes away the crazy speed difference and takes away the type changes on the four. Then you can sweep more “normally” or switch again to Murkwater or Icy Field if you feel like it.

Once you win, you can catch Manaphy! Exit the Splash Grounds.

Tabula Rasa

Talk to Seacrest in the Nightclub and accept the quest - we’re going back to Victory Road. I’ll spoil a bit of the upcoming gameplay a little bit: we’re going to need to be able to transform the field into the four ‘canon’ Terrains, so make sure you have something in your PC that can create these fields, like so:

Fly on over to Charous Hall and enter Victory Road from the back. Take the warp from Florinia’s puzzle room to the hub room. We’re going to need to go to each of the four rooms - I will start with Ruby once more! Thankfully we can just use the warps here to return, so take the red warp and enter the New World Door.

You’ll learn about electricity sizzling through the air. Talk to the pillar in this area to fight a wild Unown - finish the battle while the field is Electric Terrain and the map will transform!

ZCell 32: Tabula Rasa

Anomaly Tapu-Koko. Field: Electric Terrain

A fairly standard Electric Terrain team. Trick Room goes brrrr.

Catch Tapu Koko once you win!

Next is the Sapphire Room - and the schtick is the same, this time you have to transform the field into Misty Terrain.

Anomaly Tapu-Fini. Field: Misty Terrain

A decent team on a not-too-terrifying Field. Poison the mist if you’re feeling epic. Catch Tapu Fini afterwards!

Next is Emerald. Transform the field to Grassy Terrain, then prepare for a fight.

Anomaly Tapu-Bulu. Field: Grassy Terrain?

Gengar likes to use Sludge Wave, transforming the field into Corrosive Field. This literally OHKO’s Tapu Bulu as it steps onto the field. Now this is epic. Catch Tapu Bulu afterwards!

Finally, go to Amethyst and transform the field to Psychic Terrain.

Anomaly Tapu-Lele. Field: Psychic Terrain

This is our first mandatory battle with built-in Psychic Terrain… and you’ll probably see why this field is a huge pain here. Telepathy just, doubles speed, so three of your opponents will easily outspeed. That’s on top of massive boosts to an already great type, and Psych Up… oh god why. You’ll know what I mean when you see it.

Trick Room is good here, even extended for free, so that’s neat. Your own Psych Up can work wonders here if need be. Haze and Taunt can also help you keep your sanity here.

Catch Tapu Lele once you’re done, then make your way back to the Nightclub.

Not Truly For Children

Talk to Zero and accept the quest. Once more, make your way back down to Sigmund’s body… and enter the New World Door.

This area is quite linear… and sad. Once you’re back in your own skin, head up for a battle.

Anomaly Jirachi. Field: Psychic Terrain

More Psychic Terrain? Joy. This one is honestly less bad than the previous thanks to a lack of Doubles Psych Up shenanigans, however.

Once you win, you’ll be able to catch Jirachi.

After a small section as Siggy again, you’ll find yourself in the Orphanage once more. Head upstairs and watch a small scene.

ZCell 33: Not Truly For Children

Approach the shining object downstairs once you’re ready.

Umbral Euphie. Field: Psychic Terrain

Another tricky Psychic Terrain team. His Mimikyu in particular is a huge pain thanks to its ability and Sash, so if you can save a good Z Move to eradicate it, that might be ideal. If you have something to deal with Mega Mawile a Dark type can go nuts here. Or, you can abuse boosted Hex yourself, particularly effective on top of Toxic Spikes.

Go downstairs.

Relationship Point Choices:

Gauntlet time.

Prodigy Noel & Elite Four Starcrosser Anna. Field: Psychic Terrain

More Psychic Terrain! At least with Euphie as a partner, he uses the Field Effect well. Anna is the real threat here - Noel doesn’t get a ton out of the Field and his team is somewhat slow, so I recommend targeting Anna first overall. The Meloetta pair can be deadly, so watch out for them. Spreading status can also help Euphie sweep with Hex.

Firebug Charlotte & Elite Four Floral Artist Laura. Field: Psychic Terrain

Honestly? Facing Laura not on Flower Field is more of a relief than not. This probably won’t be the fight that ruins most of your gauntlet attempts.

Mordant Urchin Lin & Her Antics. Field: Psychic Terrain

This fight is where fun comes to die! Psych Up! Serene Grace spam! And worst of all: CHANSEY. Good luck, you’ll need it. Literally.

That’s it for this tier of legendary quests! Return to the Nightclub when you’re ready to.

Postgame Episode 6: Lights Out

Rejoice, for the Level Cap is now Lv. 130!

Triskeline Toybox

Accept Randall’s quest. Fly over to the Tanzan Cove and enter the Tanzan Mountain. Enter the room on the west side of the mountain and follow the path onto the Wasteland Wall. Proceed through the strength puzzles and enter the room hidden behind the blue canister on the right once you’re prepared for a fight.

Swag Jockey Fern. Field: Wasteland Field

Fern finally replaces his annoying Roserade… with a Buzzwole! Is that fitting or what! Speaking of, Buzzwole can go on a rampage with Power-Up Punch on top of Beast Boost, so watch out for that. Otherwise, it’s same ol’ Fern doing the same ol’ Fern things.

Enter the New World Door once you beat him.

Welcome to the Triskeline Toybox. Jump across the pink balls to the next area. Head up three sets of stairs from here to find:

ZCell 34: Triskeline Toybox

You can actually open the two chests to the left to get 3 EV Boosters and an Ability Capsule. Head up another set of stairs to open 2 more chests, containing a Jolly Mint and a Timid Mint. Down and right from here you can open 2 more chests to get a PP All and the Mewnium-Z. To the right:

ZCell 35: Triskeline Toybox

Down from here, hop across the pink balls to reach:

ZCell 36: Triskeline Toybox

Hop to the left, make your way to the bottom left corner, and hop to the left once more. Follow this path.

ZCell 37: Triskeline Toybox

Snorlax and Charizard block two of the chests, but you can open the one on the left to get 3 Exp. Candy XL. Head up from here:

ZCell 38: Triskeline Toybox

Open the chest to the right to find 8 Glitter Balls. Go down the stairs below and go right to open another chest, containing an EV Tuner. Climb back up the stairs to the left and hop across the pink balls:

ZCell 39: Triskeline Toybox

Hop across to the right, then go down and left. You’ll see a Lapras plush: hop up from here.

Anomaly Mewtwo. Field: Starlight Arena

A decently tough fight on the Starlight Arena, but nothing you shouldn’t be able to handle.

We’ll need to chase Mew around after this. You can first find it in the bottom left side of the area, disguised as Cubone. Next, you’ll find it disguised as the middle of three Jigglypuff on the right side of the area. Next is as a Chikorita on a table near the entrance. Finally, return to where we fought the Anomaly and talk to it once more. Go through the New World Door!

Chrysolia Deepwoods Cave

Cave %
Garbodor 20
Parasect 20
Golem 10
Weezing 10
Mawile 10
Victreebel 10
Steelix 5
Tangrowth 5
Crobat 4
Audino 4
Smeargle 1
Toucannon 1

In this cave, you’ll find a hidden Green Shard, Pecha Berry, Red Hots, Ultra Ball, Ultra Potion, and Exp. Candy XL. Halfway up the stairs, follow the path to a hidden Dusk Ball and:

ZCell 40: Chrysolia Deepwoods Cave

Follow the path in the Deepwoods. Grab a hidden Normal Gem and hop down the ledge. Cross the bridge to the left, and Fern will get trapped in a cage.

Relationship Point Choices:

Accept the fast travel request. We’ll be getting Mew later.

The Return of Kiki?

Accept Simon’s quest and fly over to Apophyll Academy. Talk to Victoria in the courtyard. We’ll need to talk to various people in the courtyard that she points out, and battle them. Talk to the guy in the center a few times and beat him. The next target is someone on the second floor walkway, left side. Finally, talk to the person in the middle of the top arc of people. Once you’re ready, head up.

Umbral Kiki. Field: Ashen Beach

A tough fight on the Ashen Beach field. Suicune has double-strength Calm Mind with Rest, so will try to sweep you. Mega Gallade is absurdly powerful as well. Garchomp, Sniper Kingdra, and Palossand are each threatening in their own way. Finally, Marshadow is in the back, prepared to steal your stat boosts, use its Z-Move, and sweep. If you’re struggling on this one, I recommend baiting out a heal from Suicune and setting up a physical sweeper in the meantime. Even with one or two Calm Minds, its moves don’t have that much Base Power, so you might be able to set up and 2HKO Suicune and snowball into a sweep.

Head into the back room once you’re done and catch Marshadow! Return to the Nightclub.

Neo Blacksteam Fabrication

Talk to Ringmaster and accept the quest. Head over to the Blacksteam Shelter and enter the room in the back on 1F.

Talk to all the named characters in here. Head outside and talk to Aya, then return to this room and talk to her again. Next, head to the basement of the shelter. You’ll find a New World Door!

Anomaly Genesect & Anomaly Genesect. Field: Short-Circuit Field

With Aya as your partner, it won’t be too bad. Keep her Salazzle and Naganadel alive, supporting their Heat Wave’s.

Head up from here. Once Aya presses the switch, you can explore this area a bit. Head straight up and talk to Aya near the Genesects.

From the center of the room, go right and use the panel. Go up from here and team up with Arclight for a fight.

Anomaly Genesect & Anomaly Genesect. Field: Short-Circuit Field

Win to get the Shock Drive. Return to the center - one of the computer terminals will allow us to insert the Shock Drive, which causes the room to light up. Go to the right and use the panel to remove a shutter. Next, go to the left and follow the path through an opened gate to a panel, which we can use to open a shutter at the bottom. Return to the center and remove the Shock Drive - this will cause the surges of electricity to go away, meaning we can follow the path on the left down.

Following this path, open the shutter at the bottom. Returning to the center, switch the bottom terminal back off, and the gate below you will open. Go down and through the now open path to reach another fight.

Anomaly Genesect. Field: Short-Circuit Field

This one is themed around the Chill Drive. With Cain as an ally, thankfully this isn’t too bad. We’ve dealt with Alolan Ninetales leads like 234901348 times by now, so I’m sure you can figure this one out. It helps that all but Aurorus and Porygon-Z are weak to Fire.

Win to get the Chill Drive. Return to the center and insert it. Also, reinsert the Shock Drive and use the shutter terminal at the bottom. Head up and talk to Aya. Follow the path to the left and activate the shutter.

Remove the Shock Drive and use the shutter terminal. Go down, left, then all the way to the top left corner of the room for another fight, with Titania as a partner.

Anomaly Genesect & Anomaly Genesect. Field: Short-Circuit Field

The Burn Drive team. Although Titania is weak to Fire on paper, her team is pretty solid for this fight overall. Maybe it’s just because her team is so solid in general. Anyways, Water, Rock, and Ground type moves will do great here, or you can double down and run your own Fire types under Sun.

You’ll get the Burn Drive once you win. Make your way to the center and insert it, then use the shutter terminal. Make your way to the bottom right corner and use a panel to remove a shutter - a shortcut to the entrance. Head up from the center next, talking to Aya. Go to the right and talk to another panel to remove a shutter.

Return to the center and remove the Burn Drive. Go down, follow the path right and up, and talk to a panel at the end of this path. Return to the center. Activate the shutter terminal and insert the Shock Drive, then head to the right and follow the path to the top right. Talk to the machine here and activate combustion power. This will open up a path above to a tag battle with Hardy.

Anomaly Genesect & Anomaly Genesect. Field: Factory Field

Finally, the Douse Drive themed team. This one is a bit harder in my opinion than the previous few just because Rain is the best weather condition. There are FOUR Bug/Steel types in this battle, so if you can change the weather to Sun or at least away from Rain, Fire types can be very useful here. Just note that Hardy’s Pokemon are generally fast and frail and will die to the Water type moves, so look out for that.

Once you win, you’ll get the Douse Drive. Head back to the top area and talk to Hardy if you’d like.

Relationship Point Choices:

Make your way to the center, remove the Chill Drive and Shock Drive, insert the Douse Drive, and use the shutter terminal. Go down, right, and all the way up to reach a machine. Activate the steam power system - in a nearby capsule, you’ll find:

ZCell 41: Neo Blacksteam Fabrication

Return to the center. Remove the Burn Drive and put in the Chill Drive, then go to the bottom right corner of the room where there is another machine. Activate the supercooling system here - in the capsule, you’ll find:

ZCell 42: Neo Blacksteam Fabrication

Back in the center, put in the Shock Drive. Make your way to the bottom left corner, and activate hydroelectric power. In the capsule:

ZCell 43: Neo Blacksteam Fabrication

That about covers the goodies, so make your way back to the center. Remove all drives except for the Douse Drive and Burn Drive, then make your way around the bottom, up the left side, and to the top of the room. You’ll find a Genesect to catch up here!

Make your way back to the center of the room, remove the remaining Drives, then exit at the bottom. Talk to Aya to view a scene, then go to the right. On Lin Route, you’ll have an extra straightforward step to do here. Return to the Nightclub!

Idyll of Pestilence & Panaceance

Accept Zero’s quest, then head over to the Peridot Ward. In Seacrest’s garden, you’ll find a New World Door!

Idyll of Pestilence

Land % Water %
Ariados 20 Dragalge 60
Amoonguss 20 Qwilfish 30
Parasect 10 Sharpedo 5
Venusaur 10 Tentacruel 5
Muk 10    
Malamar 10    
Nihilego 6    
Honchkrow 5    
Weezing 4    
Skuntank 4    
Salazzle 1    
Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Skrelp 70 Frillish 60 Dragalge 41
Mareanie 30 Qwilfish 20 Jellicent 40
    Quagsire 20 Toxapex 15
        Dhelmise 4

Make your way to the top of the hill in the center of the map.

Relationship Point Choices:

If you choose to stop Eve, you’ll have to battle her, else, you’ll have to fight Lumi.

Snow Angel Lumi. Field: Wasteland

Sunray Eve. Field: Wasteland

Either way, once you win, you’ll get your next objective: collecting 5 Shaymin. The first one is right above you - they look like bushes.

Make your way up and right. In this area, you can find an Ultra Ball. Navigate through the massive hop rock maze at the top, then interact with the orb on the next island. At the bottom of this island is a springy grass - step on it to reach another island with the second Shaymin. Use the springy grass to return to the center.

Make your way around the center to the top left. Use the springy grass here to hop between hills. Once you reach a choice, use the leftmost one; at the next, use the bottom one. Grab the orb at the top of this hill, then use the bottom springy grass to return to the hill with three. Again, use the left one, and at the next hill, use the top one by the tree. At the next fork, go up to reach the third Shaymin!

We can actually surf here - climb the waterfall to reach an EV Booster and a Max Revive. Anyways, use the springy grass near Shaymin to reach the center again.

Next, go to the bottom right, where the hedge maze is. At the first fork, go left to reach an orb. Make your way through the rest of the maze to get the fourth Shaymin in the bottom right corner, then return to the center.

Finally, make your way to the bottom left corner, where the mushrooms are. Walk under the first two mushrooms to clear a path forward. Go to the top left, stand under the mushroom, and grab the nearby Telluric Seed. If you go up from this mushroom, you can reach a springy grass that will take you to:

ZCell 44: Idyll of Pestilence

Return to the mushroom area. Follow the left edge of this area down, then go right, using three mushrooms along the way. Talk to the orb at the end here, then return to the center. Walk under the mushroom in the bottom right to reach the fifth Shaymin! Return to the top of the hill in the center.

Talk to Eve once, then again for a battle.

Anomaly Shaymin & Gracidea Friends. Field: Wasteland

Eve will be your ally. The opponents team largely relies on hazard damage, corrosion damage, and switching your Pokemon out with things like Whirlwind and Red Cards. Sticky Hold and Suction Cups can help alleviate these issues, as can Rapid Spin and Defog. Shaymin will also frequently transform the field to Grassy Terrain, so keep that in mind.

Once you win, the Shaymin will purify the area! This area is slightly different but has the same layout as the wasteland version.

Idyll of Panaceance

Land % Water %
Shiftry 20 Floatzel 60
Whimsicott 20 Vaporeon 30
Swellow 10 Wailmer 5
Ursaring 10 Golduck 4
Muk 10 Dewgong 1
Breloom 10    
Kartana 6    
Florges 6    
Sawsbuck 4    
Jumpluff 4    
Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Feebas 70 Wishiwashi 60 Vaporeon 41
Seel 30 Pyukumuku 20 Ludicolo 40
    Dewgong 20 Milotic 15
        Clawitzer 4

Our first destination is the hedge maze. Follow the path up, escape the maze, and go around. Activate the orb at the end. Make your way back around and go through the now-open hedge path. Activate the next orb and repeat a few times. You’ll reach the first of four Gracidea in the bottom right!

Next, head to the mushroom area in the bottom left. Activate the red mushroom, then leave this area. Head to the top left corner next, with all the springy grass. You’ll see a mushroom near the entrance glowing red. Following the path, use the bottom of two grasses at all three of the first forks. At the choice of three grasses, use the one on the left, then the top right in the next choice. Finally, choose the top grass to reach the second Gracidea. Climb back up this waterfall to get the Soul Dew!

Make your way back to the mushroom area in the bottom left corner. Proceed through the path till you reach a purple mushroom. Step under it, then take the bottom springy grass to escape this area for now.

Make your way to the top right corner once more. Hop to the left to get a Full Restore. Hop your way down and right to get:

ZCell 45: Idyll of Panaceance

Hop to the island in the top right corner. Talk to the orb then use the springy grass to reach the third Gracidea.

Finally, return to the mushrooms in the bottom left corner. Follow the path through activating the purple mushroom as before, but take the top springy grass this time. Use the blue mushroom, then go down. Activate mushrooms as you go, making sure to go left once you use the red mushroom. Talk to the orb at the end of the path.

Use the blue mushroom down and left from here, then follow the opened path. Use a red mushroom once more, then the blue mushroom in the bottom right corner. Grab the final Gracidea!

Return to the center. Craudberry will show up… and we have a bit of an interesting battle-based quest to take care of!

Harridan Craudburry. Field: Flower Garden Field

Winning this battle isn’t hard. However, the catch here is that we actually need to end the battle with the Flower Garden Field at Stage 5… and Craudberry does everything in her power to ruin this mission.

To win, you’ll have to keep a few things in mind. First, that her Heat Waves on Heatmor, Torkoal, and Crobat will turn the field into Burning Field when it is not raining, but Rain plus Torkoal’s Drought will turn the field to Rainbow. Next, Acid Downpour will reset the field to Stage 1, so you’ll need to either knock out Amoonguss in one turn or worry about building up the field after the Z-Move is used. It’s Grassy Terrain is also annoying, since it will also reset your progress. Finally, Cut and X-Scissor cut the field down a stage for each use, so you probably want to make sure Victreebel and Qwilfish don’t use it much. To actually boost the stage of the field, the easiest way is just using Synthetic Seeds on your party, but moves like Growth, Rototiller, and Water Sport are viable too.

Talk to the nearby Shaymin once you’re done to take it with you! To the right is a Gracidea that you can keep. Return to the Nightclub once you’re done!

Anomalies at Subseven Sanctum

Accept Danielle’s quest. Make your way to the Subseven Sanctum and enter the room on the left side of the maze. Talk to Luna then enter the door.

Defeat the acolytes. You’ll wake up in a cage - you can talk to the Arceus statue to walk through walls for a finite number of tiles. The ‘A’ key brings you back to the last statue you have used, if you get stuck.

Start by using this statue and going straight up. Talk to the Blue Statue to the left, then return to your cell. Talk to Lukah in his, then go up the stairs yourself.

In this hallway, go up and left to enter the room with the New World Door we were previously in. If you talk to any of the statues on the left side, you can walk through the wall to reach the Red Statue. Return to the previous room.

This main room is a bit of a huge maze, so here’s a screenshot if it helps you navigate it. Note that you can get up to two ‘extra steps’ by talking to the statue from above, in certain situations, so if it seems like it’s impossible to reach the next area, try doing that. Activate the Purple Statue next.

Undo your steps to return to the entrance of the room. The next path you have to take will lead you to the Green Statue. Note that if you mess up and end up in some of the rooms on the left side, you’ll have to go back to the beginning and start again.

Return to the entrance area once more. Finally, we simply have to make it to the top of this room and climb the stairs. The path:

Use the Light Shard if necessary and talk to the space deity in the room for a battle.

Anomaly Palkia. Field: Holy Field

A lot of Ground weaknesses here, so taking advantage of the fact that your allies won’t be hurt by Earthquake on this field might be the key. Note that Magearna gets stronger for every knockout, so targeting it first may be helpful. Trick Room is also great for this one.

Afterwards, you can catch Palkia!

With that taken care of, the maze below will now be fixed. Head into the door on the right side and use the Light Shard. Time to battle the time deity next.

Anomaly Dialga. Field: Holy Field

Another Holy Field doubles battle. A fast Bug type or two can solve the problem of the leads. The rest of the team is pretty diverse but I’m sure you can find a way to take advantage of their weaknesses.

Catch Dialga once you win!

If you beat Solaris at Pyrous and are on Reshiram Route, you’ll get a battle here:

Umbral Taka. Field: Holy Field

Well, the field will instantly change to Grassy Terrain, then likely to Burning Field thanks to Heat Wave and Eruption. Rock, Water, and Ground moves make this simple once you can take out Tapu Bulu.

Relationship Point Choices:

Anyways, return to the Nightclub!

While you’re here, if you’re on Reshiram Route, Taka will ask you to see his Chatot. We got this back in Victory Road.

Relationship Point Choices:

Endgame

This next one has some hard fights, so prep your team accordingly.

Accept the final quest at the Nightclub then fly over to Agate City. Head down to Route 1, climb the rocks to reach Iolia Valley, then climb the waterfall at the top of the area to reach a cave. Use the Purple Crystal to enter a New World Door.

PULSE Hypno. Field: Chess Board

Another fight with PULSE Hypno, this time with the support of a full team on the Chess Board. I recommend Quick Guard for this fight - you’ll be able to block First Impression, all of the King Rhyperior’s moves, and Sucker Punch. You’ll also be at the mercy of Hypno’s Dark Void, so Safeguard, Chesto Berries, Sleep Talk, etc. can all be useful in keeping your momentum here. If you don’t already have a Z-Move planned out, the Buginium-Z can be crucial to taking out Hypno. Bring your own King for some priority shenanigans if needed.

Endgame

Land %
Muk 20
Tangrowth 20
Garbodor 10
Avalugg 10
Swalot 10
Abra 10
Camerupt 5
Hypno 5
Clawitzer 4
Mr. Mime 4
Magnezone 2

There’s something all of these wild Pokemon have in common… hmm…

Anyways, we’ll get our quest above. Collecting three Nanab Berries? Simple!

Start by following the path around to the left, and grab the hidden Pretty Wing. Proceed and you’ll see… oh god.

Master Mime. Field: Glitch Field

Five PULSEs in one battle, on a field that makes this fight very interesting. First out is PULSE Abra, with three special moves that trade massive power for a recharge turn, and Metronome. While the latter isn’t really an issue, this field makes it so recharge moves don’t waste a turn whenever they secure knockouts, meaning whenever the powerful Abra can one shot you, it doesn’t ever recharge. Clawitzer works basically the same as before, though it has Hydro Cannon to achieve the same effect as Abra. Magnezone has Bolt Strike for damage, Core Enforcer for coverage, and Parabolic Charge and Recover for healing, on top of Levitate, meaning it is hard to take down. PULSE Muk is mostly a special set with Protean Giga Drain and Fire Blast, but can use priority Shadow Sneak as well as Explosion, which acts basically as a nuke on this field. Finally there is PULSE Mr. Mime, who has only Psycho Boost. The 1 base SpA and Psycho Boost SpA drops gets ignored in favor of Mime’s 190 SpD, so it can fire off this move over and over. Note that it’s Wonder Guard plus the fact that Fairy moves are turned into Normal on this field means… you can’t even damage it under normal means.

So, it’s all pretty intense, but doable. One thing to try is just changing the field outright - with the four Tapus, various weather conditions, pledge moves, etc. you can quash the team’s strategies. Trick Room is additionally good here as well, only Muk is somewhat slow. If you do play on the field, I recommend some combination of the following: a Dark type with a lot of SpD to deal with Abra, such as Umbreon, for the immunity to its strongest move: Prismatic Laser. If it can then survive Frenzy Plant and Blast Burn, you can then take advantage of its recharge turn. A fast Pokemon with Smack Down, another with a physical Ground move to take care of Magnezone. Mirror Coat, Gastro Acid, Topsy-Turvy, Haze, etc. are all good moves to counter Clawitzer’s strategy if you’re having trouble, or you can use the Dragonium-Z to nuke it. A Dark type with Toxic is my recommended strategy to deal with Mime since it can’t touch a Dark type, bonus points if you have a set up move to help deal with the rest of the team. Anything with decent SpD can probably handle Muk; bonus points if you can bait it’s Explosion and Protect or something like that.

Once you win, you’ll get the first Nanab Berry!

Back in the center, you’ll find Anna, who can heal your team. Anyways, proceed to the right side next. Grab the hidden Health Wing then go down for another fight.

PULSE Camerupt. Field: New World

The PULSE we never actually got to fight is here at last… and it’s about as annoying as you’d expect. Basically, it has Shedinja’s 1 HP gimmick on top of Sturdy, meaning it just shrugs off every attack! On top of its Lum Berry and the rest of the team having Safeguard and Rage Powder, the team makes every attempt to prevent you from simply poisoning it. The New World field prevents weather chip damage as well. With field-boosted Earth Power and always max power Eruption, it hits hard too, so trying to stall out its PP may result in your team dead. The rest of the team is a solid Double’s support team.

How DO you beat it, then? Camerupt’s ONLY good stat is SpA, so if you get up Light Screen and get out some Pokemon with good SpD, you might be able to just eat its attacks and focus on the rest of the team, all of which aren’t really dedicated attackers. Eventually you can use Toxic on it once the support is dead! “Easy mode” is just to send out a Pokemon with Mold Breaker, Gastro Acid, Worry Seed, etc., since Camerupt can then be literally knocked out with Lick or any other non Normal/Fighting type attacking move once it loses its ability. Then the rest of the fight is fairly simple.

Get the second Nanab Berry for winning.

Back in the center, head up. On a small path to the right is a hidden Swift Wing. Past ??? is a hidden Muscle Wing. Up from here is a hidden Resist Wing, and a Genius Wing and Clever Wing are to the left.

PULSE Tangrowth. Field: Swamp Field

We already fought the “absurdly strong PULSEs who are good on Glitch Field” so now it’s time for the “absurdly tanky PULSEs who are good on the Swamp Field”. As you can probably tell, these PULSEs are dedicated to bulk, healing, and gradually wearing you down. They also use Trick Room to take advantage of their generally low speed. On top of this, their Poison and Mud-based Water and Ground moves are all powered up here.

As in the other fight, you can use the various generated fields we’ve collected by now if you want to take some of the wind out of their strategy. You can also stick it out on the Swamp Field if you want. One thing to try would be to set up your own tanks - Steel and Poison types can use the Telluric Seed to great effect here, for example. Sludge Wave and Gunk Shot get a 2.25x boost on this field, so you can try to set up and use that move to overwhelm your opponents - only Swalot resists Poison. Sleep Powder has perfect accuracy on this field - so I recommend using this move liberally to prevent Trick Room, allow your partner to set up, etc. You can also use Toxic on half of the team, or consider something like the Ghost type version of Curse to rapidly drain HP.

Win to nab the third Nanab Berry, then return to the ??? guy. Up and to the right, you’ll be able to follow a new path. Hug the bottom wall to reach:

ZCell 46: Endgame

Or so it would seem. Talk to Shiv up from here for a battle!

Dreamer Shiv. Field: Forest Field

Oh. Your team is all set to Lv. 1 and you can’t use bag items. Oh no.

Unlike Solaris at Pyrous, this battle truly is intended to be lost, and there is no reward other than a few lines of dialogue for winning. That said, the only way you really can win is via strategies like FEAR… but it is technically doable if you feel like it.

With all that taken care of, you’ll receive Darkrai! Return to the Nightclub.

Water Treatment Center Anomaly?

Talk to Smeargle and accept the quest. Head on down to the Water Treatment Center and make your way to the room in the top right corner, the Onyx Water Grid. Enter the New World Door!

Umbral Corey. Field: No Field

A fight with Umbral Corey! Nothing much to say here, you can beat him.

Head on back to the Nightclub and OH GOD

Ok, so we were actually still dreaming. Head down from here and talk to Luna again. To progress, reverse course and go up instead - you’ll see Shiv again and have to fight him!

Dreamer Shiv. Field: Starlight Arena

Thankfully, this fight isn’t too bad with your team actually at their normal levels.

Once you awaken in a new area, use the Light Shard and head up from here for one more battle!

Anomaly Darkrai. Field: New World

A pretty annoying team that relies on, well, putting you to sleep constantly. Every single one is weak to Fairy moves, however, so a couple speedy Dazzling Gleam users trivialize this fight.

Once you win, you’ll be able to catch Darkrai, for real this time. I mean it. Return to the Nightclub!

Postgame Episode 7: Up, Down, n’ All Around

The level cap now sits at Lv. 135.

Rhodochrine Tree (Part 1)

Accept Nyu’s quest in the Nightclub, then fly over to Beryl Ward. Enter Rhodochrine Jungle and make your way to the large tree at the top. Talk to Lumi here and agree to fetch the food from the Spyce. Make your way to Spyce in the North Obsidia Ward, get the 6 Bubble Teas from the lady behind the counter, then return to the jungle.

Talk to Lumi outside once more, and you’ll see a New World Door has opened. Great. Before we enter it though, head down to the Underroot. You’ll find Shelly along with all of the following:

ZCell 47: The Underroot

ZCell 48: The Underroot

ZCell 49: The Underroot

ZCell 50: The Underroot

ZCell 51: The Underroot

ZCell 52: The Underroot

ZCell 53: The Underroot

ZCell 54: The Underroot

ZCell 55: The Underroot

ZCell 56: The Underroot

With those all taken care of, return to the Rhodochrine Tree and enter the New World Door.

The tree is another puzzle! Essentially, the goal will be to ‘balance’ the Anomalous (light) and Umbral (dark) energy in each room by knocking out Pokemon of each kind.

In the first room, knock out one of the Espeon to proceed.

Essentially, each species has a prime number ‘value’ among the first 8 primes - adding up the values for Anomalous and Umbral Pokemon in each room yet to be knocked out will tell you the current score - make them equal to continue. Note that you can’t simply knock all of the Pokemon out - there must be at least one of each type still around.

In the second room, you’ll be told Chingling is 2, Espeon is 3, and Mightyena is 5. By extension from the first floor, you’ll be able to conclude Umbreon is 3.

Click for the solution to this floor

In the third room, the Anomalous total is 7, and the Umbral total is 10. Eve will tell us Togetic is 7 before having to flee, so Noel will join us as we proceed.

Click for the solution to this floor

In the fourth room, the totals are 12 and 14, respectively. There are two Mismagius, a Togetic, a Cleffa, and an Espeon in this room.

Click for the solution to this floor

The fifth room has totals of 10 and 9, respectively. There are three Umbreon here, as well as one each of Flabebe, Floette, and Florges. We aren’t directly given the values of any of these three, however.

Click for the solution to this floor

The sixth room has totals of 30 and 26. On the Anomalous side, you’ll notice 2 Floette, 1 Florges, 1 Chingling, 2 Espeon, and 1 Granbull. On the Umbral side, you’ll notice 2 Zweilous.

Click for the solution to this floor

The seventh room has 24 and 21. There is 1 Spritzee and 2 Kadabra in here, as well as 1 Houndour, 1 Murkrow, and 1 Zweilous.

Click for the solution to this floor

The eighth room has 18 and 24. The Anomalous Pokemon are 1 Granbull and 1 Togetic, and the Umbral Pokemon are 1 Houndour, 1 Drifloon, and 1 Mandibuzz.

Click for the solution to this floor

The ninth room has 20 and 31. The Anomalous Pokemon are 1 Clefable and 1 Chimecho, while the Umbral Pokemon are 1 Poochyena, 1 Eevee, 1 Vullaby, 3 Deino, 1 Hydreigon, and 1 Misdreavus. We are also finally actually told that evolutions increase in value.

Click for the solution to this floor

With that, we finally reach the top of the tree!

Rhodochrine Tree

Land %
Lilligant 30
Liepard 20
Lurantis 10
Exeggutor 10
Leavanny 10
Tsareena 5
Spiritomb 5
Aromatisse 4
Dustox 4
Sceptile 1
Decidueye 1
Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Staryu 100 Starmie 100 Starmie 95
        Froakie 4
        Frogadier 1

Go to the left all the way to what appears like a dead end, and you’ll be able to get:

ZCell 57: Rhodochrine Tree

You can also surf across the water on the right side of the area to reach:

ZCell 58: Rhodochrine Tree

Talk to Noel once more and you’ll be taken to the base of the tree. That’s it for this quest right now… we’ll finish it up later. Return to the Nightclub!

Mirage Tower Mirages

Accept the quest from Aster, then fly over to Train Town in the desert. Take the portal to the Mirage Tower.

Talk to Laura in the first room. We’ll get a choice on going higher in the tower to find Charlotte and lower to find Saphira - we’ll be able to do both, though. I’ll start by going up. Follow the path through the Mirage Tower the same way as before. When you reach the room that contained Honedge, enter the New World Door.

In this section, more of the same kind of puzzle we did previously in the tower. Only now you can touch the puzzles on both sides. Here I will say the left puzzle is “P1” and the right puzzle is “P2” for notation.

Click for the solution to the first puzzle
Click for the solution to the second puzzle

The third puzzle has a secret. See if you can figure it out.

Click for the solution to the third puzzle

In the next room, you can talk to Charlotte on Lin Route:

Relationship Point Choices:

Click for the solution to the fourth puzzle

Once you finish the puzzle, you can grab:

ZCell 59: Mirage Tower?

You can also get the Solganium-Z here. Proceed to the next room.

Click for the solution to the fifth puzzle

Once you succed, you’ll get the Latiasite and Latiosite! Nice. However, there’s still more to do: return to the previous room.

You can kinda walk up past the New World Door, finding another New World Door at the very top. In the next room is an Anomaly!

Anomaly Ho-oh. Field: Mirror Arena

If the field is broken, you’ll go to New World… where all the Magical Seeds and many of your opponents moves will be activated. The team is all Flying or Dragon type, so make sure you can exploit those two weaknesses with some sweepers to win.

Afterwards, you’ll be able to catch Ho-oh, who is holding a Sacred Ash! Accept the fast travel request to the entrance to the Mirage Tower. Next, break all of the mirrors on this floor to open a bath to Mirage Tower B1F.

You’ll find a New World Door to the left, so head on in. Talk to Saphira, then head down the ladder. At the end of the path is a mirror. Smashing it will take you to a different dimension of sorts. Push the stone up, then un-smash the mirror - the ladder has moved! Take it to proceed.

In the next area, head down the ladder to get a hidden Rare Bone. Head up, then enter the crystal dimension. Head through the New World Door at the bottom to get:

ZCell 60: Mirage Tower?

Complete the rest of the room: using what we’ve just learned will make it straightforward. Push the stone in a clockwise loop around the room to continuously push the ladder.

The next section is generally similar, note that you can access the mirror from upper levels and lower levels. On the left side of the loop, you’ll be able to push the stone into a rectangle - if you can get it into the bottom left corner, the ladder will take you to the Lunalium-Z as well as:

ZCell 61: Mirage Tower?

Make it to the end of the room and exit at the top. You’ll talk to Saphira here, and also you’ll be able to find:

ZCell 62: Mirage Tower?

Exiting from here does send you back to the beginning, but Saphira has made returning pretty simple. The dead end isn’t a real dead end - if you return to the crystal dimension just before the final portal, pushing the stone to the bottom left corner will allow you to access another path across some water. Follow this rather straightforward path to another Anomaly!

Anomaly Lugia. Field: Dark Crystal Cavern

Been a while since we’ve had to fight on this terrain, but you can surely handle it. Be careful of Kommo-o with it’s Z-Move and the very bulky Lugia.

Win, and you can catch Lugia! Accept the fast travel back up, watch the conversation, then head back to the Nightclub.

New World Crash (Part 1)

Accept Simon’s quest, then fly over to the Beryl Ward. Cross the bridge and enter Citrine Mountain. Make your way to the bottom right corner of the room, then climb up the rocks and surf to the waterfall in the top right corner. Enter the New World Door.

After the conversation in the middle, follow the narrow paths to the corners of the area and talk to the small rocks. Once you’ve done all four, go to the top of the area for an Anomaly battle!

Anomaly Deoxys. Field: Starlight Arena

Nothing too crazy here, I guess. Deoxys Defense is probably the most threatening - if it can set up defenses AND offenses, you’re going to have a bad time. Abuse Dark type moves being buffed on this field to one shot it if you need to.

Once you win, you can catch Deoxys!

That’s pretty much it, so leave.

Cauldron of the Future

Accept Sandy’s quest next, then make your way through the desert all the way to Teknite Cave. Make your way to the Teknite Ridge via going left at the fork in the cave. Climb the rocks at the top to reach a New World Door! Enter it.

Cauldron of the Future

Land %
Hakamo-o 20
Malamar 20
Aerodactyl 10
Bruxish 10
Blacephalon 10
Liepard 10
Jellicent 5
Celesteela 5
Type: Null 4
Guzzlord 4
Kommo-o 2
Super Rod %
Cosmog 100

Pretty sweet - we can catch Celesteela now, as well as Cosmog. Fish in the void lake near Adrienn to get some! Grab two of them (four for the living dex) to also obtain Cosmoem, Solgaleo, and Lunala by evolving at Lv. 43, 53 during the day, and 53 during the night, respectively. You can also get another Type: Null here for living dex purposes if you like.

Follow the path to the left to find:

ZCell 63: Cauldron of the Future

It’s also worth noting that the glowing mining rocks here will infinitely replenish if you exit this area and return, so no need to buy Blast Powder or worry about the finite number of rocks in the region.

Once you’re done here, return to the Nightclub.

Umbral Battles in Aegir Cave (Part 1)

Accept your gang leader’s quest next. Return to the desert and make your way to the Sugiline Cave. Make your way to the back via the Garchomp Statue maze. Enter the New World Door just to the right of the top of the room!

New World (Sugiline Cave)

Land % Water %
Pyroar 20 Wailord 60
Solrock 20 Gastrodon 30
Buzzwole 11 Seismitoad 6
Rapidash 11 Poliwrath 4
Lilligant 10    
Leavanny 10    
Talonflame 5    
Druddigon 5    
Claydol 4    
Gumshoos 4    
Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Shellos 70 Gastrodon 60 Dhelmise 40
Wooper 30 Quagsire 20 Wailord 40
    Seadra 20 Gastrodon 15
        Quagsire 4
        Kingdra 1

Follow the path to the New World Door in the water. Head down from here to the island in the middle of the Aegir Cave lake.

Umbral Amaria. Field: Water Surface

The fight will go instantly to Grassy Terrain for a little while. As long as you have a few Specially Defensive and fast Pokemon, letting Celesteela hang around while you attack the other, faster Pokemon on the field can be a good idea. Changing the field to Corrosive Field can be useful for gaining momentum.

Umbral Titania. Field: Cave Field

Another pretty tough one. Diamond Storm and Power Gem both turn the field to the Crystal Cavern Field, so watch out for that. A couple Steel leads might be ideal to start here - speed and/or Bullet Punch can help them OHKO Diancie. The rest of the team is generally weak to some combination of Ground and Fighting type moves barring Marshadow - who has priority, a Z-Move, and Spectral Thief to ruin your set ups. Take advantage of Regigigas being a sort of underwhelming support set to take out the threats if you need to.

Once you win against both Umbral opponents, talk to Florinia.

Relationship Point Choices:

Florinia will tell us that we need to catch Rayquaza in order to fix the issues here. We will do so, but later on. That’s it for this quest for now, so make your way back to the Nightclub.

New World Helix

Finally, accept Smeargle’s quest. Head over to Apophyll Cave and make your way to 2F. Enter the New World Door!

New World Helix

Land %
Cryogonal 20
Emolga 20
Beartic 10
Chandelure 10
Zebstrika 10
Stakataka 10
Eelektross 5
Heatmor 5
Volcarona 5
Dewgong 5

Depending on your route, you’ll see Taka or Zero above, who will join you for this quest.

Switching between us and them with the “A” key, you’ll need to progress with each character to get the other to proceed. To succeed:

You’ll need to transform the gemstones near MC black, and the ones near XM white. Each gemstone also changes the ones immediately around it. It shouldn’t be too hard with some trial and error.

Anomaly Zekrom & Anomaly Reshiram. Field: Icy Field

This first fight can be fairly tough - this field pushes the Icy Field to its limit. With Aurora Veil, your opponents will likely be able to stick around while they build up speed from priority attacks. Mega Kangaskhan can use Fake Out and Power Up Punch to reach +2 in Atk and Spe, so be wary when it comes out. Generally, the team is weak to Rock, Ground, and Ice moves, so try to use those if you can.

Anomaly Kyurem & Multi-iterative Fusion Simulations. Field: New World Field

Although you do get healed, you’ll be thrust into a second Double battle. While it’s hard to rely on your ally acting in your favor, Taka does sometimes use Tailwind, which can help out. All but Magearna and Mew are weak to either Rock or Fairy moves, so Rock Slide and especially field-boosted Dazzling Gleam may be very helpful here.

Once you win, three doors will open. Inside each, you can catch Reshiram, Zekrom, and Kyurem! Once you catch the third, prepare your team before you head back out.

Umbral Agent Ace. Field: New World

Nothing too crazy for this point in the game, but still a formidable challenge. Boosted Dark and Fairy moves will make it easier.

Relationship Point Choices:

Accept the fast travel request once you’re done!

In the Nightclub, you can show Ace the Fennekin (or Braixen, Delphox) that we obtained back in the Water Treatment Center, if you’d like.

Relationship Point Choices:

Talking to them again, you can get a Red Card.

New World Crash (Part 2)

Oh yeah, surprise level cap increase to Lv. 140. Talk to Zero to get the next quest. We need to return to the New World Crash via the door in Citrine Mountain, so make your way back there.

Talk to the woman in front of the meteor for a fight.

Lost Starscaper Zina. Field: Starlight Arena

Nothing too crazy, but you will notice that we really are in the endgame now as we’re up against 3 Ubers casually sprinkled into this team.

Once you win, we’ll get our next destination: the Byxbysion Wasteland.

Distorted Space

Fly over to Byxbysion and make your way into the tunnels. In the room with the branches, enter the second entrance when you’re ready.

Anomaly Naganadel. Field: Wasteland

This is pretty brutal for a singles fight. For one, the team is entirely resistant to basically any way that you would want to try to use the field for your own gain due to Steel and Poison typings. With the field preventing hazard set up and an extremely strong Mega Lucario Bullet Punch to prevent any clever Trick Room sweeping, many of the usually good strategies are busted here. Earth Power, Drill Run, and High Horsepower are all Ground type options that aren’t weakened by this field if you want to try them.

Once you win, enter the New World Door to reach Distorted Space.

Defeat the Malamar here. Afterwards, talking to any Malamar will switch which sections of path are walkable and which are not. A path through, with color changes indicating use of Malamar, is as follows:

The second room introduces a new wrinkle - the space bending statues we used in the Dialga/Palkia quest are back, and used in conjunction with the Malamar. Before continuing, talk to the first accessible Malamar, then walk back through the portal to the previous room. Use the statue to go left to grab the Marshadium-Z! Anyways, the path through the second room is as follows:

Note that once you reach the gold stars the second time, you’ll need to talk to Malamar while you still have your walk-through-walls ability from the upper statue, then head right back up to these two statues to continue.

In the next room, we first will need to interact with the two orbs towards the bottom of the map. Once you do, you’ll use statues and Malamar to return to the entrance to this room, ready to go again.

To reach the left orb, follow this path:

To reach the right orb, follow this path, noting that at the Blue Star, you’ll need to talk to Malamar then press ‘A’ to return to the previous statue:

With that taken care of, use the only available statue to reach the center of the middle section above. Grab the Lustrous Orb, Adamant Orb, as well as:

ZCell 64: Distorted Space

This final puzzle in here is a bit more complicated. If you’re on Anna Route, this puzzle will basically be solved for you automatically, so I’ll show the full solution for Lin Route here. First, use the statue to reach Malamar, then make your way back to the center. We can solve this puzzle entirely without having to use Malamar again after this (to be sure you’re on the right one, make sure the left Giratina statue is activated).

Anyways, at any instant you have three actions that you can take - press the left column, press the right column, and press the center. There are five colors in play: White (W), Light Gray (L), Gray (G), Dark Gray (D), and Black (B). When you press the left column, the five tiles in the column will shift cyclically. To reach the left column, you’ll need to use the statue to walk through walls. The right column works similarly, though you won’t have to do any phasing.

Talking to the center is a bit more complex: when you talk to the center, it will pull the top block from each of the columns and combine them to make a composite color. W + G = L, for example, and W + B = G. In cases where there is an odd number of ‘gaps’, it will favor the extreme, so W + L = W, and W + D = L. It will also shift the current five blocks in the center downward, and split the bottom-most block into two components, which will go to the bottom of the left and right columns respectively. To win, you’ll need to fill the center column with, bottom to top, B, D, G, L, W blocks.

Figuring out what is going on might be harder than doing the puzzle itself, which you can kinda brute force. Honestly, I recommend spending a minute or two just randomly pressing the center and each column until you have a big mess of different colors all over the puzzle. Then, use the two columns to pull blocks that will generate B into the top - either B + B or B + D will work. Next, pull in blocks that will generate D, then G, L, and finally W. If at any point you are unable to create the desired block, simply continuously press the center 9 times and mess with the columns some more until you’re able to. Head through the door when you’re ready!

Anomalized Giratina. Field: Inverse Field

Inverse Field! Probably weren’t expecting this, were you? Might as well go all in on the ‘new’ type matchups for this one - Fighting is a great choice for Lugia and Yveltal, and Psychic can take the Ice types and Yveltal as well. Fake out and/or hazards are good choices for the Sashes. Using Psych Up or Haze may be useful for the enemy Magical Seeds, or you can just abuse your own. I also had a great time destroying the field with the Lycanium-Z and steamrolling, if that’s your thing.

Catch Giratina once you win.

If you’re on Anna Route, you’ll need to reset the game a few times through some deceptive “Bad End” screens to proceed. Anyways, return to the Nightclub to really begin wrapping up the postgame!

Postgame Episode 8: A Canvas of Cyclical Conflict

Word. Level cap up to Lv. 145.

Citae Prisma

Accept Randall’s quest, then fly over to Beryl. Enter Beryl Cave and make your way through until you reach the New World Door. Head on in.

Talk to Serra above. There are some encounters here in the water - notably, one of the strongest Ultra Beasts.

Citae Prisma

Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Tynamo 70 Eelektrik 60 Dragalge 40
Deino 30 Zweilous 20 Eelektross 40
    Eelektross 20 Pheromosa 19
        Hydreigon 1

Head up and talk to Luna and Elias. Talking to them will make the room dark or light, respectively. Study the puzzle in the light, then turn it dark to complete it.

Essentially, we will want to make a beam in the center of the room hit one of the four crystals in the corners. Our first goal will be hitting the Blue Crystal. Start by moving the mirror up to hit it:

Use the crystal, cross the bridge above, and talk to the orb.

You’ll notice that there are now two mirrors. Move them in the light, switch it in the dark, then move them again in the darkness. You’ll see outlines of the mirrors left over, and using the activated Purple Crystal will move all mirrors from their current locations to their previous locations. Keep this in mind as we solve the future puzzles.

Our next goal will be hitting Green. Position the crystals in the light, then move them like so:

Activate the purple crystal. Next, you’ll want to move one mirror into place such that a well timed Purple Crystal activation will allow the light to reach Green. The image below shows the direction the light will travel - you must time your use of the Purple Crystal while the light is in the red zone in order to succeed. Turn off speed up for these puzzles.

Activate the crystal, then smash the debris on the puzzle board. Our next mission will be to activate the Blue and Green crystals at the same time - note that using the prism in the center will reset all crystals but Purple. We now have a beam that goes left out of the prism, so that’s useful. First, you’ll need to place the mirrors in the light, then move them into place in the dark. First, you’ll need to charge Purple like before, so set it up like this:

Activate Purple. Next, move the mirror into place and solve like before, using Purple while BOTH lights are in their respective ‘red zone’:

Activate both Blue and Green, then follow the path to the right to reach another orb. Also, just across the ice bridge, attempt to walk into the bottom right corner to find:

ZCell 65: Citae Prisma

Our next mission will be to activate Green, Red, and Blue all at the same time. Set up the mirrors in the light, activate Purple as usual, then set up the mirrors to complete the puzzle, which thankfully isn’t too different from the previous. Set them up and solve:

Activate all three crystals, then make your way to the left to reach another orb. You can also now go up from the puzzle to get:

ZCell 66: Citae Prisma

Talk to Serra in the puzzle, and you’ll notice that the final mirror we get is broken. Use the light at the middle, and it will actually go through Serra towards the direction she’s facing, so she’s essentially a rotatable mirror. We can’t teleport her anywhere using the Purple Crystal, though. Our final goal is to have all four crystals activated at once. Again, we can activate Purple beforehand, but we need to set it up so that once we use the prism in the middle, all four beams of light eventually find a respective crystal.

First, set up all the crystals and Serra into their final positions, then turn it light, and dark again.

Using the prism will activate Purple, so do that next. From here, move the crystals into their next positions. The timing is really tight on this one, but you should be able to make it work. Use the Purple Crystal as soon as the light passes both of the circled mirrors, and you should be ok.

You’ll get confirmation from Serra once you’re successful. Activate Blue again to cross the ice bridge and enter the door above. Time for an Anomaly battle once you’re ready.

Anomaly Necrozma. Field: Rainbow Field (Or, by choice in Lin Route, Crystal Cavern Field)

All six members of the confusing Solgaleo, Lunala, and Necrozma fusion hell are here for a fight. All of them share the Psychic type, so you can try to sweep with Ghost and Dark moves or something.

Once you win, you can catch Necrozma! Exit back to the Nightclub once you’re done.

Chasing the Super High-Speed Pokemon

Accept Danielle’s quest, then fly over to the Pokemon League on Charous Mountain. Head down to the large dragon statue here for a battle.

Anomaly Rayquaza. Field: Snowy Mountain

Another tough double battle with a lot of hard hitting Pokemon. I recommend Light Screen and Trick Room - combined, your Pokemon will get slower with every use of Icy Wind, allowing them to hit first. You can switch the field to Mountain if you’d like.

Once you win, Rayquaza will run off… and roam the Reborn region! It functions pretty similarly to the main series roamers - when you switch areas, Rayquaza probably will, too. And, just like the main series games, simply using your Reborn Ball on it is the easiest thing to do. I generally run around Reborn City and check the map until Rayquaza happens to be in the same ward as you, then use Repels to weed out everything else except Rayquaza, who is at Lv. 145.

Anyways, succeed and catch Rayquaza, then return to the Nightclub.

Umbral Battles in Aegir Cave (Part 2)

Now that we have Rayquaza, we can go help out the OTS squad over in the Aegir Cave. Make your way there. Add Rayquaza to your party, then talk to Florinia. She’ll then let you access the PC one more time before the gauntlet of sheer pain that follows.

Umbral Amaria & Umbral Titania. Field: Cave Field

This battle isn’t that crazy - you’ll notice that most of their Pokemon have moves that indiscriminately damage all Pokemon, including their allies. Bulky Pokemon, Wide Guard, etc. will help here. You’ll also notice that if Kyogre and Groudon come in at the same time, the field will change to the Rainbow Field. Rock Slide gets power on the Cave Field and extra flinch chance on the Rainbow Field, so I recommend using it for this fight.

The second battle of this gauntlet is determined by which route you’re on, and who you have more relationship points with. On Lin Route, you’ll fight whichever you have fewer points with. On Anna Route, you’ll fight whichever you have more points with. On Lin Route, you’ll get all your Pokemon healed to full, while in Anna Route, only non-fainted Pokemon will be restored, similar to the Glass Gauntlet.

Gauntlet Fight 2 (Amaria Version)

If you instead fought Titania, skip ahead to the next section.

Umbral Amaria & Anomaly Kyogre. Field: Water Surface

This fight is absolute suffering. Even if you get your team fully healed because of Lin Route… it’s still a 12v6 against a Water Surface team that might even go underwater. Even your fast grounded Pokemon will just get easily outsped. Surf will roll your over. Even if you use Trick Room, a few slower choices like Toxapex will mess up your strategy. Especially positioned as it is in the gauntlet, this might be my least favorite fight in this game… maybe minus the end game gauntlet, which we’ll get to in due time. Electric moves will get you somewhat across the finish line potentially, or you could try some shenanigans on the Icy Field or Murkwater Fields, I guess. Good luck.

Once you win this fight, you’ll be able to catch Kyogre, who holds the Blue Orb!

Head into the New World via surfing up the waterfalls, where you’ll be able to find and catch Groudon, who holds the Red Orb!

Return to the Nightclub!

Gauntlet Fight 2 (Titania Version)

If you are instead fighting Amaria, skip ahead to the next section.

Umbral Titania & Anomaly Groudon. Field: Grassy Terrain

Thankfully I generally think this fight is much nicer than the Amaria fight, but it is still a very tough 12v6. There are a lot of Fire types here, so a sweeper with Ground and Rock moves might be good here. You can transform the Grassy Terrain into Corrosive Field potentially if that will help you. Burning Field activates Elemental Seeds and boosts their many Fire type moves, so it might not be the best choice. I will shoutout Mega Tyranitar for this fight, who basically turns off the strategy of the lead Ninetales and Venusaur, allowing a Dragon Dance sweep.

Once you win, you can catch Groudon, who holds the Red Orb!

Head into the New World via surfing up the waterfalls, where you’ll be able to find and catch Kyogre, who holds the Blue Orb!

Return to the Nightclub!

The Mysterious Battle Pavilion Challenger

Accept the Ringmaster’s quest next. We’ll actually need to win a few battles in the Battle Pavilion on the left side of the Nightclub to proceed, so prepare your best team of 3. You can’t use Megas or Z-Moves, nor the strong legendaries… so keep that in mind.

Once you beat 4 trainers, you’ll face off against this one:

Definitely Not Mewtwo. Field: Rainbow Field

You do have to fight one of the strongest Mega Evolutions without being able to use the same feature, but I think you can find a team that will be able to manage. 4 randomized fights beforehand shouldn’t be too terrible, I hope.

Well, our challenger flies away after we win. Interesting. That’s it for whatever that was, so… make your way a few tiles over to the legendary staging area of the Nightclub.

Neoteric Isle

Head over to talk to the Ringmaster once more. Head over to Tanzan Mountain, make your way all the way down to the New World Door beneath the Steelix tunnel room, then head in.

Neoteric Isle

Land % Water %
Muk 20 Golduck 60
Rapidash 20 Tentacruel 30
Vileplume 10 Vaporeon 5
Xurkitree 10 Pidgeot 4
Nidoking 10 Pidgeotto 1
Nidoqueen 10    
Machamp 5    
Donphan 5    
Wigglytuff 4    
Tauros 4    
Venusaur 1    
Charizard 1    
Old Rod % Good Rod % Super Rod %
Psyduck 70 Seadra 80 Poliwhirl 40
Staryu 30 Poipole 20 Kingler 40
        Dewgong 15
        Gyarados 4
        Blastoise 1

Our final Ultra Beast is located here! Anyways, at the first fork, head down and surf to reach the N-Lunarizer as well as:

ZCell 67: Neoteric Isle

Continuing on the path, you’ll see another:

ZCell 68: Neoteric Isle

There is one more outside - follow the path to the left of the first tall tower to reach:

ZCell 69: Neoteric Isle

Head back to the first tall tower and enter. Prepare yourself however you can and attempt to enter the door at the top:

Alter Clone. Field: Factory Field

An interesting gimmick fight - you have to fight your team, but with PULSE 2. So, your sweepers will be bulkier than usual and your tanks will have more offensive power. One obvious answer to this fight is Trick Room - all of your alter will have 252 in Speed, but you don’t have to. Then you can try to get a set up sweep going. There are also ways to cheese this fight with one Pokemon if you’re really stuck.

Enter this room. On the left wall you’ll see one tile that doesn’t look right - walk into it to reach another door. Inside, you can get:

ZCell 70: Neoteric Isle

Head up and talk to Fern, then enter the door to the right. You’ll find the N-Solarizer as well as:

ZCell 71: Neoteric Isle

Back at the fork, go up for one heck of a battle.

Anomaly Mewtwo & Anomaly Mew. Field: Holy Field

This fight is, well, rough. 12v6 on the Holy Field with a fun chance of Mew’s Z-move transforming the field into Psychic Terrain. Terrakion is a bit weird in that it doesn’t have many Attack EV’s, so you may be able to one shot Tyranitar with a Fighting move and set up with your other Pokemon on Turn 1. Field boosted Dazzling Gleam is particularly potent here - only Groudon and Magearna resist it. Those two are weak to Ground, so you can take advantage of the field protecting your teammates and use Earthquake in conjuction. The team is also quite weak to Psychic moves overall, so you may be able to use Psychic Terrain and/or run with Mew’s Z-move to try to sweep on that field. In general, Extremespeed is also extremely potent here and will hit Lunala and Necrozma super-effectively, so that’s nice.

However you manage to win this one, once you regain control, talk to Mew and Mewtwo for a chance to catch each. Nothing we can do to help out our friend here for now, so return to the Nightclub.

Twilight Desert (Part 2)

With all 71 Zygarde Cells collected, it’s a great time to head on back to the Twilight Desert! Talk to Marcello in the Nightclub and then enter the New World Door in the Tourmaline Desert to the right of the train platform.

First, if you’d like to, talk to the machine in one of the side rooms to exchange your Zygarde Cells for more Cell Imprints, and exchange some for Negative Imprints if you’d like.

Head into the main building and talk to Terra here. If you have at least 50 cells, the path will be opened here, and a decent reward will be available later. If not, Terra will ask you if you want to go collect the rest. If not, you’ll instead have to fight some battles:

If you have fewer than 10 Cells, you’ll fight:

MIS5INGN0 5Sj. Field: Glitch Field

Then, if you have fewer than 20 Cells, you’ll fight:

PKMNPKMNT HHHHH. Field: Glitch Field

Then, if you have fewer than 30 Cells, you’ll fight:

OPKMN4X 404. Field: Glitch Field

If you have fewer than 40 Cells, you’ll fight:

M1SS1NGO 0x5656. Field: Glitch Field

Finally, for having fewer than 50 Cells, you’ll fight:

M1SS1NGO MRMR2. Field: Glitch Field

Either by fighting or by simply walking, proceed up from here. If you had at least 50 cells before, you’ll need to enhance your Zygarde at this machine, to create Zygarde 50%. Otherwise, you’ll simply need to create a Zygarde 10% via the other machine, so you’ll still need a minimum of 10 cells. Once you have the desired Zygarde Form, show it to Terra.

Hilariously, on Lin Route, you can just… opt out of fighting Anomaly Zygarde here. If you are on Anna Route or opt in:

Anomalized Zygarde. Field: Glitch Field

Glitch Field team that maximizes the shenanigans of the field. Set up a physical sweeper on Toxapex or something to win this one.

Once you win, or if you skipped the fight, you’ll get Zygarde 100%. Neat.

Before we leave, Walk to the right onto the green tile, then go left down the path. Solve the puzzle at this monitor. When finished, it will look like:

As for actually solving it, you’ll notice that you are essentially dragging rows and columns. This is actually very similar to solving the magic square puzzle once you know where everything goes - if we’re solving top to bottom, left to right, simply drag the column down so that the target space is in line with the target piece, move the row containing it over so it fits, then move the column back into place. If you could figure out that other puzzle, this one won’t be too bad.

Head back to the right to pick up the DNA Splicers. Anyways, return to Reborn City.

Rhodochrine Tree (Part 2)

With 100% Zygarde in your party, talk to Shelly in the Underroot. If you had gotten at least 50 Cells in the previous quest, you’ll now get Elias’ 6IV Ditto. Helpful for some late game breeding.

Make your way all the way back up the Rhodochrine Tree. The barriers will be gone now, so we can explore the top. Going up and left, then crossing under a waterfall, you can find the Diancite.

Continuing along this path, you’ll see Anomaly Xerneas. Talk to it when you’re ready.

Anomaly Xerneas & Umbral Noel. Field: Psychic Terrain

This fight is wild… not the least because they decided to make the literally useless Cosmoem into an actually contributing Pokemon! The team essentially works via the Psych Up boost for Psychic Terrain - if Cosmoem is allowed to live, Noel will copy the defenses, double his Pokemon’s SpA, and go H.A.M. If you want to avoid this, taking out Cosmoem ASAP is a good idea. I then recommend your own Pokemon with Psych Up to steal Lugia’s Calm Mind or something and do a counter-sweep.

Once you win, Noel will give you Xerneas!

Make your way to the bottom right corner of the area for another fight.

Anomaly Yveltal. Field: Starlight Arena

Boosted Dark moves are pretty incredible here - pair a sweeper with something to deal with Xerneas and Yveltal, and you should be ok. Yveltal in particular is annoying thanks to its Dark Aura field boosted Sucker Punches, so keep that in mind.

Once you win, you can catch Yveltal.

Talk to Noel towards the top, then attempt to exit once you’re ready for one more fight.

Umbral Eclipse. Field: Rainbow Field

The Magical Seeds grant a wish as well as a defense boost to the holder, so a lot of these Pokemon will be a pain to take out… unless you can knock them all out in one shot. A special sweeper, especially with Rainbow Field boosted moves, will be likely to succeed if you can set them up right.

Once you win, accept the fast travel request to return to the Nightclub. Now that we have rescued Eclipse, fly over to Calcenon City and enter her father’s house. After a scene inside, Eclipse will give you the Mewtwonite X and the Mewtwonite Y! You can also talk to the father to get the password: shinycharm. Nice.

Bee’s Pokedex Completion Quest (Part 3)

Oh, and there’s one more thing we can do. Head over to talk to Bee in Agate City.

We’ll learn that she wants to see all of the Ultra Beasts. If you’ve gotten Nihilego, Buzzwole, Pheromosa, Xurkitree, Celesteela, Kartana, Guzzlord, Poipole, Naganadel, Stakataka, and Blacephalon, talk to her to get the Ultranecrozium-Z!

She’ll tell us what she wants to see next - full Pokedex completion. If you’ve been keeping up with the guide so far, we’ll already be 806/807 of the way there… so we’ll return soon, don’t worry.

Postgame Episode 9: Pokemon Reborn, Reborn!

Boom. Level cap has reached its peak at Lv. 150.

Preparing for the Final Battle

Head into the Nightclub and talk to Aster. All the anomalies have been taken care of! Yay! Head out of the Nightclub, and Heather will tell you to go to the top of the treehouse.

Make your way there, and talk to Noel. We’ll need to bring Giratina to the meteor, and Fern to the tree. First, add Giratina to your party, then make your way via Beryl Cave to Citae Prisma. Talk to the meteor to steal it.

Next, slog through Tanzan Mountain to reach the Neoteric Isle once more. Talk to Florinia and Fern in the back room when you’re ready.

Umbral Fern. Field: Holy Field

One more bout with our friend, Fern. No Mega Scizor this time - it’s Mega Mawile, instead. Entei’s Extremespeed and Mawile’s Sucker Punch are potent anti-sweep options, while his Serperior and Kartana both attempt to sweep themselves. Everything here is weak to Fire, Ground, or both, so if you’re stuck, orienting your team around moves of those types might be key. I’m sure you can figure out a way through this fight so far into this game.

Accept the fast travel back to the Nightclub. Make your way up to the top of the Rhodochrine Tree and talk to Noel. Once the door opens, talk to Fern for a heal and 100 Exp. Candy XL. Head on in when you’re ready.

New World Asylum

This area will be different, depending if you’re on Lin or Anna Route. Throughout the area, enter the jail cells and talk to the inhabitants inside. Climb the gold chains to reach the sides. Each Key will open one of the locks at the bottom.

On Lin Route, buy some Lemonade or get some free Honey if you want.

Anyways, once you’ve explored the area, prepare for what’s to come at the top…

A THREE FIGHT GAUNTLET AGAINST ALL PULSE2 WITH NO HEALING SO ITS EFFECTIVELY 18V6 AHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH

Final Gauntlet (Lin Route)

Anamnestic Terra. Field: Big Top Arena

The gauntlet’s structure being as it is basically means one thing - you HAVE TO SET UP SWEEP. There really isn’t another option. Thankfully, in this first fight, only Lycanroc has priority, so Evoboost, Shell Smash, etc. are valid options that should be able to carry you through this one.

Mordant Urchin Lin. Field: New World

This second fight is in doubles, and the whole team is slow. Necrozma and Lunala each have Trick Room and will try to set it up - so making sure you have Taunt is pretty essential for this one. Everything is weak to Ground or Dark, so with field boosted Earth Power, Dark type moves, and maybe a Z-move in a pinch, you should then be able to find a combination of sweepers that is able to take this team out.

Anomaly Arceus. Field: New World

Finally, the big one. Tornadus has a nasty habit of U-Turning into Rayquaza, who will instantly get the seed effect and Mega Evolve. We don’t want that, so either anticipate the U-Turn with your lead and use an Ice or Fairy type move to oneshot Rayquaza, or do something to prevent Tornadus from living long enough to U-Turn. Yveltal has a Z-move and Sucker Punch, both of which get massive boosts in power, so you’ll need to make sure you have a Pokemon that can outplay it here. Ho-oh is pretty chill comparably, though its Sacred Fire is boosted too.

Tornadus and Cresselia both have Sashes - the latter will always use Lunar Dance to give Arceus an extra omniboost on top of the seed it already has. Again, a twice omniboosted Arceus is absolutely brutal to take out - so I recommend hazards like Stealth Rocks to break Cresselia’s sash and hopefully one shot it. Pretty much no matter what, you’ll need a massively boosted sweeper in order to win this one, so take advantage of the fact Arceus has to recharge for a turn to hit it with two well chosen +6 Field boosted moves if you can, and hopefully that will be enough. Good luck!

Once you finally make it through all that, you’ll be able to talk to Lin, hanging on the edge, or Arceus.

Relationship Point Choices:

In either case, you can now catch Arceus, finally.

Talk to Lin, either letting her come with you, or not. Exit the area!

Final Gauntlet (Anna Route)

Anamnestic Shade. Field: Glitch Field

Arguably harder than the Lin Gauntlet, Anna’s gauntlet is three fights that all take place on (with a sick looking backdrop) the Glitch Field. This first fight is notably hard thanks to the lead being Lugia, who is able to nuke almost everything with Psyshock, heal with Giga Drain, and use other coverage moves. Mimikyu’s Disguise and Shadow Sneak make it hard to set up a fast frail sweeper. With Four Assault Vests, you’re going to have a hard time breaking them Specially without a lot of set up. Then there are four other Pokemon pretty much optimized for Glitch Field. In this fight, and frankly the rest of them, I recommend abusing the Synthetic Seed yourself, and going all out with a move like Stockpile or Cosmic Power.

Dreamsick Anna. Field: Glitch Field

Advice from the last fight generally holds here, but you’ll need to be extra careful of Xurkitree, who can counter your set up with it’s own, as well as paralyze you. Thankfully, you’ll probably have a bit more success on this one with a Special sweeper. Watch out for the hazards and status conditions of this team, and make sure Jirachi doesn’t snowball too much.

Anomaly Arceus. Field: Glitch Field

One more fight, and as you can tell, this one isn’t easy, either. Again you’ll need some way to use only 1 or 2 of your Pokemon to snowball into a sweep. The big problem here is that PULSE Arceus can heal itself as well as ignore the downsides of Roar of Time and Overheat, and becomes ??? type to negate its weaknesses. You can’t easily muscle your way around it, and even a +6 boosted Pokemon might not be able to take it out in one hit. At least you can look at this fight and the previous two for team member inspirations… I guess. Good luck!

Once you’re done, you’ll be immediately thrust into battle with Arceus, who you can finally catch.

Epilogue

Reborn’s credits will then play! Lin or Anna will interject with some comments as the credits roll. Interrupting the credits are character endings, corresponding to the characters for which you have an adequate amount of relationship points!

See if you can spot me in the credits.

With that taken care of, you’ll get to play out the section in “Another Time” - Agate City of the future. Feel free to talk to the people here to learn how they grew over the years, then talk to Shelly to return to the present.

Congratulations!

Bee’s Pokedex Completion Quest (Part 4)

With Arceus bagged, we have all 807 Pokemon. Fly over to Agate City and talk to Bee if you’ve caught ‘em all. You’ll get the Game Certificate, as well as the Ebony Stonepiece.

Remember the Arc underneath the Grand Stairway? Make your way there via the room where we met Solaris so long ago. Make your way through the arc as we did after beating the Elite Four. Use the stonepiece on the door and head in to watch a scene. Nice.

The Developer Room

If this is the kind of thing that would interest you, enter the developer’s room by talking to Ame’s computer in the Grand Hall Basement. I’ll leave talking to and fighting the developers an exercise to the reader :)

Appendices

Custom Pokemon Form Lookup

Pokemon Reborn uses Gen 7 Pokemon, forms, and mechanics. Details for all canon forms can be found on Bulbapedia or your favorite Pokemon Database. However, these resources will not have any information on Reborn’s custom forms.

While Pokemon Reborn doesn’t have any entirely new Pokemon, it does include new forms for many Pokemon. Aside from the Aevian forms, all of these are not available to the player and are instead boss Pokemon. I include full details for these below. Note that these forms can be considered spoilers!

Any attributes that are not listed are unchanged from the base form.

Obtainable Custom Form Lookup

Aevian Misdreavus (Obtainable)

Level Move
1 Growl
1 Vine Whip
5 Poison Powder
10 Astonish
14 Confuse Ray
19 Snap Trap
23 Hex
28 Giga Drain
32 Ingrain
37 Grudge
41 Shadow Ball
46 Perish Song
50 Power Whip
55 Power Gem
Egg Curse
Egg Destiny Bond
Egg Growth
Egg Me First
Egg Memento
Egg Nasty Plot
Egg Clear Smog
Egg Screech
Egg Shadow Sneak
Egg Life Dew
Egg Toxic
Egg Sucker Punch
Egg Wonder Room

Aevian Mismagius (Obtainable)

Level Move
1 Poison Jab
1 Power Gem
1 Phantom Force
1 Lucky Chant
1 Magical Leaf
1 Growl
1 Vine Whip
1 Poison Powder
1 Astonish
Evo. Shadow Claw

PULSE Form Lookup

PULSE Tangrowth C

PULSE Tangrowth B

PULSE Tangrowth A

PULSE Muk

PULSE Camerupt

PULSE Garbodor

PULSE Abra

PULSE Avalugg

PULSE Swalot

PULSE Magnezone

PULSE Hypno

PULSE Clawitzer

PULSE Mr. Mime

PULSE Arceus

Other Form Lookup

Purple Kecleon

CL:4R1-C3 Breloom

Crystal Aegislash

Dev Fight Form Lookup

Mismageon (Glaceon)

Meech (Cinccino)

Dev Lilligant

Dev Dedenne

Dev Smeargle

Dev Marshadow

Dev Silvally

Wild Held Items

Some wild Pokemon have a chance of holding an item when they are encountered in the wild. Note that the probabilities of each item are increased to 60, 20, and 5% respectively when your lead Pokemon has the Compoundeyes ability.

Pokemon Common (50%) Uncommon (5%) Rare (1%)
Butterfree   Silver Powder  
Beedrill   Poison Barb  
Spearow   Sharp Beak  
Fearow   Sharp Beak  
Pikachu     Light Ball
Sandshrew   Grip Claw  
Sandslash   Grip Claw  
Clefairy   Moon Stone  
Clefable   Moon Stone  
Vulpix   Charcoal  
Ninetales   Charcoal  
Jigglypuff   Moon Stone  
Wigglytuff   Moon Stone  
Oddish   Absorb Bulb  
Gloom   Absorb Bulb  
Vileplume   Absorb Bulb  
Paras Tiny Mushroom Big Mushroom  
Parasect Tiny Mushroom Big Mushroom  
Venomoth   Shed Shell  
Diglett   Soft Sand  
Dugtrio   Soft Sand  
Meowth   Quick Claw  
Persian   Quick Claw  
Poliwhirl   King’s Rock  
Poliwrath   King’s Rock  
Abra   Twisted Spoon  
Kadabra   Twisted Spoon  
Alakazam   Twisted Spoon  
Machop   Focus Band  
Machoke   Focus Band  
Machamp   Focus Band  
Tentacool   Poison Barb  
Tentacruel   Poison Barb  
Geodude   Everstone  
Graveler   Everstone  
Golem   Everstone  
Slowpoke   Lagging Tail  
Slowbro   King’s Rock  
Magnemite   Metal Coat  
Magneton   Metal Coat  
Farfetch’d   Stick  
Doduo   Sharp Beak  
Dodrio   Sharp Beak  
Grimer   Black Sludge  
Muk   Black Sludge  
Shellder Pearl Big Pearl  
Cloyster Pearl Big Pearl  
Exeggcute   Magical Seed  
Cubone   Thick Club  
Marowak   Thick Club  
Lickitung   Lagging Tail  
Koffing   Smoke Ball  
Weezing   Smoke Ball  
Chansey Lucky Punch    
Horsea   Dragon Scale  
Seadra   Dragon Scale  
Goldeen   Mystic Water  
Seaking   Mystic Water  
Staryu Stardust Star Piece  
Starmie Stardust Star Piece  
Electabuzz   Electirizer  
Magmar   Magmarizer  
Lapras Mystic Water Mystic Water Mystic Water
Ditto Quick Powder Metal Powder  
Snorlax Leftovers Leftovers Leftovers
Dratini   Dragon Scale  
Dragonair   Dragon Scale  
Dragonite   Dragon Scale  
Mew Lum Berry Lum Berry Lum Berry
Chinchou   Deep Sea Scale  
Lanturn   Deep Sea Scale  
Cleffa   Moon Stone  
Bellossom   Absorb Bulb  
Politoed   King’s Rock  
Yanma   Wide Lens  
Slowking   King’s Rock  
Steelix   Metal Coat  
Qwilfish   Poison Barb  
Shuckle Berry Juice Berry Juice Berry Juice
Sneasel   Quick Claw  
Corsola   Luminous Moss  
Skarmory   Metal Coat  
Kingdra   Dragon Scale  
Elekid   Electirizer  
Magby   Magmarizer  
Miltank Moomoo Milk Moomoo Milk Moomoo Milk
Blissey   Lucky Egg  
Ho-oh Sacred Ash Sacred Ash Sacred Ash
Celebi Lum Berry Lum Berry Lum Berry
Zigzagoon Potion Revive  
Linoone Potion Max Revive  
Wurmple Pecha Berry Bright Powder  
Beautifly   Shed Shell  
Dustox   Shed Shell  
Lotad   Mental Herb  
Lombre   Mental Herb  
Ludicolo   Mental Herb  
Seedot   Power Herb  
Nuzleaf   Power Herb  
Shiftry   Power Herb  
Wingull Pretty Wing    
Pelipper Pretty Wing    
Surskit Honey    
Masquerain   Silver Powder  
Shroomish Tiny Mushroom Big Mushroom  
Breloom Tiny Mushroom Big Mushroom  
Nincada   Soft Sand  
Makuhita   Black Belt  
Hariyama   King’s Rock  
Nosepass   Magnet  
Sableye   Wide Lens  
Mawile   Iron Ball  
Aron   Hard Stone  
Lairon   Hard Stone  
Aggron   Hard Stone  
Plusle   Cell Battery  
Minun   Cell Battery  
Volbeat   Bright Powder  
Illumise   Bright Powder  
Roselia   Poison Barb  
Gulpin Oran Berry Sitrus Berry  
Swalot Oran Berry Sitrus Berry  
Carvanha   Deep Sea Tooth  
Sharpedo   Deep Sea Tooth  
Torkoal   Charcoal  
Trapinch   Soft Sand  
Cacnea   Sticky Barb  
Cacturne   Sticky Barb  
Zangoose   Quick Claw  
Seviper   Shed Shell  
Lunatone Stardust Moon Stone  
Solrock Stardust Sun Stone  
Baltoy   Light Clay  
Claydol   Light Clay  
Lileep   Big Root  
Cradily   Big Root  
Castform Mystic Water Mystic Water Mystic Water
Shuppet   Spell Tag  
Banette   Spell Tag  
Duskull   Spell Tag  
Dusclops   Spell Tag  
Chimecho   Cleanse Tag  
Snorunt   Snowball  
Clamperl Pearl Big Pearl  
Huntail   Deep Sea Tooth  
Gorebyss   Deep Sea Scale  
Relicanth   Deep Sea Scale  
Luvdisc Heart Scale    
Bagon   Dragon Fang  
Shelgon   Dragon Fang  
Salamence   Dragon Fang  
Beldum   Metal Coat  
Metang   Metal Coat  
Metagross   Metal Coat  
Jirachi Star Piece Star Piece Star Piece
Kricketot   Metronome  
Kricketune   Metronome  
Budew   Poison Barb  
Roserade   Poison Barb  
Wormadam   Silver Powder  
Mothim   Silver Powder  
Combee   Honey  
Vespiquen   Poison Barb  
Cherubi   Miracle Seed  
Cherrim   Miracle Seed  
Chingling   Cleanse Tag  
Bronzor   Metal Coat  
Bronzong   Metal Coat  
Happiny Oval Stone    
Chatot   Metronome  
Munchlax Leftovers Leftovers Leftovers
Skorupi   Poison Barb  
Drapion   Poison Barb  
Croagunk   Black Sludge  
Toxicroak   Black Sludge  
Snover   Never-Melt Ice  
Abomasnow   Never-Melt Ice  
Weavile   Quick Claw  
Magnezone   Metal Coat  
Lickilicky   Lagging Tail  
Electivire   Electirizer  
Magmortar   Magmarizer  
Yanmega   Wide Lens  
Probopass   Magnet  
Dusknoir   Spell Tag  
Shaymin Lum Berry Lum Berry Lum Berry
Roggenrola Everstone Hard Stone  
Boldore Everstone Hard Stone  
Gigalith Everstone Hard Stone  
Audino Oran Berry Sitrus Berry  
Throh   Black Belt  
Sawk   Black Belt  
Sewaddle   Mental Herb  
Swadloon   Mental Herb  
Leavanny   Mental Herb  
Cottonee   Absorb Bulb  
Whimsicott   Absorb Bulb  
Petilil   Absorb Bulb  
Lilligant   Absorb Bulb  
Basculin     Deep Sea Tooth
Sandile   Black Glasses  
Krokorok   Black Glasses  
Krookodile   Black Glasses  
Maractus   Miracle Seed  
Dwebble   Hard Stone  
Crustle   Hard Stone  
Scraggy   Shed Shell  
Scrafty   Shed Shell  
Yamask   Spell Tag  
Cofagrigus   Spell Tag  
Trubbish   Silk Scarf  
Garbodor Silk Scarf Black Sludge  
Vanillite   Never-Melt Ice  
Vanillish   Never-Melt Ice  
Vanilluxe   Never-Melt Ice  
Foongus Tiny Mushroom Big Mushroom  
Amoonguss Tiny Mushroom Big Mushroom  
Ferroseed   Sticky Barb  
Ferrothorn   Sticky Barb  
Cryogonal   Never-Melt Ice  
Stunfisk   Soft Sand  
Druddigon   Dragon Fang  
Golett   Light Clay  
Golurk   Light Clay  
Volcarona Silver Powder Silver Powder Silver Powder
Meloetta Star Piece Star Piece Star Piece
Pancham   Mental Herb  
Pangoro   Mental Herb  
Hawlucha   King’s Rock  
Goomy   Shed Shell  
Sliggoo   Shed Shell  
Pikipek   Oran Berry  
Trumbeak   Sitrus Berry  
Toucannon   Rawst Berry  
Yungoos   Pecha Berry  
Gumshoos   Pecha Berry  
Charjabug   Cell Battery  
Crabrawler   Aspear Berry  
Crabominable   Cheri Berry  
Oricorio   Honey  
Cutiefly   Honey  
Ribombee   Honey  
Mareanie   Poison Barb  
Toxapex   Poison Barb  
Mudbray   Light Clay  
Mudsdale   Light Clay  
Dewpider   Mystic Water  
Araquanid   Mystic Water  
Fomantis   Miracle Seed  
Lurantis   Miracle Seed  
Morelull Tiny Mushroom Big Mushroom  
Shiinotic Tiny Mushroom Big Mushroom  
Salandit   Smoke Ball  
Salazzle   Smoke Ball  
Bounsweet   Elemental Seed  
Steenee   Elemental Seed  
Tsareena   Elemental Seed  
Comfey   Elemental Seed  
Sandygast   Spell Tag  
Palossand   Spell Tag  
Minior   Star Piece  
Turtonator   Charcoal  
Togedemaru   Elemental Seed  
Mimikyu   Chesto Berry  
Bruxish   Razor Fang  
Drampa   Persim Berry  
Jangmo-o   Razor Claw  
Hakamo-o   Razor Claw  
Kommo-o Razor Claw    

Mining Item Probabilities

The following table lists the chances of each item being generated in a mining rock:

Item %
Helix Fossil 1.17%
Root Fossil 0.78%
Claw Fossil 0.78%
Dome Fossil 0.78%
Skull Fossil 0.78%
Armor Fossil 0.78%
Sun Stone 1.17%
Shiny Stone 1.17%
Dawn Stone 1.17%
Ice Stone 1.17%
Dusk Stone 1.17%
Thunder Stone 1.17%
Fire Stone 1.17%
Water Stone 1.17%
Leaf Stone 1.17%
Moon Stone 1.17%
Oval Stone 1.94%
Everstone 1.94%
Star Piece 2.91%
Rare Bone 1.94%
Revive 2.91%
Max Revive 0.97%
Light Clay 1.94%
Hard Stone 1.94%
Heart Scale 16.50%
Iron Ball 1.94%
Odd Keystone 0.97%
Heat Rock 1.94%
Damp Rock 1.94%
Smooth Rock 1.94%
Icy Rock 1.94%
Amplifield Rock 1.94%
Red Shard 7.77%
Green Shard 7.77%
Purple Shard 7.77%
Blue Shard 7.77%
Insect Plate 0.39%
Dread Plate 0.39%
Draco Plate 0.39%
Zap Plate 0.39%
Fist Plate 0.39%
Flame Plate 0.39%
Meadow Plate 0.39%
Earth Plate 0.39%
Icicle Plate 0.39%
Toxic Plate 0.39%
Mind Plate 0.39%
Stone Plate 0.39%
Sky Plate 0.39%
Spooky Plate 0.39%
Iron Plate 0.39%
Splash Plate 0.39%
Pixie Plate 0.39%

Full Password List

I don’t recommend reading this list until you’ve played through the game once - the passwords in the readme are usually sufficient for first-time playthroughs, and this list is pretty comprehensive and spoils some gameplay elements. Regardless, I have listed every password and its effect below:

Monorun Passwords

Password Effect
mononormal / normal Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Starly. Guarantees Opal event will be Zigzagoon. Guarantees Upper Peridot event will be Stufful. Guarantees Malchous Egg will be Deerling or Girafarig. Guarantees Rhodochrine trade will be Furfrou. Guarantees Lower Peridot event will be Minccino.
monofire / fire Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Litwick, Vulpix, or Larvesta. Guarantees Railnet event will be Pansear, regardless of weather.
monowater / water Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Azurill, Mareanie, or Staryu. Guarantees Railnet event will be Panpour, regardless of weather. Guarantees Slums Egg will be Ducklett.
monograss / grass Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Shroomish or Cottonee. Guarantees Malchous Egg will be Deerling or Skiddo.
monoelectric / electric Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Elekid. Guarantees Opal event will be Pachirisu.
monoice / ice Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Sneasel or Vulpix-Alola. Replaces Lower Peridot event with Swinub. Guarantees Onyx Egg will be Seel or Spheal. Guarantees Rhodochrine trade will be Cryogonal.
monofighting / fighting Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Shroomish. Guarantees Upper Peridot event will be Stufful.
monopoison / poison Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Mareanie or Gastly.
monoground / ground Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Trapinch. Replaces Lower Peridot event with Swinub. Guarantees Totem event will be Baltoy or Golett.
monoflying / flying Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Togepi or Starly. Guarantees Slum Egg will be Ducklett. Guarantees Malchous Egg will be Nincada.
monobug / bug Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Larvesta. Guarantees Malchouse Egg will be Nincada.
monopsychic / psychic Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Staryu. Guarantees Lower Peridot event will be Espurr. Guarantees Slum Egg will be Bronzor or Drowzee. Guarantees Totem event will be Baltoy. Guarantees Malchous Egg will be Girafarig. Guarantees Rhodochrine trade will be Mime Jr.
monorock / rock Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Rockruff. Replaces Lower Peridot Kricketot with Dwebble. Replaces Lower Peridot event with Aron. Guarantees Rhodochrine trade will be Carbink.
monoghost / ghost Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Gastly or Litwick. Guarantees Onyx Egg will be Frillish. Guarantees Totem event will be Golett. Guarantees Malchous Egg will be Nincada.
monodragon / dragon Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Axew or Trapinch. Guarantees Pyrous pillar will contain Turtonator.
monodark / dark Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Sneasel or Pawniard. Guarantees Train Egg will be Cacnea.
monosteel / steel Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Pawniard. Replaces Lower Peridot event with Aron. Guarantees Slum Egg will be Bronzor.
monofairy / fairy Guarantees Mystery Egg will be Azurill, Togepi, Vulpix-Alola, or Cottonee. Guarantees Upper Peridot event will be Snubbull. Guarantees Rhodochrine trade will be Mime Jr. or Carbink.
monowoke / wokemono Allows you to start with Porygon. Guarantees Lower Peridot event will be Espurr. Guarantees Malchous egg will be Nincada. Guarantees Slum Egg will be Drowzee. Guarantees Rhodochrine trade will be Cryogonal or Carbink.

Quality of Life Passwords

Password Effect
easyhms / nohms / hmitems / notmxneeded Allows you to use field moves from interactions and the party without Pokemon knowing the moves.
hardcap / rejuvcap / rejuvenation Pokemon will not gain exp. once they hit the level cap.
fieldapp / fieldnotes / fieldtexts / allfieldapp gives all field effect readouts at the beginning of the game.
earlyincu Gives the daycare incubator from the start of the game.
stablweather Weather now predictably cycles between the weather conditions.
weathermod Allows the player to modify weather at will with the Pokegear.
nopoisondam / antidote Disables overworld poison damage.
nodamageroll / norolls / rolls Fixes all damage rolls so there is less battle variation.
freemegaz Allows the player to use the Mega-Z Ring from the beginning of the game.
freeremotepc Allows the player to use the Remote PC from the beginning of the game, and not need to use Cell Batteries.
freeexpall Allows the player to obtain the Exp. All at the beginning of the game.
powerpack Allows the player to receive the Power Items for EV Growth at the beginning of the game.
shinycharm / earlyshiny Allows the player to obtain the Shiny Charm from the beginning of the game.
mintyfresh / agiftfromace Allows the player to get a pack of 5 of each Nature Mint at the beginning of the game.

Difficulty Passwords

Password Effect
litemode / noevs / emptyevs All enemy EV’s and IV’s are set to 0.
nopenny Decreases money gained in trainer battles by 66%.
broke_trainer Decreases money gained by fighting grinding trainers.
fullevs / pulse2 / pulse2evs All enemy EV’s are set to 252 and IV’s are set to 31.
noitems / nobattleitems / notraineritems Prevents the player from using bag items like Potions and X-Attacks from their bag during battles.
nuzlocke / locke / permadeath Once one of the player’s Pokemon faints, it cannot be revived.
moneybags / richboy / doublemoney Doubles the amount of money received by trainers.
fullivs / 31ivs / allivs / mischievous Sets all player Pokemon’s IV’s to 31. Disables online.
emptyivs / 0ivs / noivs Sets all player Pokemon’s IV’s to 0.
leveloffset / setlevel / flatlevel Allows you to provide an integer in [-99, 99] that will be added to all trainer levels in the game.
percentlevel / levelpercent Allows you to provide a non-negative integer in [0, 999] that will be multiplied as a percent to all trainer levels in the game.
stopitems Prevents enemy trainers from using bag items like Potions and X-Attacks during battle.
stopgains Prevents the player’s Pokemon from gaining EV’s after battle.
noexp / zeroexp / 0exp Prevents the player’s Pokemon from gaining exp.
flatevs / 85evs All enemy Pokemon will have 85 EV’s in every stat.
noevcap / gen2mode Allows player Pokemon to reach 252 EV’s in every stat. Disables online.

Shenanigan Passwords

Password Effect
budewit / budew / worstgamemode / deargodwhy Budew.
wtfisafont Removes fonts. Seriously.
eeveeplease / eevee / bestgamemode Allows the player to get Eevee as a starter.
vulpixpls Allows the player to get Vulpix as a starter.
justvulpix Makes everything Vulpix.
dratiniearly Allows the player to get Dratini early.
aevianmissy Allows the player to get Aevian Misdreavus early.
gen5weather Weather lasts indefinitely unless replaced or cancelled
unrealtime Time now progresses at an unreal rate, is no longer tied to system time.
inversemode All battles have an inverted type chart.

Bulk Passwords

The bulk passwords essentially are packs of the above listed passwords - using one will activate all of the contained passwords. Keep in mind that if a pack contains a password that disables online then the bulk password will too.

Bulk Password Included Passwords
penniless nopenny, broketrainer
casspack / goodtaste noitems, fullivs, hardcap, easyhms, norolls
easymode fullivs, moneybags, litemode, stopitems
hardmode noitems, nopenny, broke_trainer, fullevs, emptyivs
freebies freeexpall, freeremotepc, powerpack, mintyfresh, shinycharm, freemegaz
qol hardcap, easyhms, fieldapp, earlyincu, stablweather, nopoisondam, weathermod, unrealtime, pinata, freeexpall, freeremotepc
speedrun hardcap, monopsychic, easyhms, fullivs, norolls, stablweather, weathermod, freemegaz, earlyincu, pinata, mintyfresh, freeexpall
speedrunnotx hardcap, monopsychic, easyhms, fullivs, norolls, stablweather, weathermod, freemegaz, eaclyincu, wtfisafont, pinata, mintyfresh, freeexpall